Document 2R5Mv7b3Qp71JYE7bmoO9Mpgp

B row n, Todd & Heybu r n CU H BROWN III 11906-19741 RUCKER T000 RAN DO LPH A. BROWN GEORGE E DUOLEY EDWARD S BONNIE JO SE PH B HELM MARK B DAVIS W. C. FISH E R . J R JAM ES PARK. JR * J O H N T. B O N D U R A N T CHARLES S CASSIS MARSHALL P ELDRED. JR CARL ARTHUR HENLElN DAVID W. C R U M B O J O H N R. M C C A L L 0. PATTON PELFRET KENNETH J. TUGGLE C. EDW ARD O L A SSC O C K W IN STO N E. M ILLE R WILLIAM L. S K E E S . J R t PAU L E. S U L L IV A N ' IRVIN ABELL III TIMOTHY W MARTIN R. J A M E S ST R A U S ST E P H E N R. SC H M IO T CHARLES R KEETON HAL NANCE BOGARD F GERALD GREENWELL J O S E P H L. ARO ERY C H A R L E S E. A L LE N III Da l i e . a h e a r n J O H N 0. H EYB U R N II KATHERINE RANDALL' M IC H A E L R. M E R C E R FRED ERIC H DAVIS 0 DUANE COOK KEITH GRAHAM HANLEY E. LA M BE R T FA R M ER . J R * STEPHEN t EMBRY* MARK R FEATHER HAPPY R PERKINS R IC H A R O E. PLYM ALE* OEBBIE F REISS RO BERT Y GWIN V IC T O R B. M AODOX JAY MIDDLETON TANNON SC O TT W. D O L S O N ' DAN L. O W EN S SU SA N C. S IM P SO N R IC H A R D L. WOOO DAVIO B. TACHAU K A T H E R IN E K. T U N K E R * HELEN LUCIER R IC H A R D M. H O P G O O O * JAM ES A HUGUENARD CH ARLES M PRITCHETT. JR M IC H A E L A. L U V ISI KATHRTN RO SS ARTERBERRY KJ7.C4042 8:mfo D A V ID B. B U E C H L E R MARY R 0 5 S TERRY ru o y a . b isc io t t i MJ O E L B T U R N ER KEITH M O O RM AN * DAVIO R. R H E IN .. WARREN J. HO FFM ANN* MARSHA T DULA D O N A LD L. M ILL E R l i t J O H N G. H U N D LEY MART ANN G U E N T H E R ' *T ROBERT W OIBERT CAN DACE GROOT HILL ALAN K. M A C D O N A L D DAVID S KLINESTIVERt JOHN S. DOWDS R O B E R T L. TREADW AY* SCOTT T DICKENS SU SA N S. SU N N IN G * J A M E S A. Q lE SE L CYNTHIA L STEWART KATHY P. H O L D E R t C H R IS T O P H E R R. FIT Z P A T R IC K **T A. B. C H A N D L E R III* JEFFREY P STOOGH.LL C E C E L IA T. A L L E N * R GREGG HOVlOUS STEVEN S REED LINDA J. THOMAS WILLIAM 0. FLOW ERS H J A M E S 0. COCKRUM W BRUCE BAIRC ELIZABETH J. TURLEY* DONNA JO JEN KIN S R O B E R T J. O C A N G E U S . J R J O H N L. D O TSO N J U L IE R. B AKER BARTON T RO GERS' F R A N C E S B. J O N E S BERRY TIMOTHY MAZE HARTLEY T E R E SA C. B U C H H E IT J. CHRISTOPHER HOPGOOO' J A S P E R A. H O W A R D ' K. A. W IN K E N H O F E R SH U M A T E T AKocMmti rurcckott o Ba amo h Indiana HEN RY R. HEYB U R N PHILIP P ARDERY MARSHALL P ELOREO SAMUEL R WELLS OF COUNSEL SIX TE E N TH FLOOH CITIZENS PLAZA Lo c i s v u l e , Ken tu ck y +0 20 2- 28 0 2 (002) 060-0400 TELEX: 8 0 2 0 0 6 TELECOPIES (002) 061 - 1067 (002) 080-6470 1 7 0 0 LEXINGTON FIN AN CIAL CENTER LEXINGTON. KENTUCKY 4 0 S 0 7 - I6 3 4 'O BI 2 3 3 -4 0 6 8 TELEX B S 2 9 6 1 TELECOPIER (6061 2 S2-5IO B INDIANA OFFICE SUITE 20 4 ELSBY EAST 4 0 0P po E A b RL ox STRE ssa E T NEW ALBANY. INDIANA 4 7 IS O -O S 5 6 (S 1 2) 9 4 6 - 2 8 0 0 January 27, 1989 Mr. Thomas E. Kotoske 540 University Avenue Third Floor Palo Alto, California 94301 R e : David Adams, et al. v. Kentucky Power, et al. Dear Tom: Pursuant to the instructions of the Court and my agreement with David McCrea, I am enclosing the documents outlined in the list of exhibits for Westinghouse. In line with my conversation with David, please note that we deleted item no. 15 from the original list. Best regards. Enclosures cc : Mr. David S. McCrea Adams, et al. v. Kentucky Power Co., et al C .A. No. 85-CI-1724 AMENDED LIST OF EXHIBITS WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION 1 . Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book . Dated: Pre-1938. 2 Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: March, 1938. 3. Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: January, 1942. 4. Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: November, 1946 5. Inerteen Insulating Fluid for Electrical Paratus . Dated: February, 1952. 6 Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 KA Dated: July, 1965. 7. Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM . Dated: April, 1968. 8 Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers (including Supplement) Dated: September, 1968. 9. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers ; Dated: August, 1971. \ 1 0 . Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulation Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Interteen Transformers Dated: February, 1976. 11. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Dated: June, 1976. 12. Westinghouse schedules of transformer serial numbers and years of manufacture. 13. Summaries of serial numbers, years, KVA work order num bers and dates of Westinghouse transformers from Ken tucky Power Co. retirement work orders. 14. Summaries of serial numbers and years of manufacture of transformers from Westinghouse records corresponding to serial numbers from Kentucky Power Co. \ 2 COMMONWEALTH OF KENTUCKY PIKE CIRCUIT COURT DIVISION I CIVIL ACTION NO. 85 CI-1724 DAVID ADAMS, et al. PLAINTIFFS v. SUBMISSION OF AMENDED EXHIBIT LIST FOR WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION KENTUCKY POWER CO., et a l . ir it it it DEFENDANTS Defendant, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, submits here with its Amended Exhibit List in compliance with the Court's instructions and order of November 28, 1988. BROWN, TODD & HEYBURN Charles S. Cassis Mark R. Feather 1600 Citizens Louisville, Kentucky 40202 (502) 589-5400 ATTORNEYS FOR DEFENDANT WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE This is to certify that on this 27th day of January, 1989, a true copy of the foregoing pleading and the attachment was mailed to all counsel of record. \ Charles S. Cassis Adams/ et al. v. Kentucky Power Co., et al C.A. No. 85-CI-1724 AMENDED LIST OF EXHIBITS WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION 1 . Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book . Dated: Pre-1938. 2 Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: March, 1938. 3. Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: January, 1942. 4. Inerteen Transformers Instruction Book Dated: November, 1946 5. Inerteen Insulating Fluid for Electrical Paratus Dated: February, 1952. 6 . Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 KA Dated: July, 1965. 7. Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM . Dated: April, 1968. 8 Instructions for Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers (including Supplement) Dated: September, 1968. 9. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Dated: August, 1971- 10. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulation Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Interteen Transformers Dated: February, 1976. 11. Instructions for Handling Inerteen Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Dated: June, 1976. 12. Westinghouse schedules of transformer serial numbers and years of manufacture. 13. Summaries of serial numbers, years, KVA work order num bers and dates of Westinghouse transformers from Ken tucky Power Co. retirement work orders. 14. Summaries of serial numbers and years of manufacture of transformers from Westinghouse records corresponding to serial numbers from Kentucky Power Co. 2 Westinghouse INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Instruction Book Sh ar*n W*rkt Fie. I-- *00 K va. I t n i n n T b n m i m ' WastinghouM Electric & Manufacturing Company 0S54707 ShtTM , Pt. I. MOI Fill04 N 00-0C INDEX INERTEEN CHARACTERISTICS Page No. Physical -Chemical - Electrical ................... 3 Physiological ............................ . . . . k INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Shipment.................................................. 5 Moving Transformers ................................... 5 Inspection ........................................... 3 Grounding and Making Connections ................... 5 Gaskets ................................................ 6 Pipe Fittings ............................................ 6 Pressure Testing ..................................... 6 Paint ..................................................... 7 Storage ................................................ 7 MAINTENANCE Inerteen Equipment ................................ Filling Inerteen Transformers ................... 7 6 PERIODIC INSPECTIONS Inerteen ............................................ 6 Operation of Transformers ........................ 9 Paint.................................................. 9 Taking Samples of Inerteen .......................... 9 Dielectric Testing of Inerteen ...................... 10 Drying and Filtering Inerteen ........................ 10 The Inerteen Conditioner ............................ 11 To Prepare the Conditioner for Operation ........... 11 To Dry Inerteen T r a n s f o r m e r s ......................... 12 Drying Transformers by Hot A i r ....................... 13 If Inerteen Transformers Fall In S e r v i c e ............ 13 ACCESSORIES FOR INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Pressure Relief Diaphragms ........................ 13 Gas Absorbers for Inerteen T r a n s f o r m e r s .......... 1** Renewal P a r t s ............. 1*+ \ 0854708 INERTEEN Inerteen, developed by Westinghouse Engineers, Is a syn thetic non-lnflamnable and non-explosive Insulating and cooling liquid used Id Westinghouse Inerteen Transformers CHARACTERISTICS Color ................................ Straw-Yellow Odor ................................ Slightly Aromatic Viscosity at 100F. (Saybolt) . . . . 50 Seconds Flash P o i n t .......................... None Fire P o i n t .......................... None Bolling Point ........................ 440F. Freezing P o i n t ..................... - 40F. Specific Gravity at 60F............. 1.555 Coefficient of Expansion per C . . . .00078 Specific Heat ( C a l . / c c ) ................ 40 Dielectric Constant ................. 4.42 Dielectric S t r e n g t h ................. 35 to 40 K.V. Mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen. It Is practically Impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen; therefore, it la important to avoid contamination of Inerteen with any oil as the presence of such materials markedly changes the non-inflammable and non-explosive characteristics of Inerteen. . Inerteen Is chemically stable. It Is not affected by reaction with other materials used In the manufacture of Inerteen Transformers. It Is non-oxldizlng and non-corrosive at tempera tures considerably ebove those normally obtained In transformers. Inerteen will not form sludge under any conditions. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on most of the ordinary varnishes, gums and paints commonly used In oll-lnsulated transformers. Such materials, therefore, cannot be used In the design and construction of Inerteen Transformers. It is necessary to use such materials as pure cellulose, cotton, paper and porcelnin. This requirement, coupled with the necessary use of tighttonk construction for Inerteen Transformers tends to give Improved operating characteristics. If Inerteen is decomposed by an electric arc, hydrogen chloride gas Is evolved. In case of arcing, the products of arc decomposition are definitely harmful and the Inerteen will have to be reconditioned. Where severe arcing occurs, the solid insula tion of the transformer would become saturated with the products of arc decomposition andNthe affected parts must be removed from the transformers. With reference to the dielectric strength of Inerteen It compares favorably with and under average normal conditions will be found higher than that of transformer oil. The same precau tions are necessary with Inerteen as are token with transformer oil. Inerteen should be kept free of moisture, lint and dirt. 0854709 *3- DTZRTEEN Inerteen ha* an irritating effect upon the akin. This la more pronounced to aone persona than to others. Especially the eyesi nose and lips are affected when coming in contact with Iner teen and certain safety precautions must be observed when handling it. When working with the hands in Inerteen, it will irritate akin abrasions or the tender parts between the fingers. Continued ex posure may cause skin eruptions with certain individuals due to absorption of the Inerteen through the pores of the akin. Clean liness among workmen handling Inerteen is essential and a very good safeguard against such effects. An application of castor oil is recommended for the eyes and castor oil or cold cream for the nose and lips. In case Inerteen comes in contoct with the skin, the part should be thoroughly washed and cleaned. A supply of these materials should be kept available at all times where men are working with Inerteen. Hot transformers should not be opened except in well ventilated places. Large quantities of Inerteen should be handled in a closed system. Workmen should be protected from frequent contact with any appreciable vapor concentration and from frequent skin contact with Inerteen. In case Inerteen is spilled on one's clothing, it should be changed as soon as possible and the soiled clothing laundered before it is worn again. Special gloves, M-7530-6, which are re sistant -to Inerteen, should be worn where parts of transformers are handled wet. \ 0854710 INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS SHIPMENT Inerteen Transformera are always constructed in tight tanks which permit no breathing. Inerteen Transformers are shipped properly filled with Inerteen and ready for installation. This prevents the entrance of moisture into the windings during transit and usually makes it unnecessary to dry the transformers prior to Installation. Transformers equipped with switch or terminal chamber which must he opened for installation, are always shipped with the Inerteen for these chambers in separate cans or steel drums. Inerteen must always be kept in sealed containers to prevent the loss of its more volatile constituents by evaporation or possible contamination from dirt or moisture. MOVING TRANSFORMERS Lugs are provided for lifting the complete transformer, and when necessary, additional means are provided for lifting the different parts. The transformer should be lifted by the means provided and when necessary, spreaders should be used to obtain a balanced lift. Transformers should not be moved or lifted by placing jacks or other devices against or under cooling tubes, radiators, valves or other fittings. Skids should be used to distribute the stresses properly over the base when transformers are moved on rollers. INSPECTION Carefully inspect the transformers for possible damage during shipment. This should include a check of the Inerteen level and at least the removal of the manhole to determine whether any parts have become loose or out of place and whether there is any evidence, of moisture' present. Insulation tests of the Inerteen should be made and if the dielectric strength is less than 22 K.V. or if there is any evidence of moisture, the transformer should be dried. Inerteen Transformers are carefully tested at the F a c tory and in good condition when shipment is made but it is d e sirable to inspect every transformer carefully before placing it in service. GROUNDING AND MAKINO CONNECTIONS No matter what the type of floor or foundation on which the transformer is to rest, the tonk should be definitely and per manently grounded by connecting to the grounding connection pro vided for that purpose near the bottom of the tank. 0S54711 - 5- INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Terminal board, tap changer and other connections should never be changed with voltage on the transformer. Do not make any connections except those indicated on the diagram or the diagram nameplate shipped with the transformer. Any lead or connector not in use should be insulated from any other leads and connectors ond from ground. CASKETS Gaskets used on Inerteen Transformers are mode from a high grade cork and, it is recommended, in replacing any gaskets that they be made of cork. Before replacing a gasket, ell gasket surfaces should be thoroughly cleaned free of rust, oil, grease, point or other foreign materials. The cleaning may be done by scraping or wire-brushing and then wiping the gasket surface with denatured alcohol. Gasket Cement, M-7386, especially developed for use with Inerteen, should always be used in applying gaskets to Inerteen Transformers. Thoroughly brush the cement on the tank surface, place the gasket in position and apply weights or other means to obtain good adhesion of the gasket to the metal surface. The gasket should be allowed to set approximately one-half hour b e fore the weights are removed. Cement M-7386 should then be a p plied to the top surface of the gasket. The gasket surfaces must immediately be bolted together under a uniform pressure. Some transformers are equipped with terminal or switch compartments into which cables enter by means of potheads. In such cases, it will be necessary to remove the switch-cover. When transformers are designed for bayonet connections, it is only necessary to remove the bayonet pothead, make the cable connections and replace the pothead. Extra gaskets with Cement M-7386, are furnished with all Inerteen Transformers where their installation requires the r e moval of any gaskets. Additional gaskets and cement should be ordered from the manufacturer. PIPE FITTINGS Care should be used to see that threads of pipe fittings are not damaged. Their threads should be thoroughly cleaned to remove all dirt, grease, etc. After cleaning, apply Cement M-7386 to the threads of each fitting. Immediately screw the proper fittings together tightly. PRESSURE TESTING 0854712 Inerteen Transformers should be pressure tested before * they are put into service. The tanks, including all compartments, should be subjected to a pressure of 7 lbs. per squsre inch for THIRTEEN TRANSFORMERS ot le81 8lx hours. Preferably, thla teat should be made after the transformer Installation is complete and before voltage Is applied to it. It is suggested that the air space above the Inerteen be blown out by using a nitrogen-cylinder, after which all vents should be closed and the pressure test applied. The test-pressure, In order to avoid subjecting the tank or compartment under test to ex cessive pressure, can best be limited by a regulating valve on the nitrogen-cylinder. A check for leaks above the Inerteen level can be mode with a solution of soap fend water applied to oil gasketed Joints, pipe fittings and wiping sleeve connections. PAINT Inerteen Transformers are finished with e special paint which Is resistant to the solvent action of Inerteen. A suffi cient quantity of this paint, M-7664-1, is furnished with each transformer to "touch up" any damage caused during the normal pro cess of Installation. STORAGE Inerteen Transformers must always be stored filled with Inerteen, otherwise a certain amount of moisture will most cer tainly accumulate on account of variations of air temperature. The Inerteen level should always be checked to see that It Is at the proper point. Inerteen Transformers should be stored In a dry place, one where minimum temperature changes will occur. If there is any reason to store colls, Insulation or other parts for the complete core and coll assembly of an Inerteen Transformer, they should be Immersed In Inerteen to prevent any moisture absorption. If such storage is necessary for a long per iod of time, the tank or storage container must be sealed to pre vent the evaporation of Inerteen. Inerteen Transformers which have been Idle or stored for an appreciable length of time, should be put Into service only after making certain that the transformer is dry and that the d i electric strength of the Inerteen tests 22,000 volts or higher. MAINTENANCE Inerteen Equipment Care must be exercised In handling Inerteen to prevent contamination since impurities alter its non-inflammable and electrical characteristics. It must be handled in thoroughly clean containers free from oil. If there is any question concerning the cleanliness of the containers, they should be thoroughly washed with Trichlorbenzene, M-b872 and dried before any Inerteen is place in them. The transformer tank or any of its compartments In which Inerteen is used, must be free from oil. -7- 0854713 INTRTEEN TRANSFORMERS Inerteen should not he mixed with vegetable oil* since these materials affect the deterioration D.C. resistance and other wise contaminate It. Compounds of asphaltic nature, paraffin and ordinary soldering flux are particularly harmful to Inerteen. For soldering, a solution of rosin In alcohol Is recom mended . All-metal hose must be used In handling Inerteen since the lining used In most hose Is soluble In Inerteen. Filling Inerteen Transformers When It Is necessary to fill a transformer with Inerteen, one should make sure that all joints are tight; Cement M-7386 should be used for this purpose. Steel pipe or metal hose should be used, and preferably the transformer should be filled through the drain valve. This will keep aeration of the Inerteen to a minimum. See that air vents are open as the transformer Is filled. It is desirable to fill a transformer by passing the Inerteen through an Inerteen Conditioner. If this cannot be done and the Inerteen tests satisfactorily, fill the transformer by possing the Inerteen through three thicknesses of tightly woven white cloth, which has first been washed In Trichlorbenzene M-6872, and dried to remove any sizing. New cloths should be used for at least every two transformers. When it Is necessary to fill Inerteen Transformers outof-doors and particularly on damp days due precaution must be taken to prevent the entrance of moisture into the transformer. PERIODIC INSPECTIONS Inerteen - It is desirable that top and bottom samples of Inerteen be token from each transformer and tested after a short period of operation. When operating conditions permit, routine sampling of the Inerteen at intervals of six months is recommended. Accurate records should be kept of such inspections and tests, end if the Inerteen shows a dielectric strength of less than 16 K.V., the Inerteen Conditioner may be used. This depends somewhat on the transformer load cycle and climatic conditions. If no facili ties are available for making dielectric tests on Inerteen, samples should be sent to the Weatinghouse Electric & Manufacturing C o m pany, Sharon Works, Sharon, Penna. Each sample of Inerteen should be properly identified by the transformer serial number and it should be recorded whether taken from the top or bottom of the tank or from a tank-compartment. Samples should be carefully packed to avoid breakage in tronsit. When any appreciable amount of IDerteen is removed from a transformer, it should be replaced with an equal amount of new Inerteen of proper dielectric strength so that the liquid level in the transformer is maintained. 0854714 -8 - INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Operation of Transformers - It la recommended that a periodic check be made of the operating temperaturea of Inerteen transformers and that the temperature of the Inerteen be kept be low 90C. for a maximum-rated aelf-cooled transformer. Paint - The external tank aurfacea of Inerteen Trans formers should be examined regularly for signs of corrosion. If appreciable corrosion Is found, Its cause should be determined and, If possible, remedied. Inerteen Transformer tanks are made from corrosion-resisting, copper-bearing steel, and they are finished with a high grade Inerteen-resisting paint which is baked on at high temperature. Any surface which is found corroded should be thoroughly cleaned to the bare metal and refinished with one coat of paint, M-6930, and two coats of paint, M-7664-1. Allow twelve hours drying time between each coat of paint. TAKING SAMPLES OF INERTEEN All sampling and testing equipment must be thoroughly dry and clean. It is recommended that sampling and testing equip ment used for Inerteen Transformers be used for no other purpose. Care must be used In obtaining and sealing samples of Inerteen taken from a transformer. Use only small tin containers with screw-metal gasket caps or small glass bottles with sealed glass stoppers for holding . Inerteen samples. If it becomes necessary to use other than Factory samp ling containers, such containers should be thoroughly rinsed with clean gasoline, washed with strong soap suds and rinsed thoroughly In hot water, and then dried In an oven at approximately 110C. for one hour. If the containers are not used Immediately after clean ing, they should be sealed tightly and stored in a dry, clean place. Inerteen sampling packages may be obtained from the Westinghouse Electric A Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Penna. This package consists of two 1-pint cans of Inerteen, packed and shipped in cardboard cartons. This Inerteen may be used to replace thst r'moved from a transformer os a sample. If samples are not taken immediately after emptying the containers, the empty containers* should be kept capped snugly to prevent admittance of moisture. The containers and carton should be used to return the samples of Inerteen to the Westinghouse Company. t It Is desirable that samples of Inerteen be removed from a transformer tank or from a drum on clear days only and when the Inerteen is at least as warm as the surrounding air. The sample of Inerteen should preferably be removed from the top of the tank and ot a point 2 or 3 " under the level of the Inerteen. It is recommended that a sample be taken also from the. -9- 0854715 INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS bottom of the tank. If the sample Is withdrawn through a valve connection, this connection should be flushed by allowing a small amount of Inerteen to run out before collecting the sample. The sample should be Immediately placed in the container and the cap screwed on tightly. The sticker on each container should be marked to identify the sample of Inerteen with the transformer from which it was taken. Before taking samples from a drum, the Inerteen should be allowed to settle for approximately twelve hours. Samples from the top of the drum should be removed by means of a clean glass sneak-thief. The same precautions to prevent moisture contamination should be used in sampling Inerteen as are observed in taking trans former oil samples. The samples of Inerteen properly identified and packed in cardboard cartons should be shipped to the Westlnghouse Electric k Manufacturing Company, Sharon Works, Sharon, Penna. DIELECTRIC TESTING OF INERTEEN The same rules and precautions as normally followed in testing oil should be used in testing Inerteen, except as herein stated. The test cup should be wiped clean with a clean, dry chamois and thoroughly rinsed with clean gasoline and allowed to dry before being used. The electrode spacing should be checked. To determine whether the test cup is suitable for testing Inerteen, fill it with dry gasoline and test this under a standard voltage rise of 3 K.V. per second. If the dielectric strength of the gasoline is not less than 22 K.V., the test cup is suitable fc: testing Inerteen, after the cup has been dried in an oven to remove all traces of gasoline. Care ahould be exercised in h a n d i n g gasoline. In testing, do not make but one "shot" per filling of the test cup. Five different fillings should be made anvi the average result used. DRYING AND FILTERING INERTEEN Inerteen may be dehydrated and filtered by nerns of an oil filter press but in order that it may not be contaiain&tJd, it is necessary that the filter press be used for Inerteen only. A different procedure than that followed for oil is re quired to purify Inerteen. Contamination in Inerteen cannot be removed entirely by filter paper alone. To clean Inerteen thor oughly it must be filtered through "activated clay" which absorbs impurities. In practice, it is only necessary to pass the Inerte.r through the clay and to separate the clay mechanically from the Inerteen to obtain clean Inerteen of proper dielectric strength. -10- 085471G INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS THE INERTEEN CONDITIONER" The equipment recommended for conditioning Inerteen con sists of s filter press with suitable inlet and outlet connections and the necessary fittings* The clay is contained in five frames mounted in a yoke. Plates are used on both sides of these frames between which one piece of blotting paper is used to provide a gasket-seal and to remove fine particles of cloy from the Inerteen. The discharge in the plate incorporates a trap to avoid pumping into the transformer air which might result from a leak in the suction line. A strainer is provided on the suction side of the pump, so constructed that all dirt collected is removed with the screen. A by-pass connection fitted with a needle valve is used for testing the suction line from the transformer for leaks. A pressure gage and a by-pass valve indicote the operation of the conditioner and they also serve as a check to avoid over loading and stalling the motor. The valve is set to by-pass the Inerteen at a pressure of 60 to 70 lbs. per square inch. Another pressure gage and by-pass valve are provided on the discharge side of the conditioner connecting to the transformer. This by-pass valve, releasing at a pressure of approximately 5 lbs. per square inch, will avoid breaking the transformer relief diaphragm when no other relief is provided. TO PREPARE THE CONDITIONER FOR OPERATION Release the pressure-screw and remove the frames. Fill each frame with activated clay, M- 6931*# to within 1/2 " of the cover. Replace the frames in the conditioner, placing one sheet of "A" sire blotting paper between the face of each frame and plate. Care should be used to see that the holes through the plates, frames end paper are in proper alignment before the pressure-screw is tightened. Close the discharge, suction and suction-test valves. Pour sufficient Inerteen Into the drip pan to fill the conditioner and to wet the clay. This will require approximately 8 gallons of Inerteen. Start the motor and open the drip-pan valve so that not less than 5 Minutes are required to fill the conditioner, saturating the clay with Inerteen. With the valve at the transformer closed, open the suction-test valve to check the suction line for leaks. Since the density of Inerteen is considerably greater than that of water, moisture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It is therefore considered advisable to condition Iner teen from the top and return it to the bottom of the tank. To b e gin conditioning Inerteen in a transformer, close the suction-test valve and stop the motor. Open the transformer valves. Open the conditioner discharge and suction valves. Close the drip-pan valve and start the motor. 0854717 -11- rNTKTEEN TRANSFORMERS Ooe charge of clay will condition approximately 3000 gal lons of Inerteen, depending upon the amount of contamination pres ent. To change the clay* remove the frames and turn them over to allow any free Inerteen to drain out of the openings at the top. Dump the used clay end fill the frames with fresh clay as pre viously described. When it is necessary to change the blotters or the clay, first close the valve in the suction line, then stop the motor and close the discharge valve before releasing the pressure-screw. Follow the procedure outlined above when starting up the con ditioner again. If the system-seal is not broken, it will only be nec essary to open the discharge and suction valves and start the motor to again resume conditioning the Inerteen. TO DRY INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Inerteen Transformers above 100 Kv-a. should be dried by the short-circuit method with the transformer in its tank immersed in the Inerteen. During the heating and drying process, the top of the tank should be vented to the air to prevent moisture con densation. The desired load current should be obtained by shortcircuiting one winding and impressing the proper voltage on the other winding. If the full load Impedance of the transformer is not known or not engraved on the transformer nameplate, it should be obtained from the Westlnghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company by identifying the transformer with its serial number. Transformer windings in Inerteen should first be heated under a partial load. A higher top Inerteen temperature can be obtained more quickly by blanketing the tank with the cover re moved to prevent condensation. If the transformer is at or lower than room temperature at the start of the drying process, from 125$ to 1 5 # full load acurrent will hasten the heating. The temperature should be care fully watched and when the Inerteen reaches temperoture of 60C., the load should be reduced to obtain an approximately constant Inerteen temperature based on the following table. These tem peratures should not be exceeded for a given load. Short Circuit Amperes in Percent of Load 50 75 85 \ Max. Temperature of Top Inerteen . 80 75 70 The transformer may be dried more quickly if it is possible to filter the Inerteen during the drying process. If the -12- 0854718 INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS filtering la continuous, cere should be taken to avoid letting the Inerteen temperature become too low. If any moieture condense* on the underside of the cover, the temperature should be decreased until it stops, and it should not be Increased again until after a period of time of approximately four to eight hours, depending `upon the site of the transformer. The drying should be continued until dielectric testa of samples of the Inerteen taken from the top and bottom of the tank show 22 K.V. or higher. The tests should be made in a standard test cup and it is recommended that at least two consecutive tests of both the top and bottom Inerteen be made at least 24 hours apart while the Inerteen is near a maximum temperature. Tests of the Inerteen should not be made during the filtering process. DRYINO TRANSFORMERS BY HOT AIR Inerteen transformers may be dried by blowing clean, dry hot air through them. The air should be at a temperature of ap proximately 90C. and it should be blown through the core and coils from the bottom of the transformer and allowed to pass out at the top. The amount of air required to dry the transformer must be such that the temperatures of the ingoing and outgoing air are ap proximately alike. IF INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS FAIL IN SERVICE Should an Inerteen transformer fail in service, the near est W. E. 8c H. Company District Office should be notified as soon as possible. Give the rating of the transformer and its serial number and, if possible, the conditions under which the failure took place. Samples of the Inerteen should be taken so that an analysis of it can be made. The transformer should be kept im mersed in Inerteen and it is recommended that no work be done on the transformer except under advice from the District Office. ACCESSORIES FOR INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Pressure Relief Dlophragms - All tronsformers of ratings larger than 25 Kv-a., are furnishadowith pressure relief diaphragms This device is made in different sizes to provide ample venting for different ratings. Relief diaphragms are regularly supplied with covers arranged for a pipe connection to carry the gases to the outside atmosphere in case of e transformer failure and after the dia phragm ruptures. It is recommended that this type of Installation be used for indoor transformers. For outdoor transformers, the relief device is regularly provided with a perforated outlet which allows the gases to escape directly to the outside atmosphere. The outlet is covered by a hood which prevents the entrance of moisture and dirt. A screen under the diaphragm prevents broken pieces from falling into the transformer. 0854719 - 13- INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS The relief diaphragm unit assembly, which is bolted to the transformer cover or other suitable place, consists of a sup porting flange in which the glass diaphragm is mounted between two cork gaskets. A tight joint between gasket and diaphragm on the supporting flange is made by a pressure-ring against the lower gasket, all of which is clamped in place by stud bolts. It is necessary to be very careful in bolting down the pressure-ring to ovoid breakage of the glass diaphragm for its rupture strength depends largely upon hoving an even distribution of clamping pressure applied to the diaphragm. Make sure that gasket seats are thoroughly clean. Apply Coment M-7386 to both sides of the upper gasket and put the glass diaphragm in place, being sure that both the gasket and the dia phragm ere centrally located in the supporting flange. Lay the cushion or lower gasket in place over the glass diaphragm and assemble the pressure-ring over this gasket. Then tighten the assembly by means of the nuts and lock washers on the stud bolts. An even distribution of pressure on the glass diaphragm con be obtained only by tightening the nuts uniformly. This should be done by tightening alternate nuts until the lock washers are nearly compressed. The other nuts should then be tightened in a similar manner. This alternate nut tightening should be continued until the face of the pressure-ring is against the metal gasket-stop. Diaphragm relief devices are assembled on the transformer at the factory and they are then pressure-tested at 7 lbs. per square inch and shipped in place. Two spare diaphragms and the necessary gaskets and cement are shipped with ecch transformer. Additional diaphragms, if needed, should be ordered from the W. E. A M . Company, Sharon, Pennyslvcnia, identified by the serial number of the transformer. ! Gas Absorbers for Jnerteen Transformers - When Iberteen transformers are equlppea with ges absorbers, separate instructions are shipped with each transformer describing the device and its Installation, operation and maintenance. RENEWAL PARTS When information is required concerning a transformer, always give its serial number, particularly whenever renewal or stock parts are ordered. The serial number will be found engraved on the nameplate attached to the transformer tank and on the small nameplate attached to the top or end of the core and coils assembly. Whenever possible, c sketch showing the pert or ports and their exact locations, will materially help to assure that the proper parts are supplied by the Factory.. This sketch should always indicate the direction or side of the transformer from which the view is made. 0854720 - 14- INEPT EZN TRANSFORMERS N O T E : Some transformer* are orderod designed for Inerteen but are to be operated first as oil-insulated transformers. Consequently, they are shipped from the factory filled with oil. Whenever it is desired to operate these transformers with Inerteen complete instructions for the removal of the oil, the cleaning of the transformer and filling it with Inerteen ehould be obtained Tr o m the W. E. k M. Company, Sharon, Pennsylvania. 0854721 - 15- / I Westinghouse INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Instruction Book . Pm. I--M KvA. I n i n TUd v m u i W estinfhousc Electric & M anufacturing Company Sharon Work, Sharon, Pa. in U3 .A. ( * * . ) ar r? ir * m I.B. IM2 FUinc N. 00.100 0854742 Woctinghouse Exhibit 2  fn irttt* Tramfotm INDEX IKEWTEEN Characteristics pt p n0 . Physical - Chemical - Electrical .................... Physiological......................................... 3 * IHERTEEK TRAH3F0RMEW3 S h l p o i n t ............................................... Moving Transformers..................................... Inspection ............................. Grounding and Halting Connections . . . . G a s k e t s ................................. Pip f i t t i n g s .......................... Pressure T a s t i n g ...................... Paint ................................... S t o r a g e ................................. 3 3 Malntananea Xnartaan E q u i p m e n t .................. filling Inartaan Transformers . . . . 5 5 Periodic Inapetlcna Inartaan ............................. Operation of Transformers............ Paint................................. Talcing Samples of I n a r t a a n ............ Dielectric Tasting of Inartaan Drying and filtering I n a r t a a n .......... The Inartaan C o n d i t i o n e r .............. To Prepare thm Conditioner for Operation To Dry Inartaan Transformers............ Drying Transformers by Hot Air ........ If Inartaan Transformers Pail in Service 5 5 5 l 66 7 7 76 Accessories for Inartaen Transformers Pressure Relief D l a p h r a ^ s .......... Gas Absorbers for Inerteen Transformers Renewal Parts ........................... 888 a m * \ Z If f ' 0854743 fn trtatn Trar\fmrmtrt INERTEEN Ine rteen, developed by w#*tlnghouae Ergineere, 1 * eynthetlc non-inf leasable And non-exploelv* Insulating And cooling liquid uaad in Westinghouse Inerteen Transformers . Characteristics Color .................... Straw-Yellow Odor .................... Slightly Aromatic Vlscoaicy AC 100F. (Saybolt)50 Seconds Flasn Point ............ . Non* fir* Point ............ None Bolling Point .......... Freezing Point ........ ? -*0F. Specific Gravity at 60F. . 1.555 Coefficient of Expansion p e r C ................ .00078 Specific Heat (Cal./cc. . >0 dielectric Constant . . . . *.<*2 Dieloctrlc Strength . . . . 35 to *0 K.v. Hinerai oil la completely miscible witft Inartaan. It la practically impossible to aaparata mineral oil and Inartaan; therefore It la Important to avoid contamination of In artaan with ar.y oil aa the prese.nca of auch material markedly change* the non-lnfleasable and non-explosive character!tlca of Inerteen. Inerteen la chemlcally atable. 1 1 1 not affected by reaction vith other materlals uad ln the manufacture of Inerteen Transformera. It la non-oxldlxlng and oon-corroalve at temprature conslderably abova thoae normally obtalned ln transformsrs. Inerteen vlll mot fors aludge under aa j condition. Inerteen exert a atrong advent ac tion or. moat of the ordinary varnlahee, gums and palnta commonly used ln oll-inaulated trar.aformer a . Such materials, therefore, can not be uaed ln the dealgn and construction of Inerteen frar.aforaera. It la necessary to uae auch materials as pure cellulose, cotton, paper and porcelain. This requirement, coupled with the necessary use of tlght-tank construction for Inerteen Transformers tend to give im proved operating characteristics. If Inerteen Is decomposed by an electric arc, nydrogen chloride gas is evci/ed. In case of arching, the product* of arc decorp; sitlon are definitely harmful and t.ne Inert**.-, will have to oe reconditioned. 'here sever arcing occur, the solid insulation of t.ne transformer would become saturated witn t.ne products of arc decomposition and tne affected part* must be removed from the trar.sforaer. with reference to tne dielectric strength of Inerteen it compare* favorably with and under average normal conditions will oe found higner than that of transformer oil. T.ne same precaution* are .necessary witn Inerteen as are taken with transformer oil. Inert**.-, sno^.; oe kept free of moisture, U n t and dirt. Inerteen has an irritating eff-rt the skin. Thia la mere pronounced t; sr-t per sona than to other. Especially the eyei. and lip* are affected when cosing lr. ccr.tact *: Inerteen end certain safety precaution! s.stoe aerved hen handling it. ehen working itr tr.* ns ln Inertaen. It will irritate akin aorssicr.s or tender part* between the finger*. Continued exp: ur# may cause akin irruptions with certain ir.diuala due to absorption of the Inerteen through : pores of the skin. Cleanliness among wore.*.-, her ling Inerteen is essential and a very good safe guard against suen effects. An application of ce tor oil is recommended for the eye and castor : or cold cream for the nose and lip*. Ii? case Ir erteen cone* in contact with the akin, the part should be thoroughly cashed and cleaned. * sup;, of these materials should oe kept available at times whara man are working with Inerteen. Hot transformers should not be openeo except ln wall ventilated placet. Large quan tities of Inerteen should be handled in a cool ed system. Vortoer. should ba protected from frequent contact with any appreciable vapor concentration and from frequent skin contact with Inertaen. In cate Inerteen it spilled on one's eiothlng, It snould be cnanged as soon as pos sible end tne soiled clothing laundered oefere It is w e m again. Special g.ovea, M-?*JC-c wnleh are resistant to Inertsen, should be worn wnere parts cf transformers are handled wet. INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Shipment Inerteen for these chambers ln separatt cans or steel drums. Inerteen Transformers are always cor.structad ln tight tinJcs which permit no treathlmg. Inertaen must always be kept In sealed containers to prevent the loss of its more volatile constituents by svaporatlor. or Inerteen Transformers are snipped possible contamination from dirt or r.cisturt properly filled with Inertaen and ready for installation. This prevents the entrance of moisture into the windings during trans Moving Transformers it and usually makes It unnecessary to dry the transformera prior to installation. Lugs are provided for lifting the complete transformer, and when necessary, Transformers equipped with switch or terminal chamber which must be opened for installation, art always snipped with tne additional means are provided for lifting the different parts. The transformer should bs lifted by means provided and when > . 0 <r * 0854744  / n if f t in Trmntfmrmtrt necessary, iprttdtn should be used to obtain balanced lift. Transformers should not bo moved or liftod by placing Jacks or other devices against or under cooling tub*, radiators, alvo or other fitting*. Skid* should bo usod to dlatributo the strossos properly over the baso when transformers aro aoved on rollara. IS 3PECTI01 Carefully inspect the transforaers for possible damage durine snipaent. r This should Include a cheek of the , ^Xnerteen level and at least the reaoval of the aannole to deteralne whether any parts have be* coae loose or out of place and whether there la any evidence of aolsture present. Insulation tests of the Xnerteen should be Bade and if the dleltetrie strength is less than 2 2 E.V. or if there is any evidence of aolsture, the trans* foraer should be dried. Xnerteen Transforaers are carefully tested at the Factory and in good condition when ahipaent is made but it is desirable to Inspect every transformer carefully before placing it in service. Grounding and Making Connections lo aatter what the type of floor or foundation on which the transforaer is to resb, the tank should be definitely and per manently grounded by connecting to the ground* .lAg connection provided for that purpose near the bottoa of the tank. Terminal board, tap changer and other connections should never be changed with voltage on the transforaer. Do not aake any connections except those indicated on the diagram or the diagram nameplate snipped with the transforaer. Any lead or eonneetor not in use should be insulated from any other leads and connectors and froa ground. Gaskets Gaskets used on Xnerteen Transform ers are aade froa a high grade cork and, it is recomoended, in replacing any gaskets tnat they be aade of cork. Before replacing a gasket, all gasket surfaces should be thor oughly cleaned free of rust, ell, grease, paint or other foreign materials. The clean ing may oe done by scraping or wire-brushing and then wiping the gasket surface with de natured alcohol. Oasket Cement, H-7}66. especially developed for use with Xnerteen, should always be used in applying gaskets to Iner- * teen Transformers. Thoroughly brush the ce ment oq the tank surface, place the gasket \ in position and apply weights or other means to obtain good adhesion of the gasket to tne metal surface. The gasket should be allowed w a y y wa __/ -a^_a.a nw_ur DV_IOT_ wei ghts a re removed. Cement'*-7386 should then be a p p l i e d to the top s u r f a c e o f the c a s k e t . The g a s k e t s u r f a c e s must i m e d l a t e l y be bolted together under a uniform pressure. $oee transformers are equipped with terminal or switch coapartments into which cables enter by means of potheads. In such eases, it will be necessary to remove the switch-cover. When transformers are designed for bayonet connections, it is only necessary to remove the bayonet pothead, aake the cable connections and replace the potnead. Xxtra gaskets with Cement K-7386, are furnished with all Inerteen Transforaers where their installation requires the re aoval of any gaskets. Additional gaskets and cement should be ordered froa tne manu facturer . Flpe Fittings Care should be used to see that threads of pipe fittings are not damaged. Their threads should be thoroughly cleaned to remove all dirt, grease, etc. After cleaning, apply Cement 11-7386 to the threads of each fitting. Xraedlately screw the proper fittings together tightly. Fressure Testing Xnerteen Transforaers should be pressure tested before they are put into service. The tanks, including all compart ments, should be subjected to a pressure of 7 lbs. per square inch for at least six hours. Preferably, this test should be made after the transforaer installation is complete and before voltage is applied to it. Xt is suggested that the air space above the Xnerteen be blown out by using a nitrogen-cylinder, after which all vents should be closed and the pressure test ap plied. The test-pressure, in order to avoid subjecting the tank or compartment under test to excessive pressure, can best be limited by a regulating valve on the nitrogen-cylinder. A cheek for leaks above the Xnerteen level h* mad* with a solution of soap and water applied to all gasketed Joints, pipe fittings and wiping sleeve connections. Faint Xnerteen Transforaers are fin ished with a special paint whleh is re sistant to the solvent aetlon of Xnerteen. A sufficient quantity of this paint, N7664-1, is furnished with each transformer to 'touch up" any damage caused during the normal process of installation. Storage Xnerteen Transforaers must always a m a 4 <4* 0S54745 * /rfun Tnni/mrmirt b * stored filled vltb Inerteen, otharvlae a certain amount of molature vili aoat certainly accumulate oa account of variation of air teapereture, The Inerteen level ahould always bo b##n in Trlchlorb er.xene V f l 2* t0 roaovo any sizing, hew cloths ahould bo trena formero. used for at least every two cheeked to aoo that it la at tho propor point. Zaortooa Tranafomora ahould bo atorod In a dry placa, oao vhoro ainlmua toaporaturo changes will occur. Vhen it la nacassory to fill Inertoan transformers out-of-doors and particularly on damp days dua precaution auat bo takes to prevent the entrance of aolaturo into tho trans If tboro la any roaaon to atoro colla, former. lnaulatlon or otbor parta for tho coaplato coro and coll asseably of an Xnortoon Tranaforaor, Porlodlc Inspection* they ahould bo laaaraod In Xnortoon to provont anj aolaturo absorption. If such storage la necessary for a long porlod of tima, tho tank or atorag container auat bo aoalod to provont Inertoon - It Is dsslrablo that top and bottom samples of Inartaan bo taken froa each transformer and tested after a short tho evaporation of Xnortoon. porlod of operation. When operating conditions permit, routine oaapllng of the Inertoon at Xnortoon Tranaforaora vhlch have boon intervale of six months is rocoamsndsd. Ac ldlo or atorod for an appreciable length of curate records ahould bo kept of such Inspec tino, should bo put into service only after naklng certain that tho tranaforaor la dry and that tho dielectric strength of the Xnerteon testa 22,000 volts or higher. tion end toots, and if the Inartaan shows a dielectric strength of lota than 16 t.V., tr.c Xnortaoa Conditioner Bay bo used. This de pends somewhat on tho tranaforaor load ejela and ellmatle conditions. Xf 00 facilities art Maintenance available for mating dielectric teats on Xnsr- toon, saaploo ahould bo sent to tho VeatlngInerteen Equipment - Caro oust bo ex house Iloctrle ft Manufacturing Company, Sharon ercised In handling inerteen to provont eontaai- Vorka, Sharon, Peana. Each aaaplo of Inartaon nation since lapurltles alter lta non-lnflaa- ahould bo properly Identified by the trans aablo and electrical characteristics. Xt auat former rial number and It ahould bo recorded be handled in thoroughly clean containers free whether taken from the top or bottoa of ho fraa oil. Xf there la any question concerning tank or from a tank-compartaont. Samples the cleanliness of tho containers, thay ahould ahould bo carefully pocked to ovoid breakage bo thoroughly washed with Trlchlorbenaeno, in transit. Whoa any appreciable amount of M-6872, and drlod before any Xnortoon la placed Xaertooo la reaovad from a tranaformer, it In thoa. the transformer tank or any of lta ahould be replaced vith an equal amount of new eoapartaonta in vhlch Xnerteea lo used, auat bo Xnortoon of proper dielectric strength so that free from oil. the liquid level In the tranaforaor la Balo ta lned. X/erteen should not bo alxod with vegetable oils since those aaterlals affect tho Operation of T r a m f o r g a n - It la deterioration, D.C. resistance and otherwise recommended that a periodic eneek 0# aads of contaminate It. Compounds of aaphaltle nature, the operating temperatures of Xnertetn trans paraffin and ordinary soldering flux are per tleularly harmful to Xnortoon. formers and that the toaporaturo of tne Xner teea be kept below 90C. for a maximum-rated eelf-eoolod transformer. For soldering, a solution of rosin In alcohol la reeoomended. Faint - The external tank surfaces of Xnertaan Transformers should be examined All-metal hooo auat bo uaod in hand regularly for eigne of corrosion. Xf ap ling Xnortoon oince tho lining uood In aoat hooo la soluble in Xnortoon. Filling Inertoon Tranaforaora - When It la necessary to rill a tranaforaor with Xnortoon one should aafca aura that all Joints are tight; Cement 11-7266 should bo uaod for this purpose. Stool pipe or aotal hose should bs uaod, end preferably the tranaforaor should bs filled throuah the drain walva. This will taaep aeration of the Xnortoon to o minimum. See that air wants are open as tho tranaforaor preciable corrosion is found, its cause should be deteralned and, if possible, remedied. lr.- erteen Transformer tanka are made from corro sion-resisting, eopper-bearing steal, and thay are finished with a Algn grade Xnorteen-realstLog paint vhleh la o & e d on at hlgn temperature. Any surface vhlch 1 found corroded should oa thoroughly clsaned to the bare metal and re finished with one coat of paint, M-69JO, and two coats of paint, M-766A-1. Allow tvalva hours drying time between eaen coat of paint. la fill#. Taking Samples of Inerteen Xt la desirable to fill o tranafora or by passing the Inertoon through an Inertoon All sampling and testing equipment Conditioner. Xf this cannot bo done and the auat be thoroughly dry and clean. Xt la % Xnortoon teats satisfactorily, fill tho trans reeoaaended that sampling and testing equip former by passing the Xnartoon throuah throe ment used for Inerteen Transformers bs used fs r tMeknesses of tightly vovao white cloth, no other purpose. Care aust be used in obtain - 5 < r 4f! ir * m 0854746  in e r t*** Trr\tf*rrr\*rt ing end sealing i u p l t i of Inerteen taken fro a tn.ufM w r. Use only i u H tin containers vitn ie rtv *B : l j i t t r . pa or m i l 4I111 b o ttles vitn M t lij i l m stoppers for noldlnf Iner teen ita p lts . I f it becomes neeessary co uat other tna.n Factory stapling containers, aucn con tainers anouid bt tnorougnly rlnatd with clean gasoline, waaned with strong aoap auda and rinaad thoroughly in hoc vacar, and than dried in an oven at approximately 110C. for one hour. I f Che eontalnera are not uaed immedi ately a fte r cleaning, they ahould be aealed tig r tly and atored in a dry, elean place. Xnerteen aampllng package a 3# IO65658 may be obtained from the Weatingnouae e le c tr ic 4 Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Penna. This package conalata of two 1-pint cana of Xnerteen, packed and ahlpped in cardboard cartona. Thia Ine-teen may be uaed to replace that r e moved from a tranaformer aa a ample. I f emmplea are not taken immediately a ft e r empty ing the eontalnera, the empty containers should be kept capped snugly to prevent admit tance of moisture, The containers and carton snould be uaed to return the samples of Xner teen to the Weatingnouae Company. Xt is desirable that samples of Xnerteen oe removed from a transformer tank or from a drum on clear days only and when the Xnerteen i s at le a st as vara as the surround ing .a imr . The sample of Xnerteen ahould p refer ably oe removed from the top of the tank and at a point 2 or 3" under the level of the Xnerteen. Xt is recommended tnat a sample be taken a lso from the bottom of the tank. . I f the sample is vitndrevn through a valve connection, th is con nection snould be flusned by allowing a small amount of Xnerteen to run out before co lle ctin g the sample. The sample snould be immediately placed in the container and the cap screwed on tig h tly . The sticker on each container should be narked to identify the sample of Xnerteen with tne transformer from which it was taken. Before taking samples from a drum, the Xnerteen snould be allowed to s e t t le for approximately twelve hours. Samples from the top of the drum should oe removed by means of a clean glass sneak-tnief. The same preeautioos to prevent mois ture contamination should be used in sampling Inerteen as are observed La taking transformer o il samples. The samples e f Xnerteen properly iden tified and packed in cardboard cartons snould be snipped to the Vestlnghouse K lectrle Manufacturing Company, Sharon Works, Sharon, Ana. D ielectric Testing of Xnerteen a lly followed *in* * tesrtuilnegs aonidl sphroeucaldutiboensuseads ninorm testing Inerteen, except as nerein stated. The test cup should be wiped clean with a clean, dry enamols and thoroughly rinsed with elean gasoline and allowed to dry before being used. The eleetrode spacing should be checked. To determine whether the test cup is suitable for testin g Xnerteen, f i l l it with dry gasoline and te st this under a standard voltage rise of 3 f.V. per second. I f the d ielectric strength of the gasoline is not le s s than 22 I.Z , the test cup is suitable for te stin g Xnerteen, a fte r the cup has been dried in an oven to re move a l l traces of gasoline. Care should be exercised in handling p s o lin e . In testin g, do not make but one 'sh o t* per f illin g of the test cup. Five different fillin g s should be made and the average result used. Drying and F ilterin g Xnerteen Xnerteen may be dehydrated and f i l t e r ed by means of an o il f i l t e r press but in order tnat it may not be contaminated, i t is necessary that the f ilt e r press be used for Xnerteen only. A different procedure than that f o l lowed for o il is required to purify Xnerteen. Contamination in Inerteen cannot be removed en tire ly by f i l t e r paper alone. To clean Xnerteen thoroughly it must be filte re d throup 'a c t iv a t ed clay " which absorbs im purities. In practice, i t is only necessary to pass the Xnerteen through the elay and to separate the clay me chanically from the Inerteen to obtain clean Xnerteen of proper d ie le c tric strength. The Inerteen Conditioner The equipment recommended for condi tioning consists of a f i l t e r press with suitable inlet and outlet connections and the necessary fittin g s. The elay is contained in five frames mounted in a yoke. Flates are used on both sides of these frames between which one piece of blotting paper is used to provide a gasketseal and to remove fine p a rticle s of clay from the Xnerteen. The discharge in the plate incorpor ates a trap to avoid pumping into the tran s former a ir which might reeult from a leak m the suction lin e . A strain er is provided on the suetlon side of the pump, so constructed tnat a l l d irt collected is removed with the screen. A by-pass connection fitte d with a needle valve is used for testin g the suction line from the transformer for le ak s. A pressure gage and a by-pass valve indicate the operation of the conditioner and 0854747 4e /r\rt**n Tranifmrmtri they lo serve as a check to avoid overloading and stalling tha motor. The valva la aac to bypaaa tha Xnerteen at a praaaura of 60 to 70 lba. par aquara Loch. Another praaaura gaga and bypaaa valva ara providad oa tha dlacharga aida of tha eondltlonar connecting to tha transformer Thla by-pan valva, releasing at a praaaura of approximately 5 lba. par aquara Inch, w i n avoid bracking tha transformer rallaf diaphragm whan no othar rallaf la providad. To frepare Tha Condltlonar For Oparatlon Release tha praaaura-acrav and raaova tha frames. Fill aaeh fraaa with activated clay, M-6935, to within 1/2" of tha cover. Re place tha fraaaa In tha eondltlonar, placing one mee t of *AS alia blotting paper between tha face of each fraaa and plate. Cara ahould be uaad to eee that the holaa through tha plataa, fraaaa and paper are In proper align ment before tha preaaure-acrew la tightened. Cloae tha dlacharga, auction and auctlon-taat valvea. Four auffldent Xnartaan Into tha drip pan to fill tha eondltlonar and to wat the clay. Thla vill require approxlaataly 8 gallons of Xnartaan. Start tha motor and open tha drip pan valva ao that not leas than 5 mlnutea ara required to fill the condltlonar, saturating tha clay with Xnartaan. with tha valva at the transformer closed, open tha suetlon-test valve to cheek tha auction line for leaks. Since tha density of Xnartaan la considerably greater than that of water, mois ture will float oo tha surface of tha Xnartaan. Xt la therefore considered advisable to condi tion Xnartaan from tna top and return It to tha bottom of tha tank. To begin conditioning. 'Xnartaan In a transformer, close tha suetlon teat valve and atop tha motor. Open tha trans former valves. Open tha condltlonar dlacharga and suetlon valves. Cloae the drip pan valve and start the motor. Ona charge of clay will condition approximately 3000 gallons of Xnartaan, de pending upon tha amount of contamlna:ion pre sent. To change the clay, remove tna frases and turn them over to allow any free Xnartaan to drain out of tha openings at tha top. Dump tha uaad clay and fill tha frames wit;, fraan clay aa previously described. When It la necessary to cn^.nga tna blotters or the clay, first close tna valve in the suction line, then atop tha cot or and close tha dlacharga valve before re levsing tha preaaure-acrew. Follow the procad-re out lined above when starting up tha conditioner again. Xf the system-seal is not broaen, it will only be necessary to open tha dlsonerge and suction waives and start the motor to again resume eoadltloniog the Xnertec.n. To Pry Xnartaan Transformers Xnartaan Transformers above 100 gv-a. ahould be dried by tha short-circuit method with tna transformer in its tank immersed in the Inartaan. luring tha heating and drying process. the top of tha tank ahould be vented to tna air to pvent moisture condensation. Tha desired load eur rent should be obtained by short-circuiting ona winding and Impressing tha proper voltage on the othar winding. Xf tha full load Impedance of tha transformer Is not known or not engraved on the transformer nameplate, It should be obtained fros tha Vastlnghousa Ileetrlc k Manufacturing Company by Identifying tha transformer with its serial number. Transformer windings in Xnartaan should first be heated under a partial load. A higher top Xnartaan temperature can be obtained more quickly by blanketing tha tank with tha cover re moved to prevent condensation. Xf the transformer la at or lower the- room temperature at tha start of tha drying pro cess, from 1250 to 1500 full load eurrsnt will hasten the heating. The temperature should be carefully watched and whan tha Xnartaan reaches a temperature of 60C.( the load should bo reduce to obtain an approximately constant Xnartaan tem perature based on the following table. These tec peratures should not be axeaadad for a gfcvan load Short Cireult Amperes in Farcant, nf inert 50 Max. Temperature of Too Inerteer 80 e n The transformer may be dried more quickly if it is possible to filter tha Inerteen during the drying process! Xf tha filter ing Is continuous, care should be taken to avoid letting the Xnerteen temperature become too low. Xf any moisture condenses on tha underside of the cover, tha temperature should bo decreased until It stops, and it should not be increased again until after a period of time of approxlaataly four to eight hours, depending upon tha size of tha transformer. Tha drying should be continued until dleleetrlc tests of samples of tha Xnartaan taker, from the top and bottom of the tank show 22 K.V. or higher. The tests should be made in a stand ard test cup and it is recommended that at least two consecutive tast^^f both tha top and bottom Inartaan be made at least 2k house apart wnlle tha Xnartaan is near a maximum temperature. Tests of the Xnerteen should not be made during tna filtering process. Drying Transformers by lot Air Xnerteen transformers may be dried by blowing clean, dry hot air through them. The air should be at a temperature of approximately 90C. v 7 085474S / n c r f i m Trm n t / r m t r t and It should be blown through tho cor end colls froa ths bottom of tho transformer and si* lowed to pass out at tho top. The oaount of Air required to dry tho transformer aust bo such that tho toaperotures of tho Ingoing and out* going Air are approximately alike. If Inerteen Transformers Fail in Service of the upper gasket and put the glass diaphragm in place, being sure that Doth the gasket and the diaphragm are centrally located in tne sup porting flange. Lay the cushion or lower gasaet in place over the glass diaphragm and assemble the pressure ring over this gasket. Then tighten the assembly by means of tha nuts and lock wash ers on ths stud bolts. Should an Inerteen transformer fall in service, the nearest V. S. ft N. Company District Office should be notified as soon as possible. Give the rating of the transformer and its ser ial number and, if possible, the conditions un der which the failure took place. Saaples of the Inerteen snould be taken so that an analy sis of it can be Bade. The transformer should be kept Immersed in Inerteen and it is recamtmended that no work be done on the transformer except under advice froa the District Offlee. Accessories for Inerteen Transformers Pressurs Belief Diaphragms - All transformers of ratings larger then 25 It -a., are furnished with pressure relief diaphragm. This device is made in different sixes to pro vide ample venting for different ratings. ie'ief diaphragms are regularly sup plied wit! vers arranged for a pipe connec tion to eaFTy the gases to the outside atmo sphere in case of a transformer failure and after the diaphragm ruptures. It is recom mended that this type of installation be used for Indoor transformer*. For outdoor trans former*, the relief device is regularly proyfcled with a perforated outlet which allows the gases to escape dlreetly to the outsled at mosphere.. The outlet is covered by a hoed which prevents the entrance of moisture and dirt. A screen under the diaphragm prevents broken pieces froa falling into the trans former. The relief diaphragm unit assembly, which is bolted to the transformer cover or other suitable plaee, consists of a supporting flange in which the glass dlaphrag* is mounted between two cork gaskets. A tight joint be tween gasket and dlspnragm on the supporting flange is made by a pressure ring against the lower gasket, all of which is clamped in place by stud bolts. It is necessary to be v~v careful bolting down the pressure-r*nt v <pJLd break age of the glass dlaphrag* 'er i rupture strength depends largely up.^ having an even distribution of clamping pressure applied to the dlaphr*^. Make sure that gasket seats are thor oughly clean. Apply Cement M-7JS6 to both eides An even distribution of pressure on the glass diaphragm can be obtained only by tightening the nuts uniformly. This snould be done by tightening alternate nuts until tne lock washers are nearly compressed. The other nuts should then be tightened in a similar manner. This alternats nut tightanlng should ba continued until the face of the pressure-ring is against ths mstal gasktt-stop. Diaphragm rellsf devices are asaesbled on the transformer at the factory and they are then pressure-tested at 7 lbs. per square inen and shipped in plaee. Two spare diaphragms and the necessary gaskets and esment are shipped with each trans former. Additional diaphragma, if needed, snould be ordered from the W. I. ft m . Company, Sharon, Pennsylvania, ldsntifled by the serial number of the transformer. Oas Absorbers for Inerteen Transform- % era-- Vhan Inertssn transforaers are equipped with gas absorbers, separate instructions are shipped with each transformer describing the device aad its installation, operation and aalatananea. Fanews1 Parts Vhan information is required concern ing a transformer, always give its serial numoea particularly vhanaver renewal or stock parts ere ordered. The serial number will be found en- raved on tha nameplate attached to the transormar tank and on the small nameplats attacned to tha top or end of the core and coils assembly. Whenever possible, a sketen showing tha part or parts and their exact locations, will materially help to assure that tha proper parts are sup plied by the Factory. This sketch should always lndleats tha direction or side of the transform er froa which the view is made. WOTIi Some transformers are ordtred designed for Inerteen but a r e t o be operattd first as oll-lnsulatsd transformers. Constqusntly, they are shipped from the factory filled with oil. Whenever it is desired to operate these transformers with Inerteen, complete in structions for the removal of the oil, the eleaning of the transformer and filling it with Inerteen should be obtained from the V. 1. ft M. Com pany, Sharon, Pennsylvania. 0854749 In trtttn T rantform en INDEX Title INERTEEN Page No. Characteristics Physical - Chemical - E l e c t r i c a l - Physiological . . . 3 INEPTEEN TRANSFORMERS Shipment ........................................................................................................ Moving T ran sfo rm er s................................................................................. Insp ect ion ................................................................................................... Grounding 4 Maldng C o n n e c t i o n s ...................................................... G a s k e t s ........................................................................................................ Pipe F i t t i n g s ............................................................................................... P a i n t ................................................................................................................. S t o r a g e ............................................................................................................ 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 Maintenance Inerteen Equipment ................................ F i l l i n g Transformers ........................... F i l l i n g Svltch 4 Terminal Chambers 5 5 5 Periodic Inspection I n e r t e e n ......................................... .... Operation of T r a n sf o rm e rs .................. P a i n t ............................................................... Talcing Samples of I n e r t e e n .................. Dielectric Testing of Inerteen . . . Drying 4 F i l t e r i n g I n e r t e e n .................. The Inertee n Co nditioner ....................... To Prepare the Conditioner f o r Operation To Dry Iner tee n Transformers ....................... I f Transformers F a l l in S e r v i c e .................. Accessories for Inerteen Transformers Pressure B e l i e f Diaphragm............................................................... B Rotary Type Sampling D e v i c e ........................................................... 9 Gas Absorbers f o r Iner tee n T ransfo rmers..................................... 10 Reneval P a r t s .................................................................................................... 10 0854723 1 /n trtttn Trmntformtri 1NERTEEN Inerteen is synthetic non-lnflaa&able becomes saturated with hydrogen ehlorlde and the and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid affected parts must be removed in the repair of usd la Westlmghouse Iarta Transformers. the transformer. Charaetariatlca Color ........................ Straw Yellow Viscosity t 100F. (Saybolt). 5* Second Fir Foiat ......... .'........ Hone Specific Gravity at60*F. ... 1.56* Dielectric Constant ........ * . 5 I*e dlelectrie strength of Inerteen compares favorably with and under average ncraal conditions ill be found higher than that of transformer oil. The same precautions are nec essary with Inerteen as are taken with trans former oil. Inerteen should be kept free of moisture, lint and dirt. Mineral oil Is completely mlsclbla with transformer Inerteen. It Is practically Impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen; therefore It Is Important to avoid contamination of Inerteen with any oil as the presence of such materials markedly changes the non-lnflanaable and non-explosive characteristics of Xnerteea. Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the skin. This is more pronounced to some per sons than to others. Especially the eyes, ncse and lips are affected hen coming In contact with Inerteen and certain safety precautions must be observed when handling it. When working with the hands in Inerteen, it will irritate skin abrasions or the tender parts between the Inerteen Is chemically stable. It is not affected by reaction with other materials used la the manufacture of Inerteen Transformers. It Is ncn-oxldirlng and non-corrosive at tempera tures considerably above those normally obtained in transformers. Inerteen 111 not form sludge under any conditions. fingers. Continued exposure may cause skin erup tions with certain individuals due to absorption of the Inerteen through the pores of the skin. Cleanliness among workmen handling Inerteen is essential and a very good safeguard against such effects. An application of castor oil is recom mended for the eyes and castor oil or cold cream for the nose and lips. In ease Inerteen comes Inerteen exerts a strong solvent ac tion on most of the ordinary varnishes, gums and paints commonly used In oil-insulated transform ers. Such materials, therefor, are not used in in contact with the skin, the part should be thoroughly ashed and cleaned. A supply of these materials should be kept available at all times where men are working with Inerteen. the design and construction of Inerteen Trans ~ Hot transformers should not be opened formers. It is necessary to use such materials except in well ventilated places. Large quanti as pure cellulose, cotton, paper and porcelain. ties of Inerteen should be handled in a closed This requirement, coupled with the necessary use system. Workmen should be protected from fre of tlght-tank construction for Inerteen Trans quent contact with any appreciable vapor concen formers tends to give improved operating charac tration and from frequent skin contact with In teristics. The operating experience 1th Iner erteen. teen Transformers indicates that Inerteen re- * quires less maintenance than oil. In ease Inerteen is spilled on one's clothing, it should be changed as soon as possi If Inerteen is decomposed by an elec ble and the soiled clothing laundered before it tric arc, hydrogen chloride gas is evolved. The Is worn again. Olovea, 3#llS*650, which are re products of arc decomposition are harmful to the sistant to Inerteen, should be worn where it is transformer structure. Where severe arelng necessary to put one's hand In Inerteen or where occurs, the solid insulation of the transformer parts of transformers are handled wet. INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS Shipmant Inerteen Transformers are always con structed in pressure-tight tanks. Inerteen transformers are shipped properly filled with Inerteen and ready for in stallation. This prevents the entrance of mois ture into the windings during transit and usually makes it unnecessary to dry the transformers prior to installation. Transformers equipped with switch or terminal chambers which must be opened for in stallation, are shipped with the Inerteen for these chambers in separate containers. A small amount of moisture will reduce the dielectric strength of Inerteen. It may be present in vapor form in the gas space above the Inerteen level or from minute leaks. Activated clay has a high affinity for moisture and absorbs other materials which may contaminate Inerteen. To keep the Inerteen in the best eonditloa bonded tubes of activated clay are installed and shipped In place in switch and terminal chambers of new transformers. When the Inerteen is shipped in separate containers the tubas are also shipped separately, enclosed in air-tight containers. Inerteen must always be kept in sealed containers to prevent the loss of its more vola tile constituents by evaporation or possible con tamination from dirt or moisture. Moving Transform ers Lugs are provided for lifting the com plete transformer, and when necessary, addition al means are provided for lifting the different parts. The transformer should be lifted by the means provided and when necessary, spreaders should be used to obtain a balanced lift. Trans formers should not be moved or lifted by placing Jacks or other devices against or under cooling tubes, radiator* valves or other fittings Skids should be used to distribute the stresses proper ly over the base when transformers are moved on rollers. 3 0854724 /n r(n n Trmnt/o'm Inspection Carefully Inspect the transformers for possible damage dor Lag ilUpaant. This ahould Lnelude * chock of tho Inerteea lovol end at least tho removal of tho nanholt eovor to dotoraLno whether any ports hovo become looso or out of place and whether there la any evidence of moisture preaent. Inaulotlon teats of the Inertsen ahould be mode end if the dielectric atrervgth la lesa then 22 JCV or If there is any evidence of moisture, the trans former should be dried. cables enter by means of potheeds. In some cases. It will be necessary to remove the switch-cover to make the eable connections. When transformers are designed for bayo net connections, it is only necessary to remove the bayonet potheed, make the eable connections and replace the potheed. Ixtra gaskets and Cement 3#*7l8SC are furnished with all Inerteen Transformers where their Installation requires the removal of any gaskets. Additional gaskets and cement should be ordered from the manufacturer. Vhere tror.aforaers ere to be used ot high altitude (more than >000 ft. above sea level) a fitting above tho liquid level should be open ed to equalize the Internal and external pres sures at a teaperature of approximately 25C. be fore placing the tranaforaer In service. Be sure that the fitting Is closed after equalizing the pressure. Pipe Fittings Care should be taken to see that threads of pipe fittings are not damaged. All threads should be thoroughly cleaned to remove dirt, grease, etc. After cleaning, apply Cement 34 *71880 to the threads of each fitting. Iaaedlately screw the proper fittings together tightly. All transformers are carefully tested at the Factory and in good condition when ship ment is made but It Is desirable to Inspect each tranaforaer thoroughly before placing It In ser vice . Grounding and Making Connection Bo matter vhat the type of flo o r or foundation on which the transformer is to r e s t , the tank should be d e fin ite ly end permanently grounded by connecting a lead to the grounding connection provided for that purpose near the bottom of the tank. Terminal board, tap changer and other connections should never be changed with voltage an the transformer. Do not make any connections except those Indicated on the diagram or the dia gram nameplate shipped with the transformer. Any lead or connector not in use should be insulated from all other leads and connectors and from ground. C esh tt Oaskets used on Inerteen Transformers are made from a high grade of cork and, it is recommended, In replacing any gaskets that they be made of eork. Before replacing a gasket, all gasket surfaces should be thoroughly cleaned free of rust, oil, grease, paint or other foreign ma terials. The cleaning may be done by scraping or wire-brushing and then wiping the gasket surface with denatured alcohol. Gasket Cement 94*71880* e sp e c ia lly de veloped for use with Inerteen, should always be used in applying gaskets. Thoroughly brush the cement on the tank surface and on the bottom side of the gasket. Flaee the gasket in p o sitio n and apply weights or other means to obtain good ad hesion of the gasket to the metal su rface . The gasket should be allowed to set approximately one-half hour before the weights are removed. Cement should then be applied to the top surface o f the gasket. The gasket surfaces must lmmedla te ly be bolted together under a uniform pressu re. Transformers are frequently equipped with terminal or swlteh compartments into which Quart Can. 4 Pressure Testing All Inerteen transformers are pressure tested at the factory and shipped free of leaks. After installation and before voltage is applied, it is desirable to pressure test each transformer especially if any fittings or eovers have been removed and replaced during the installation. Dry compressed nitrogen or air should be used at a test pressure of 7 lbs. per square inch for a period of six hours. Zt is suggested that the air space above the Inerteen be blown out with nitrogen, all vents elosed and the pressure teat applied. The test pressure can best be limited by the use of a regulating valve on the nitrogen cylinder. A check for leaks above the Inerteen level may be made with a solution of soap and water applied to all gasketed-Joints, screwedfittings and wiping-sleeve connections. Paint Inerteen Trans formers are finished with a special paint, which is resistant to the sol vent action of Inerteen. A sufficient quantity of this paint 94302509 la furnished with each transformer to "touch up" any places damaged during the process of installation. Storage Inerteen Transformers must always be stored filled to the proper level with Inerteen, otlmrwise a certain amount of moisture may accu mulate on account of variations of air teapera ture. Inerteen Transformers ahould be stored in a dry place, mid where minimum teaperature changes will occur. Vhere it is necessary to temporarily store colls, insulation or other parts for the complete eore and eoll assembly of an Inerteen Transformer, they should be immersed in Inerteen to prevent moisture absorption. If such storage is necessary for a long period of time, the tank or storage container must be sealed to prevent the entrance of awlsture mad the evaporation of Inerteen. Inerteen Transformers whleh have been idle or stored for an appreciable length of time, should be put into servioe oily after making eer- 0854725 IntrttMfx Traniform tra tain that tha transformer la dry and that tha dlalactrlc strength of tha Inerteen taata 22,000 volts or higher. Tha inspection instructions should also ba followed. tubes should not be removed from their containers until the terminal chamber is ready for their Installation. The tubes should not be exposed to air more than approximate'r M aintenance thirty minutes before d o s i n g up the cha-p^r preparatory to filling it with Inerteen unless they are first dried for two hours at s tempera Inertaan Equipment - Cara Bust be ex - ture of approximately 250C. or for twelve hours arclsed In handling inertaan to pravant eontaa- at 135 to 150C. lnatlon since impurities altar lta non-laf l s m a b l e and electrical characteristics. It Bust be handled In thoroughly clean containers free from oil. If there is any question concerning tha cleanliness of the containers, they should ba thoroughly washed with Trichlorbenzene M-6872 and dried before any Inerteen Is placed In them. Tha transformer tank or any of Its compartments If It becomes necessary to drain the Inerteen or to open the chamber after a period of service, It Is reconnended that new tubes be Installed. To do this, it Is only necessary to remove the bolts holding the spring clips, remove the old and Insert the new tubes, and replaes the clips and bolts. in which Inerteen Is used, must ba free from oil and other contaminating materials. When an Inerteen Conditioner is not available for use In filling chambers with In- Inerteen should not be mixed with vege erteen, It Is recocsended that the Inerteen be table oils since these materials affect the d e strelned through two or three layers of tightly terioration, D.C. resistance and otherwise con woven white cloth and poured through a conttir.er taminate It. Compounds of asphaltic nature, in which three or four clay tubes have been paraffin and ordinary soldering flux are partic broken into small pieces. This will materially ularly harmful to Inerteen. reduce the possibility of contamination of the Inerteen from dirt and moisture. For soldering, a solution of rosin in alcohol Is reconmended. Bonded clay tubes should be ordered as Style #11501*10 from tne Wcstlnghouse Electric k All-metal hose must ba used In handling Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Fenna. It is also Inerteen since tha lining used In most hose Is desirable when ordering new tubes to Identify soluble In Inerteen. the transformer for which they are required by Including the serial number of tha transformer. Filling Transformers - Whan it Is nec essary to Till a transforaer with Inertaan one Periodic Inspections ahould sake sura that all Joints era tight; Ceaent S#*71880 should be used for this purpose. Steel Inerteen - It Is desirable that top p i p e metal hose should ba used, and preferably, and bottom samples of Inerteen be taken from the transforaer should be filled through the each transformer and testad after a short period drain valve. This will heap aeration of the In- of operation. When operating conditions permit, erteen to a minimum. Sea that air vents are open routine sampling of the Inerteen at intervals of as the transformer is filled. six months is reeoanended. Accurate records should be kept rf such inspections and tests, and It is desirable to fill a transforaer If the Inerteen shows a dielectric strength of by passing the Inertaan through an Inertaan Con less than 16 D f the Inerteen Conditioner may ditioner. If this cannot ba done end the Iner be used. Thle depend somewhat on the trans taan tests satisfactorily, fill the transformer former load eyele and cllmatle conditions. If by passing the Inerteen through three thicknesses no facilities are available for making dlelee of tightly woven white eloth, which has first trle tests on Inerteen. eamples should be sent bean washed in Trlehlorbensene and dried to re to the vstlnghouse Electric k Manufacturing move any siting. Few cloths should be used for Company, Sharon, Fenna, Each sample of Inerteen at least every two transformers. should be properly Identified by the transforaer serial number and It snould be recorded whether When It Is necessary to fill Inerteen transformers out-of^oors and particularly on damp days due precaution Bust be taken to prevent the entrance of aolsture Into the transformer. taxen from the top or bottom of the tan* or f r o m a tana-compartment. Samples should be carefully pacxed to avoid breakage In transit. When any appreciable amount of Inerteen Is removed from a transformer. It should be replaced with an e^ual ad Terminal Chambers - amount of new Inerteen of proper dielectric Care should be exercised when filling svlten and strength so that the liquid level In the trans terminal chambers with Inerteen, and during ser former Is maintained. vicing to avoid contamination by aolsture or dirt, vhleh may lower the dleleetrle strength of the Operation of Transformers - It is Inerteen. The moisture may be present during tne recomended that a periodic check be- made of the filling operation due to condensation and absorp operating temperatures of Inerteen transformers tion on the Inside appear as vapor In of the chamber walls, or may the gas space above the Iner- and that the below 90C. temperature of the Inerteen be kept for a maximum-rated self-cooled teeir or from any minute leaxs. transformer. The use of bonded tubes of activated clay in Inerteen-filled chambers of transformers In service Is recommended where routine tests show the Inerteen to have unsatisfactory dielec tric strength. Faint - T h k external tank surfaces of Inerteen Transformera ahould be examined regu larly for signs of eorroslon. If appreciable eorroslon Is found, Its cause should be deter mined and. If possible, remedied. Inerteen Transformer tanks are made from corroslon-resls- S 0854726 /nirfiin TVena/orme n | . copper-batring s t e e l , and they u ** f in is h ed with a high grads X narteen-raslstlng paLnt vhloh la baked on a t blgh temparature. Anj sur- Inerteen as aro observed la taking tranaforaai- oonillysafomrplXeos.artaSaaom. pling equipment should ba usai * faea vhleh la found eorrodad should bo thorough ly cleaned to tba bars n atal and rafln lsh a d v lth ana coat of primer, and two costa o f fin is h paint Dielectric Teeting of inerteon a#302509. Allow twoIva hours drying t i e s aach coat of paint. betvsea Tha sana rulas and praeautlooa as Dor na U 7 followad Id ta stin g o il should ba usad in Taking Sempltt of Inirteen tastin g Inerteen, axeapt a s boralo stated . All saapllog and ta stin g equipment nust bo thoroughly dry and clean . It Is reeomaandad that saapllog and tastin g equipment used fo r Inerteon Transforaers ba used fo r no other purpose. Cara auat ba used in obtaining and te alin g staples of loartaen taken fro a a trao sforaar. Use only sea 11 tin containers with aerowad aetal-gasxet caps or s a a ll g la ss b o ttle s with g la ss stoppers for holding Inerteen samples. If It becoaos oeeesssry to use other than Factory saapllog containers, such containers ahould ba thoroughly rinsed with clean gaso lin e, washed with strong soap suds and rinsed thoroughly Is hot water, and than dried lo an oven at ap proximately 110%. for one hour. I f the containers are not used ln e d la te ly a fte r cleaning, they ahould ba aaalad tigh tly and stored In a dry, d ean placa. Tha teat cup ahould bo wiped with a clean , dry ehaaola and thoroughly rinsed with eloao gasolina aod allowed to dry before being used. Tha alaetroda spacing should ba cheeked. To detersine whether tha te at cup Is su itab le fo r taatin g XoerCoen, f i l l It with dry gasolin e and ta st th is under s standard voltage r ise of 5 tv par second. If tha d ielectric strength of tha gasollDe is not la s s than 22 IV , the te s t eup Is su itab le for ta stin g Inerteon, a fte r the cup has bean dried in an oven where the tampers tu re does not axe sad $0% . to m o v e a l l traces of gasolin e. Cara should ba exsrelied in handling gasolina as it is highly inflem sble. In ta stin g Inartoan, sake only one "shot" par f i l l i n g of the te st cup. Five d ifferen t f il l i n g s should ba made and the average resu lt used. Drying and Filtering Inartoan Ioerteeo sampling package fl# IO65658 may ba obtained from tha Vestinghout0 E laetrlc A Manu factu rin g Company, Sharon, Poona. This package cone1s t a of four 1-plnt cana of Inortaan, packed and shipped In cardboard carto n s. This Xnerteeo ay ba used to replaca that rsm ovadfroaa tran s former as a sample. If. samples are not taken im mediately a fte r emptying the eontainara, tha emp ty containers should ba tig h tly capped to prevent admittance of moisture. It is desirable that samples of lo rte o s ba removed from a transformar tank or fran a drum on claar days only and whan the Ina rte sa Is a t le a st as warm as tha surrounding a ir . Tha saapla of Inerteon saould be re moved near the surface of tha f lu id . This can be dona read ily through tha rotary sampling device and v alv e. I t la a lso recommended that a sample ba taken from the b o t t n of tba tank, p a rtic u la r ly fro a tha b o t t a of switch or tarain al-eh asb e rs. I f tba sample la withdrawn through a valve connection, tb la connection should ba flushed by allowing a email amount of loartaen to run out be fo re co lle ctin g the aample. Tba sample should t * Immediately placad In the container aod the cap scrawed on tig h tly . Tb# stic k e r on aach container should ba marked to Identify tba templa of Ioertatn with tba trm asfom ar from which It was taken mod whether taken from the top or bottom. Before taking samples from a drum, the Xnsrtaen should be allowed to e e ttle fo r approxi mately twelve hours. Semples from the top of the drum should be removed by mesne of a clean g la s s eoeak-thief. The same precautions to prevent mois ture contamination should be used in sampling loartaen may be dehydrated and f l i t e r r l by means of an o il f i l t e r press but In order that I t may not be contaminated. It la neeessary that the f i l t e r presa be used fo r Znorteen only. A d ifferen t procedura than that f o l lowed fo r o il Is required to purify Inerteon. Contamination in Inortaan eaonot be removed en tir e ly by f i l t e r paper alone. To clean Inortevri thoroughly It suet be filte r e d through "a c tiv a ted c la y " which absorbs Im purities. In practice, I t la only neeessary to pass tba Inerteen through the clay and to separata the clay mechanically from the Inartoan to obtain clean Inerteon of proper d ielectric strength. The Inerteen Conditioner Tha equipment recommended for condi tioning Inerteen co n sists of an activated clay chamber and f i l t e r press with su itab le Inlet aiH o u tlet connections and other oeeesssry f it t in g s . Tba activated c la y is contained In tank mounted on one end of the f i l t e r p re ss. The Inerteon Is pumped up through the clay insuring thorough agitatio n of tba clay and Inortaan. The Inerteen la passed through a wire screen prior to entering the f i l t e r presi to remove p ractical ly a ll of the clay . The cover of the tank Incorporate an a ir- tr a p and vent to avoid pumping a ir Into the transformer which might re su lt from leak In the auetlon lin e . A stra in e r Is provided on the suction aide of the 'pmp, an eons true tad that a l l d ir t collected Is removed with the screen. A by-pais connection f it t e d with a needle valve Is ussd fo r te stin g the suction lin e from the trsnsformer for leaks. /6 0854727 Inerttin Trmntfmrmtrt The filter press consists of 15 fraaes anC 16 plates alternately spaced ousted in a joke. One sheet of blotting paper la used be* tween eaeb plate and frame to provide a gasketseal and to reaove all traces of elaj froa the Inerteen. valve, the tank inlet valve and the tank d r a m valve. If these valves are open. Open the tanx outlet valve and applj air pressure to the air vent until the free Inerteen has been driven out of the blotting papers. Then release the pressure-screw and reaove the papers. A pressure gage indicates the opera tion and two bj-pass valves assure safe opera tion of the Conditioner bj preventing excessive pressures and serve as a check to overloading and stalling the aotor. One valve, connected If the systea-seal Is not broken, it will only be necessary to open the discharge and suetlon valves and start the aotor to again re sume conditioning the Inerteen. across the puap, Is set to bj-pass the Inerteen at a pressure of 60 to 70 lbs. per square Inch. Te Dry Inerttn T ran sform ers The other valve Is provided on the discharge side of the Conditioner connecting to the trans- foraer. This bj-pass valve, releasing at a pres sure of approximately 5 lbs. per square inch, will avoid breaking the transforaer relief dla- phrags when no other relief is provided. Inerteen Transformers should be dried by the short-circuit method with the transformer in Its tank lsaersed in the Inerteen. During the heating and drying process, the top of the tank should bt vented to the air to prevent mois ture condensation. The desired load current To Prtpart the Conditioner for Operation ahould be obtained by short-circuiting one wind ing and lmpresalng the proper voltage or."the other winding. If the full load lrpedar.ee of Reaove the cover and screen froa the elaj tank and fill the tank vlth activated elaj, M -6934 to vithln four Inches of the bottoa edge on the inner flange. Replace screen and cover. Release the pressure-acrev of the filter press the transformer Is not known or not engraved on the transforaer nameplate. It should be cttained from the Westiaghouse Electric it Manufacturing Company by Identifying the transformer with its aerial number. and loosen plates and fraaes. Place one aheet of "B* size blotting paper between the fees of each fraae and plate. Care should be used to see that the holes through the plates, fraaes and Transformer windings in Inerteen should first be heated under a partial load. A higher top Inerteen temperature can be obtained more paper are In proper alignment before the pressure* quickly by blanketing the tank with the cover screw is tightened. Close the dlscharge,tank by removed to prevent condensation. pass, tank drain, suetlon and suction-test valves. f o u r sufficient Inerteen Into the drip pan to If the transformer Is at or lower than fill the clay tank and vet the elay. This will room temperature at the start of the drying pro require approxiaately eight gallons of Inerteen. cess, froa 125* to 15C % full load current w i n Start the aotor and open the drip pan valve so hasten the heating. The temperature should be that not less than 5 minutes are requlredto fill 'carefully watched and when the Inerteen reaches the elay tank, saturating the elay vlth Inerteen. a temperature of 60C., the load should be re With the valve at the transforaer elosed, open duced to obtain an approximately constant Iner the suction-test valve to subject the suction teen temperature based on the following table. line to pressure and thus check It for leaks. These temperatures should not be exceeded for a given load. Since the density of Inerteen is con siderably greater than that of water, aolsture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It is Short Circuit Ampere Max. Temperature therefore considered advisable to condition In- in Percent of Load of Top Inerteen erteen froa the top and return it to the bottoa of the tank. To begin conditioning Inerteen in a transforaer, close the suction test valve and stop the aotor. Open the transforaer valves. 50 75 65 80 75 70 Open the Conditioner discharge and suetlon valves. aotor. Close the drip pan valve and start the The transforaer may be dried more quickly if it la possible to filter the Inerteen One charge of elay proxiaately 5000 gallons of vlll condition ap Inerteen, depending during the drying process. If the continuous, care should be taken Inertaan temperature above 60C. filtering Is to keep tne If aolsture upon the amount of contamination present. condenses on the underside of the cover, the rate hen It io necessary to change the clay, first close the valve In the suetlon line, close the tank inlet and outlet valves, open the tank by-pass valve and tank drain valve to of taaperature rise should be decreased until condensation ceases. To prevent condensationtne tank taaperature aay be raised by blanketing tne tank. peralt the free Inerteen in the tank to drain into the lower drip pan. Open the drip pan valve The drying ahould be continued until and puap the Inerteen froa the drip pan through dleleetrle tests of samples of the Inerteen the filter press. Additional Inerteen 'ay be taken froa the top and bottoa of the tank show forced out of the clay by applying air pressure 22 EV or higher. The tests should be made is to the air vent. Shut down the aotor and reaove a standard test eup and it la recommended that the elaj froa the tank and refill vlth fresh at least two conseeutlvo teats of both the top clay as previously described. and bottoa Inerteen be made at least 2 * hours apart while the Inerteen is near a aa.ri.tur. tem To ehange the filter or blotting p a perature. Tests of the Inerteen should not be pers, stop the motor, close the tank by-pass aade during the filtering process. 0854728 7 /rfitn T rm ntffm tr If T ran sfo rm e r F ail In S t w lc i Tha relief dlaphragn unlt-asseably, dnould an Inerteen Transformer fall 1a service, the nearaet V*atlnghoue Slactrle 4 Manufac turlng Coepany Olatriet Office should bs notified ta aoon as poaalbl*. Olva th* rating or ths transformar and lta aarlal nuabar and, if poaalbla, tha condition* undar which th* fallur* too* placa. Saaplas of th* Inartaan which Is bolted to the transforeter cov*r or other suitable place, consists of a supporting flange in vhlch the glass diaphragm Is mounted between two qork gaskets. A tight Joint be tween gasket and diaphragm on the supporting flange Is made by a pressure ring against th* lower gasket, all of whleh is clamped In place by stud bolts. should b* taican so that an analysis of it can ba aad*. Th* transforaar should b* leapt laaarsad Xt Is accessary to be very careful In Inartaan and It la recommandad that no work b* bolting down the pressure-ring to avoid breakage don* on th* transforaar except undar advice froa of the glass diaphragm for its rupture strength tha District Offlc*. depends largely upon having an even distribution of clamping pressure applied to the diaphragm. A cc**ofi* for ln*rtean Tran*form era Make sure that gasket seats are thor Pressure Relief Diaphragms - All trans oughly clean. Apply Cement 3#*7l880 to both formara abov* 25 r/A ara furniahad with a pres aides of the upper gasket and put tha glass dia sure raliaf diaphragm. Fig. #1 shows a eeetlon- phragm in plaea, balng sura that both tha gasket al view. This device is mad* In dlffarant sitas and the diaphragm are centrally located Ln tha to provide ample vent inf for dlffarant ratings. supporting flange. Lay the cushion or lower gas ket ln place over the glaaa diaphragm and assam- bla th* pressure ring over this gasket. Than tighten th* assembly by means of the nuts and Raliaf diaphragms ara regularly supplied, ` loek washers on the stud bolts. arranged so that a flanc* vlth th* n*c*aaary pip ing m j b* applied to carry the gaaes to the outalde'ataosphare In eaao of transformer failure, and after the dlaphraga ruptures. This type of Instal lation should b* aad* vher* possible on transform ers Installed Indoors. For outdoor transformers, the relief device Is regularly provided vlth a vent ed outlet vhlch allows gases to escape directly to tho outside atmosphere. A screen under th* diaphragm prevents brocen pieces from falling Into tho trans An even distribution of pressure on tho glaaa diaphragm ean be obtained only by tightening th* nuts uniformly. This should be done by tightening alternate nuts until th* lock ashers art nearly coapreaaed. The other nuts should then be tightened ln a similar manner. This alternate out tightening ehould be continued until the fee* of the pressure-ring is against former. the metal gasket-stop. Thread a ire through the hdles ln the studs and faetan lta ends securely. PIPE FLANGE FOR EXTERN A L VENT CONNECTION HOOD FOR INDOOR USE UNLESS FLANGE - PIPE CO NN ECTIO N S ARE INSTALLED FLANGE STAINING WIRE SCREEN P R E S S U R E RING Fig. 1 - Westinghouse Fressure Relief Device Sectional View 0854729 8 00^^280 inert*/* Trmnttermer Diaphragm relief devices l t i assembled on the transformer it the factory and they ara than pressure-tested at 7 lb, par square Inch and shipped la place. Two spare diaphragms and the neeessary gaskets and ceaent are shipped with each trans former. Additional diaphragms, If needed, should be ordered froa the Vestlnghouse Electric Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Pennsylvania, Identified by the serial suaber of the transforaer. notary Type Samolins Device - The rotary type sampling device supplied onInerteen Transformers provides a convenient means of draining a sample of laerteea for test purposes. Due to the high specific gravity of Inerteen, water tends to collect on the surface of the la erteea. Therefore, la order to obtain a sample that will be representative of the surface la erteea la the transformer, the sampling valve Is located near the laerteea level. This device is designed to skim a sample froa the surface, and may also be used In applying pressure testa. Fig. #? shows a sectional view of the rotary type valve. The tube should be left In a vertical position as shown. A sample is taken by turning the operating knob to the right. The travel is limited to 90 degs. by position-stops on the body of the device. A position Indicator is mad.: a part of the operating knob, attached to the shaft In the same plane as the tube. A peeking gland prevents the leakage of Inerteen along the operating shaft. tfeen the knob Is turned, the end of the tube passes under the Inerteen level, allowlng the Inerteen to enter the tube and flow to the sampling-plug. The device may be equipped with a plug type Bellmap sampling valve. Figs. 990-A or 992, a spring-el os lng Be'knap valve, Figs. 993 or 99*. or spring-closing waterbury valve # 10o. The sampling device Is 0*117 removed as a unit from the tank. A 1-1/** hex is pro vided for this purpose. If the device is equipped with a spring-closing valve, remove the dust cap from the valve.* Remove the inner dust cap froa the proper operating device and screw the operating deviee tightly onto the valve. This releases the ball-check la tne valve. Rotate th* opera* ting knob slowly, using a vrenen to fit tne 1-1/3" hex on this knob, until tne Inerteen begins to flow. At this point the rotation should be stopped to Insure obtaining a true sample of the top liquid. A screw driver or eoln may be used to open and close the plug type valve, Belknap Fig. 990-A. The Belknap 992 valve is operated by turning the knurled knob. When, pressure tests are required, they should be made before withdrawing samples of In erteen. To make a pressure test, the indicator arm should be In the vertical position. If a spring-eloslng valve 1 used, remove dust caps 9 /nrtn Trm ntUrm from pressure-tesclng device and attach the de vie* to the sprint closing valva. To apply pressure, attach operating davica to pressuratasting davica. Any prassura In tha transformer tanic aay ba rtlaasad by removing tha operatine* device and releaslne the check valva in tha pres sura-testine device. If a plue type valve is used, connect tha prassura e M e to tha valve by eaus of a netal tuba or hose. Open valve, usine * screw driver or coin, and note pressure on gage. IT sample of gas 19 desired, connect hose to a suitable container. If tha Inerteen is above tha 25C. level, the pressure will be somewhat above atmos pheric while if tha Inerteen is below tha 25C. level there will be a partial vacuum In tha tanJt It is therefore advisable to taka tha sample whan the gaga shows the Inerteen to ba at, or slightly above the 25C. level. If tha sample Is taken at a higher or lower Inerteen level, pro vision should be made to relieve any pressure or vacuum which may be created. This may be done by restoring the pressure to the proper point by forcing air into or pumping air out of the tank. This should be done with the tube cf the sampling device la a vertical position. The rotary type sampling device Is ruggedly constructed and requires very little servicing or maintenance. If there Is a slight leakage through the packing gland the gland nut should be tightened. In case this does not stop the leakage the gland should be repacked. Peek ing Style #1066507 may be obtained from Westinghouse Electric i Manufaeturlng Company, Sharon, Penna. In ordering, include the transformer serial number. ,, g J 9 Absorfe,frs__ or___ raerteen Trans formers - When Inerteen transformers are equip ped with gas absorbers, separate instructions are shipped with each transformer describing the device and Its installation, operation and main tenance. Renewal Parts When information is required con cerning a transformer, always give Its serial number, particularly whenever renewal or stock parts are ordered. The serial number w i n be found engraved on the nameplate attached to the transformer tank and on the small nameplate attached to the top or end of the core and colls assembly. Whenever possible, a sketch showing the part or parts and their exact loeatlons,wiil materially help to assure that the proper parts are supplied by the factory. This sketch should always indicate the direction or side of the transformer from which the view is made. WOT!: Some transformers are ordered designed for Inerteen but are to be operated first as oll-lniulated transformers. Consequent ly, they are shipped from the factory filled with oil. Whenever It la desired to operate these transformers with Inerteen, complete In structions for the removal of the oil, the clean ing of the transformer and filling It with In erteen should be obtained from the Westlnghouse Electric k Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Penn sylvania. Revised: January, 1942 0854731 10 Inerttin Trmniformen IN E R T E E N Inerteen la a synthetic non-lnflammable and ncn-explcslve Insulating and cooling liquid used in Vestinghousa Znertaen Transformers. Characteristics Color ....................... 'Straw Yellow Viscosity at 100F. (Saybolt). 5* Seconds Fire Point .................. Rone Specific Gravity at 60F. ... I.56* Dielectric Constant ......... k . 5 Mineral oil is completely miscible with transformer Inerteen. Zt is practically imposslble to separate mineral oil and Znerteen; thercfore.it is important to avoid contamination of Znerteen with any oil as the presence of such materials changes che non-inflaronable and nonexplosive charac-.eristics of Znerteen. Inerteen is chemically stable. Zt is not affectej by reaction with other materials used in the manufacture of Znerteen Transformers. It is nrn-oxidizing and non-corrosive at tempera tures considerably above these normally obtained in transformers. Znerteen will not form sludge under any conditions. Znerteen exerts a strong solvent ac tion on most of the ordinary varnishes, gums and paints eoanonly used in oil-insulated transform ers. Such materials, therefore, are not used in the design and construction of Znerteen Trans formers. Zt is necessary to use such material as pure cellulose, cotton, paper and porcelain. This requirement, coupled with the necessary use cf tight-tank construction for Znerteen Trans formers tends to give improved operating char acteristics. Zf Znerteen is decomposed by an elec tric arc, hydrogen chloride gas is evolved. The products of arc decomposition are harmful to the transformer structure. Where severe arcing occurs, the solid insulation of the transformer becomes saturated with hydrogen chloride and the affected parts must be removed in the repa* f the transformer. The dielectric strength of Inertccn compares favorably with and under average normal conditions will be found higher than that cf transformer oil. The same precautions arc nec essary with Znerteen as are taken with trans former oil. Znerteen should be kept free of moisture, lint and dirt. Znerteen has an irritating effect upon the skin. This is more pronounced to some per sons than to others. Especially the eyes, r.cse and lips are affected when coning in contact with Inerteen and certain safety precaati-.r.s must be observed when handling it. When working with the hands in Inerteen, it will irritate skin abrasions or the tender parts between the fingers. Continued exposure 057 cause skin erup tions with certain Individuals due to absorption of the Inerteen through the pores of the skin. Cleanliness among workmen handling Inerteen is essential and a very good safeguard cealnst such effects. An application of castor ell is recom mended for the eyes and castor oil or cold cream for the nose and lips. In case Inerteen cones in contact with the skin, the parts should be thoroughly washed and cleaned. A supply cf these materials should be kept available at all times where men are working with Inerteen. Hot transformers should not be opened except in well ventilated places. large quanti ties of Znerteen should be handled in a closed system. _ Workmen should be protected fron fre quent contact with any appreciable vapor concen tration and from frequent skin contact with Zr.erteen. In case Inerteen is spilled cn . n r `a clothing, it should be changed as soon as ble and the soiled clothing laundered before it is worn again. Gloves, S*llC^6C0, w h ich i r re sistant to Inerteen, should bo worn vhrr* :. 'e necessary to put one*s linnd In In c r t r *-:! . r r- parts of transformers are handled wet. INERTEEN TR A N SFO R M ER S Shipment Znerteen Transformers are always con structed in pressure-tight tanks. are installed and shipped in place in itch sr.d terminal chambers of new transformers. '..Tier, the Inerteen is shipped in separate containers : tubes are also shipped separately, oncl*s-:d in air-tight containers. 11 1 i 1 t I I i Inerteen transformer are ahippad prepr erly filled with Inerteen and ready for installa tion. This prevents the entrance of moisture into the windings during transit and usually makes it unnecessary to dry the transformers pricr to in stallation. A snail amount of moisture will re duce the dielectric strength of Inerteen. It nay be present in vapor form in the gas space above the Inerteen level or fron minute leaks. Transformers equipped with switch cr terminal chambers which must be opened for in stallation, are shipped with the Inerteen for these chambers in separate containers. Activated clay has a high affinity for moisture and absorbs other materials which nay contaminate Znerteen. To keep the Inerteen in the best condition,bonded tubes of activated clay Inerteen must 1 Iveys be kept lr. s;:lsJ containers to prevent the less cf its r.sro "lr.tile constituents by evaporation cr p.ssicl'* c, taninatlcn fr^m dirt or moisture. Moving TransformTM Lugs are provided for lifting ths s:.*plete transformer, and when necessary, ad 11*.: r.- al means are provided f>.r lifting the diffTT.t parts. The transfurncr should be lifted tv means provided and when necessary, spread:rs should be used tc obtain a balanced lift. Trans formers shculd not be moved cr lifted t7 plsci;? Jacks or other devices against or under c> ling tubes, radiators, valves cr ether fit:ir.gs.I.-i-ds should be used to distribute the stresses p-* * ' ' ly over the base when transformers arc .r. rollers. 913066 Westinghouse Exhibit 4 /nerfeen T rm m fo rm tn Carefully Inspect the trtnifonseri for damage during shipment. This should include a check of the In level and the tightening of any parts ave become loose cr cut of place and there is any evidenco of moisture having the transformer. Inerteen used for flllifcrmers should have a dielectric strength 7 or higher. When the dielectric strength teen in transformers in service reaches r lover, it should be filtered. If the ric strength is very lov or if there is :e of free vater.the core and coils should d. Where transformers are to be used at ltitude (more than J003 ft. above sea level) ing above the liquid level should be epenequallze the internal and external pres at a temperature of approximately 25cC. belacing the transformer in service. Ee sure the fitting is closed after equalizing the are. All transformers are carefully tested .t Factory and in good condition when shlpis made but it is desirable to Inspect each .former thoroughly before placing it in aer- ndini and Making Connection No natter what the type of floor or datlcn on which the transformer is to rest, tank should be definitely and permanently mded by connecting a lead to the grounding lection provided for that purpose near tha ten cf the tank. Terminal beard , tap changer and ether nectlcns should never be changed with voltage the transformer. Do net nake any connections ept these Indicated on the diagram or the dla.m nameplate shipped with the transformer. Any lead or connector not in use should insulated from all other leads and connecters i frem ground. tkttt cables enter by means of potheads. In some cas*a it will be necessary to remove the switch-cover to make the cable connections. When transformers are designed for bayo net connections, It is only necessary to remove the bayonet pothead, make the cable connections and replace the pothead. Extra gaskets and Cenent 3#47l880 are furnished with all Inerteen Transformers vnc:e their Installation requires the removal of nr.y gaskets. Additional gaskets and cement should be ordered from the manufacturer. Pipe Fittinft Care should be taken to see that threads of pipe fittings are not damaged. All threads should be thoroughly cleaned to remove dirt, grease, etc. After cleaning, apply Cement S# 471890 to the threads of each fitting. Immedi ately screw the proper fittings together tightly. Pressure Testing All Inerteen transformers are pressure tested at the factory and shipped free of eaks. After installation and before voltage is applied, it is desirable to pressure test each transfor.-er especially if any fittings or covers have bec-i removed and replaced during the installation^ Dry compressed nitrogen or air should be used at' a test pressure of 7 lbs. per square inch for a period of alx hours. It Is suggested that the air space above the Inerteen be blown out with nitrogen, all vents closcJ and the pressure teat applied. The test pressure can best be limited by the use of a regulating valve on the nitrogen cylinder. A check for leaks above the Inerteen level may be made with a solution of soap and water applied to all gasketed-Joints, screwedfittings and wiping-sleeve connections. Psint Inerteen Transformers are finish'-! with a special paint, which la resistant to tnr jlvent action of Inerteen. A sufficient t j `,*>.:1*.;* of this paint 3302509 is furnished vitn transformer to "touch up" any places cr -.d during the process of installation. Caskets used on Inerteen Transformers e made fren a high grade of cork and, it is commended, in replacing any ^ s k e t s that they e made cf cork. Before replacing a gasketr ill isket surfaces should be thoroughly cleaned free rust, oil, grease, paint or other foreign rierlals. The cleaning may be done by scraping cr ire-brushing and then wiping the gasket surface ith denatured alcohol. S to rsf Inerteen Transformers moat .V - stored filled to the proper level with Inerteen, otherwise a certain amount of moisture may accu mulate on account of variations of air t e r r r m - ture. Inerteen Transformers should bo cto: ,'d in a dry place, and where minimum temperature rrar.sea will occur. Casket Cement S#*7l990* especially de/eloped for use with Inerteen, should alvaf* be used in applying gaskets. Thoroughly brush the cement on the tank surface and on the bottom side of the gasket. Place the gasket In position and apply weights or other means to obtain good ad hesion of the gasket to the metal surface. The gasket should be allowed to set approximately cne-half hour before the weights are removed. Cement should then be applied to the top surface of the gasket. The gasket surfaces must immedi ately be bolted together under a uniform pressum*. Transformers are frequently equipped vith terminal or switch ccnpartments into which \ Where It is necessary to temporarily store colls, insulation or other parts for the complete core and coll assembly of an Inerteen Transformer, they should be immersed in Inerteen to prevent moisture absorption. If auch storage Is necessary for a long period of timo, th^ t*vi< or storage container must be sealed to prevent the entrance of moisture and the evaporation of Inerteen. Inerteen Transformers w h i c h h * * v c b e e n idle or stored for an appreciable length of ti , should be put into service only after making ecr- t D13067 Incrfetn Trm niform tn tain that the transformer is dry and that the di The tubes should not be reme 1 electric strength of 'the Inerteen tests 22,COO their containers until the ter~.lr.rl - volts or higher. The inspection Instructions ready fer their Installation. Tie tui*.Y'o-7*. ;1* should also be followed. not be exposed to air core th^n :ri<- Mainttnanca thirty minutes before closing u:- tie c preparatory to filling It with Inert.Y '.n ' : they are first dried for two hours at Inerteen Equipment - Care must be ex ture of approximately 250C. or for tv:*-' * ercised In handing inerteen to prevent contam at 135 to 150C. ination since Impurities alter Its non-inflamnable and electrical characteristics. It must be If It becomes necessary to _rair. : * handled in thoroughly clean containers free from Inerteen or to open the chamber after a ":*r* -. oil. If there is any question concerning the of service, it Is recommended that r.c . c.bo: cleanliness of the containers, they should be Installed. To do this, it is or.*.;* r.n z e *c thoroughly washed with Trichlorbenzene M-6872 to remove the bolts holding the s'r.r.n cl. and dried before any Inerteen is placed in them. remove the old and insert the new tubeu.'ar. re The transformer tanJc or any of its compartments place the clips and bolts. In which Inerteen Is used, must be free from oil and other contaminating materials. When an Inerteen Ccr.iltlor.^r :s a:*, available for use in filling chimb ere v : h Inerteen should not be mixed with vege erteen, it Is recommended that th- Ir.arteta : table oils since these materials affect the de atra'nei through two or three layer: of v terioration, D.C. resistance and ctherwi e con woven white cloth and poured through a coat \ ..*.:.* taminate it. Compounds of asphaltic nature, in which three or four clay tubes have beer, paraffin and ordinary soldering flux are partic broken into small pieces. This will m a t er i al l y ularly harmful to Inerteen. reduce the possibility of c on tamination cf the Inerteen from dirt and moisture. For soldering, a solution of rosin in alcohol is recommended. Bonded clay tubes should be oruertd as Style #1150140 from tha Westlnghous* Electric i All-metal hose must be used In handling Manufacturing Company, Sharon, Penna. It is aizc Inerteen since the lining used in most hose is desirable when ordering new tubes to identify soluble in Inerteen. the transformer for which they are required by Including the serial number of the transformer. Filling Transformers - Whan it is nec essary to fill a transformer with Inerteen one Periodic Inspection should make sure that all Joints are tight; Cement 3#*7lSSO should be used for this purpose. Steel Inerteen - It Is desirable that t - pipe a* metal hose should be used, and preferably and bottom samples cf Inerteen be te.-te.n f - the transformer should be filled through the each transformer and tested after a c.a.rt c er i '. drain valve. This will keep aeration of the In cf operation. V.Ticn operating ccr.d.ti.r.a r r it. erteen to a minimum. See that air vents are open routine sampling of the Inerteen at inter al: as the transformer is filled. alx month* is reccrjaended. A cc ur a te r .:: r : hculd be kept of such Inspecti:r.s and t e s t s . t .: It is desirable to fill a transformer If the Inerteen ahevs a dielectric s t r e n g t h by passing the Inerteen through an Inerteen Con less than 22 KV the Inerteen sh:uld t- c ;.**.*.- ditioner. If this cannot be done and the Iner tlcned. This depends semevhat >.n c'n* tr?nr- teen tests satisfactorily, fill the transformer f o m e r lead cycle snd climatic c n '.iti'n:. I: by passing the Inerteen through three thicknesses no facilities are available fer -- .i::* i* of tightly woven white cloth, which has first trie taata on Inerteen, camples an _li : : :* been washed in Trichlorbenzene and dried to re to the Veatir.ghc.use Electric * "*r .fat* ' move any sizing. Sew cloths should be used for Company, Sharon, Penna. Each cr.:.r.l- . at least every two transformers. should be properly Identified !y an-. t-- serial number ar.d It shtull t** r:c rueu ' When it is necessary to fill Inerteen taken fren the tap or teat*.:*. :f tar..; .r r- transformers out-of-doors and particularly on a tank-ccnpartment. S am pl e s ar.*u 1i b: c ar ef damp days due precaution must be taken to prevent the entrance of moisture into the transformer. packed to avoid breakage in tra.v.it. aporeciable amount cf Ir.trtren ia vd an.* f- *. F illin g Switch and Terminal Chambers - transferrer, it amtunt of new should be Inerteen replac'd "-th cf rr.p-.-r ilol.atri: Care should be exercised vhen filling sviten and strength sc that the liquid level in t.ie era: - terminal chambers with Inerteen, and during ser former is maintained. vicing to avoid contamination by moisture or dirt, which may lover the dielectric strength of the Oncratlcn cf Trar.cf tr,~*>rc - 7. Inerteen. The moisture may be present during tne recoaoiended that .a periodic c.vtc.: to r - . '. r filling operation due to condensation ana absorp tion on the inside of the chamber walls, or may appear as vapor in the gas space above the Iner operating temperatures of Inerteen cr-refer-.: and that the temperature of the I.a.rtfn :? below yOC. for a naxirsun-retc.-lf-c. *. teen or from any minute leaks. trnnsforr.er. The use of bonded tubes of activated clay in Inerteen-fHied chambers of transformers in service is recommended where routine tests show the Inerteen to have unsatisfactory dielec tric strength. Paint - The external ta:u: surf-:** Inerteen Transformers should be c. . 1 : l.irly for s igr.a of corrosion. If *.:;: c v corrosion la found, Its cau?" o o . * min:! and, Lf j os *l> , r . r Transformer tar.h: *ro i- n-. S 013068 Jn trlttn Trum form tri ting, copper-bearlug it#!, and they are finish Inerteen as are observed in talcing trensfcrmer ed with a high grade Inerteen-reelsting paint oil samples. Sampling equipment should b- uo*d which is baked on at high temperature. Any sur only for Inerteen. face which is found corroded should be thorough ly cleaned to the bare metal and refinished with one coat of primer and two coats of finish paint Dielectric Testing of Inerteen 3#}02509< Allow twelve hours drying time between each coat of paint. The same rules and precautions as r.cr- aslly followed in testing oil should be used'ir. Taking Sample of Inerteen testing Inerteen, except as herein stated. All sampling and testing equipment must be thoroughly dry and clean. It is recom mended that sampling and testing equipment used for Inerteen Transformers be used for no other purpose. Care must be used in obtaining and sealing samples of Inerteen taken from a trans former . Use only small tin containers with screwed raeta l-gasicet caps or small glass bottles with glass stoppers for holding Inerteen samples. If it becomes necessary to usa other than Factory sampling containers, such containers should be thoroughly rinsed with clean gasoline, cashed with strong soap suds and rinsed thoroughly in hot water, and then dried In an oven at ap proximately llO'-t. for one hour. If the contalners are not used immediately after cleaning, they should be sealed tightly and stored in a dry, clean place. The test cup should be wiped with 3 clesn, dry chamois and thoroughly rinsed -ith clean gasoline and allowed to dry before teir.g used. The electrode spacing should be che:<cd. To determine whether the test c_p is suitable for testing Inerteen, fill it v:itn dry gasoline and test this under e standard voltage rise of 3 KV per aecond. If the dielectric atrength of tha gasoline is not U.as than 22 ?!7, the teat cup la suitable for testing Ir.erter-.. after the cup has been dried in en ova-.' where tne temperature does Dot exceed 50aC . to 1 -move all traces of gasoline. Care should be exer.Ised in handling gasoline as it is highly inf launable. In testing Inerteen, make only one " s h o t p e r filling of the test cup. rive different fillvngs should be made and the average result used. Drying and Filtering lnarteen Inerteen sampling package 5# IO65658 may Inerteen may be dehydrated and filtered be obtained from the Vestlnghouse Electrick Manu by means of an oil filter press but in order that facturing Company, Sharon, Penna. This packaga it may not be contaminated, it is necessary that consists of four 1-plnt cans of Inerteen, packed the filter press be used for Inerteen only. and shlppfd in cardboard cartons. This Inerteen msy be used to replace that removed from a trans A different procedure than that fol former as a sample. If samples are not taken im lowed for oil is required to purify Tr.r"te-ir.. mediately after emptying the containers, the emp ty containers should be tightly capped to prevent admittance of moisture. Contamination in Inerteen cannot be re-iove i en tirely by filter paper alone. To clean Ir.-rtron thoroughly it must be filtered through "a.trea ted clay" which absorbs impurities. In practice, It is desirable that samples of In erteen be removed from a transformer tank or iron a drum on clear days only and when the In erteen is at least as warm as the surrounding it is only necessary to pass the Inert?:: thro -on the clay and to separate the clay r.ocmrl ally from the Inerteen to obtain clean Inertfr. :f proper dielectric strength. air. . The Inerteen Conditioner The sample of Inerteen anould be re moved near the surfsce of the fluid. This can be dcr.e readily through the rotary sampling device ir.d valve. It is also recommended that s sample be taken from the bottom of the tank, particu larly from the bottom of switch or terminal-cham The equipment recommended fer c tlonlrg Inerteen consists of an activated aly chamber and filter press with suitable inlet nri outlet connections and other necessary fittings. bers. If the sample is withdrawn through a valve connection, this connection should be flushed by allowing a small amount of Insrtsen to run out be fore collecting tho ample. The sample should be immediately plaeed Id the container and the cap screwed on tightly. The sticker on each container should be marked to identify the sample of Intrtsen with the transformer from which it was taken The activated clay is cont ein ;i in a tank mounted on one end of the filter 1-- Inerteen Is pumped up through the cl ay ir.v.:rl*f thorough agitation of the cloy and In Inerteen is passed through a v;ire a~ ^ rrltr to entering the f11ter press t0 r irnov0 prao:i *a1- iy all of the CI3 7 . and whether taken from the top or bottom. The cover of the tank incorporate* or. Before taking samples from a d r u m , 'the Inerteen should be allowed to eettle for approxi mately twelve hours. Samplss from the top of the drum should be removed by means of a clean glass sneak-thief. air-trap and vent to avoid pumping air into the transformer which night result from a l'tk in the suction line. A strainer is prcvld:! or. the suction side of the pump, so constructoi tho*. all dirt collected Is removed with tho cor;?r.. A by-pass connection fitted with a needl-s -alve The same precautions to prevent mois is used for testing the suction lino fret*, f.e ture contamination should be used in sampling transformer for leoks. r. 913069 /nirlMfl Transformer and 16 yoke. The f i l t e r frees conslets of IS frames plates a lte rn a te ly ' spaced mounted In a One sheet of b lo ttin g paper 1s used be* valve, the tank in let valve and the tank drain valve, I f these valves are open. Open the tank outlet valve and apply a ir pressure to the air tween each plate and frame to provide a gask et* vent u n til the free Inerteen has been driven out se al and to remove a l l traces of clay from the of the b lo ttin g papers. Then release the pres Inerteen. sure-screw and remove the papers. tion and A pressure gage Indicates the opera two by-pass valves assure safe opera* I f the system -seal Is not broken, It w ill only be necessary to open the discharge ar.-l tlon of the Conditioner by -.preventing excessive suction valves and s ta r t the motor to again r e pressures and serve as a check to overloading sume conditioning the Inerteen. and s ta llin g the motor. One valve, connected across the pump, Is se t to by-pass the Inerteen To P ry Inartesn Trsnsforrmws at a pressure of 60 to 70 lb s. per square inch. Ths other valve is provided on the discharge Insrteen Transformers should be dried side of the Conditioner connecting to the tran s by the sh o rt-circu it method with the transformer former. This by-pass-valve, releasing a t a pres in Its tank Immersed in the Inerteen. During sure of approximately 5 lb s . per square Inch, the heating and drying process, the tep of the w ill avoid breaking the transformer r e l ie f d ia tank should be vented to the a ir to prevent mois phragm when no other r e l ie f Is provided. ture condensation. The desired lead current should be obtained by sh o rt-circu itin g one v;ind- To Prepare the Conditioner for Operation ing and Impressing the proper vcltage on the s Remove the cover and screen from the clay tar^ and f i l l the tank vlth activated clay, M-69JU,f to vlthln four inches of the bottom edge on th.: inner flange. Replace screen and cover. Rel*,ase the pressure-eerev of the f i l t e r press other winding. I f the f u ll load impedance of the transformer Is not known or not engraved on the transformer nameplate, i t should be obtained from the Westinghouse E le ctric 4 Manufacturing Company by identifying the transformer with it s s e r ia l number. e-.d loosen plates and frames. Place one sheet of "B" size blotting paper betveen the face of each frame and plate'. Care should be used to see that the hole* through the plates, frames and . Transformer windings In Inerteen should f i r s t be heated under a p a r tia l load. A higher top Inertesn temperature can be obtained store paper are In proper alignment before the pressure- quickly by blanketing the tank with ths cover acrev is tightened. Close the discharge,tank by removed to prevent condensation. pass, tank drain, suction and suetlon-test valves. Pour sufficient Inerteen Into the drip pan to I f the transformer la a t or lower than f i l l the elay tank and vet the clay. This w ill room temperature at the s t a r t of the drying pro require approximately eight gallons of Inerteen. cess^* from 1253* to 1500 f u l l load current w ill Start the motor and open the drip pan valva so hasten the heating. The temperature should b? that not le ss than 5 minutes are required to f i l l care fu lly watched and when the Inertsea roaches the elay tank, saturating the clay vlth Inerteen. a temperature of CC., the load should be r e Vlth the valve a t the transformer closed, open duced to obtain on approximately constant Inor- the suction-test valve to subject the suction teen temperature based on the following tnble. line to pressure and tus check i t for leaks. These temperatures should not be exceeded fer . given load. Since the density of Inerteen la con siderably greater than that of water, moisture w ill flo a t on the surface of the Inortcen. I t Is therefore considered advisable to condition In Short C ircuit Amperes In Percent of Load Mn*.. T' . -ra; r. nrof Tor in-.-r: erteen from the top and return It to the bottom of the tank. To begin conditioning Inerteen In 50 a transformer, close the suetlon te st valve and stop the motor. Open the transformer v alv es. ll Open the Conditioner discharge and suction valves. motor. Close the drip pan valve and s t a r t the The transformer iny be -iii-.J quickly i f I t I s possible to f i l t e r th. 1 One charge of elay w ill condition ap proximately 3000 gallon* of Inerteen, depending up'on the amount of contamination present. during tne drying process. I f tne filtc .-iu a continuous, care snould be taken to :-i- - tr.j Inerteen temperature above C >'C. I f r : L; t condenses on the underside of the cove.*, zr.s rvtc Shea i t i * necessary to change the clay, f i r s t close the valve In the suction lin e , closo the tank in let and outlet v alv es, open the tank by-pass valve and tank drain valve to of temperature rise snould ce decrc&rod un til condensation eeases. To prevent esni.-.:. it I ox t.*..tank temperature .may be raised by slan-ceting lr._ tank. permit the free Inerteen in the tank to drain Into the loner drip pan. Open the drip pan valve The drying should be continued *r.til d i and pump the Inerteen from the drip pan through e le c tr ic te s ts of samples of the Inerteen taker, the f i l t e r press. Additional Inerteen may be from the top and bottom cf the tank show 33 K7 forced out of the clay by applying a ir pressure cr higher. The teats should be nt'ie .'n 0 to the a ir vent, dhut down the motor and remove standard te st cup and i t is reccmendcd that at the elay from the tank aad r e f i l l vlth frusn le a st two consecutive te sts of both the top and clay as previously described. bettom Inerteen be made at le a st 2* hours apart while the Inerteen is neara maximum temperature. To change the f i l t e r or b lo ttin g pa Tests of the Inerteen should not be made dur.ne p ers, atop the motor, close the tank by-pass the filt e r in g prccess. 4 913070 /nerftn 7V.n*/< If T rn ifo rm n Fail In Srrid anould an Inertten Transformer fail in service, the nearest Vwstlnghous* Electric k Manufacturing Company District Office should be notified as soon as possible. Give the rating of the transformer and its serial number and, if possible, tne conditions -under vhleh the failure too* place. Semples of the Inerteen should be taken so that an analysis of it can be made. The transformer should be kept Immersed in Inerteen and it is recommended that no vork be done on the transformer except under advice from tne District Office. AcctMoriet for Inerteen Transformer Pressure Relief Diaphragms - All trans formers above 25 KVA are furnished vith a pres sure relief diaphram. Fig. #1 shovs a section al vlev. This device is made in different sixes to provide ample venting for different ratings. Relief diaphragms are regularly supplied, arranged so that a flange with the necessary pip ing nay be applied to carry the gases to the out side atmosphere in case of transformer failure, and after the diaphragm ruptures. Ibis type of instal lation should be made where possible on transform ers installed indoors. For outdoor transformers, the relief device is regularly provided vith a vent ed outlet which allows gases to escape directly to the outside atmosphere. A screen under the diaphragm prevents broken pieces from falling into the trans former. The relief diaphragm unit-assembly, which is bolted to the transformer cover or other suitable place, consist* of e supporting flange in which the glass diaphragm is mounted between two cork gaskets. A tight 1olnt be tween gasket and diaphragm on the supporting flange is made by a pressure ring against the lower gasket, all of which is clamped in place by atud bolts. It is necessary to be very careful bolting down the pressure-ring to avoid breakage of the glass diaphragm for its rupture strength depends largely upon having an even distribution of clamping pressure applied to the diaphragm. Males sure that taaket seats arc thor oughly clean. Apply Cement 3#47i8S0 to bo:r. sides of the upper gasket and put the glass dia phragm in place, being sure that both the gasket and the diaphragm are centrally located in the supporting flange. Lay the cushion or lover gas ket in place over the glass diaphragm and assen- bla the pressure ring over this g*.-ket. Then tighten the assembly by means of the .nuts and lock washers on the stud bolts. '\ An even distribution of pressV-r* on cha glass diaphragm can be obtained only- by tightening the mite uniformly. This should? e don* by tightening alternate nuts until the loo! washers are nearly compressed. The other outk v should then be tightened in a similar manner A This alternate nut tightening should be continued \ until the faee of the pressure-ring la against the metal gasket-stop. Thread a wire through the ho^es In the etude and fastan its ends securely. PIPE FLANGE FOR EXTERNAL VENT CONNECTION HOOD FOR INDOOR U S E UNLESS FLANGE - PIPE CONNECTIONS ARE I N S T A L L E D FLANGE R E T . M f ' i ;;;g \7 SCREEN P R E S S U R E RI.'JG Fig. 1 - Veetlnghouse Fressure Relief Device 3ectlon.il View t 8 913071 Inartttn Trani/armtrt Diaphragm relief devices ax# assembled on the transformer at the factory and they are then pressure-tested at 7 lbs. per square Inch and shipped In place. Two spare diaphragms and the necessary gaskets and cement are shipped with each trans former. Additional diaphragms, if needed, should be ordered from the Westinghouee Electric * Monufactur lng Cocpany, Sharon, Pennsylvania, identified by the serial number of the trans former. Rotary Type Sampling Device - The rotary type sampling device supplied on Inerteen Transformers provides a convenient means of draining a sample of Inerteen for test purposes. Due to the high specific gravity of Inerteen, eater tends to collect on the surface of the In erteen. Therefore, in order to obtain a sample that will be representative of the surface In erteen in the transformer, the sampling valve is located near the Inerteen level. This device is designed to skim a sample from the surface, and may also be used in applying pressure tests. Pig. 0 2 shows a sectional view of the rotary type valve. The tube should be left in a vertical position as shown. A sample is taken by turning the operating knob to the right. The travel is limited to 90 degs. by position-stops on the body of the device. A position indicator is made a part of the operating knob, attached to the shaft in the same plane as the tube a packing gland prevents the leakage of Inerteen along the operating shaft. When the knob is turned, the end of the tube passes under the Inerteen level, a l l o w ing the Inerteen to enter the tube and flow to the sampling-plug. The device may be equipped with a plug type Belknap sampling valve, Figs. 990-A or 992. a spring-closing Be.1knap valve, Pigs. 993 or 994, or epring-closlng Waterbury valve # 106. The sampling device is easily removed as a unit from the tank. A l-l/V' hex is pro vided for this purpose. If the devlee is equipped with a spring-closing valve, remove the duat cap fr*:r. the valve. Remove the inner dust cap from t.-.proper operating device and screw the cpin:;-.; device tightly onto the valve. This releoo-; the ball-check in tne valve. Rotate the opera ting knob alovly, using a wrench to fit :r.j 1-1/d" hex on this ar.ob, until tne Inert.*.-, begins to flow. At this poi.v tne rotation should be stopped to Insure obtaining a true sample of the top liquid. A screw driver or coin may be used t open and close the plug type valve, Belkr.a Pig. 990-A. The Belknap 992 valve is operate by turning the knurled knob. When pressure tests are required, they should be made before withdrawing samples of I n erteen. To make a pressure test, the indicator arm should be in the vertical position. If a spring-closing valve .Is used, remove dust capo O O.T1 TUBE 0 PIRATING l A PIPE THREAD TANK Y/ALL VALVE Pig. 2 - Westinghous# Rotary Type Sampling Vslve Sectional View 9 013072 Inert**/* Trentformer/ from pressure-testing device And AttAch th# devie* to th* spring ' closing v*lv*. T o apply pressure, Attach operating d*vlc* to pressuretesting device. Any pressure in th* transformer tank nay be released by removing th* operating* device and releasing th* eheck valve in th* pres sure-testing device. If a plug type valve is used connect th* pressure gage to the valve by aeans of a metal tub* or hose. Open valve using a screw driver or coin, and not* pressure on gage. If sample of gas is desired connect hoss to a suitable container. If the Inerteen is above th* 25C. level the pressure will be snnsvhat above atmos pheric while if th* Inerteen is below th* 25C. level there will be a partial vacuum in the tank. It is therefor* advisable to take th* saapl* when the gage shows the Inerteen to be at or slightly above the 2 5 2 . level. If th* sample la taken at a higher or lower Insrteen level pro vision should be made to relieve any pressure or vacuum which may be created. This may be done by restoring the pressure to the proper point by forcing air into or pumping air out of the tank. This should be done with the tube of th* sampling device in a vertical position. The rotary type sampling device is ruggedly constructed and requires very little servicing or maintenance. If there is a slight leakage through the packing gland th* gland nut should be tightened. In case this does not stop th* leakage the gland should be repacked. Pack ing Style #1066307 aay be obtained from Vestinghouse Electric k Manufacturing Company Sharon Penns. In ordering include th* transformer serial mnber. Gas Absorbers for Inerteen Trans formers - When Inerteen transformers are equip ped with gas absorbers, separate instructions are shipped with each transformer describing th* device and its installation, operation and malntenance. Rinftl f i d 1 When information is required con cerning a transformer, always give it- =riol number, particularly whenever renewal or stock parts are ordered. The serial msaber w i n be found engraved on th* nameplate attached to the transformer tank and on th* small nameplate attached to th* toper end of th* core and colls assembly. Whenever possible, a sketch shewing the part or parts and their exact location*will materially help to assure that the proper parts are supplied by th* Factory. This sketch should always indicate th* direction or side of the transformer from which th* view is made. WOTE i Soae transformers are ordered designed for Inerteen but ars to be operated first as oil-insulated transfor.rs. Consequently, they, are shipped from th* 4'ctory filled with oil. Whenever it is deslrec. to operate these transformers with Inerteen, deplete in structions for the removal of the oil,t.e clean ing of th* transformer and filling it with In erteen should be obtained from the Vestinghouse Electric a Manufacturing Company, Sharon, * :nnsylvanl*. NOTE : "Inerteen 7336-8 is regularly used in all nev Westinghouse Inerteen trans formers. Insrtssn 7336-8 supersedes Insrteen 7336-7. Inerteen 7336-8 has improved character istics so that if arcing occurs in an Insrteen transformer th* insulating materials are not so quickly or so greatly impaired as a result of th* formation of hydrogen chloride. This im proved characteristic of 7336-8 Inerteen 1*7 be obtained from 7336-7 Inerteen by adding a cer tain concentrate to 7336-7 Inerteen. If it it desired to make this conversion, complete in structions for doing it should be ob:nir.c-d fren the Westinghouse Electric k Manufacturir.g Corpany, Sharon, Pennsylvania." Revised: Ilovember, 19*6 10 313073 00200316 Westinghouse Electric Corporation- IB. 44-960J Westinghouse Exhibit 5 SPECIAL INQUIRIES Whan communicating with Wastinghouse ragardmg tha product corarad by this Instruction Book, includa all data contained on tha namaplata attachad to tha aquipmant.* Also, to iadlitata raplias whan particular information is dasirad, ba sura to stata fully and daarly tha problam and attandant conditions. Addraas all communications to tha naaxast Waatinghouaa rapraaantatira as listad in tha back of this book. For a parmanent racord, it is suggastad that all namaplata data ba duplicatad and ratainad in a conraniant location. N CC2 RECEIVING TESTING RECONDITIONING INERTEEN INSULATING FLUID PJ>.S. 7336-9 for Electrical Apparatus WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION SHARON PLANT TRANSFORM ER DIVISION SHARON, PA. NEW INFORMATION Piwm4 U U JJL FEBRUARY, 1952' r n o ^^ 7-So INERTEEN* INSULATING FLUID PJ>.S. 7336-9 Inerteen is a synthetic non-inflammable and non-erplosive insulating and cooling liquid. It has proved its suitability for use in all Westinghouse Inerteen insulated apparatus. In order to insure the proper performance of the apparatus, only Westinghouse Inerteen should be used. This publication gives the instructions for handling, inspection, and maintenance which experience has shown are important in obtaining the best' service from the Inerteen. * Registered trade-mark for Westinghouse Askarel i t 2 C022C321 1* t INERTEEN INSULATING. FLUID RECEIVING, HANDLING, STORING SHIPMENT Inerteen is shipped in tank cars, drums, or cans. The modem tank cars are usually lagged to prevent rapid fluctuations in temperature during transit and thus reduce the amount oi expansion and contrac tion of Inerteen. Changes in the volume of the Inerteen due to temperature changes tend to cause breathing in of moist air resulting in condensation of moisture inside the container, and lowering of the dielectric strength of the Inerteen. When shipped in drums, the Inerteen and the drums are both heated above room temperature while the drums are being filled, and the bungs are tightened immediately after filling. After cool ing to normal temperature, the bungs are again tightened. The drums are provided with screw bungs having gaskets to prevent admission of water. When shipped in cans, the cans as well as the Inerteen are heated above room temperature while being filled and are hermetically sealed immediate ly after filling. STORING Drums. As soon as a drum of Inerteen has been unloaded, the bung should be examined and tight ened if it is loose. It is possible for bungs to become loosened by change in temperature or rough hand ling in transit. If loosened, be sure Inerteen is tested before using, or combining it with good Inerteen. It is very desirable that Inerteen in drums be stored in a dosed room. Outdoor storage of Inerteen is always hazardous to the Inerteen and should be avoided if at ell possible. If it is necessary to store Inerteen outside, protection against direct contact of rain and snow should be provided. Drums stored outdoors should be placed so that bungs will be protected from moisture. It is desirable to cover the drums with a tarpaulin. Cans. Cans containing Inerteen must not be exposed to the weather. Seals should be kept intact until the Inerteen is actually needed. Screw caps are provided on the cans to use when the Inerteen is only partially removed after hermetic seal has been broken. By replacing the screw caps, contamination by moisture and dirt will be retarded, but the Inerteen must be tested just before using. Storage Tank. The storage tank should be mounted on piers so that it will not touch the ground, and will be accessible to all points for inspection for leakage. It is desirable to maintain the temperature of the Inerteen and tank a little above the temperature oi the surrounding air as this prevents condensation of moisture in the tank which would affect the di electric strength of the Inerteen. The tank should preferably have a convex bottom, allowing for the installation of a drain cock at the lowest point for removing dirt or tank scale which might settle out. As Inerteen is heavier than water, most all of any water present will, in time, rise to the top of the Inerteen. A valve somewhere near the normal top level oi the Inerteen should be provided for drawing off water-contaminated Inerteen. Pro vision for drawing off the Inerteen should also be made near the bottom of the tank. HANDLING Caution: Inerteen is a akin irritant. Un necessary contact with this liquid or its vapor, particularly whan it is hot, should be avoidad. Especially tha ayes, nose, and lips are affected when Inerteen comes in contact with them. Certain safety precautions must be observed when handling Inerteen. In esse Inerteen comes in contact with the skin, the parts affected should be thoroughly washed in soapy water and followed by an application of cold cream. A supply of these materials should be kept available at all times where personnel are working with Inerteen. Continued exposure may cause eruptions on certain individuals due to the absorption of Inerteen through the pores G022C222 3 of lb* skin. Cleanliness among workmen handling Ineneen is a very good safeguard against such affects. Application of castor oil is recommended for the eyes, castor oil or cold cream for the nose and lips. Hot apparatus should not be opened except in well-ventilated places. Large quantities of Inerteen should be handled in a closed system. Workmen should be protected from frequent contact with any appreciable vapor concentration and from frequent Inn contact with Inerteen. In case Inerteen is spilled on one's clothing, the clothing should be changed as soon as possible and the soiled clothing laundered before it is worn again. Gloves such as Westinghouse S* 1389 974 should be wom when it is necessary to put one's hand into Inerteen or when parts of apparatus must be handled wet. Mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen and it is practically impossible to separate them. Therefore, it is important to avoid contaminating Inerteen with any kind of oil, since its presence changes the non-inflammable and non-explosive characteristics of Inerteen. Not: The Inerteen should be sam pled and tested before b ein g transferred from the con tainer to the apparatus, particularly in ca ses where the wire lock-sea l has been broken. In ca ses where the apparatus is received with the Inerteen installed, the Inerteen should be sam p led and tested before the apparatus is put into service, as described later in this book. When putting new apparatus into service, see that the apparatus tank is free from moisture and foreign material. Although the drums and tank cars are thoroughly washed and dried at the refinery before filling, a certain amount of seal* is sometimes loosened from the inside in transit. Therefore, Inerteen which has not been filtered should be strained through three or more thicknesses of muslin, or other closely woven cotton cloth which has been thoroughly washed and dried to remove the sixing. The straining cloths may be stretched across e funnel of large size and should be renewed at frequent intervals. Important: Extreme precautions must be taken to insure the absolute dryness vand cleanliness of the apparatus before filling it with Inerteen, and to prevent the entiance of water and dirt during the transfer of the Iner teen to the apparatus. 4 The preparation and filling of outdoor apparatus should preferably be dose on a clear, dry day; if this is not possible, protection against moisture must be provided. All vessels used for transferring the Inerteen should be carefully inspected to see that they are absolutely dry and free from contamination. Important: Always use all-metal hose or pipe when handling the Inerteen. A hose made of natural rubber should not be used. Inerteen can easily become contaminated from the sulphur in the natural rubber, and should not be allowed to come in contact with it. When it is necessary to transfer Inerteen from warm surroundings toapparatus exposed toextreme ly cold weather, even when the dielectric strength at room temperature is high, it is desirable to cir culate the Inerteen through an Inerteen conditioner at room temperature. A similar procedure is also advisable in the case of apparatus erected inside and later exposed to cold weather, the reason being that Inerteen will absorb more water at higher temperatures which will be thrown out of solution at lower temperatures. The remainder will be in suspension in the Inerteen and will lower the di electric strength. A drum of cold Inerteen when taken into a warm room will "sweat", and the resulting moisture on the surface may mix with the Inerteen as it flows from the drum. Before breaking the seal, the drum should therefore be allowed to stand long enough to reach room temperature, which may require eight hours, or even longer under extreme temperature condi tions. Cleaning Contaminated Drams. The clean ing of drums which have contained used Inerteen requires great care in order to insure a thoroughly clean drum. It is preferable to return such drums to the supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attempt to clean them. If it is necessary to clean such drums, the following procedure is recommended: Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or ben zine, using about one gallon each time, until the solvent shows no discoloration after using. Allow it to drain, then pump out the last traces of solvent with a vacuum pump, using a brass pipe flattened at the lower end to explore the comers of the drum. CG2:C323 Caution: Do not u m a steel pip btcauu of th danger of a spark igniting the gasoline or benzine vapor. Next, heat the drum with bunghole down, in a ventilated oven at a temperature of at least 88C. (190*F.) for sixteen hours. (A simple oven for this purpose may be made from sheet metal and heated with steam or an electnc heater.) Blow out the drum with dry nitrogen or dry air to remove any linger ing explosive vapors. ScTew the bung on tightly before removing the drum from the oven. Use a new washer with the bung to insure a tight seal. Caution: Open flames must always be kept away from the oven to prevent igniting in flammable gases which might be remaining in drum when placed in the oven. Refilling Drums. The practice of refilling drums with Inerteen is undesirable and should be avoided whenever possible, for unless the utmost precautions are taken, the Inerteen is likely to become contaminated. INCR TEEN INSULATING FLUID If it is necessary to refill them for storage, drums which have been used only for clean, dry Inerteen should be reserved for this purpose. They should be closed immediately after being emptied, to ex clude dirt and water. After refilling, they should be examined to see that they do not leak. Whenever a drum is to be filled with Inerteen, the temperature of the drum and of the Inerteen should be at least 5.5*C. (10*F.) higher than the air, but the temperature of the drum need not be the same as that of the Inerteen. A new washer should be used with the bung each time the drum is refilled, to insure a tight seal. These washers may be obtained from the nearest Westinghouse Office and it is recommended that a supply be kept on hand. Natural rubber composi tion washers should sever be used as they would be attacked by the Inerteen. Drumj to be refilled with Inerteen for storage should be plainly markedwith paint for identification. SAMPLING AND INSPECTION A good fireproof insulating liquid is one that will act as an insulating liquid, will carry the heat away from the apparatus, and is fireproof. Westinghouse Inerteen meets these requirements with the follow, mg characteristics: 1. High dielectric strength. 2. Freedom from inorganic acid, alkali, and cor rosive sulphur. (To prevent injury to insula tion and conductors) 3. Low viscosity. (To provide good heat transfer) 4. Low pour point. 5. Fireproof. CAUSES or DETERIORATION The principal causes of deterioration of Inerteen are: 1. Presence of water. 2. Arcing. Condensation from moist air due to breathing of the apparatus, especially when the apparatus is not continuously in service, may injure the Inerteen. (The moist air drawn into the apparatus condenses moisture on the surface of the Inerteen and inside of the tank.) The Insrteen may also be contaminated with water through leakage such as from'leaky cool ing coils or covers. Arcing or burning in Inerteen produces finely divided carbon and gases which are mostly hydro gen chloride. Hydrogen chloride in the presence of moisture forms hydrochloric acid which may soon damage the insulation in the apparatus and cause rusting of ferTous materials. Since hydrogen chloride is formed quickly after the arcing occurs, neither the Inerteen nor the apparatus should be exposed to the atmosphere (which always contains more or less moisture) until an attempt has been made to remove the hydro gen chloride. See Reconditioning, Page 7, for the method of purification. SAMPLING INERTEEN The dielectric strength of Inerteen is affected by the most minute traces of certain impurities, partic ularly water. It is important that the greatest care be taken in obtaining the samples and in handling them to avoid contamination. There have been low di alectic test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have been found to be largely a matter of carelessness in handling. All sampling and testing equipment must be thoroughly dry and clean. It is recommended that sampling and testing equipment used for handling Inerteen and servicing Inerteen be used for no other purpose. Care must be used in taking samples of Inerteen and sealing them prior to testing. It is C022C224 5 desirable that samples oi Inerteen be removed bom any container os clear dayi only, and whan the temperature oi tha Inartaan is at laast as high as tha tarnparatuia oi tha surrounding air. Usa only tin containers with scrawad matal caps or glass bottlas with Inerteen-resistant stoppars to hold Inartaan samplas. Ii it bacomas nacassary to usa othar than iactory sampling containers, thay should ba nnsed with clean naphtha, washed with strong soap suds, and nnsed thoroughly in hot water, and than dried at approximately 110*C. for four hours with neck down in a circulating air oran. Ii tha containers are not used immediately after cleaning, thay should ba sealed tightly and stored in a dry, dean place. Prorision is made on all Inartaan bansformers to 4 top sample oi tha Inartaan, however on a transformer that is in operation, a sample may ba taken bom either tha top or bottom since any moisture present will ba mixed in, due to circula tion oi tha Inartaan. In sampling, allow a small amount oi Inartaan to run out to flush tha sampling connection dean before collecting tha sample. Tha Inartaan should ba put into tha sample contai&en immediately and tha cape screwed on tightly. Tha label for each container should be marked dearly with the serial number of the bansiormer or com partment bom which tha Inartaan was taken. Before taking aamplas bom a storage tank, tha Inartaan should be allowed to settle for approxi mately twelve hours so that ii there is any moisture present, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise to tha top where the sample is to ba taken. A dean sneak-thief should ba used to obtain tha samplas. Essentially, tha same precautions to prevent mois ture and dirt contamination should ba used as out lined above. Quantity el Sample. It is recommended that one 16 ox. bottle of Inerteen be taken as a sample for testing. At least one sample should be taken from e tank car of Inerteen. One sample may be taken bom each drum, or if desired, a composite sample may be made bom Inerteen bom five drums, pro vided all of the drums are airtight. When the bung is first loosened, e hissing sound should be heard, which indicates that the drum has been airtight. Ii the test of the composite sample is not satisfactory, a sample bom each of the drums represented should be tested. When drums have been stored exposed to the weather, a sample bom each drum must be tested to determine if it is suitable for use. 6 PERIODIC INSPECTION It is desirable that periodic inspections oi Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples oi Inerteen be taken bom each and bom all compartments oi any apparatus and tested aitar a short penod of service (approximately three months for transfor mers). Following this, when operating conditions permit, routine sampling and testing oi the Inerteen at intervals oi six months to one year are suggested. Accurate records should be kept of such inspec tions and tests and ii the Inerteen shows a di electric strength oi less than 22 kv, it should be conditioned. Ii facilities are not available for testing Inerteen, see "Westinghouse Inerteen Test ing Service" below, and also P.L 44-860. When an appreciable amount of Inerteen is removed bom any apparatus, it should be replaced with an equal amount oi new Inerteen so that the liquid level in the apparatus is maintained The Inerteen used for replacement purposes should have a dielectric strength oi not lees than 30 kv. INERTEEN TESTING SERVICE Many users oi Inerteen do not have the necessary facilities for testing it. In order that these users may be able to make the periodic tests recom mended, Westinghouse Electric Corporation has established an Inerteen testing service to provide a careful test by experienced engineers, and e prompt report of test results. Two pedal 16 ox. sample bottles per mailing container (W) S* 1608 629, as well as necessary* packing and printed matter, may be obtained by contacting the nearest Westinghouse Office. (The bottle and the container will not be returned to the customer.) After drawing the sample of Inerteen, the cus tomer shouldseal the bottle and mail it to theWesting house Bectric Corporation, Plant Laboratory, Sharon, Pa. To simplify these details, an instruction and order sheet and a printed return label have been included in the carton container. The instructions cover the taking of the sample and its proper prep aration for mailing. The order sheet must be sent to the nearest Westinghouse O ffice. When samples oi Inerteen are received ior test ing, they are sent to the Plant Laboratory and tested in accordance with methods described under 'Test ing Methods," which follows and is part of this Instruction Book. In addition to dielectric tests, Westinghouse is also prepared to make a physical and chemical ex amination ii so requested. (The customer should plainly indicate the type of service desired.) C022C225 S A S I P U X iG s L S D I N S P E C T I O N . The physical And chemical AXAsnnAtion consists of an amination of the Inerteen by a competent chemist. Recommendations will be made as to the suitability oi the Inerteen for continued use, whether it would be desirable and economical to clean it, and in a general way, the preferred method of dean* mg. In submitting samples for this service, the a INCftTECN INSULATING FLUID history of the Inerteen represented should be given as completely as possible. Power factor test of Inerteen at 60 cycles can be made. (For details refer to the nearest Westinghouse Office. ) CHARACTERISTICS AND RECONDITIONING CHARACTERISTICS Inerteen is chemically stable. It is straw-yellow in color. It is not affected by reaction with other materials regularly used in the manufacture of Inerteen apparatus. It is non-oxidizing and noncorrosive at temperatures considerably above those normally obtained in Inerteen apparatus. Inerteen will not sludge under any operating condition. The dielectric strength of Inerteen will compare favorably with that oi insulating oil when tested under the same conditions. Quality samples of Inerteen tested under laboratory conditions may show a dielectric strength in excess of 40 kv. Care must be exercised in handling and testing Inerteen. Inerteen must be kept in dean, sealed containers to prevent loss by evaporation or contamination by moisture or dirt. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on most varnishes, gums, and paints. Such materials are not used in the construction of Inerteen apparatus. No materials should be used in Inerteen apparatus except those approved by the Westinghouse Dectnc Corporation. Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the skin. If it is necessary to handle it, see the caution note under Receiving, Storing, and Handling. (See Page 3.) It should be remembered that mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen; in fact, it is practically impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen. Inerteen P.D.S. 7336-S has an improved char acteristic so that, when arcing occurs, the in sulating materials are not so quickly or so greatly impaired as a result of the liberation of hydrogen chloride. Inerteen 7336-7, which was supplied in Inerteen transformers previous to September 1,1945, can easily be converted to 7336-9 Inerteen. For complete information on this conversion, request Engineering Data Letter No. 1337-A from any Westinqhouse Electric Corporation Office. Specific Characteristics of Inerteen. As outlined in "Method oi Testing Askarels A.S.T.M. D901-4ST', the specific characteristics of Inerteen are: 1. Burn point: None 2. Chemical stability: No generation of free chlorides under normal operating conditions 3. Color: (Maximum) 150 A.P.H. 4. Condition: dear 5. Dielectric constant: At 1000 cycles 77*F (25*C), 4.0 to 4.3 At 1000 cycles 2127 (100*C), 3.5 to 3.8 6 . Dielectricstrength: (Minimum) 77"F (25C) At point of shipment, 35 kv At point of receipt, 30 kv 7. Electrical resistivity: (Minimum) 100 x 10#ohms/cm3 (2127 000*0 at 500 volts d-c) 8. Fixed chlorine content: (Minimum) 59.1 percent 9. Free chlorides: Less than 0.10 ppm 10. Neutralisation number: Less than 0.010 mg. of NaOH, gram. 11. Pour point: (Maximum) minus 25.67 (minus 32*C) 12. Refractive index At 77*F (25*C), 1.6137 to 1.6157 13. Specific gravity: (Minimum) At 607/607 (15.5*015.5*0, 1.560 14. Viscosity: (Maximum) At 100*F (37.8*C), 54 seconds RECONDITIONING Reconditioning will be necessary to remove water, dirt, and hydrogen chloride which may be present and contaminating the Inerteen. The blotter filter press and the Inerteen condi tioner (both of which will be explained later in this book under "Apparatus for Reconditioning") will remove water and di*1 deposits which may be pres ent. Of the two methods, the Inerteen conditioner is the most effective in removing these two contam inating agents. Any equipment used for filtering C022C326 7 Insneen should first be thoroughly cleaned with beann* or naptha. Every trace of any material foreign to Inerteen must be removed. If et all pos sible separate equipment should be used for filter ing Inerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be eliminated by rigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through the Inerteen. The nitrogen should be passed through the drain valve at the bottom of the appara tus and allowed to escape through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to a stand pipe above the level of the Inerteen in the apparatus to prevent the Inerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate of one to three cubic feet per minute for a period of four to six hours. This will require from two to eight cylinders (220 cu. ft. eech) of dry nitrogen, based on epparatus containing 150 to 2000 gallons of Inerteen. Immediate application of the bubbling process will reduce the destructive action of the hydro chloric acid on the working parts and insulation, thereby making it likely that the meterais not dam aged by arcing may be usod in repairing the eppa ratus. Also, use of the process will in most ceses make it possible to satisfectonly reclaim the arced Inerteen. After the hydrogen chloride has been removed by the bubbling process, the Inerteen should be reclaimed by use of an Inerteen conditioner. There is no commercially suitable method for separating transformer oil from Inerteen. TESTING METHODS Instructions for all tests listed correspond in gen eral to the recommendations of the American Society for Testing Materials. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH TEST Apparatus. The testing transformer and the source of supply of energy shall not be less than kva, and the frequency shall not exceed 100 cycles per second. Regulation shall be so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the secondary of the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either primary or second ary circuit. The rate of rise shall approximate 3000 volts per second. The voltage may be measured by an approved method which gives root-mean-square values. Some protection is desirable to prevent exces sive flow of current when breakdown of the Inerteen takes place. This protection preferably should be in the primary or low voltage side of the testing transformer. It if not especially important for trans formers of 5 kva ox less, as the current is limited by the impedance of the transformer. The standard test cup for Hiding the sample of Inerteen shall be made of a arterial haring a suit able dielectric strength. It must be insoluble in and unattacked by Inerteen or gasoline, and non-absorb ent as far as moisture, Inerteen, or gasoline are concerned. \ The electrodes in the test cup between which the sample is tested shall be circular discs of pclished brass or copper, 1 in. in diameter, with square (90*) edges. The electrodes shall be mounted in the test cup with their axes horizontal and coincident, with a gap of 0.100 in. between their adjacent faces, and with tope of electrodes about 11,4 in. below the top of the cup. (A suitable teet cup is shown in Tig. 1, and portable testing outfits in Figs. 2, 3, and 4.) PROCEDURE The spacing of electrode* shall be checked with a standard round gauge having a diameter of 0.100 in., and the electrodes then locked in position. The electrodes and the test cup shall be wiped clean with dry, calendered tissue paper or with a s clean, dry chamois skin and thoroughly rinsed with Inerteen-free, dry gasoline or benzine until they are entirely free from fibers. The test cup shall be filled with dry, lead-free gasoline or bexrnne, and voltage applied with uni form increase at the rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs. If the di electric strength is not less than 25 kv, the cup shall be considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If a lower test value is obtained the cup shall be cleaned with gasoline and the test repeated. Not: Evaporation o f gasolin from the electrodes may ch ill them sufficiently to couse moisture to condense on their surface. 'For this reason, after the fin a l rinsing with gasoline, the test cup should be im mediately fille d with the Inerteen which is being tested, and lhe test made at once, or the electrodes should be thoroughly dried before using. 0022C327 8 The temperature of the test cup and of the Inerteen when tested shall be the same u that of the 100m, which should be between 68F and 8F. (20*C and 30C.) Testing at lower temperatures is likely to give variable results which may be mis leading. ? The sample in the container shall be agitated with a swirling motion (to avoid introducing air) so as to mix the Inerteen thoroughly before tilling the test cup. This is even more important with used. Inerteen than with new Inerteen as the impurities' may be precipitated and the test may be misleading. The cup shall be filled with Inerteen to a height of no less than 0.79 in. (20 mm) above the top of the electrodes. The Inerteen shall be gently agitated by rocking the eup and allowing it to stand in the cup for three minutes before the first and one minute before each succeeding puncture. This will allow air bubbles to escape. Voltages shall be applied and increased uni formly at a rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs as indicated by a continuous discharge across the gap. (Occasional momentary discharges which do not result in a per manent arc may oecur; these shouldbe disregarded.) FIG. 1. Huid Test Cup for Di*lctiie T*t TESTS a. Except as specified in (b) one breakdown test shall be made on each of five fillings of the test cup. If the average deviation from the mean exceeds 10 percent or if any individual test deviates more than 25 percent from the average, additional tests shall be made. The dielectric strength shall be deter mined by averaging the first five tests that conform to the allowable variations. b. When Inerteen is tested in considerable quan tity, so that the time required for testing is excessive and when it is merely desired to determine whether the breakdown safely exceeds the limit specified, or in those cases where the amount of Inerteen avail able for test may be very limited, one breakdown test shall be made on each of two fillings of the test eup. If neither breakdown is below this value, the Inerteen may be considered satisfactory and no further tests shall be required. If either of the breakdowns is less than the specified value a break down shall be made on each of three additional fillings and test results analyzed in accordance with (a). Report* The report shall include the volts (rms value) at each breakdown and the average of the two or five breakdowns and the temperature of the Inerteen at the time of the test. TIC. 2. Portable Oil Twting Sot. & Kva, 3S.000 Volta POUR TEST Note: The procedures covered by the following instructions for the pour test, and especially the neutralization test, require spec- 0022C32' 9 lal equipment. The neutralization test must be made by a competent chemist, preferably one sp ecia lizin g in this particular field. Customers who do not p o ssess these fa cilities are offered, at nominal cost, the use of the Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service. Contact the nearest Westinghouse Office for details. The pour point oi Inerteen is the lowest temper ature at which it will pour or flow when it is chilled without disturbance under certain definite specified conditions. Apparatus. The test jar (see Fig. 4) shall be clear glass, oi cylindrical shape, approximately U/a in. inside diameter and 41/2 to 5 in. high, with a flat bottom. An ordinary 4 oz. Inerteen sample bottle may be used if the test jar is not available. The cork shall fit the test jar, and shall be bored centrally to accommodate the test thermometer. The thermometer shall conform to A.S.T.M. spec ifications for pour test. It may be ordered as: A.S.T M. thermometer low cloud and pour, *707 (--5o.78C) to 707 (-r21.I#C). The jacket shall be oi glass or metal and shall be watertight, of cylindrical form, flat bottomed, about 41/2 ia. deep, with inside diameter in. greater than outside diameter of the test jar. A disc of cork or felt 1/4 in. thick and oi the same diameter as the inside oi the jacket >kfll be placed in the bottom of the jacket The ring gasket shall be about in. thick, made to fit snugly around the outside of the test jar and loosely inside the jacket. This gasket may be made of cork, felt or other suitable material, elastic enough to cling to the test jar and hard enough to hold its shape. The purpose of the ring gasket is to prevent the test jar from touching the jacket. The cooling bath shall be of a type suitable for obtaining the required temperature. The nse and shape of the bath are optional but a support suitable for holding the jacket firmly in a vertical position is essential. For determination of very low pour points, a smaller insulated cooling bath may be used and the test jar placed directly in it. The required bath temperature may be maintained by refrigeration ii available, otherwise by suitable freezing mixtures. n o . 3. P o rtak U T ru n k T y p Inaulatin Liqu id and Insulating T aetin g S a t. 5 Kva. 30,000/60,000 Veits 10 Procedure. The Inerteen to be tested shall be brought to a temperature at least 257. (14*C.}, above the approximate cloud point. Moisture, ii present, shall be removed by any suitable method, as by filtration through dry filter paper until the Inerteen is perfectly dear. (Such filtration shall be made at a temperature at least 257. (14*C.), above" the approximate cloud point.) The Inerteen shall be poured into the test jar, to a height of not less than 2 in. or more than 2Vi in. When necessary, the Inerteen shall be heated in a water bath just enough so it will pour into the test jar. The test jar shall be tightly closed by the cork carrying the test thermometer in a vertical position in the center of the jar: the thermometer bulb should be immersed so that the beginning of the capillary shall be in. below the surface of the Inerteen. Heat without stirring to a temperature of 1157 . (46.1*C.) in a bath maintained at not higher than 1187. (47.8*C.). The Inerteen shall then be cooled to 907. (32.2` C.) in air or in a water bath approxi mately 777. (25C.) in temperature. The cork or felt disc shall be placed in the bottom of the jacket and the test jar, with the ring gasket, 1 in. above the bottom, shall be inserted into the jacket. The disc, gasket, and inside of jacket shall be dean and dry. c z z : c .2 2 ? During the cooling oi the Inerteen, cat* shall oe taken aot to disturb th* mass oi the Inerteen nor to permit the thermometer to sbiit in the Inerteen.. The temperature oi the cooling bath shall bo adjusted so that it is below tbe pour point--appro* mately -25.6*F (-32:C)--of tbe Inerteen by not less than 15SF. (8.3#C) nor more than 30F. (16.7*C), and tbe cooling bath shall be maintained at tbu temperature throughout tbe test. Tbe jacket con taining tbe test jar shall be supported firmly in a vertical position in tbe cooling bath so that not more than 1 in. oi tbe jacket projects out oi tbe cooling medium. Beginning at a temperature 20*F. (ll.l'C.) above tbe expected pour point, at each lower test-thermom eter reading which is a multiple oi 5*F. (2.8*C), tbe test jar shall be removed from tbe jacket care fully and shall be tilted just sufficiently to ascertain whether there is a movement oi tbe Inerteen in tbe test jar. Tbe complete operation of removal and replacement shall require not more than three sec onds. As soon as tbe Inerteen in tbe test jar does not flow when tbe jar is tilted, tbe test jar shall be n C . 4. Apparatus for Four Toot held in a horizontal position for exactly five seconc as noted by a stop watch or other accurate device, and observed carefully. If tbe Inertee. shows any movement under these conditions, tb* test jar shall be immediately replaced m tbe jack* and tbe same procedure repeated at tbe next tom perature reading 5*F. (2.8*C.) below tbe previou: reading. Tbe test shall be continued in this manner until c point is reached at which tbe Inerteen in tbe tes jar shows no movement when tbe test jar is held ir a horizontal position for exactly five seconds. The reading of tbe test thermometer at this temperature corrected for error if necessary, shall be recorded Tbe pour point shall be taken as tbe temperature 5*F. (2.8*C.) above this solid point. NEUTRALIZATION TEST Tbe Neutralization Number is tbe number o: milligrams oi potassium hydroxide required to neu tralize tbe acid in one gram of Inerteen. Selitisas Required. a. Standard Potassium Hydroxide Solution (alco holic, 0.1 N)--add 6 g. of c.p. solid KOH to 1 litsr oi c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Boil, add 2 g. oi c.p. Ba (OH)a and boil again. Cool, filter and store in a chemically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing soda lime and soda asbestos (Ascarite). Standardize against pure potassium acid pbtbalate using pbenolpbtbalein as an indicator. b. Titration Solvent--Add 500 ml. of c.p. benzene and 5 ml of water to 495 ml of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. c. Alpha-Naphtholbenzein Indicator Solution-- Prepare a solution containing 10 g. of alpha-naptholv*m***ir\ per liter of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Procedure. Into a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask introduce 40 g. of Inerteen weighed accurately. Add 100 ml of tbe titration solvent and 3 ml of tbe indicator solution. Titrate immediately at a tempera ture below 30*C. Consider tbe end point definite if tbe color change to green persists for 15 seconds. A shall be determined on tbe solvent. Calculations. Tbe neutralization number or mg. _KO__H per g. of, ITnert.een --(-A---B---(N--)-z--5-6--.1 A - ml KOH solution required for sample. B ml KOH solution required for blank. N* normality of KOH solution. W grams of sample used. 11 APPARATUS FOR RECONDITIONING There ax* several types of reconditioning tpparatus available, the relative advantages of each of which are as follows: 1. The Inerteen Conditioner is the most effective method of removing moisture, dirt, and other con* tammating materials born Inerteen. 2. The hlter press is suitable for treating Inerteen containing only small quantities of water and dirt. INERTEEN CONDITIONER The Inerteen Conditioner consists of a clay con tainer, clay filter, a motor-driven positive pressure pump, attendant valves, gauges, and relief devices, all mounted on a common base. The motor and pump are combined as a unit and a strainer is provided on input to the pump to pre vent entrance of large particles. The units are de signed to operate under working pressures up to 60 psi. However, the usual operating pressure is 30 psi to 40 psi. Excessive pressures are prevented by two automatic by-pass valves. One by-pass valve connected across the pump is set to by-pass the Inerteen at a pressure of 60 psi to 70 pei. The other by-pass valve is connected on the discharge side of the conditioner. This latter by-pass valve, releas ing at a pressure of approximate!;, 5 psi, will avoid breaking the transformer relief diaphragm when no other relief is provided. Pump pressures are in dicated by a pressure gauge. Seven CPM Unit. The activated clay is con tained in a t*nk mounted on one end of the filter frame. This tank is provided with a cover which incorporates an air-trap and vent to remove air which might be present in the tank and piping. The Inerteen is pumped up through the day, insur ing thorough agitation of the clay and Inerteen. The Inerteen is passed through a wire screen prior to entering the paper filter to remove practically all of the clay. The paper filter consists of 16 frames and 17 plates, alternately spaced, mounted in a yoke. One sheet of filter paper is used between each plate and frame to provide a gasket seal and remove all traces of clay from the Inerteen. (See Fig. 6) Three CPM Unit. This unit utilizes two tanks, one within the other. The activated clay is held in the inner tank by suitable screens at top tad bottom. The space below the inner tank is complete ly sealed off from the rest of the space between the two tanks. The cover is of double-deck construe- Ina* hkmt MW' 4 Mt'tiW 1? m r ba abln4 tba WmUfliu Ski tion, incorporating the top screen for the inner and the solid cover for the outer tank. The Inerteen is pumped into the lower space and is forced up through the activated clay, insuring thorough agita tion of the clay and Inerteen. The Inerteen is passed through the fine mesh upper screen and out into the space between the two tanks. The discharge pipe is at the lower end of the outside tsnk snd any air in the Inerteen is trapped in the upper space of the outside tank where it may be drawn off. Since the density of Inerteen is considerably greater than that of water, moisture will float on the surface of the Inerteen. It is, therefore, considered advisable to condition Inerteen from the top and return it to the bottom of the Inerteen filled appara tus. One charge of clay is composed of approximately 40 pounds of 15-30 meah activated clay. * This rela tively large volume of clay makes only occasional changes of clay necessary, depending of course on the amount and condition of the Inerteen filtered. Normally one charge will condition approximately 3000 gallons of Inerteen. The coarse granulated clay used gives surface contact between clay and liquid and makes poemble a rapid and thorough "-"g of the clay and Inerteen to accom plish complete reconditioning of the Inerteen as it passes through the clay tank. The day granules are removed from the Inerteen by means of fine - screen in the 3 GPM filter and by screen and paper in the 7 GPM hlter. The clay never passes through the pump to cause wear on pump parts and consequent loss of pump ing capacity. As soon as the charge of activated clay is placed in the tank and the cover clamped in place, the unit is ready for immediate use. Neither clay nor filter paper cane effectively dried of water after they have -once become saturated with Inerteen. Therefore,'Extreme care should be taken to see that both clay and filter paper are thoroughly dried when placed in the filter. The clay may be dried in a high temperature oven at 200 deg. C. for six hours and shallow pans are preferred as containers for the clay while drying. A paper drying oven may be used if a high tempera ture oven is not available, with a drying time ex tended to approximately twenty-four hours at the oven's highest temperature. The filter paper should be dried six to twelve hours at 65*C. to 100C., riuL 12 CG22C331 FIG. 5. Thro* Gallon*por-Minuto Conditionor depending on the condition of the paper and tho spacing of tti* sheets in the oven. Both paper and clay should ba placed directly in tha filtar aitar tha drying process as either, if exposed, will absorb considarabla moistura from tha atmosphere in a ary short tuna. Each frash charga of clay will absorb about thraa gallons of Inartaan. This should ba provided for to pravant daplating tha supply in tha apparatus, but most of this Inartaan may ba racovarad whan chang* ing clay. This can ba accomplishad most effectively by ramoving tha usad clay from tha filtar and placing it in a tank of approximataly 30 gallons capacity con taining about 5 gallons of watar. Tha tank should have a drain valve at its bottom adga and should ba tiltad somawhat toward this valve. Tha clay thus placad in watar, having a graatar affinity for watar, will giTS up tha Inartaan it has absorbad and bacoma saturated with watar. Tha Inartaan baing haariar than watar will sink to tha bottom; tha clay and watar will float on top. Altar satiling for several hours, most of tha Inartaan may ba drawn off through tha vaIva. This Inartaan may ba raconditionad and usad again in recharging tha conditioner. Tha usad clay should ba discardad. To Prepare tha 7 GPM Conditionor for Operation. Remove tha covar and scraan from tha 1NERTEEN INSULATING FLUID clay tank and fill tha tank with activatad clay. 4440-3, to within bur inchas of tha bottom adga of tha uinar flange. Raplaca scraan and covar. Raloasa tha prassuro-scraw of tha filtar prass and loosan platas and framas. Placa ona shaat of "B" sue blotting papar batwsan tha faca of aach frame and plata. Cara should ba usad to saa that tha holes thru tha plates, frames and paper are in proper alignment before tha pressure screw is tightened. Close tha discharge, tank by-pass, drain, suc tion and suction-tact valves. Open tha air discharge valve. Pour sufficient Inartaan into tha dnp pan to fill the clay tank and wet tha clay. This will require approximately eight gallons of Inartaan. Stan tha motor and open tha drip pan valve a small amount so that not lass than 5 minutes are required to hll the clay tank, saturating tha clay with Inartaan. (If Inar taan is admitted too rapidly, it will tend to pack tha clay into tha top of the tank.) With tha valve at tha apparatus doted, open tha suction-test valve to subject tha suction line to pressure and thus check it for leaks. Stop motor and close suction-test, air discharge, and drip pan valves. To begin conditioning Inartaan in Inartaan tilled apparatus, open tha apparatus valves. Open tha conditioner discharge and suction valves. At inter vals open air discharga valva to allow trapped air to escape and cloaa whan Inartaan starts to flow through valve. Open drip pan valva at intervals too, to ramova Inartaan which may have dr.pped into tha drip pan. Whan it is necessary to change tha clay, first doaa tha valve in tha suction line, dose tha tank FIG . 6. Sovon Qollon-por-M inuto Conditioner C022C232 13 inlet end outlet valves, open the tank by-pen valve, the tank dram valve and the air Tent valve to per mit the free Inerteen in the tank to drain into the lower drip pan. Open the drip pan valve and pump the Inerteen from the drip pan through the filter press. Shut down the motor and remove the clay from the tank and refill with fresh clay as previously described. To change the filter or blotting papers, stop the motor and close suction and discharge valves. Slow ly back off the pressure screw, permitting the Iner teen trapped in the frames to be released gradually. Then back off the pressure screw completely, open up the press and let the surplus Inerteen drain from the papers. Replace the saturated papers with clean dry paper and retighten the press. If the system-seal is not broken, it will only be necesrary to open the discharge and suction salves and start the motor to resume conditioning the Inerteen. Te Prepare the 3 CPM Conditioner for Operation. Remove the cover and screen from the clay tank and fill the inner tank with activated day, 4440-3, to within bur inches of the top. Replace screen and cover. Clooo the discharge and suction valves and open air discharge and drip pan valves about open. Start motor and pour sufficient Inerteen into tbe drip pan b fill the clay tank and wet the clay. This will require approximately eight gallons. Hot less than five minutes should be re quired to fill the clay tank and saturate tbe clay with Inerteen. With the valve at the apparatus closed, open the suction-test valve to subject the suction line to pressure and thus check it br leaks. Stop motor and close suction-test, air discharge and drip pan valves. To begin conditioning Inerteen, open apparatus valves, open tbe conditioner discharge and suction valves and start mobr. At intervals open air discharge valve b let trapped air eecape and close as soon as Inerteen flows from the valve. When it is necessary to changs ths clay, first stop motor and close the valves in the suction and discharge lines. Remove discharge hose and open the discharge valve and tank drain valve to permit the Inerteen in the and discharge hose to drain into a container. After draining is complete, remove inner dump the clay from the inner tank and refill with fresh clay as previously described. Tbs used clay should be discarded. BLOTTER 1TLTER PRESS Tbe blotter filter press (See Fig. 7) is essentially a number of sets of blotter filter papers in parallel, each set containing several thidmesses. The Iner teen is pumped through filter paper which absorbs the water and strains out the sediment. Other Classes oi Service. Although there are other uses, such as cleaning of bw-viscosity insulat ing compounds, benzine, etc., it is recommended that a cleaning device intended br Inerteen re conditioning should not be used br other Hiitvs of work, due to danger of subsequent contamination of the Inerteen. Capacity. The capacity of these machines, with Inerteen pressure and filtering area fixed, depends on the viscosity of the Insrteen and its freedom from dirt. With fairly clean Inerteen at ordinary room temperature, the capacity of the machines will vary from normal to about 15 percent above normal, de pending on the viscosity (which varies with the temperature). It has been found that the best results are obtained when the Inerteen temperature is about 50*C. The average worsting pressure of these machines is less than 40 psi and the pressure relief valve is set at the faebry to by-pass the full flow at from 60 psi to 80 psL Apparatus. -There are three standard sixes oi Westinghouse filter presses: B-5, B-10, and A-30. The letter designates the site of filter paper; the number indicates the relative capacity in gallons per minute. The complete outfit consists oi filterpress, motor,, strainer, pump, gas trap, pressure gauge, drip pan, wheels, and piping. The piping is arranged so the line can be tested br leaks under pressure. All machines are mounted on a fabricated structural steel frame. The drip pan can be removed by dis connecting one pipe coupling and bur bolts. The strainer can be cleaned by disconnecting three bolts. The pumps are of the helical-gear type b insure quietness and smooth flow of Inerteen. The A-30 pump is connected b the motor through flexible couplings. The B-5 and B-10 pumpe are mounted directly on the rear motor bracket and driven through a helical reduction gear. The filter press proper is made up of a series of cast iron plates and frames assembled alternately, with the filter papers between them. By meanj of a screw and cast-iron end block, the plates, frames, and papers are forced tightly together. Except for a machined rim which serves as a joint to prevent 14 C022C222 ti>cip# of Inrten, th plat* at cast with small pyramids on both surlac*. Th plate And fram* hv hoi in two eorars And supporting lug* At th sid. Th plates h av * handle cast on th top dg. Whn th plAt* And frames ax Awmbld with th hltr paper* btwn, th hoi form th inlt and outlet. Th frani have th hols in th upper corner connected by *11 duct to th middl of th frame. Th plate have ducts leading from th suxiac of th plat to th hoi in th lower corner. (See Fig. 8) Th lnrtn ntrs under pressure at th top corner through th inlt formed by th hole in th tram, plat, and filter papers, flows into thframes through th sam ducts, and completely fcll* th chamber formed by th fram and two sts of filter paper. As thr are no outlet ducts in th fram, th Inrtn is forced through th paper and flows along th groove between th rows of pyramids and out through th ducts provided at th lower corner of th plat. Th dry filter paper takc up th moisture and removes th sediment from th Inrtn. Operation. Th filter pres is mad rady for operation by placing a st of fiv shts of filter paper (that have bn thoroughly dried in an electrie oven) between each filter plate and frame. The hole in the filter paper must line up with the holes in the plates and frames. The sediment is strained out by the first layer of paper and th moisture is taken up by the capillary action of the paper. If any moisture remains, it indicates that th filter papers are saturated with moisture and should be renewed. No rule can be given as to how often the papers must be changed, as this depends entirely on the condition of the Inerteen. The usual pro cedure is to run the machine for about half an hour (if the Inerteen is not in very bad condition) and then shut down; remove one sheet from the inlet sid of each et and put in a new sheet on th outlet side of each set (The frame is the inlet side and the plate is the outlet side.) Frequent dielectric tests should be mad during this procedure as wet Iner teen may necessitate recharging the filter press with a full set of papers before the five sheets have been removed in succession. The quickest method of filtering a quantity of Inerteen is to pump all the Inerteen through th filter and into another tank which is clean and dry. If care is taken to change the filter papers before they become saturated, the Inerteen will be clean and dry. If a second tank for holding th Inerteen INERTEEN INSULATING FLUID ! :-- 11.. - i FIG. 7. B-10 Blotter FUtar P n a is not available, or if it is desired to filter th Inerteen of apparatus while it is in service, the Inerteen may be pumped from the top of the apparatus tank through th filter and returned to the bottom of th sam tank under th surface of the Inerteen. This operation should be continued until the Inerteen in the apparatus tank shows a sufficiently high dielec tric strength. When a large quantity of Inerteen is to be filtered, time may be saved by using two filter press, one of which may be operated while the other is being recharged. Filtering through blotter filter papers does not materially reduce organic acidity or improve re sistance to mulsification, although th dielectric strength may be restored to a satisfactory va3u. Th capacity of th filter press is much reduced when operating at low temperatures. When the Inerteen has to be filtered at low tem peratures, an additional pump in the pipe line is desirable. Inerteen in apparatus contaminated by only a small amount of moisture may be reconditioned by drawing the Inerteen from the top of th apparatus tank, passing it through the filter press, and pump ing it back into the bottom of the apparatus. Th Inerteen should be put through th system until a sampl drawn from th top of th apparatus gives satisfactory dielectric values. Blotter Filter Paper. Th filter paper used is a special grade of blotting paper about .025 in. thick; it contains no coloring matter or chemicals which might injure th Inerteen. Five shts cut to 0022C334 15 the proper fixe, 12% in. square for the A fixes end 7% in. square ior the B sixes, end with holes punched to correspond with the holes in the pistes and frames, are used between each plate and the adjacent frames. To obtain the best results in reconditioning Inerteen, the paper must be perfectly dry when first placed in the press. Filter paper always takes up n O . I. Blotter Flltor Pr-- Trun* Showing Blottor nitor Papon in Piece moisture if exposed to the sir for any length of time and for this reason care must be used in handling. The standard paper is earned in packages contain* ing one ream, carefully wrapped in waxed paper and covered with heavy wrapping paper. Dectxic Drying Owens. Electric drying ovens for use with Type A and Type B filter presses require 2000 watts and 1400 watts respectively. The intenor of the ovens is provided with rods for supporting the filter paper to facilitate rapid and thorough dry ing. An automatic thermostat having a range of 65C to 120C is provided for maintaining uniform oven temperature. The thermoctat is adjusted at the factory for 100*C, the recommended value, and the setting marked so that the operator may convenient ly reset thermostat to 100C if adjustment is changed. The standard thermostat-equipped oven is suit able for alternating current only. Ovens to operate on direct current are special and are equipped with a thermometer and a manually operated three-heat switch. By moving one rod, the Type A oven can be used for drying Type B paper. The normal capacity of the Type A oven is 240 sheets and the Type B oven is 180 sheets when spaced % inch apart. I I t 1 \ 16 CG22C235 O K DltTHICT ENGINEERING ANO i SERVICE DEPT. OFFICES i MANUFACTURING AND REPAIR DEPT. OFFICES a APPARATUS SALES OFFICES m 3 r t s Instructions for INERTEEN* Insulating Fluid P D.S. 54201 KA ' V J 500537 . _t Westinghouse Electric Corporation Power Transformer Division, Sharon, Pa. T .S . i..i < c < ( c .. . . . . . J . . / / Westinghouse Exhibit 6 ... , . INERTEEH* IKSUL.4TJG FLUID P.D.S. 54201KA Inerteen la a synthetic non-inflam m able end n on-explosive insulating e n d cooling liq u id . It h a s p ro v ed its suitability for u se in all W estin gh ouse Inerteen in sulated apparatu s. In order to insure the proper p erfo ra an ce of the apparatus, only W estinghouse Inerteen should be used. This publication gives the instructions for handling, inspection, and m aintenance w hich experience h as shown are important in obtaining the best service from the Inerteen. * Registered trade-mark ior W estinghouse Askarel. 500538 /\ RECEIVING, HNDLING, STORING * Inerteen is shipped in tank cars, drums, or cans. T h e m odem tank cars are usually la g g e d to prevent rap id fluctuations in temperature curing ta n sit an d thus red u ce the am ount of expansion and contract don cf Inerteeu. C hanges in the volume of the In erteen d u e to tem perature ch an g e s tend to e au se breath in g in ci moist air resulting in condensation cl m oisture in sid e the con tain er, a n d lo w erin g of the dielectric strength of the Xnerieen. W hen shipped in drums, the Inerieen and the drum s are both heated above room tem perature w hile the drum s are being filled, and the bungs are tightened imm ediately after filling. After cool in g to norm al tem perature, the bun gs are again tightened. The drum s are provided with screw b u n g s h a v in g g ask ets to prev en t ad m ission of w ater. W hen shipped in cans, the can s as w ell as the Inerteen are heated above room tem perature while b e in g filled ?_: ;c herm etically sealed im m ediate ly after filling. STO RIN G D r u m s . A s soon as a drum Inerteen has been unloaded, the bung should be exam ined end tight e n e d if it is loose. It is possible for b u n g s to becom e loosen ed by change in tem perature or rough hand ling in transit. 8 loosened, b e sure Inerteen is tested before using, or com bining it with good .Inerteen. * * rv 1 -*M - h " 1} : ! - 1 . It is very desirable that Inerteen in arum s be stored in a closed room. Outdoor storage of Inerteen is alw ays hazardous io the Inerteen and should be a v o id e d if at all p o ssib le . If it is n e c e ssa ry to store Inerteen outride, protection against direct contact of rain and snow should he provided. Drums stored outdoors should b e p laced so that bu n gs will be p ro tected from m oisture. It is d esirab le to cover the drum s with a tarpaulin. C a n s. C an s containing * Inerteen must not be e x p o se d to the w eather. S e als sh o u ld h e kept intact until the Inerieen is actually needed. . Screw c a p s are p ro vid ed on the e * * to use when the Inerieen is only partially rem oved after hermeticse al h as b e e n broken. By re p lac in g the screw zaps, contam ination by m oisture an d dirt will be retarded, but the Inerteen m ust b e tested just before using. S t o r a g e T a n k . The sto rage favV should r< m ounted on p ie rs so that it w ill not touch the g r :u r d a n d will b e accessib le to all points for inspection for leakage. It is d e sir a b le to m ain tain th e tem perature c f the Inerieen a n d tank a little ab o v e the tem perature c the surrounding, a ir as this prevents condeusaticci m oisture in the tank w hich w ould affect the c electric strength of the Inerteen.' The tank should p referably h ave a convex bottom, allo w in g fo r the in stallation of a d rain cock at the lowest point lor rem oving dirt or scale whicr might settle b u t A s Inerteen is heavier t h water m ost all of an y w ater p resen t w ill, in time rise tc th; top cf the Inerteen. A v alv e som ew here near ih: norm al top level of the Inerteen shculd b e provide: for draw in g off w ater-contam inated Inerteen. ? r c v ision fo r d raw in g off the In e rte e n sh ould also s< m ade n ear the bottom of the tank. 500539 H A N D LIN G C au tio n : In erteen is. a iH n irritan t, Ur. `n ecessary co n tact w ith th e liq u id or its vapor p a rtic u la rly w h en It is h o t, sh o u ld b e avoided E specially th e eyes, n ose, an d lip s are e ffe c ts w h en In e rte e n c o m e s in c o n ta c t w ith their. C ertain sa fe ty p re c a u tio n s m u st be observe when h an d lin g In erteen . Xa c a s e In ertee n c o m e s in co n tact with the rbi: the parts affected should b e thoroughly washed L soapy w ater and followed by an applicati-n c cold cream . A supply of these m aterials shcul b e kept a v a ila b le at all- tim es w here p e rs e m * a re w orking with In erteen . C ontinued expesur m ay cau se eruptions on certain individuals cu to the absorptio n of In erteen through the p c * R E C E I V I N G , H A N D L IN G , S T O R i .. j ( Q i* Irin. Q e a n lin e ss am ong worlonen handling .Inerteen i a very good safeguard against such acts. A pplication o castor oil is recom m ended the eyes, castor oil or cold cream for the n o s* and lips. Hot ap p aratu s should not b e opened except in well-ventilated places. Large quantities of Inerteen should b e h andled in a closed system. Woriesen should b e p rotected rom frequent contact with any ap preciab le vapor concentration and from frequent sldn contact with Inerteen. In c a s * Inerteen is spilled on one's clothing, th* clothing should be changed as soon as possible and the so ile d cloth in g lau n d e re d before it is worn again . G loves such as W estinghouse S 1 3 0 9 974 should b e w orn w hen it is n ec essary to put one's h an d into Inerteen or when parts of apparatus must b * handled wet. M in eral oil is com pletely m iscible with Inerteen an d it is practically im possible to separate them. T herefore, it is im portant to avoid contam inating Inerteen with any lan d of oil, since its presence changes the non-inflammable and non-explosive characteristics of Inerteen. R*o fe ; T h e I n e r f e e a should b e sampled and sd befere being transferred from the con- tainer to the apparatus, particularly in c o s e s w h ere the wire lock-seal has been r o b e n . In r o s e s where th e apparatus is received with th e "n ertee n installed, t i e Inerteen should be sam led and tesiedbefore the apparatus is put into :enrice, as described later in this book. W hen putting new apparatus into service, see hat the ap paratu s tank is free from m oisture and oreign material. Although the drums and tank cars re thoroughly cashed and dried at the refinery before filling, a ertain am ount of scale is sometimes loosened from re inside in transit. Therefor*, Inerteen which has ot b e e n filtered should b e strain ed through th ree or :ore thiclm esses of muslin, or other closely woven otton d o th w hich h as been thoroughly w ashed and ried to rem ove the siring. The straining d oth s may e stretched across a funnel of large size and should e renew ed at frequent intervals. Im p o rtan t: Extrem e precau tion s m u st be -hen to in su re th e a b so lu te d ry n ess an d ' illn e ss of th e ap p aratu s before fillin g' it In erteen , an d to prevent the en tran ce of atcr an d d irt during th e tran sfer of th e In r* en to the ap p aratu s. The preparation and filling of outdoor apparatus should preferably be done on a d e a r , dry day; if this is not possible, protection against moisture must be provided. All vessels used for transferring the Inerteen should b * carefully in spected to s e * that they are absolutely 17 and fre * from contamination. Im p o rta n t: A lw ays u se all-m e tal hose or p ip e w h e n h a n d lin g th e I n e r t e e n . A hose m a d e of n atu ral rubber should not be used. In srtsen can easily b e co m * co n tam in ate d from th * su lp h u r In th * n atu ral rubber, an d should not b * allow ed to co m * in con tact w ith it. W hen it is n ecessary to transfer Inerteen from w arm su rrou n d in gs to ap p aratu s ex po sed to extrem e ly cold weather, even when the dielectric strength at room tem perature is high, it is desirable to cir culate the Inerteen through en Inerteen conditioner at room tem perature. A { L it procedure is k o advisable in the case of apparatus erected inside end later exposed to cold weather, th * reason being that Inerteen will absorb m ore w ater at higher tem peratures which will be thrown out of solution at low er tem peratures. The rem ain der will be in suspension in the Inerteen an d will low er the di electric strength. A drum of cold Inerteen when taken into a warm room will "sw eat" , an d the resulting moisture on the su rface m ay mix with the Inerteen as it flows from the drum. Before brealdng the seal, the drum should therefore b e allow ed to stand lo n g en o u gh to reach room tem perature, which may require eight hours, or even longer under extreme tem perature condi tions. 500540 C le a n in g C o n ta m in a te d D ru m s, The clean in g of drum s which have contained used Inerteen requires g reat care in order to insure a thoroughly clean drum . - It is preferable to return such drums to the supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attempt to clean them. If it is n ecessa^ r to clean such drum s, the following procedure is recommended: Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or ben zine, usin g about one gallon each time, until th solvent shows no discoloration after using. Allow it to drain, then pum p out the la st trace s of solvent with a vacuum pump, using a b rass p ipe flattened a t the low er en d to explore the c o m e r s of the drum . r e c e iv in g , h a n d l e , s t o r in g /* C au tio n : D o n e t u ia a steel p ip beemuae of th e d an ger of a sp ark ig n itin g th e gasoline or benzin e vapor. N azi, b a it the drum with bun gh clo down, in a ventilated oven at a tem perature of at least 88*C . (190T .) for sixteen hours. (A sim ple oven lor this purpose s a y b e m ade from sheet s e t a ! an d heated with steam or an electric h eater.) Blow out the drum with d ry n itrogen o r dry a ir to rem ove an y lin ger ing explosive vapors. Screw the hun g on tightly before rem oving the drum to m the oven. U se a se w w ash es with the b u n g to insure a tight seal. -' C a u t i o n ; O p e n f l a m e s m u s t a l w a y s b e k e p t aw ay fro m th e oven to prevent Ign itin g in flam m ab le g ase s w hich m ig h t be rem ain in g in d ru m w h en p laced in the oven. R e fillin g D r u m s. The practice of refilling drum s with Inerteen is undesirable an d should b e avoided w henever possible, for unless the utmost precautions axe taken, the Inerteen is likely to becom e contam inated. f l i t is n ecessary to refill them for storage/ drums which h ave bean u se d only for d e a n , dry c rie e n should b e reserved for this purpose. T h ey'sh od o b e c lo se d im m ed iately after b e in g em ptied, to ez* d u d e dirt an d w ater. A fter refilling, they should h e ex am in ed to se e th at they do not leak . W h en ever a drum Is to h e filled with Inerteen, the tem perature of the drum and of the Inerteen sh ould h e at least 5 .5 *C . (10 T .) h igh er than the air, hut the tem p eratu re of the drum n e e d not he the sam e as that of the In erteen. A n ew w asher sh o u ld h e u sed with the hung each tim e the drum Is refilled, to Insure a tight seel. T h ese w ashers m ay h e obtained from the nearest W estin gh ouse O ffice a n d It is recom m ended that a supply he kept on h an d. N atural rubber composi tion w ash ers should n e v e r b e u sed a s they would be attacked by the Inerteen. D rum s to b e refilled with In erteen for storage should b e plainly m arked with paint for identification. A good fireproof insulating liquid is one that will act as an in sulating liquid, will carry the h eat aw ay hem the apparatus, and is fireproof. W estinghouse Inerteen m eets th ese requirem ents with the follow ing characteristics: 1* High dielectric strength. 2 Freedom horn inorganic acid, alkali, and cor ro siv e su lph ur. (To p reven t injury to insula tion an d conductors) 3 . Low viscosity. (To provide go od h eat transfer) 4. Low pour point -- . . 5. Fireproof. orC A U S E S D ETER IO R A TIO N T h e.prin cipal cau ses oI deterioration of Inerteen 2. A rcing. C ondensation from moist air due to breathihg of the apparatus, especially w hen the apparatus is not continuously In service, m ay injure the Inerteen. (The m oist a ir draw n into the apparatu s condenses moisture on the surface of the Inerteen an d inside of the tank.) The Inerteen m ay also b e contam inated .with w ater th ro u g h le a k a g e su c h a s from le a k y coo l ing coils or covers. A rcin g o r bu rn in g in Inerteen produ ces finely divided carbon an d g a se s whieh are mostly hydro gen chloride. H ydrogen chloride in the presence of m oisture forms hydrochloric acid whieh may seen dam age the insulation in the apparatus and cause rusting of ferrous m aterials. Sin ce hydrogen chloride Is fan n ed quickly a h t: the arcin g occurs, n eith er the Inerteen nor tks ap p aratu s should b e ex p o se d to the abaesph er(whieh alw ays contains m ore or less moisture, until a n attem pt h a s b e e n m ad e to rem ove the by dr g e n ch lorid e. S e e R econ dition in g, P a g e 7, for the method of purification. SA M PLIN G IN ER T E EN . The dielectric strength of Inerteen is affected by the m ost m inute tra c e s .of certain im purities,'partic ularly w ater. It is im portant that the greatest care he tak en i s o b tain in g th e s a m p le s a n d in h an d lin g them to avoid contam ination. T h ere h av e been low di electric test results rep o rted from the held whieh, upon investigation, h a v e b e e n found to be largely a matter of carelessness in handling. . All sam pling an d testing equipm ent must b t thoroughly dry a n d d e a n . It is recom m en ded that sam pling and testing equipm en t used for hand'tor Inerteen and servicing Inerteen b e used for no other purpose. C are m ust b e u sed in taking samples of Inerteen an d se a lin g them p rio r to testing. It is ( A M P L I N C A N D IN S P E C T IO N _________________ I e sirab le that sam ples of Inerteen be rem oved from container oa clear days only, and whan tha perature of tha Inerteen is at least a s high as tha em perature of tha surrounding air. Usa only tin containers with screwed metal caps rr glass bottles with Inerteen-resistant stoppers to aold Inerteen samples. If it becomes necessary to ise other than factory sampling containers, they ;hould be rinsed with clean naptha, washed with fcong soap suds, and rinsed thoroughly in hot atar, and then dried at approximately U0*C. for our hours with neclc down in a circulating air oven. J the containers are not used immediately after leaning, they should be sealed tightly and stored n a dry, clean place. Provision is made on all Inerteen transformers to :btain a top sample of the Inerteen, however on a ransformer that is in operation, a sample may be aken from either the top or bottom since any noisture present will be mixed in, due to circulaion of the Inerteen. In sampling, allow a small mount of Inerteen to run out to flush the sampling connection clean before collecting the sample. The nerteen should be put into the sample containers -- ediately and the caps screwed on tightly. Tae 1 for each container should be marked clearly am the serial number of the transformer or com* artment from which the Inerteen was taken. Before taking samples from a storage tank, the aerteen should be allowed to settle for approxi* :ately twelve hours so that if there is any moisture resent, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise ) the top where the sample is to be taken. A clean aeak-tiief should be used to obtain the samples, ssentially, the same precautions to prevent mois* are and cirt contamination should be used as out* ned above. Q u a n t it y o i S a m p l e * B is recommended that ae 16 oz, bottle of Inerteen be taken as a sample for -sting. At least one sample should be taken from tank car oi Inerteen. One sample may be taken om each drum, or if desired, a composite sample ay be made from Inerteen from five drums, pro* ded all of the drums are airtight. When the bung first loosened, a hissing sound should be beard, aich indicates that the drum has been airtight. If test of the composite sample is not satisfactory, a mple from each of the drums represented should *sted. When drums have been stored exposed to the jather, a sample from each drum must be tested determine if it is suitable for use. PERIO D IC IN SPECTIO N It is desirable that periodic inspections of Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples oi Inerteen be taken from each and from all compartments of any apparatus and tested after a short period of service (approximately three months for transfor* men). Following this, when operating conditions permit, routine sampling and testing of the Inerteen at Intervals of six monthj to one year are suggested. Accurate records should be kept of such inspec* tions and tests and if the Inerteen shows a di electric strength of less than 22 kv, it should be conditioned. If facilities are not available for testing Inerteen, see "Westinghouse Inerteen Test ing Service" below, and also P.L. 44-860. When an appreciable amount of Inerteen is removed from any apparatus, It should be replaced with an equal amount of new Inerteen so that the liquid level in the apparatus is maintained. The Inerteen used for replacement purposes should have a dielectric strength of not less than 30 kv. IN ERTEEN TESTIN G SERV ICE Many users of Inerteen do not have the necessary facilities' for testing it. In order that these users may be able to make the periodic tests recom mended, Westinghouse Hectrie Corporation has established an Inerteen testing service to provide a careful test by experienced engineers, and a prompt report of test results. Two special 16 oz. sample bottles per mailing container (W) S41608 629, as well as necessary packing and printed matter, may be obtained by contacting the nearest Westinghouse Office. (The bottle and the container will not be returned to the customer.) After drawing the sample of Inerteen, the cus tomer should seal the bottle and mail it to the Westing house QectricCorporation, Plant Laboratory, Sharon, "Pa. To simplify these details, an instruction and order sheet and a printed return label have been included in the carton container. The instructions cover the taking of the sample and its proper prep aration for mailing. The ord er s h e e t must b e sen t to the nearest W estin g h ou se O ffice. Wben samples of Inerteen are received lor test* ing, they are sent to the Plant Laboratory and tested in accordance with methods described under "Test ing Methods," which follows and is part of this Instruction Book. In addition to dielectric tests, Westinghouse is also prepared to make a physical and chemical ex amination if so requested. (The customer should plainly indicate the type of service desired.) SA M PLIN G AND IN SPECTIO N , The physical and chem ical exam ination consist* e f 4a exam in ation of the In ertee n b y a com peten t c h e m ist R ecom m en dation s will b e m ad e &j to th e tuiiability of the Inerteen icr continued use, whether 11 w ould b e d e s ir a b le t a d ec o n o m ic al b d e a n if, and la 4 gen eral w ay, tbe p referred method of clean ing. In subm itting sam ples for this service, tbe history ef tbe Inerteen represented should b e .g i7 er as com pletely as possible. Pow er factor test of Inerteen at 6 0 cycles can h, cade. (Tor d etails refer to tbe nearest W estin g h eu ^ O ffice.) CHARACTERISTICS AND RECONDITIONING C H A R A C TER ISTIC S - In erteen is c h e m ic a lly sta b le . It is straw -yellow in color. It is not effected by reaction with other m aterials regularly u sed in the m anufacture of Inerte- - ap p aratu s. It is non-oxidizing an d non- 3. C olon (Maximum) 400 A .P JL .4 C ondition: C le a r 5. D ielectric constant: A t 1 000 c y c le s 7 7 7 (2 5 *C ), 4 .0 to 4 .3 A t 1 000 c y c le s 2 1 2 *7 (10 0 * 0 , 3 .S to 3 .e co rro cre at tem peratures considerably above those normally obtained in Laerieen apparatus. Inerteen 6 . D ielectric stren gth: (Minimum) 7 7 *7 (2 5 *C ) A t point o f shipm ent, 3 5 lev ' will not slu d ge u n d er any operatin g condition. A t point o f r&ceipt, 3 0 lev The dielectric strength of Inerteen will com pare favorably with that of insulating oil when tested under the sam e conditions. Q uality sam ples of Inerteen tested under laboratory conditions m ay show a dielectric strength in excess of 40kv. C are must b e exercised in Handling and testing Inerteen. In erteen m u st b e Icep t in c le a n , s e a le d con tain ers to prevent loss by evaporation or contamination b y moisture or d irt Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on most varnishes, gum s, an d paints. S u ch m aterials are not used in the construction of Inerteen apparatus. No m aterials should be used in Inerteen apparatus except tbcse approved by tbe W estinghouse Electric C o rp o ratio n . ^ 500543 7 . E lectrical resistivity: (Minimum) 100 x 10* ohm s/cm 3 (212*7 (100O ai 503 volts d-c) 6 . 7 ix ed chlorine content: (Minimum) 59.1 percent 9. Free ch lorides: L ess than 0.10 ppm 10. N eutralisation n u m b er Less than 0.014 m g. of N aO H /gr& a. 11. Pour Point: (Maximum) m inus 2 5 .5 *7 (minus 3 2 *Q 12. Befractive index A t 7 7 *7 (2 5 *C ), 1.6140 to 1.6160 13. Specific gravity: - A t 6 0 * 7 /6 0 *7 0 5 .5 * 0 / 1 5 ,5 * 0 . 1.513 tc 1.526 14. Viscosity; " Inerteen h a s a n irritating effect upon the ilcin. A t.l00*7 (3 7 .8 *0 , 56 seconds 2 . If it is n ecessary to h an dle it, se e the caution note 'u n d er Receiving, Storing, an d H andling. (See * - RECO N D ITIO N IN G P ag e 3 .) It should b e rem em bered that m ineral oil is completely, m iscible with Inerteen; in fact, i t is p ractically im p o ssib le to se p a r a te m in eral oil a n d Inerteen. .... aSp ecific C h aracteristics of Inerteen As R econditioning w ill b e n ecessary to rem ove w ater, dirt an d h ydrogen chloride which m ay be present and contam inating the Inerteen. The blotter filter' p re ss an d the Inerteen condi tio n er (both o f w h ich w ill b e ex p lain e d later in `h is outlined in ''M eih id of T estin g A slcarels A .S.TJM . book under "A p p a ra tu s for Reconditioning") will ^ D 901," the specific characteristics of Inerteen are: rem ove water an d dirt deposits which m ay b e p res 1. Burn point: None 2 . C hem ical stability: No generation of free chlorides under norm al operating conditions ent. O f the two m ethods, the Inerteen conditioner is the most effective in rem oving these two contam inating agen ts. A ny equipm ent, u sed for filtering ( CHARACTERISTICS AND RECONDITIONING, "nerleen should first b thoroughly d e a n e d with >enzine or naphtha. Every trace of any m aterial foreign to Inerteen must b e removed. If at all pos sible separate equipment should be used for filter ing Inerteen only. H ydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, m ay b e eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through Inerteen. The nitrogen should be passed through the drain valve at the bottom of the ap p ara tus and allow ed to e sc a p e through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a p ressu re reg u lato r attach ed to a stand p ip e ab o v e the level of the Inerteen in the apparatu s to preven t the Inerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate of one to three cu b ic feet per minute for a period of fou r to six h ours. This will req u ire from two to eight cylinders (220 eu. f t each ) of dry nitrogen, based on apparatus containing 150 to 2 0 0 0 gallons of Inerteen. Immediate application of the bubblin g process will reduce the destructive action o! the hydro chloric arid on the working parts and Insulation, thereby malting it likely that the m aterials not dam ag e d by arcing m ay be used in repairing the appa ratus. Also, use of the process will in m ost eases m ake it possible to satisfactorily reclaim the arced Inerteen. After the hydrogen chloride has been removed by the bubbling process, the Inerteen should he reclaim ed by use of an Inerteen conditioner. There is no commercially suitable method for separating transformer oil from Inerteen. Instructions for all tasts listed correspond in gen ed ges. The electrodes shall he m ounted in the test eral to the re com m endations of the A m erican S o ciety c u p with their a x e s horizontal an d coincident, with for Testing M aterials. a g ap of 0.100 in. betw een their adjacen t faces, and D IELECTRIC STREN GTH T EST A p p a r a t u s . The testing transformer and the so u rce of su p p ly of en e rg y sh all not he le ss than V2 with tops of electrod es about 1V a in. b elow the top of the cu p . (A su itab le test cup is show n in Fig. 1, and portable testing outfits in fig s. 2, 3 an d 4.) leva, an d the freq u en cy sh all not- ex ceed 100 c y c le s p er secon d. Regulation shall he so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the secondary of the testing transformer can he raised gradually without opening either primary or second ary circuit. The rate of rise shall approximate 3 0 0 0 volts per second. The voltage may be m easured by an approved method which gives root-mean-square values. PROCEDURE The sp arin g of electrod es sh all b e c h e c k e d with a standard round gau ge having a diam eter of 0.100 in., an d the electrodes then locked in position. The electrodes and the test cup sh all b e wiped d e a n with dry, calen d ered tissue p a p e r o r with a d e a n , dry cham ois skin and thoroughly rin sed with Inerteen-free, dry gasoline or benzine until they are entirely free from fibers. So m e protection is d e sira b le to prevent e x c e s sive flow of current when breakdown of the Inerteen The test cup shall b e filled with dry, lead-free . takes p lace . This protection preferably should he gasoline or benzine, and voltage ap p lied with uni in the prim ary or low voltage side of the te stin g . form increase at the rate of approxim atdy 3 0 0 0 volts transform er. It is not e sp e cially important for tran s (im s) p e r secon d until breakdow n o c c u rs. If the di form ers of 5 kva o r less, a s the current is lim ited b y x electric strength is not le ss than 2 5 lev, the c u p shall the im pedan ce of the transformer. b e considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If .a low er test value is obtained the cup The stan dard test cu p for holding the sam ple of shall b e d e a n e d with gasoline and the test repeated. Inerteen shall he m ade of a material having a suit Note: Evaporation of gasoline from the ab le d ielectric strength. It m ust b e insoluble in an d electrodes may chili them sufficiently to c a u s e ^ u nattacked b y Inerteen or gasolin e, and non-ah so rb moisture to c o n d e n s e on their surface. For this en t a s fa r a s m oisture, Inerteen, or gaso lin e a re reason, after the final rinsing with gasoline, concerned. the test cup should he immediately filled with T he electro d es in the test cu p betw een w hich the the Inerteen which is being tested, and the test sam p le is tested sh all b e c ircu lar discs of polish ed m a d e at once, or the e le c t r o d e s should be b ra ss or co p p er, 1 in. in diam eter, with sq u are (9 0 *} thoroughly dried before using. VESTIN'G METHODS, 7 1 tem perature of a tart cup and of the In er teen when tested shall ba t i t u a a as that ci tba r w a , wbJcb should ba between 68*7 end 66*7. (2 0 *C end 3 0 *C .) Testing at low ar tem peratures is likely to g iv e v a ria b le results w b icb c a y b e m is* le a d in g . T ba sam ple in tba container shall b a agitated with a sw irlin g n o tio n (to avoid in tro d u cin g air) so a s to s i x tb a Inertean thoroughly b e fo re filling tbi test cup. ThiJ Is a r e a m ore im portant with used Ina r.ten than with naw Inarteen a s the im purlt!*! n tj he precipitated and the test may b a m isleading The cup shall ba filled with Inertean to a he.gh: of no le u than 0 .7 9 in. (20 mm) a b o v e the top ci the electrodes. The I&erteen shall b e gently agitated by recking the c o p a n d allow ing It to stan d in the cup icz three minutes before the first and one m inute before each su cceed in g puncture. This will alcw- air b u b b le * to e sc a p e . *; % : Voltages shall be applied and increased uni formly at a rate of approxim ately 3 0 0 0 volts (m s) per second until breakdow n occu rs a s in d ic i`ed by a continuous discharge across the gap . (O ccasional mom entary d isch arg es w hich do not result in a per* maneni arc may occur; these should be disregarded). TIG. 1. Fluid Test Cup lor Dil*evris Tat - n o . 2. P orL i^ U Oil T * * tin e St. IA K t*. a s .000 V eil* TESTS a . Except as specified in (b) one breakdow n test shall he m ade cn each of five fillings of the test cup. If the av e ra g e d eviation f-cm the m ean ex ceed s 10 p ercen t or if an y in d iv id u al te n d e v ia te s m ore tzlz 25 percent from the av erag e, additional can be m ace. Tbe cielecSic strength shall be deter m ined by av eragin g the first five tests that conform to the allow able ro rlx tio as. b . Vixen In. -een is tested in considerable cum tty , so that tbe time re q u ire d for testin g is excessiv e an d when it is m erely d e sir e d to d eterm in e whether the breakdow n safely e x c e e d s the lim it specified, or in those c ases where the am ount of Inerleen avail able for test m ay b e very lim ited, one breakdown: te r shall b e m ade on e ac h oi two fillings of the test c u p . If n eith er b reak d o w n Is b e lo w this value, tbe Inerteen m ay be considered satisfactory and no fu rth er tests shall b e re q u ir e d . I either of tbe /breakdowns is le u than the specified value a break down shall be m ade on each of three additional fillings and test results an alyzed in accordance with (a). R e p o r t. The report sh all Include the volts (m s v alu e ) at each breakdow n an d tbe av erag e ci tbe two or five b reak d o w n s a n d the tem p eratu re e: `b e Inerteen at the time of the test. 500545 P O U R T E S T Note: The procedures covered by the follow ing instructions for the pour test, and espec cllv tbe neutralization test recuire saecicl +-- ( TESTING METHODS__________________ seat. The neutralization test must be made by a competent chemist, preferably one special!ing in this particular field. Customers who do n o t possess these facilities are offered, at nominal cost the use of the Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service. Contact the nearest Westinghouse Office for details. The pour point of Inerteen is the lowest temper* * hire At which it will pour or flow when it is chilled without disturbance under certain definite specified conditions. A p p a r a t u s . The test Jar (see Fig. 4) shall be clear glass, of cylindrical shape, approximately 1*4 in. in side diam eter an d 41/2 to 5 in. high, with a flat bottom. An ordinary 4 oz. Inerteen sam ple bottle may be used if the test jar is not available. The cork sh all fit the test jar, and shall b e bored centrally to accom m odate the test thermometer. The therm om eter shall conform to A .S.T.M . sp e c ifications for pour test. It m ay be ordered as: A.S.T.M . thermometer low cloud and pour, --7 0 7 ( - 5 6 . 7 * 0 to 7 0 7 ( * f 2 1 .1 * 0 The jacket shall be of glass or m etal and shall b e watertight, of cylindrical form, flat bottomed, about 41/2 in- deep, with inside d iam eter 1/2 In. g re ater than outside diam eter of the test jar. A d isc of cork or felt fyfc in. thick an d of the sam e diam eter as the inside of the jacket shall be placed in the bottom of the ja c k e t The ring gask et shall be about % in. thick, m ade to fit snugly aro u n d the outside of the test jar an d loosely inside the jack et This gasket may be m ade of cork, felt or other suitable m aterial, elastic en o u gh to clin g to the test ja r an d b a rd enough to hold its shape. The purpose of the rin g gasket is to prevent the test ja r bom touching the ja c k e t The cooling bath shall be of a type suitable for obtaining the requ ired tem perature. The si2e an d sh ap e of the bath are optional but a support suitable for holding the jacket firmly in a vertical position is essen tial for determination of very low pour points, a sm aller insulated cooling bath m ay be used and the test jar p la c e d directly in it. The requ ired bath tem perature m ay be m aintained by refrigeration if available, otherwise by suitable freezing mixtures. P r o c e d u r e . The Inerteen to b e tested shall b e brou gh t to a tem perature at least 2 5 *F . (14*C .), ab o v e the approxim ate clo u d point. M oisture, if present, shall be removed by any suitable method, as by filtration through dry filter p ap er until the Inerteen is perfectly c lear. (Such filtration shall b e m ade at a temperature at least 2 5 7 . (14*C.), above the approxim ate cloud point.) The Inerteen shall be p ou red into the test jar, to a h eigh t of not less than 2 in. or m ore than 2Vfc in. W hen n ecessary , the Inerteen shall b e heated in a w ater bath just enough so it will pour into the test ja r . The test ja r shall b e tightly c lo se d by the cork carry in g the test thermometer in a vertical position in the center of the jar; the therm om eter bulb should b e im m ersed so that the b e gin n in g of the capillary sh all b e Vs l21- k * l w the su rfac e of the Inerteen. H eat without stirring to a tem perature of 1 1 5 7 . (46.1*C .) in a bath m aintained at not higher than 1187. (47.8*C .). The Inerteen shall then be cooled to 9 0 7 . (3 2 .2 *C .) in air or in a w ater bath approm * mately 77 F. (25 C.) in tem perature. e The cork or felt disc shall b e p laced in the bottom of the jacket an d the test jar, with the ring gasket, 1 in. above the bottom, sh all be inserted into the jacket. The disc, gasket, and inside of jacket shall be clean dry. VESTING METHODS D uring the cooling of the Inerteen, c&ri shall be tak en not to distu rb the m ass of the Inerteen nor to perm it the therm om eter to shift in the Inerteen. The tem perature of the cooling bath shall be a d ju ste d sc h -t it is b elow the p o u r point-- ap p ro x i m ately -2 5 .6 *7 ( - 3 2 * 0 -- of the Inerteen by not less than 1 S T . (S.3*C ) nor c o r e than 30*7. (16.7*C), an d the coolin g bath shall be m aintained at this tem perature throughout the te st The jacket con tain in g the test ja r sh all b e su p po rted firmly in a vertical p o rtio n in the cooling bath so that not more than 1 in. ci the jacket projects out of the cooling m edium . Beginning at a temperature 20*7. C!.1*C.) above the expected p ou r point, at each lower *>st-thermcmeter readin g w hich is a multiple ci 5*7. (2.8*C). the test jar sh all be rem oved from the jacket care fully an d sh a ll b e tilted just sufficiently to ascertain w hether there is a movement of the Inerteen in the test jar. The com plete operation of rem oval and replacem ent shall require not more than three se c onds. A s soon as the Inerteen in the test jar does not Dow w hen the jar is tilted, the test jar shall be held in a horizontal position for exactly five seccm ds as noted by a stop watch or other accurate timing d evice, an d observed carefully. If the Inerteen shows an y movement under these conditions, the test jar shall be imm ediately re p lac e d in the ja c x e : an d the sam e procedure rep eated at the nex: tem p erature reading 5*7. (2 .8 *C .) below the p re v ise s reading. The test shall be continued in this m anner * . point is reach ed at which the Inerteen in the test ja r show s no m ovement w hen the test jex is b eld s i a horizontal position for exactly five second The read in g of the test therm om eter at this tem perature, c o rre c te d for e n o r if n ec essary , sh all he re c o rd e d . The pou r point shall he taken a s the tem pe.atnxe 5 7. (2 .8 C.) above this solid p o in t N EU TRA LIZA TIO N T E ST The Neutralization Number is the num ber of m illig ram s of potassium h y d ro x id e re q u ired to n e u tralize the a d d in one gram of In erteen . So lu tio n s R equired a. Stan dard Potassium H ydroxide Solution (alco holic, 0.1 N)-- add 6 g. of c .p . so lid K O H to 1 liter of c.p . anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Boil, ad d 2 g . of c.p. Ba (O H )2 and boil again . Cool, filter and s;cre in a ehecm ically resistant bottle protected by a g u ard tube containing soda lime and soda asbesios (A scarite). Standardize against pure potassium tend ' pbthalate using phenolphthalein as an in d icitrr. b . Titration Solvent--A dd 5 0 0 ml. of c.p. b e a r e r e a n d 5 m l of w ater to 4 9 5 m i of c.p . an h y d ro u s isopropyl alcohol. c . Alpha-Naphtholbenzein Indicator Solution-- Prepare a solution containing 10 g. of alpha-napthclbenzein p er liter of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alco h o l P r o c e d u r e . Into a 2 5 0 ml Erlenm eyer Cask introduce 40 g. of Inerteen' w eighed accurately. A d d 100 m l of the t& ation solvent an d 3 ml of the indicator solution. Titrate im m ediately at a tem pera ture below 3 0 *C . C onsider the end point definite if the c o lo r c h an g e to g re e n p ersists for 15 se co n d s. A blank shall b e determ ined on the solvent. C a lc u la tio n s . The neutralization number or m g. (A-B (N) x 56.1 K O H p e r g . of In e rte e n ---------- ^ -------- FIG. 4. Appixmtu* for Pour Toat A - m l KO H solution requ ired for sam ple. B - m l KO H solution required for blank. N norm ality of KO H solution. W - gram s cf sam ple used. APPARATUS TOR RECONDITIONING APPARATUS FOR There l i t several types of reconditioning a p p a ratus av ailab le, the relative ad v an tag es oi each of tion, Incorporating the top screen for the inner tank and the solid cover for the outer tank. The Inerteen which are as follows: is pum ped into the low er sp a c e and is forced up 1. The Inerteen Conditioner ij the most effective method of removing moisture, dirt, and other con tam inating m aterials from Inerteen. 2. The filter press is suitable for treating Inerteen containing only small quantities of water and d irt through the activated clay, in su rin g thorough a g ita tion of the clay and Inerteen. The Inerteen is p asse d through the fine m esh u p p e r screen an d out into the space betw een the two tanks. The discharge p ip e is at the low er end of the outside *aw1t and any air in the Inerteen is trapped in the upper space of IN ER T EEN CO NDITIONER The Inerteen Conditioner consists of a clay con tainer, clay filter, a motor-driven positive pressure pum p, attendant valves, gauges, and relief devices, all m ounted on a common base. the outside tank where it m ay b e drawn off. S in c e the density of Inerteen is considerably g re a te r than that oi w ater, m oisture will float on the su rfac e of the Inerteen. It is, therefore, con sidered ad v isab le to condition Inerteen from the top an d return it to the bottom of the Inerteen filled a p p a ra Tne motor and pump are com bined as a unit and tus. a strain er is provided on input to the pum p to p re vent entrance of large particles. The units are de sig n e d to operate under w orking p ressu res up to 6 0 psi. How ever, the usual operating pressure is 30 psi to 4 0 psi. Excessive pressures are prevented by two autom atic by-pass valves. O n e by-pass valve con n ected acro ss the pum p is set to by-pass the In erteen at a p ressu re of 6 0 psi to 7 0 psi. The other by-pass valve is connected on the discharge side of the conditioner. This latter by-pass valve, releas ing at a pressure of approxim ately 5 psi, will avoid breaking the transformer relief diaphragm when no other relief is provided. Pum p pressures are in dicated by a pressure gauge. O n e ch arge of clay is com posed of approxim ately 4 0 pounds of 15-30 m esh activated d a y .* This re la tively large volume of clay m akes only occasional c h a n g e s of d a y n ecessary , d epen d in g of course on the amount and condition of the Inerteen filtered. Normally one charge will condition approximately 3 0 0 0 gallons of Inerteen. The coarse granulated d a y used gives maximum surface contact between d a y and liquid and m akes possible a rapid and thorough m ixing of the d a y an d Inerteen to accom plish com plete reconditioning of the Inerteen as it p a sse s through the clay tank. The d a y granules i r e rem oved from the Inerteen by m ean s of fine sc re e n in the 3 GPM filter an d b y screen and p aper S e v e n G ? M U n it. The activated clay is con in the 7 GPM filter. tained in a tank m ounted on one end of the filter fram e. This tank is provided with a cover which in corporates an air-trap an d vent to rem ove air which might be present in the tank and piping. The Inerteen is pum ped up through the clay, insur ing thorough agitation of the clay and Inerteen. The Inerteen is p a sse d through a w ire screen prior to en terin g the p ap e r filter to rem ove practically all of the clay. The p aper filter consists of 18 fram es and 17 plates, alternately spaced, mounted in a y ok e.' O ne sh eet of filter paper is used betw een each T h e d a y n ev er p a sse s t h f i ^ O & l f i c p to cau se w ear on pum p parts an d consequent loss of pump ing capacity. A s soon as the charge of activated d a y is placed in the tank an d the cover d a m p e d in p lace, the unit is ready for imm ediate use. Neither d a y nor filter paper can be effectively d ried oi w ater after they have once becom e saturated with Inerteen. Therefore, extreme care sh ould be taken to see that both clay and filter p aper are thoroughly dried when p la c e d in the filter. plate an d fram e to provide a gasket seal and rem ove all traces of clay from the Inerteen. (See Fig. 8). T h e d a y m ay b e d ried In a high tem perature oven at 200 d eg . C. for six hours and shallow pans T h r e e G P M U n it. This unit utilises two tanks, one within the other. The activated clay is held in the inner tank by suitable screen s at top and bottom. The sp ace below the inner tank is com plete ly se a le d off bom the rest of the sp a c e betw een the two tanks. The cover is of double-deck construc are preferred as containers for the d a y while drying. A p a p e r drying oven m ay be u sed if a high tem pera ture oven is not available, with a drying time e x ten ded to a p p r o p ria te ly twenty-four hours at the oven's highest tem perature. The filter p aper should b e d ried six to twelve hours at 8 5 C . to 100C ., W ut 4mi It * 7 W kt4la4 b * Ik* S U iu K amL APPARATUS FOR RECONDITIONING FIG. S. Thru GtUea*;r>Miauti Concitionar d ep en d in g cn the condition of the p ap er an d the sp a c in g of the sh eets in the oven. Both p a p e r an d d a y sh ould he p lace d directly in the filter after the d ry in g p ro cess a s either, if exposed, will absorb con siderable moisture from the ionosph ere in a very short time. Each fresh ch arge of clay will absorb about three g allo n s of Inerteen. This should b e provided for to preven t depleting the supply in the apparatu s, but m ost of this Inerteen m ay b e recovered when chan g ing d ay . This can b e accom plished, m ost effectively by re m o v in g the u se d d a y from the filter an d p la c in g it In a. tank of approxim ately 3 0 gallons capacity con taining about 5 gallons of w ater. The tank should' h av e a drain valve at its bottom ed ge and should b e tilted som ew hat toward this valve. The d a y thus p la c e d in w ater, h avin g a g re ate r affinity for w ife ;, w ill give up the Inerteen it h as absorbed and becom e satu rated with w ater. The Inerteen being h eavier than w ater w ill sink to the bottom ; the d a y an d w ater will float on top. After- settling for several h o u rs, m ost of the In ertee n m ay b e d raw n off th rou gh the valve. Ib is Inerteen m ay b e reconditioned and n sed again in rech argin g the conditioner. The used d a y should be discarded. 5 0 J5 4 9 - . T o P re p a re th e 7 G PM C ondition er for O p e ra tio n Rem ove the cover an d screen from the d a y tank an d fill the tan k with activated clay, 44 4 0 -3 , to within four in ch e s of the bottom ed ge of the inner flange. R ep lace screen an d cover. R elease the p ressu re-screw of the filter p ress and locsen plates an d fram es. P lace one sheet of " S " sire blotting p ap e r betw een the face of each frame an d plate. C a re sh o u ld b e u s e d to se e that the h c > ; thru the plates, fram es a n d p ap e r are in proper alignm ent before the p ressu re screw is tightened. C lose the disch arge, tank by-pass, drain, suc tion an d suction-test v alv e s. O p e n the air d isch arge valve. Pour sufficient In e r te e n into the d rip p an :.o fill the d a y tank an d w et th e d a y . T his w ill require approximately eight gallo n s of Inerteen. Start irs motor and open the d rip p a n valve a sm all amour.: so that not less than 5 m in u tes are re q u ire d to fill the d a y tank, satu ratin g th e d a y with In ertee n . (if Iner- teen is adm itted too ra p id ly , U will ten d to p a ck ii = d a y into the top of the tank.) With the v alve at tk ap p aratu s d o se d , o p e n th e suction-test valve to su bject the suction line to p re ssu re an d thus check it for leak s. S to p m otor a n d d o s e suction-test, a ir discharge, and drip p an valves. To begin conditioning Inerteen in Inerteen filled apparatus, open tbe a p p a ra tu s valves. O pen the conditioner discharge a n d suction valves. At inter v als o pen air d isc h a r g e v a lv e to allo w trap p ed -air to e sc a p e an d d o s e w h en In erteen starts to Sow th rough valve. O p e n d rip p a n valve at in tervals too, to rem ove Inerteen w h ich m ay h av e d rip p e d into the drip pan . W hen it is n e c e ssa ry to c h an g e the clay, first d o se the valve in the suction line, d o se the tank FIG. 6. S*vn G*llon-p*r-Minutft Condition** APPARATUS FOR RECONDITIONING inlet ta d outlet valves, open the tank by-pass valve, the tank d rain valve an d the air vent valve to p er mit the fre e Iherteen in the tank to drain into the lower drip pan. O pen the drip pan valve and. pump the Inerteen horn the drip pan through the filter press. Shut down the motor and remove the clay from the tank an d refill with fresh clay as previously described. To change the filter or blotting papers, stop the motor and close suction and d isch arge valves. Slow ly back off the pressure screw , perm itting the Iner teen trapped in the fram es to be released gradually. Then back off tbe pressu re screw com pletely, open up tbe press and let the surplus Inerteen drain from the p apers. R eplace the saturated p ap ers with d e a n dry paper and retighten the press. If the system -seal is not broken, it will only b e necessary to open the d isch arge an d suction valves an d start the m otor to resu m e .conditioning the Inerteen. T o P re p are the 3 GPM C onditioner for O p e ra tio n . Remove the cov er and screen from the d a y tank an d fill the inner tank with activated d a y , 4440-3, to within four in ch es of the top. R eplace screen and cover. G o se the discharge and suction valves and open air discharge and drip pan valves about Vi o p en . Start m otor an d pour sufficient Inerteen into the d rip p an to fill the d a y tank an d wet the d a y . This will require approxim ately eight gallons. Not less than five minutes should b e re q u ired to fill the d a y tank a n d saturate the d a y with Inerteen. With the valve at the apparatus d o sed , open the suction-test valve to su bject the suction line to p ressu re an d thus ch eck it for leak s. Stop motor and d o se suction-test, air discharge an d drip pan valves. To begin conditioning Inerteen, open apparatus valves, open tbe conditioner discharge and suction 'valves an d start m o to r.. At intervals open air d isch arge valve to let trapped air escape and d o se as soon as Inerteen flows from the valve. W hen it is n ecessary to ch an ge the d a y , first stop motor an d close the valves in the suction end discharge lines. Remove discharge hose and open the disch arge valve and tank drain valve to perm it the Inerteen in the tank an d d isch arge hose to drain Into a container. After d rain in g is com plete, rem ove inner and dum p the clay from the inner tank an d refill with fresh d a y a s previously describ ed. The used d a y should be discarded. BLO TTER FILTER PRESS Th blotter filter p re ss (S ee Fig. 7) is essentially a num ber of sets of blotter filter p ap ers in parallel, each set containing several thidm esses. The Iner teen is pum ped through filter paper which absorbs tbe water and strains out the sedim ent O th er C la sse s o f S e r v ic e . Although there are other uses, su ch a s clean in g of low-vis cosisty in su lat ing compounds, benrine, etc., it is recom m ended that a d ean in g d evice Intended for Inerteen re conditioning should not be used for other d a sse s of work, due to dan ger of subsequent contamination of tbe Inerteen. C a p a c ity . The capacity of these m achines, with Inerteen pressure and filtering area fixed, depends on the viscosity of the Inerteen and its freedom from dirt. With fairly d e a n Inerteen at ordinary room temperature, the capacity of the m achines will vary from normal to about 15 percent above norm al, d e pending on the viseosity (which varies with the temperature). It h as b een found that the best results are obtained when the Inerteen tem perature' is about 50*C . The average woridng pressure of these machines is less than 4 0 psi and the pressure relief valve is set at the factory to by-pass the full flow at from 60 psi to 8 0 psi. A p p a r a t u s . T h ere are three stan d ard rises of W estinghouse filter p resses: & 5 , B-10, an d A-30. The letter designates the size of filter paper; the num ber indicates the relative capacity in gallons per minute. The com plete outfit consists of filterpress, motor, strainer, pump, g as trap, pressure gau ge, drip pan, wheels, and piping. The piping is arran ged so the line can be tested for leaks under pressure. All machines are mounted on a fabricated structural steel frame. The drip pan can b e rem oved by dis connecting one p ip e coupling an d four bolts. The strainer can b e d e a n e d by disconnecting three bolts. The pum ps a re of the helical-gear type to in su re quietness an d sm ooth flow of Inerteen. The A-30 pum p is connected to the motor through flexible coupling*. The B-5 en d B-10 pum ps a re mounted directly on the rear motor bracket and driven through a helical reduction gear. The filter p ress proper is m ade up of a series of east iron plates an d fram es assem bled alternately, with the filter p ap e rs betw een them. By m eans of a screw and cast-iron end block, the plates, frames, and papers are forced tightly together. Except for a m achined rim which serves a s a joint to prevent A P P A R A T U S FO R RSCutfD ITXO N XN G ( tli e sc a p e oi In erteen , tli p la its at c u t with pyram ids on both surfaces. The p lates an d b a s e s h a r e holes in two corners an d supporting lu g s at the sides. T h plates h a ? handles cast on the top edge. When the plates and b a s e s a r assem b led with the hilar p ap ers betw een, the holes fo r a the inlet an d outlet. The fram es h a?e the holes in the u pp er c o n e s connected by sm all d u cts to the m id d le oi th b am e. T h p lates h a ? ducts leading bum th. surface of th plate to the hole in the low er com er. (S Fig. 8). The Xnerteen enters under pressu re at the top eorner through the inlet form ed by the holes in the b a s e s , plates, an d S lie r papers, flows Into the b a s e s through the sam e ducts, an d com pletely fills the ch am ber form ed b y the fram e and two sets of filter p ap e r. A s there a re no outlet duets in the b a s e , the Inerteen is forced through the p ap e r and flew s along the grooves betw een the rows of p y r a sid s an d out through the ducts provided at the low er co m er of the plates. The dry filter p ap e r tabes up the m oisture and rem oves the sedim ent bom the Xnerteen. O p e r a tio n . The filter p ress Is m ad e ready for operation by p lacin g a set of five sheets of filter p a p e r (that h av e b een thoroughly dried in a n e le c tric oven) betw een each filter plate an d b a s e . The holes in the filter p a p e r m ust line up with the holes in the plates an d b a s e s . The sedim ent is strain ed out' by tbe first lay er cf p ip e r and tbe m oisture is taken up by tbe capillary action of the paper. If any m oisture rem ains, it indicates that the filter p a p e rs are satu rated with m oisture an d should be ren ew ed . No ru le c a n b e g iv e n a s to bow often tbe p ap ers must b e changed,- a s this dep en d s entirely on tbe condition of tbe Xnerteen. The u su al pro* ceduze is to run the m ach in e for about h alf an hour . Gf the In erteen is n ot in v ery b a d condition) en d then shut dow n; rem ove one sheet b o a the inlet side, of each set an d put in a new sheet on the outlet sid e cf each set. (The b a s e is the inlet side an d the plate is the outlet sid e.) Frequent dle!ectzie\tests should b e m ad e cu rin g this procedure as wet bier- teen m ay n ecessitate rech arg in g the Alter p ress with a full set of p apers before the five sheets have been rem oved in succession. 500551 T h e quiclcest m eth o d of filte.% , a quan tity of Xnerteen is to p u m p all the Inerteen through the filter and into another tank which is clean and dry. H c a re is taken to c h a n g e the filter p ap ers before they beco m e saturated , tbe Xnerteen will b e clean an d dry. If a seco n d fak for holding the Xnerteen FIG. 7. B-IO Blotter FUtar Pratt is not a v a ila b le , o r if it is d e sir e d to filte r the Inerteen of ap p aratu s w hile it is in se rv ic e , the Inerteen m ay be pum ped bom the top of tho apparatus f a - * through the filter an d returned to the bottom of tbe sam e tank u n d e r the su rfa c e of th e Xnerteen. Tzi* operation should b e continued until the Inerteen in tie apparatus tank shows a sufficiently high dielec tric strength. W hen a la rg e quantity of In erteen is to b e Altered, Arne m &7 b e sa v e d b y u sin g tw o A lter p resse s, cue of which s a y b e operated while the ether is being recharged. Filtering through blotter Alter p a p e rs doe; no: m aterially reduce organic acidity o ; improve re sistan ce to em ulsification, alth o u gh tbe dielectric strength m ay b e restored to a satisfactory value. The capacity oi the Alter p re ss is m uch reduced when operating at low tem peratures. W hen the Inerteen h as to b e filtered at low tem peratures, an additional pum p in the p ip e line is desirable. .... *- ___' Xnerteen in ap paratu s contam inated b y only a assail amount of m oisture m ay b e reconditioned by draw ing the Inerteen bo m the top of the apparatus fa If, p a ssin g it through the filter p re ss, an d uumping it b ack into the bottom of the apparatus. Tbe Inerteen should b e put through the system until a sam ple drawn b o m the top oi the apparatus gives satisfactory dielectric values. B lo tte r F ilte r P a p e r Tbe filter p aper used is a special grad e of blotting p ap e r about .023 in. thick; it contains no coloring m atter or chem icals w h ich m ight in ju re the Xnerteen. F iv e sh e ets cut to r APPAR A T U S TOR RECONDITIONING the proper size, 12% in. square for the A sizes and 7 % in. sq u a re lor the B sizes, and with holes p un ch ed to correspond with the holes in the plates and fram es, are used between each plate and the adjacent fram es. To obtain the best results in reconditioning Inerteen, the p ap er must b e perfectly dry when first p laced in the press. Filter p aper always tabes up m oisture if ex p o se d to the air for any'length of tim e and for this reason care must b e used in h an dling. The standard p aper is carried in packages contain* ing one ream , carefully w rapped in waxed p ap er and covered with heavy w rapping paper. E le c tr ic D r y in g O ven s. Electric drying ovens for u se with Type A and Type B filter presses require 2 0 0 0 watts an d 1400 watts respectively, The interior of the oven s is provided with rods for supporting the filter p ap er to facilitate rapid and thorough dry ing. An autom atic thermostat having a range of 6 5 *C to 1 2 0 *C is provided for maintaining uniform oven tem perature. The thermostat is adjusted at the factory for 100*C, the recommended value, and the setting m arked so that the operator may convenient* ly reset thermostat to 100*C if adjustment is c h a n g e d The standard thermostat-equipped oven is suit able for alternating current only. O vens to operate on direct current are special and are equipped with a thermometer and a manually operated three-heat switch. By moving one rod, the Type A oven can b e used for drying Type B paper. The norm al capacity of the Type A oven is 2 4 0 sheets and the Type B oven is 180 sheets when spaced % inch ap a rt Instructions for 1NERTEEN* Insulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM \ 500507 Westinghouse Electric Corporation Westin'ghoUse Exhibit 7 Pow er T ransform er D ivision, Sharon, Pa. I.B. 4$-03>P9A Elective April, 19.8, Supersedes I.B. 45*063-99, Juif. 1963 INERTEEN* INSULATING FLUID P.D.S. 54201CM Inerteen is a synthetic non-inflammable and non-explosive insula tiny an d cooling liq u id . It h a s p ro v ed Its suitability for u se in all W estinghouse In erteen in su lated a p p a ra tu s. In o rd er to in su re the p ro per perform ance of the ap p aratu s, only W estinghouse Inerteen should he used. This publication gives the instructions lor handling, inspection, and m aintenance w hich experience h as shown are important in obtaining the best service from the Inerteen. * Registered trade-mark for W estinghouse AskareL \ 509.5t\8;; RECEIVING SH IPM EN T Screw eaps are provided on the to use w nez Inerteen is snipped in tank c a n , drum s, or g * , T he m od em tank cars ere u su ally la g g e d to prevent rapid fluctuations in tem perature during transit an d thus red u ce the amount of expan sion an d contract the Inerteen is only partially rem oved after herm eicse al has been broken. By re p lac in g the screw cap?, contamination by m oisture an d dirt will b e retarded, but the Inerteen must b e tested Just before using. io n cf Inerteen. C h an ges in the volum e of the In erteen d u e to tem perature c h an g e s tend to c au se b reath in g in of moist air resulting In condensation of m oisture inside the container, an d low ering of the dielectric strength of the k e r te e a . W hen shipped in drum s, the Inerteen and the drum s are both heated above room tem perature while the drum s are being filled, an d the bun gs e re tightened immediately after filling. After cool in g to norm al tem perature, the b u n gs a re again tightened. The drum s are provided with screw b u n g s h avin g gaskets to prevent adm ission of w ater. W hen sh ipped in cans, the c an s a s w ell as the Inerteen are heated above room tem perature while bein g filled and are herm etically sealed im m ediate ly after filling. S t o r a g e T a n k . The sto rage tank should he m ounted on piers so that it w ill not touch the ground, an d will be acce ssib le to all points for inspection for leakage. It is desirab le to m ain tain th e tem perature e the Inerteen and tank a little ab o v e the tem perature cf the surrounding air a s this prevents condensation of m oisture in the tank w h ich w ould affect the di electric strength of the Inerteen. The tank should preferably h av e a convex bottom, allow ing for the installation of a drain cock at the lowest point for rem oving dirt cr tank scale which might settle out. As Inerteen is heavier than water, m ost all c l an y w ater p re se n t w ill, in tim e rise to the top of the Inerteen. A v a lv e so m ew h ere n e a r the norm al top level oi the Inerteen should be provided STO RIN G for draw ing off w ater-contam inated Inerteen. Pre vision for drawing oE the Inerteen should also he D r u m s , As soon as a drum of Inerteen h as b een m ad e near the bottom of the tank. unloaded, the bung should be exam ined an d tight en ed if it is loose. It is possible for b u n g s to b eco m e loosened by change in tem perature or rough hand H A N D LIN G lin g in ban siL U loosened, b e vure `Inerteen is C au tion : In erteen is a sk in *irrita n t, U n tested befo re using, or com bining it with go od n e c e s sa r y c o n ta c t w ith t h e lig u id o r i t s v a p o r, In erteen . . . . . .. - .. _ .. p a rtic u la rly w hen i t is h o t, sh o u ld b e avoid ed . .'.It is very desirable that Laerteen In drum s b e E sp e c ia lly th e eyes, n o s e , a n d lip s are effected stored in a closed room. O utdoor storage of Inerteen w h en In ertee n e o m e s in c o n ta c t w ith th e m . is alw ay s hazardous to the Inerteen an d should b e av o id ed if at all possible. If it is n ecessary to store C ertain safety p recau tio n s m u st be observed w hen h andling In arteen . n ertee n outside, protection again st direct contact In ease Inerteen com es in contact with the sic r of ra in a n d sn ow sh ould b e p ro v id e d . D ru m s sto red the p arts aE ected sh o u ld b e th orough ly w ash e d in o u td o o rs sh o u ld b e p la c e d to th at b u n g s w ill b e so a p y w ater an d follow ed b y an ap p licatio n zi protected from moisture. It is desirable to ecver cold cream . A supply of these m aterials sheu*r the drum s with a tarpaulin. b e -k e p t available at all tim es w here person:.-*, C ans* con tain in g In e rte e n m ust not b e a r e w orking with In e rte e n . C o n tin u ed e x p o s - e x p o se d to the w eath er. S e a ls sh o u ld b e k g c ^ k g t t e K n m a y . c a u se eruptions on c e r ta in in d iv id u als -* until the In e rte e n is actu ally n e e d e d . ^ J c f U v J W ,to the absorption of In erteen through the p er f RECEIVING, HANDLING, BTORTVG / .of the skin. C leanliness am ong worlonen handling Inerteen ii 4 w .7 good safeguard against such j "affects. A pplication of castor oil is recomm ended . lo r tha eyas, castor oil or cold cream for tha nosa and lips. Hot apparatus should not ha opanad axcapt in well-ventilated places. L a rg e quantities of Inerteen should be handled in a closed system. W orlsnen should ha protected from frequent contact with any appreciable vapor concentration and from frequent shin contact with Inerteen. In case Inerteen is spilled on one's clothing, tha clothing should he chan ged as soon as possible and tha soiled clothing lau n d e re d before it is worn again . G loves such a s W esiinghouse S ,4'1379 97 4 should b e worn when it is n eeessary to put one's hand into Inerteen or when parts of apparatus must be handled wet. M ineral oil is com pletely m isd b le with Inerteen an d it is practically im possible to separate them. Therefore, it Is im portant to avoid contaminating Inerteen with any kind of oil, since its presence ch an ges the non-inflam mable and non-explosive characteristics of Inerteen. / Note: T h e Inerteen should be sampled and ^ te ste d b e /o r e being transferred from the c o n t a in e r to he apparatus, particularly in cases where the wire lock-seal has been b ro k e n . In eases where the apparatus is r e c e iv e d with the Inerteen installed, the Inerteen should he sam pled and t e s t e d before the apparatus is put into s e r v ic e , a s described later in this hook W hen putting new apparatu s into serv ice,.see that the apparatus tank is free from moisture and foreign material. The preparation and filling of outdoor apparatus should preferably he done on a clear, dry day; if this is not possible, protection again st moisture must be provided. A ll vessels used for transferring the Inerteen should be carefully inspected to se e that they are absolutely dry and free from contamination. Im p o rtan t: A lw ays u se a ll-m e ta l hose or pipe w hen h an dlin g th a In erteen . A hose m ade of n atu ral rubber should n ot he used. Inerteen een easily becom e con tam in ated from th e su lp h u r in the n atu ral ruhhar, an d sh ould n ot be allow ed to eom e in co n tact w ith it. W hen it is n ec essary to tran sfer Inerteen from w arm surroundings to ap p aratu s ex p o se d to extrem e ly cold weather, even when the dielectric strength at room tem perature is high, U is d e sira b le to c ir culate the Inerteen through an Inerteen conditioner at room temperature. A sim ilar procedure is also ad visab le in the case of ap paratu s erected inside an d later exposed to cold w eather, the reason being that Inerteen will absorb m ore w ater at higher tem peratures which will be th row s out of solution at low er temperatures. The rem ainder will be in suspension in the Inerteen an d w ill low er the di electric strength. . A drum of cold Inerteen when taken into a warm room will "sw eat", and the resulting m oisture on the su rface may mix with the In erieen a s it flow s from the drum. Before brealdng the seal, the drum should therefore b e allow ed to stand lo n g en o u gh to re ach room temperature, whieh may require eight hours, or even longer under extreme tem perature condi tions. Although the drum s an d tank cars are thoroughly w ashed and dried at the refinery before filling, a certain amount of scale is sometimes loosened from the inside in tran sit Therefore, Inerteen which h as not been filtered should b e strained through three or more thicknesses of muslin, or other closely woven cotton doth which has been thoroughly washed and d rie d to rem ove the sirin g . T he straining cloths m ay \ b e stretched acro ss a funnel of large size and should be renewed at frequent intervals. C le a n in g C o n tam in ated D ru m s, The clean ing of drums which have contained u sed Inerteen requ ires great care in order to in sure a thoroughly d e a n drum. I f is p r e f e r a b le to return such d ru m s 0 b e supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attempt to clean them. If it is necessary to d e a n such drum s, the following procedure is recommended: Im portan t: E xtrem e precaution s m u st be o tak en to in su re th e absolu te dryness an d cle an lin e ss o th e a p p a r a tu s before fillin g it w ith In erteen , an d to preven t the entrance of w ater an d d irt d urin g th e tran sfer of the In er* teen to the ap p aratu s. ^_ 500510 Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or benrine, using about one gallon ea c h time, until the solvent shows no discoloration after using. Allow it to drain, then pum p out the la st trace s o f solvent with a vacuum pump, using a b ra ss pipe flattened at the lower end to explore the corn ers of the drum . R E C E IV IN G , HAND LIN . STORING, C au tio n ; Do n e t u s * a steel pip b ecau se of th e d an ger of a sp ark ig n itin g th gasolin e or berurine vapor. N ext, heat the drum with bunghele down, i s a ventilated oven at a tem perature of at least 8 8 *C . (130*7.) for sixteen hours. (A s ia p le oven for this p u rpose m ay be m ad e from sh eet metal an d heated' with steam cr an electric h eater.) Blow out the drum with d ry nitrogen or dry a ir to rem ove any lin ger ing explosive vapors. S crew the bu n g on tightly before rem oving the drum from the even. U se a new w ash er with the b u n g to insure a tight soaL C au tio n : O pen Q s m u m u st alw ays b e k ep t aw ay from th e oven to prevent ign itin g in flam m ab le g ases w h ich m ig h t be rem ain in g in d ru m w hen p lace d in th e oven. R e fillin g D r a m s . The practice of refilling drum s with Inerteen is undesirable and should b e avoided w henever possible, for unless the utmost precautions are taken, the Iaeiteen is likely to becom e contam inated. If It Is n e c e ssa ry to refill them fo r sto ra g e , drum s which have b e e s u sed only for d e a n , dry Inerteen should be reserved for this purpose. They should h e d o s e d im m ed iately after b e in g em ptied, to e x d u d e dirt and water. After refilling, they should b e exam ined to se e that they do not leak. W henever a drum is to be filled with Inerteen, the tem perature of th e drum a n d of the Inerteen should be at least 5 .5 *C . GOT.) higher the air, hut the tem perature of the drum n e e d not be the sam e as that of the Inerteen. A new w asher should he u sed with the bun g each time the dru m is refilled, to in su re a tight s e a l These w ashers may b e obtained from the nearest W estinghouse O ffice an d it is recom m ended that a supply be kept on hand. Natural rubber com posi tion w ashers should n e v e r be u sed a s they would b e attacked by the Inerteen. Drums to b e refilled with Inerteen for storage should he plainly m arked with paint for identification. A good fireproof in su latin g liquid is one that will act as an insulating liquid, w ill carry the heat aw ay from the apparatus, an d is fireproof. W estinghouse In erteen m eets th ese req u irem en ts with the follow ing characteristics: 1. High, dielectric strength. 2. Freedom from in organ ic acid, alkali, and cor ro siv e sulph ur. (To p rev en t injury to in sula tion an d conductors) 3. Low viscosity. (To provide good heat transfer) i Low pour point 5. Fireproof. - CAUSES o r DETERIORATION . . The p rin cip al c au se s of deterioration of Inerteen ; a r e : '*' - **.**' r- .'* , ` *.r?-; - 1. Presence of w ater. 2 A rcin g. \ C o n d e n satio n from m oist a ir d u e to b reath in g of the ap paratu s, especially w hen the apparatus is not continuously in service, m ay injure the Inerteen. (The m oist*air draw n into the apparatu s condenses m oisture on the surface of the Inerteen and inside of the tank.) The Inerteen m ay also b e contam inated with w ater through le a k a g e su ch a s from leaky cool ing coils or covers. A rcing or burning in Inerteen produces finely divided carb o n an d g a se s w hich a re mostly hydro gen chloride. H ydrogen chloride in the presence of moisture forms hydrochloric acid w hich may soon dam age the insulation in the apparatus and cause rusting of ferrous m aterials. Since hydrogen Chloride is formed quickly after the arcin g o ccurs, n eith er the In erteen nor the ap paratu s should b e exp o sed to the atm osphere (which alw ays contains m ore or less moisture) until an attem pt h as b e e n m ad e to re m o v e the h ydro g e n chloride. S e e Reconditioning, P ag e 7, for the method of purification. t . 5 0 0 5 1 1 am fling in e r t t e n The dielectric strength of Inerteen is affected by the most m inute traces of certain im purities, partic ularly water. It is im portant that the greatest care he taken in obtaining the sam ples and in h an dlin g them to avoid contamination- There h ave b e en low di electric test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have b een found to b e largely a matter of carelessness in handling. A ll sam pling and testing equipm ent must he thoroughly dry an d clean . It is recom m ended that sam pling and testing equipm ent used for handling Inerteen an d servicing Inerteen b e u sed for no' other purpose. C are must b e used in taking sam ples of Inerteen a n d se a lin g them p rio r to testin g. It is SAMPLING AND INSPECTION d e sira b le tHt sam ples oi Inerteen bo rem oved from a a y c o n ta in on elooz days only, an d w bon tho r perature of tho Inerteen la at lo ts! a j high u tbo L_ jeratu ie of tbe surrounding air. PERIODIC INSPECTION It is d esirab le that periodic inspections of Inerteen apparatus b e m ade an d that sam ples of Inerteen be taken from each and from all compartments U se only tin containers with crew ed m etal cap s or g la ss bottles with inerteen-resistanl stoppers to b o ld In erteen sam ples. If it b eco m es n ec essary to s t e eth er than factory sam pling containers, they should b e rinsed with d e a n riaptha, w ashed with strong soap suds, and rin sed thoroughly in hot water, an d then dried at approxim ately 110*C. for four h ours with neck down in a circulating air oven. If the containers are not used immediately after cleaning, they should be sealed tightly and stored in a dry, d e a n place. ^ of any apparatus and tested after a short period of service (approximately three months for transfor mers). Following this, when operating conditions permit, routine sam pling and testing of the Inerteen at intervals of six months to one y e a r are su g g ested . Accurate records should be kept of such inspec tions an d tests an d if the Inerteen shows a di electric strength of le ss than 2 2 kv, it should b e conditioned. If facilities are not available for testing Inerteen, see "W estinghouse Inerteen Test ing Service" below, and also P X . 44-860. When an appreciable amount of Inerteen is removed Provision is m ade on all Inerteen transform ers to from any apparatu s, it should be rep laced with obtain a top sam ple of the Inerteen, however on a an equal amount of new Inerteen so that the liquid transform er that is in operation, a sam ple m ay b e level in the ap p aratu s is m aintained. The Inerteen taken from either the top or bottom since any used for replacem ent purposes should have a m oisture p resen t w ill be m ixed in, d u e to c irc u it* dielectric strength of not less than 3 0 kv. tion of the Ineiteen. In sam pling, allow a sm all am ount of Inerteen to run out to flush the sam pling connection d ean before collecting the sam ple. The Inerteen should b e put into the sam ple containers im m ediately and the caps screw ed on tightly. The ` >1 for each container should be m arked d e a r ly 1 the serial num ber of the transformer or com* paym ent from which the Inerteen w as taken. INERTEEN TESTING SERVICE Many users of Inerteen do not h ave the necessary facilities fer testing it. In .order that these users may b e able to m ake the p eriodic tests recom mended, W estinghouse Electric Corporation has established an Inerteen testing service to provide a careful test by experienced engineers, and a Before taking sam ples from a storage tank, the Inerteen should be allow ed to settle for approxi m ately twelve hours so that if there is any moisture present, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise to the top where the sam ple is to b e taken. A d e a n sneak-thief should b e used to obtain the sam ples. Essentially, the sam e precautions to prevent mois prompt report of test results. Two special 16 os. sam ple bottles per mailing container (W) S iff1608 6 2 9 , a s w ell a s n ecessary packing and printed matter, m ay b e obtained by contacting the n earest W estinghouse Office. (The bottle an d the con tain er will not b e retu rn ed to the cu stom er.) ture an d dirt contamination should b e u sed a s out After draw ing the sam ple of Inerteen, the cus lin e d .a b o v e . tomer should seal the bottle and m ail it to the W esting house Q ectric Corporation, Plant Laboratory, Sharon, Q u a n t i t y o f S a m p l e . It Ss recom m en ded that Pa. To simplify th ese details, an instruction an d o n e 16 ox, bottle of In erteen b e taken a s a sam p le f o r ' '* order sheet a n d a printed return la b e l h av e been testing. A t least one sam ple should b e taken from included in the earton container. The instructions a tank c a r of Inerteen. O ne sam ple m ay -be taken cover the taking of the sam ple and its proper prep from ea c h ' drum , or if d esired , a com posite sam p le aration for m ailin g. The order sheet must be m ay b e m ad e from Inerteen b o a five drum s, pro* seat to the nearest Westinghouse O ilice. Tided all of the drum s are airtight. W hen the b u n g is first loosened, a hissing sound should b e heard, which indicates that the drum h as been airtight. If the test of the composite sam ple is not satisfactory, a ' W hen sam ples of Inerteen a re received for test ing, they are sen t to the Plant L ab o rato ry an d tested in accordance with methods d escrib ed under 'T est ing M ethods," which follows an d Is part of this sam ple from each of the drum s represented should '" 'tested. Instruction Book. 500512 In addition to dielectric tests, W estinghouse is - W hen drum s h ave been stored exposed to the also prep ared to m ake a physical a n d chem ical ex weather, a sam ple from each drum must b e tested amination if so requested. (The custom er should to determ ine if It is su itab le fo r u se. plainly tndicatekthe type of se rv ice d esired.) *-***>LING AND INS! T20N, The physical and chem ical examination consists of a exam ination of the Inerteen by a com petent chem ist. Recom m endations will b e m ade a s to the suitability of the Inerteen for continued use, whether it w ou ld b a d e sira b le an d econom ical to c lean it, an d la a gen eral way, tba preferred aetb o d of cleanin ? . In subm itting sam ples for this service, tba history of tb a In erieen re p re se n te d sh o u ld b a g-.Ten as com pletely as possible. Pow er factor test of Inerieen at 6 0 cycles e a r be Bade. (For details refer to tba n earest W estin gh c-s O ffice.) FT iT *' h, CHARACTERISTICS Inerteen Is chem ically stable. It is straw-yellow in color. It is not a iie ste d by reaction with other m aterials regularly u sed in the m anufacture of Inerteen apparatus. It is neu-cxidinng and noncorrosive at tem peratures esnriderably above those norm ally obtained in Inerteen apparatus. Inerteen will not slu d ge u n d er any operating condition. The dielectric strength of Inerteen will com pare favorably with that of insulating oil when tested under tba sam e conditions. Quality sam ples of Inerteen tasted under laboratory conditions m ay 'iow a d ielectric strength in excess of 401cr. C a ra ust b e exercised in handling and testing Inerteen. Inerteen must b e k e p t in clean, sealed containers to prevent loss by evaporation or contamination b y m oisture or d irt Inerteen exerts a strer.; solvent action on most varnishes, gum s, an d paints. Such m aterials are not u sed in the construction of Inerteen apparatus. No m aterials should b e u sed in Inerteen apparatus except those approved by the W estinghouse H eetxic C o rp o ratio n . Inerieen h as an irritating effect upon the sldn. If it is n e c e ssa ry to h an d le it, se e the caution note under Beeeiving, Storing, an d Handling. (See P age 3.) It should b e rem em bered that m ineral oil is 'com pletely m iscib le with Inerteen; in fact, it is p ractically im p o ssib le to se p a ra te m in eral oil a n d Inerteen. ' Specific Characteristics of Xnerteesu As outlined in "M ethod of Testing Askarela A .S.T M . 3 9 0 1 /* the spedH o characteristics of Inerieen are: 1. Burn point: N o se 2 . C hem ical stability: No generation of free chlorides u n der norm al operating conditions 3 . C olor: (M aximum) 100 A .P .H .--|> r y q 4 4. Condition: C lear 5 . Dielectric constant A t 1000 cy cles 7 7 *F (2 S *C ), 5 .7 to 5 .9 A t 1000 cycles 212F 0 0 * 6 ) , 4 .8 to 5.0 6. D ielectric strength: (Minimum) 7 7 F (25' C) A t point of shipment, 3 5 kv At point of receipt, 3 0 hv 7 . Electrical resistivity: (Minimum) 5 0 0 x 10* o h m s/cm 3 ( 2 1 2 1 (100C) at 5 0 0 volts d-c) 8. Power factor: At 6 0 cycles, 27*F (25C ) 2% At 6 0 cycles, 212*F (100*C) 25 % 9. Fixed chlorine content (Minimum) 4 2 per cent 10. Free chlorides: Lass than 0.10 ppm 11. Neutralization number: L e ss than 0 .0 1 4 .mg. of N aO H /gram . 12. Pour Point: (M axim um } p lu s 7 T (m inus 14*Q 13. Refractive index: A t 7 7 F (2 5 Q , 1.624 to 1.626 14. Specific gravity; A t 601/e0T (1 5 .5 C /1 5 .5 'C ), 1.331 to 1.392 15. Density: 11.5 pounds p e r g aL 16. Viscosity: A t 1 0 0 *F (3 7 .8 #Q , 8 2 - 9 2 se c o n d s ' 17. M oisture (Maximum) 35 ppm J ' RECO N D ITIO N IN G Reconditioning will be n ecessary to rem ove w ater, dirt an d hydrogen chloride which m ay be present an d contam inating the Inerieen. The blotter filter press and the Inerieen condi tioner (both of w hich will b e explained later in this book under "A p paratu s for R econditioning") will rem ove w ater and dirt deposits which m ay b e p re s e n t O f the two m ethods, the Inerieen conditioner is the most effective in rem oving these two contam inating agents. A ny equipment u sed for filtering { CHARACTERISTICS AND RECONDITIONING ( L > n should hist b t thoroughly cleaned with h . -- . i* or naphtha. Every trace of any m aterial foreign to Inerteen must be removed. If at all pos sible separate equipm ent should b e used for filter ing Inerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by ard n g, may be eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through Inerteen. The nitrogen should be passed through the drain valve at the bottom of the appara tus an d allow ed to e sc a p e through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to a stand pipe above the level of the Inerteen in the apparatus to prevent the Inerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate of one to three cu b ic feet p e r minute for a period of four to six hours. This will requ ire from two to eight cylinders (220 eu. f t each) of dry n itrogen , b a se d on ap p aratu s containing 150 to 2 0 0 0 gallons oi Inerteen. Im m ediate application of the bubbling process will red uce the destructive action of tha hydro chloric acid on the working parts an d insulation, th ereby m aking it likely that the m aterials not dam a g e d b y arcin g may b e used in repairing the a p p a ratus. A lso, use of the p rocess will in most cases m ake U possible to satisfactorily reclaim the arced Inerteen. A fter the hydrogen chloride h as been removed by the bubbling process, the Inerteen should be reclaim ed by use of an Inerteen conditioner. T h ere Is no com mercially suitable method for separatin g transformer oil from Inerteen. Instructions for all tests listed correspond in gen eral to the recom m endations of the Am erican Society ' '"'''T estin g M aterials. D IELECTRIC STREN G TH T EST A p p a r a tu s , The testing transformer and the so u rc e of su p p ly of en ergy sh all not b e le ss than 1/2 leva, an d th e frequ en cy sh all not ex e e e d 100 cy cles p er second. Regulation shall b e so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the secendary of the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either primary or second ary circuit. The rate of rise shall approximate 3000 vebs per second. The voltage may be m easured by en approved method which gives root-aean-square values. Som e protection is desirable to prevent exces sive flow of current when breakdow n of the Inerteen takes p lace. This protection preferably should b e in the prim ary or low voltage side of the testing transform er. It is not especially important for trans formers of 5 kva or less, as the current is limited by the im pedance of the transformer. The standard test cup for holding the sam ple of Inerteen shall be m ade of a m aterial having a suit able dielectric strength. It must b e insoluble in and | ^m attaelced by Inerteen or gasoline, and non-absorb' ^ n t a s fa r a s m oisture, Inerteen, or gasolin e a re concerned. The electrodes in the test cup betw een which the sam ple is tested shall be circular discs of polished b rass or coo o er. 1 in. in diam eter, with sq u are (90*) e d g e s. The electrodes shall b e m ounted in the test cu p with their axes horizontal an d coincident, with a g a p of 0.100 in. between their adjacent faces, and with tops of electrodes about I Vi in. below the top of the c u p . (A su itable test c u p is show n in F ig. 1, an d portable testing outfits in Figs. 2, 3 and 4.) PROCEDURE T he sp acin g of electrodes sh all b e checked with a standard round gau ge having a diam eter of 0.100 in., an d the electrodes then locked in position. The electrodes and the test cup shall be wiped c le a n with dry, calen d ered tissue p ap e r or with a clean , dry cham ois sldn and thoroughly rinsed with Inerteen-free, dry gasoline or benzine until they are entirely fre t from fibers. cro n e The test cup shall b e filled g aso lin e or benzine, an d voltage applied with uni form in crease at the rate of approxim ately 3000 volts (nns) p er second until breakdow n occurs. If the di electric strength is not less than 2 5 kv, the cup shall b e considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If a low er test value is obtained the cup sh all b e clean ed with gasolin e an d the test repeated. . Note: Evaporation of p o s o / in e from the electrodes may chill them sufficiently to cause moisture to condense on their surface. For this reason, after the final rinsing with gasoline, the test cup should he immediately filled with the Inerteen which is being tested, and the test made at o n c e , o r the eX eefrocfes should be thoroughly dried h e /o re using. ' TESTING METHODS, T he tem perature of the test cu p a n d of the leer- (m b w hen tested sh all b e the sam e u that of the zoom , which, should b o betw een 6 3 *7 and 9 6 ? . "'i ( 2 0 * C a n d 3 0 *C .) T e s t is ? a t low er tem peratures is lib el? to give v a sa b le results which may b e mis le a d in g . The sam ple i s the container shall b e agitated w ith a sw irlin g a c t io n (to av oid in trodu cin g air) so as to n ix the In erteen thoroughly before felling the test cu p . This is c r e n m ore Im portant with u sed In erteen than with n ew In erteen as the im purities m ay b e precipitated an d the test m ay he m isleading. T h e cu p sh all b e felled with Inerteen to a height of n o less than 0 .7 9 in . (20 su n ) ab o v e the top oi the electrodes. The Inerteen sh all b e gently agitated by rocking the cu p a n d allow in g it to stan d in the cup for three a in u te s before the first an d one minute before e a c h su cce ed in g p u n ctu re. This will allow a ir b u b b le s to e sc a p e . V oltages shall b e applied and increased uni formly at a rate of ap proxim ately 3 0 0 0 volts (nos) per second until breakdow n occu rs as indicated by a continuous d isch arge across the gap. (O ccasional m om entary d isc h a rg e s w hich do not result in a p er manent arc m ay occur; these should be disregarded). TEST5 a . Exeept a s sp ecified in (b) one breakdown test sh all b e m ad e o s e a c h of five fellings of the test cup. If the av erag e deviation from the m ean exceeds 10 percent or if any in d iv id u al test deviates more than 25 percent from the a v e ra g e , additions! tests shall b e m ade. The dielectric strength shall b e deter m ined by av e rag in g the first five tests that conform to the allow able Tarnations. FIG. 1. Fluid T *si Cup lor Dialareie Tost b . W hen Inerteen is tested in considerable cuantity, so that the tim e re q u ir e d for testing is e x c e :.:7 e a n d when it is m erely d e sire d to determ ine whether the breakdow n safely e x c e e d s the limit specified, or in those c ases w here the am ount of Inerteen avail able for test m ay b e very lim ited, ene breakdown test sh all b e m ad e o n e a c h of tw o fillings of the test cu p. If neither break d o w n is b elow this value, the Inerteen m ay b e con sidered satisfactory and no further tests sh all b e req u ired . If either cf the breakdow ns is less than the specified value a breakdow n shall b e m ad e on each of three additional - fillings an d test re su lts anelyzed in accordance with (a). R e p o r t, T h e re p o rt sh all in clu de the volts (rms value) at e a c h b reak d o w n an d the av erag e c: the two or five b reak d o w n s a n d the tem perature c the Inerteen at the time of the te st 500515 POUR TEST J T *.'ry . * y j flG .2 . Feruhlo OU TostiAQ Sot. Xva, 3S.0C0 Volta . Note: The p r o c e d u r e s c o v e r e d by the follzwing instructions / o r the pour test, end e s p e c in /y the n e u f r a f i's a /f o n test, require s p e c j a / e g u r p - TESTING METHODS, i Ben/. The neutralization test must he made b y a competent chemist, preferably one special!- 1in this p articu lar field. Customers who do p o sse ss these facilities are offered, at nom inal cost, the use o f the Westinghouse Ineiteen Testing Service. Contact the nearest Westinghouse Office for details. t The pour point of Inerteen is the lowest temper ature c t which it will p ou r or flow when it is chilled without disturbance under certain definite specified conditions. V A p p a r a t u s . The test J a i (see Tig. 4 } sh all b e d e a r g la ss, of cylin drical sh ap e, approxim ately Wi in. in sid e diam eter a n d 4Vz to 5 in. high, with a flat bottom. An ordinary 4 ox. Znerieen sam ple bottle m ay b e u sed if the test }ar is not available. T he cork sh all fit the test Jar, a p d sh all b e b o red centrally to accom m odate the test thermometer. T he therm om eter sh all conform to A .S.T .M . sp e c ificatio n s for p ou r t e s t It m ay b e ord ered as: A.S.T.M . thermometer low cloud an d pour, --7 0 *? (-- 5 6 . 7 * 0 to 7 0 7 ( + 2 1 . 1 * 0 . The Jacket shall be of glass or metal and shall be watertight, of cylindrical form, flat bottomed, about 4 Vi ia . d eep, with in sid e diam eter V In. g re a te r than outside diam eter of the test Jar. A d isc of cork or felt Vi Is* thick and of the sam e diam eter as the inside of the Jacket shall b e placed in the bottom of the Jack et The ring gask et sh all b e abou t ^ In. thick, m ad e to fit snugly around the outside of the test ja r an d loosely inside the Jack et This gasket may be m ade of cork, felt or other suitable material, elastic en ough to cling to the test Jar an d hard en ough to hold its shape. The p urpo se of the ring gask et is to prevent the test ja r from touching the Jack et The cooling bath shall b e of a type suitable for obtaining the required tem perature. The size and sh ap e of the bath are optional but a support suitable for holding the Jacket firmly in a vertical position is essential. For determ ination of very low pour points, a sm aller insulated cooling bath may be used and the test jar p laced directly in i t The required bath tem perature m ay b e m aintained by refrigeration if available, otherwise by suitable freezing mixtures. P r o c e d u r e . The Inerteen to b e tested shall b e brought to a tem perature at least 25*F. (14*C.), above the approxim ate cloud p o in t Moisture, if present, shell b e rem oved by any suitable method, as by filtration through dry filter paper until the Inerteen is perfectly d e a r . (Such filtration shall be made at a temperature at least 25*F. Q 4*C.}, above the approxim ate cloud p o in t) The Inerteen shall be poured into the test Jar, to a height of not less than 2 in. or more than 2 *4 in. W hen necessary, the Inerteen shall be heated in e water bath just enough so it will pour into the test jar. The test jar shall b e tightly d o sed by the cork carrying the test therm om eter in a vertical position in the center of the jar; the thermometer bulb should be im m ersed so that the begin n in g of the capillary sh all b e Vfe in. b elo w the su rfa c e of the Inerteen. H eat without stirring to e temperature of 115*F. v (46.1'C .) in a bath m aintained at not higher than 1187. (47.8*C .). The Inerteen shall then be cooled to 9 0 7 . (3 2 .2 *C .) in air or in e w ater bath approxi mately 7 7 F. (25 C .) in tem perature. The cork or felt d isc sh all b e p laced in the bottom of the jacket an d the test jar, with the ring gasket, 1 in. above the bottom, shall b e inserted into the jacket.- The d isc, gask et, an d inside of jacket shall be dean' and dry, 50C516 TESTING METHODS, ' D a ria ? the cooling of the Lserteen, e a rs shall bo taken not to d istu rb the b a s s of the Inerteen n o r to perm it the th em o m eter to shift l a tbo Inerteen. T he tem perature of tbo cooling bath shall b o ' ad ju ste d so that it is below tho pou r point-- ap p ro xi m a te ly - 2 5 .6 *? ( - 3 2 * 0 -- cx tho In erteen by a c t lo ts than 15*?. (S.3*C ) ao r & oio than 3 0 *?. (1 6.7*0), a n d tho cooling bath shall bo' m aintained at this tem perature throughout tho to st Tho Jacket con taining tho test ja r shall bo supported firmly in a vertical position in tho cooling bath so that net s o r e than 1 in. of the Jacket projects out of tho coolin g B o d ies. \ * B egin n in g at a tem perature 2 0 *? . (11.1*C.) ab o v e the expected pour point, at oach low er test-thermom eter reading which is a m ultiple of 5 *?. (2 .8 *C ). the test ja r sh all b e rem oved from the Jacket c a re fully and sh all bo tilted just sufficiently to ascertain w hether there is a movement e! the Inerteen in tho test jar. The complete operation of rem oval an d replacem ent shall require not more than three se c onds. A s soon as the Inerteen in the test jar does not flow w hen the jar is tilted, the test Jar shall b e held in a horizontal position for exactly five seconds, a s noted b y a step w atch or other a ccu rate timing device, an d observed carefully. If the Inerteen show s an y m ovem ent u n d er these conditions, the test Jar sh all be im m ediately replaced in the jacket an d the sam e procedu re repeated at the next tem perature reading 5 *?. (2.8*C .) below the previous reading. The test shall he eo&tinued in this m an n er u rn ! a point is re a c h e d at w hich the Inerteen in the test ja r show s no m ovem ent w hen the test Jar is h eld in a horizontal position for exactly five seconds. The reading of the test th esao m eter at this tem perature, corrected for error if n ecessary, sh all b e recorded. The pour point shall b e taken as the tem perature 5 ? . (2.8 C .) above this solid point. NEUTRALIZATION TEST The Neutralization Number is tbe num ber of m illigram s of potassium hydroxide requ ired to neu tralize the acid in one gram of Inerteen. Solutions Required. a. S ta n d a r d P otassiu m H y d ro xid e Solution (alco holic, 0.1 N )--a d d 6 g . of c.p . solid K O H to 1 liter c: e.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Boil, add 2 g. c: c.p. Ba (O K )2 and boil again. Cool, filter and stcre in a cbecm ically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing soda lim e and soda asbestos (Ascarite). Standardize against pure potassium arid phth slate using phenolphthalein as an indicator. b . Titration Solvent-- A dd 5 0 0 ml. of c.p. benzene an d 5 ml of w ater to 4 9 5 m i of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. c . A lpha-N apbtholben2ein In dicator Solution-- P repare a solution containing 10 g. cf alpha-napthelbenzein p er liter of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. P r o c e d u r e . Into a 2 5 0 ml Erlenm eyer flask introduce -4 0 g. of Inerteen w eighed accurately. A d d 100 m l of the titration solven t a n d 3 m l of the indicator solution. Titrate im m ediately at a tem pera ture below 3 0 *C . C on sider the en d point definite if the co lo r eh an g e to g re e n p ersists for 15 seconds. A blank shall b e determ ined on the solvent. C a lc u la tio n s. The neutralization num ber or m g ,,,, ,T . (A-B (N) x 5 6 .1 fCOH p e r g . of In ertee n -- TAT o *. *.. *f.,. A - ml K O H solution required for sam ple. E --m l K O H solu tion re q u ir e d for b la n k . K - normality of K O H solution. W cram s of sam ple used. f` APPARATUS FOR RECONDITIONING, m e re a re several types of reconditioning a p p a tioa, incorporating the top screen for the in n er ratus av ailab le, the relative advantages of each of and the solid eover for the outer tank. The Inerteen which are a s follows: is pum ped into the lower sp ace and Is fo rce d u p 1. The Inerteen Conditioner is the most effective m ethod of rem oving moisture, dirt, and other con tam inating m aterials from Inerteen. 2. The filter press Is suitable for treating Inerteen containing only sm all quantities of w ater an d d ir t, through the activated d ay , Insuring thorough agita tion of the clay an d Inerteen. The Inerteen is p asse d through the tine mesh upper screen an d out into the s p a c e betw een the two tanks. The d isc h a rg e pipe is at the low er end of the outside tank a n d any air in the Inerteen is trapped in the upper sp a c e of INERTEEN CONDITIONER The Inerteen Conditioner consists of a d a y con tainer, clay filter, a motor-driven positive pressure pump, attendant valves, gauges, and relief devices, all mounted on a common base. the outside tank w here it may b e draw n off. S in e * the density of Inerteen is considerably greater than that of water, moisture will float on the su rfac e of the Inerteen. It is, therefore, c o n sid e red ad v isa b le to condition Inerteen from the top an d return it to the bottom of the Inerteen tilled a p p ara The motor and pum p are combined as a unit and tus. a strain er is p rovided on input to the pum p to p re vent entrance of larg e partides. The units axe d e sig n e d to o p e rate u n d er w orking p ressu res u p to 6 0 psi. H ow ever, the usual operating pressure is 3 0 p si to 4 0 p si. E x cessiv e p ressu re s a re p reven ted by two autom atic by-pass valves. O ne by-pass valve S te e le d acro ss the pum p is set to by-pass the leen at a pressu re of 6 0 psi to 7 0 psi. The other by-pass valve is connected on the disch arge side of the conditioner. This latter by-pass valve, releas in g at a pressure of approxim ately 5 psi, will avoid breaking the transformer relief diaphragm when no other relief is provided. Pump pressures are in dicated by a pressure gauge. O ne charge of d a y is composed of approxim ately 4 0 pounds of 15-30 mesh activated clay.* T h is rela tively larg e volum e of clay m akes only occasional changes of d a y necessary, depending of course on the am ount an d condition of the Inerteen filtered. Normally one ch arge will condition approxim ately ^000 gallons of Inerteen. The coarse granulated d a y u sed gives maximum surface contact between d a y and liquid and makes possible a rapid and thorough mixing of the d a y and Inerteen to accom plish com plete reconditioning of the Inerteen as it p asses through the d a y tank. The d a y gran ules are rem oved from the Inerteen by m ean s of tine screen in the 3 G PM filter and by screen an d paper S e v e n G P M U n it. The activated d a y is con in the 7 GPM filter. tained in a tank m ounted on one end of the filter fram e. This tank is provided with a cov er which in corporates an air-trap an d vent to rem ove air which m ight b e present in the tank and piping. The Inerteen is pum ped u p through the d a y , insur in g thorough agitation ef the d a y and Inerteen. The Inerteen is p asse d through a wire screen prior to entering the p aper filter to remove practically all of the d a y . The p aper filter consists of 18 fram es and 17 plates, alternately spaced, mounted in a yoke. O n e sheet of filter p ap er is used betw een each The d a y never passes through the pum p to cause wear on pump parts and consequent loss of pump ing capacity. A s soon a s the ch arge of activated d a y is p laced in the tank and the eover d a m p e d in place, the unit is ready for immediate use. Neither d a y nor filter paper can be effectively dried of w ater after they h av e o n ce becom e saturated with Inerteen. Therefore, extrem e care should b e taken to se e that both clay an d filter paper \ are thoroughly d ried when placed in the filter. plate an d fram e to provide a gasket seal and rem ove all traces of d a y from the Inerteen. (See Fig. 8). The d a y may b e dried in a high tem perature oven at 200 deg. C . for six hours and shallow pans T h r e e G P M U n it This unit utilizes two tanks, one within the other. The activated d a y is held | 'the inner tank by suitable screens at top an d . -- tom. T h e sp a e e below the inner tank is com plete ly se aled off from the rest of the sp ace betw een the two tanks. The cover is of double-deck eonstruc- are preferred as containers for the d a y while drying. A p a p e r dryin g oven m ay be u se d if a h ig h tem pera ture oven is not available, with a drying time ex tended to approxim ately twenty-four h ours at the oven's highest tem perature. The filter p ap er should be d ried six to twelve hours at 8 5 *C . to 100*C, T U I* ad ac*ata4 d a r b i t W klalaB b i tk Skaraa R ad . 5 0 1 ft APPARATUS TOR Ri VDITIOHUJC r d a y tank an d fill the t u b with activated d a y , 4440-3, to within four Inches of the bottom edge of the inner H u g e . Replace screen and cover. R elease the pressure-screw of the filter press and loosen plates and fram es. Place one sheet c: "B " size blotting p ap er betw een the face of each frame u d plate. C a re should b e u sed to se e that the holes thru the p lates, fram es u d p a p e r are In proper alignm ent before the pressure screw is tightened. C lose the discharge, tank by-pass, tank drain, suc tion u d suction-test valves. O p en the air discharge valve. Pour sufficient Inerteen into th e zip pan to fill the d a y tank u d wet the d a y . T h is will require . approxim ately eight gallon s of Inerleen. Start the motor u d open the drip pan valve a sm all amount so that not le ss th an 5 m in u tes a r e re q u ir e d to 11 the d a y tank, sa tu ra tin g the d a y with In erteen . (if Iner- teen is adm itted too rap id ly , it w ill te n d to p ack the d a y into the to p of the tan k .) W ith the valve at the a p p a r a tu s d o s e d , o p e n the suction -test T&lve to su bject the suction line to pressure u d thus check it for leak s. Stop motor u d d o s e suction-test, air discharge, u d drip p u valves. FIG. 5. Thr-- Gllon-p*r-Minut Condition To b egin conditioning Inerteen in Inerteen filled apparatus, open the apparatu s valves. O pen the depen din g on the condition of the p ap er And the sp acin g of the sheets i s the oven. Beth p ap er an d clay should b e p lace d directly in the Iter after the drying p ro cess a s either, if exposed, will ab so rb considerable m oisture from the atm osphere in a very short time, B ach frBsh c h a r g e of d a y vCl ab so rb ab o u t th ree gallon s of In erteen . T his should h e p rovided for to conditioner d isch arge u d suction valves. At inter v als open air d isc h a rg e v alv e to allow trapped air to e sc a p e u d c lo se w hen In erteen starts to flow through valve. O p en drip p u valve at intervals too, to rem ove In erteen w hich m ay h a v e dripped into the drip p u . . W hen it is n e c e ssa ry to c h a n g e the d a y , first d o s e the valve in the suction line, d o s e the tank prevent depleting the supply in the apparatus, but most of this laerleen m ay b e recovered when ch an g ing d a y . * This can b e accom plished most effectively by re m oving the u sed d a y from the filter and placin g it in a tank of approxim ately 30 gallons capacity con taining about S gallon s of water. The t u b should have a drain valve at its bottom ed g e an d should b e tilted som ew hat tow ard this valve. The d a y thus p laced in w ater, h avin g a greater affinity for w ater, w ill g iv e u p the Znertees it h as ab sorb ed en d b eco m e saturated with w ater. The Inerte-cn b ein g h eav ier than w ater w ill rink to the bottom; the d a y an d w ater will float on top. A fter settling for several hours, m ost of the Znerieen m ay h e draw n off through the valve. This Inerleen s a y be reconditioned an d used again in rech argin g the conditioner. The used d a y should b e discarded. T o P re p a re th e 7 G PM C onditioner for O p e r a t i o n . Remove th e c o v e r an d sc r e e n from the FIG. 6. Strut G*12en-j>u-MLnut Condition APPARATUS FOR RECONDITIONING Inlet an d outlet valves, open the tank by-p&ii valve, the tank d rain valve a n d the air vent v alv e to p er* a " e tree Inerleen in the to drain into the lo drip pan. O pen the drip pan valve an d pum p the Inerleen from the drip pan through the filter p ress. Shut down the motor and rem ove the d a y from the tank an d refill with fresh d a y as previously described. To chan ge the filter or blotting p apers, stop the motor and d o se suction and discharge valves. Slow ly b ack off the pressure screw , perm itting the Inerteen trapped in the fram es to be r d e a se d gradually. Then back off the pressure screw com pletely, open n p the press and let the surplus Inerteen drain from the p ap ers. R eplace the saturated p ap e rs with d e a n dry p ap er an d retighten the press. If the system -seal is not broken, it will only b e necessary to open tbe disch arge an d suction valves an d start the motor to resum e conditioning the Inerleen. To P re p are the 3 GPM C onditioner for O p e ra tio n . Remove the cover and screen from the d a y tank an d fill the inner tank with activated d a y , 4440-3, to within four inches of the top. Replace t - a an d cover. C lose the disch arge en d suction v i and open air discharge and drip pan valves ab o u t Vi open . Start motor an d p o u r sufficient Inerteen into the drip p an to 11 the d a y tank an d wet the d a y . This will require approxim ately eight gallons. Not less than five minutes should be re q u ired to fill tbe d a y tank an d saturate tbe d a y with Inerteen. With the valve at the apparatus d o sed , open the suction-test valve to su b ject tbe suction line to p ressu re and thus check it for leak s. Stop motor an d d o se suction-test, air disch arge and drip pan valves. To begin conditioning Inerteen, open apparatus valves, open tbe conditioner discharge an d suction valves an d start motor. A l in tervals open a ir d isch arge valve to let trapped air escape and d o se as soon as Inerteen flows from the valve. W hen it is n ecessary to ch an ge the d a y , first stop motor an d d o se the valves in the suction and discharge lines. Remove discharge hose and open the d isch arge valve and tank drain valve to permit the Inerteen in the tank an d d isch arg e hose to drain L a container. After draining Is com plete, remove Cr tank an d dum p the d a y from the Inner tank and refill with fresh d a y as previously described. The used d a y should be discarded. BLOTTER FILTER PR E SS The blotter filter press (See Fig. 7) Is essentially a num ber of sets of blotter filter p ap e rs In parallel, each set containing several thidm esses. The Iner teen is pum ped through filter p ap er which absorbs the w ater and strains out the sed im en t O th er C la sse s of S e r v ic e . Although there are other uses, such as de&ning of low-viscosisty insulat ing com pounds, benzine, etc., it is recom m ended that a defin ing device intended for Inerteen re conditioning should not b e used for other d a s s e s of work, d u e to d an g er of su b seq u en t contam ination of the Inerteen. C a p a c it y . The capacity of these m ach in es, with Inerleen pressure and filtering area fixed, depen ds on the viscosity of the Inerteen an d Its freedom from d irt With fairly d ean Inerteen at ordinary room tem perature, the capacity of the m achines will vary from n orm al to about 15 percen t a b o v e norm al, d e pending on the viscosity (which v aries with the tem perature). It has been found that the best results a re obtained when the Inerteen tem perature is about 5 0 *C . The average working pressure of these m achines is less than 40 psi an d the pressure relief valve is set at the factory to by-pass tbe full flow at from 6 0 psi to 6 0 psL A p p a r a tu s . There are three stan dard sizes of W estinghouse filter presses; B-5, B-10, and A-30. The letter designates the size of filter p ap er; the num ber indicates tbe relative capacity in gallons per minute. The com plete outfit consists of filterpress, motor, strainer, pump, g as trap, pressure g au ge, drip pan, wheels, and piping. The piping is arran ged so the line can b e tested for leaks under pressure. A ll m achines are mounted on a fabricated structural steel fram e. The drip pan can b e rem oved by dis connecting one pipe coupling and four bolts. The strainer can b e d e a se d by disconnecting three bolts. The pum ps axe of the h elical-gear type to insure quietness and smooth flow of Inerteen. The A -30 pum p is connected to tbe motor through flexible 'couplings. The B-5 and B-10 pum ps are mounted directly on the rear motor bracket and driven through a helical reduction gear. The filter press proper is m ade n p o T a se n e s of cast iron plates and frames assem bled alternately, with tbe filter p apers between them. B y m eans of a screw an d cast-iron end block, tbe plates, fram es, and p ap ers are forced tightly together. Except for a m achined rim which serves a s a Joint to prevent 1A * * P a RATUS FOR RS TOXTXOKING, the e s c a p e of Laerieen , the p la te s ar e c u t with sm all pyram ids on both surfaces. T h e plates an d fram es h a r t h o ltf la two corners an d su pportin g lu gs at tha t i c . Tha plates have h an d les east on tha top ed ge. W hen tha platas an d r a s e s axe assem b led with tha filter p a p e rs betw een, tha h oles form the inlet and outlet. The r a s e s have the h oles in the u p p er eonxer connected by sm all ducts to the m iddle of the r a s e . The p lates h ave duets le a d in g from the su rfac e of the p late to the hole in the low er com er. (See Fig. 8). The laerteen enters under pressure at the top com er through the inlet formed by tha holes in the fram es, plates, an d filter papers, flows into the fram es through the sam e ducts, en d com pletely fills the ch am b er f o ia e d by the fram e an d two sets of filter paper. A s there ere no outlet ducts in the fram e, the Inerteen is forced through the p ap er an d flows along the grooves betw een the rows of pyram ids and out through the ducts provided at the low er co m er of the plates. The dry filler p ap er tabes u p the m oisture an d rem oves the sedim ent from the Inerteen. O p e ra tio n . The filter press is m ade ready for operation by p lacin g a set of five sheets of filter p a p e r (that h ave b e en thoroughly d ried in an elec tric oven) betw een each filter plate an d fram e. The holes in the filter p a p e r must lin e u p with the holes in the plates an d fram es. The sedim ent is strained out by the first layer of p ap er an d the m oisture is taben up by the capillary action of the p ap er. If an y m oisture rem ains, it in d icates that the filter p ap ers are satu rated with m oisture e n d should b e renew ed. No rule can be given as to how often the papers must b e changed, a s this depen ds entirely on the condition of the Inerteen. The u su al pro*, ce d u re is to ru n the m ach in e for ab o u t h alf a n h ou r (if the In erteen is not in very b a d condition) an d then shut down; rem ove one sheet from the. inlet side of each set an d put la a new sheet on the outlet s ^ g e of eac h set. (The ram# is the inlet sid e an d the plate is the outlet side.) Frequent dielectric tests should b e m ade during this procedure as wet Iner teen m ay necessitate rech argin g the filter p re ss with a uH se t of p a p e r s b e fo re th e five sh e e ts h a v e b e e n rem oved in succession. The quiekest-m eihod of filtering a quantity of Inerteen is to pum p all the Inerteen through the Eller an d into another tank which is d e a n and dry. If care is taken to c h an g e the filter p a p e rs before they becom e saturated, the Inerteen will b e d e a n and dry. If a secon d tank for holding the Inerteen 500521 R G . 7. B-10 Blotttr Filter Press is net av ailab le, or if it is d esired to filter the Inerteen of ap p aratu s while it is in se rv ice , th e Inerteen m ay b e p um ped from the top of the a p p a ra tu s through the filter and return ed to the bottom of the sam e tank under the surface of the In erteen . T his operation should be continued until th e Inerteen in the ap paratu s tank shows a cvfficiently high dielec tric strength. W hen a larg e quantity of Inerteen is to be n i' r^ed, tim e m ay b e saved by usin g two filter p resse s, one of which m ay he operated while the other is bein g recharged. Filtering through blotter filter p a p e rs c r - t not m aterially reduce organic acidity er im prove re sista n ce to em ulsification, alth ou gh th e d ielectric strength m ay b e restored to a satisfactory v alu e. T he cap acity of the filter p ress is m uch red u ced w hen operating at low tem peratures. W hen the Inerteen h as to b e filtered at low t e a . peratures, an additional pum p in the pipe line is d esirable.: `Inerteen in ' apparatus contam inated by only a sm all am ount of moisture m ay b e reconditioned by draw ing the Inerteen from the top of the apparatus p assin g it through the filter p ress, an d pum p in g it b a c k into the bottom of the ap paratu s. The Inerteen should he put through the system until a sam p le draw n from the top of the ap p aratu s gives satisfactory dielectric values. B lo tte r F ilte r P a p e r. The filter p aper used is a sp ecial grad e of blotting p ap er about .C25 in. thick; it contains no coloring m atter o r chem icals w h ich m ig h t in jure the In erteen . F iv e sh e e ts cut to .APPARATUS FOR RIC0NDI1 .TOJC____ ' & p ro p ! tlx, 127/| la. q u art for the A six and 7 % la . q u a rt for the B sixes, an d with h o lts ic h e d to c o n tsp o a d with th t h o lts la th t plat L fram es, a rt ustd h ttw ttn taeh platt and tht ad jactn t frames. To obtain th t bast xtiults ia reconditioning Inerteen, th t p aper must b t perfectly dry when first p laced in the press. Filter paper always tabes up FXG. 8. Blottar Hitar Prau Fiama Shewing Blettar Hitar Papan tn Placa m oisturt If ex p o se d to th t air for any length of time an d for this reason c a r t must b e used in handling. T h t standard paper is earn ed in packages contain ing on ream, carefully w rapped In w axed p ap er an d covered with h tav y w rapping paper. E le c tric D ry in g O v e n s. D ectrie drying ovens for u se with Type A a n d T ype B filter p resse s requ ire 2 0 0 0 watts and 1400 watts respectively. The in terior1 of the ovens is provided with rods for supporting the filter paper to facilitate rapid and thorough dry ing. An automatic thermostat having a ran ge of 6 5 *C to 120*C is p ro v id ed fo r m aintaining uniform oven temperature. The thermostat Is adjusted at the factory for 100*C ( the recom m ended value, and the setting m arked so that the operator may convenient ly reset thermostat to 1 0 0 *C if adjustm ent is chan ged. The standard thermostat-equipped oven is suit ab le for alternating current only. O vens to operate on direct current are sp ecial an d are equipped with a thermometer and a m anually operated three-heat sw itch . By moving one rod, the Type A oven can b e used for drying Type B paper. ' The normal capacity of the Type A oven is 2 4 0 sheets and the Type B oven is 180 sheets when spaced % inch apart. 500522 Instructions for InerteenInsulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers \ Westinghouse Electric Corporation Power Transform er Division, Sharon, Pa. Westinghouse Exhibit 8 I. B .4 5 -0 6 3 -9 9 B E ffective Sep tem b er, 1968 Supersedes l.B. 45-063-99A April 1968. LL. 46-65O-2 August 1951. l.L. 48-650-3 M.y 1951, l.L. 48-6504 May 1951, l.L. 48-650-5B September 1962. l.L. 48*650-6 May 1951, l .L 48-650-7 June 1951 and l.L. 47-069-6 January 1965. C3001S7 ; P L A IN T IF F 'S ; EX H IBIT v _ rv FAU T ONK - IN liR TbbN IN S U LA lIN t: F L U ID ............................................................ J ( h im K H s Ik i...................................................................................................................................................... ) H andling................................................................................................................................. 1 Storing ................................................................................................................................... 4 lettin g Service ................................................................................................................................4 R eco n d itio n in g ...................................................................................................................... S Lam m of Deterioration................................................................................................ S PART TWO - M A IN IFN A N tb AND IN STA LLA TIO N O F IN liR Tbb N TRAN SFORM L R S ................................................................... In ila lla lio n ............................................................................................................................. 4 In tp rtlio n ............................................................................................................................... 6 A u t tm in and F illin g s............................................................ 7 F in is h .................................... . ............................................................................................... 7 F illin g ........................................................................................................................................... 7 Fitting Under Vacuum ....................................................................................................... 7 Placing in Service......................................................................................................................... Ptnautr T e llin g .................................................................................................................. I I High Altitude . , ........ (rounding Transformer T a n k ..................................................................................... 8 Grounding Low Voilage Winding................................................................................ I Making ConneeIto r n ............................. 9 VolMge Application................................................... .. ; ...................................... 9 Intpcdiuo ............................................................................................................................. 9 Sampling(oerleen .................................................................................................................. 9 (Juantilg of Sam ple................................................................................................. 10 ( I PartI - Inniera"InsulatingFluid C IIA K A O L K IS I ICS InrihVN n i highly pure, synthetic nun-inllam* luahlc and auncaplusive iatubliny ami couting liquid. fbcm itaNy stable ami m arly r ia while In colar, lacr Iccn b noi affected hy trac lino with oilier materiali regularly ned in the manufacture of In crin i) apparali. Il b non-oaidi/ing and n n iK m iH m al temperatures ctmsidciahly ak u n litote normally obtained in I iterIera a|>paralin. Inerlecn w ill n tl ilw lfc under any operating condii ion. Water b IIk main enemy of Incilccn am i keeping il dry w ill insure lung n n ic t life. The d ie h tltk strength of Inrtlecn wiH com* pate favorably with I lu i of insulating oil when letted under llic same condilnms. Q ualily samples of Incrlccn letted under lahotaluty cundiliom may slmw a dielectric iltenglh in caceu of 40 i r . Cate m ull he eaetebed in handling and letting Incilccn. Inrtlecn must he kept in clean, acalcd cimlainert iu prevent Iota by evaporaiion or cuoiam iiu I nhi by montate or d iti. Inrtlecn ca rlIt a tltong anhrcnl action on moti am itiv t. guim. and palu ll. Such malcriab at not tted in Ihc cuatliucliun of In cilccn appa raiut No nulctiab btould he utrd in Incrlccn a|iparalut catcpl litote approved by the Wctlingboute Electric Corponliuu. Incrlccn hat an irritating effect upon IIk akin. If il b a n n u ir 1 handle il, acc Ihc cauliun note on Ilie title page. Il ihould be rcmcmbcicd that mineral od b completely miscible with Incrlccn; in faci, il b impossible lo acparale mineral oil and In crlccn . Specific Characletb lics a f Ia n teen A t outlined in " Method o f Testing Atkarcb A.S.T.M . IWOI." Ihc specific characteristics of In n lem arc: 1. Burn point: None i . I> k kcltk cunalanl: A l IWNI cycles 77"l |2 i"C |. 3.7 lu S.9 A l 101)0 cycles 2 l2 l; f IIMI^C), 4.H lu 3.0 c u y` CC 6. U iclccliie slrcaglh: (Muumum) 77ul: (2 3 c A l point of shipment. 33 k* A l point of receipt. 30 kv 7. Electrical R csb lb ily: |Miaimum| SOfla I0 9 ohmifcm' (2 I2 I; (ll)U nO al 300 K><tid-c) I . rower factor: A l 0 h e ilr. 77l- |2 3 C | 2% A l 0 h c rli. 212`T: 1IU0,*C> 23X 9. Fiaed chlorine co n ical: (Minimum| 42 per cent 10. Free chlorides: Lem llu a 0.10 ppoi I I . Neutralisation number: Le a Ilian 0.014 mg of NaOII/griai 12. Four Foinl: (M aiimum) ptui 2 F (minus I9 t) 13. Refractive indca: A l 7 7 F (2 3 C |, 1.624 lu 1.62b 14. Specific gravity: A l 6dl*7t*P V (I5 .S <*7I5.3*V > . 1.3X1 lv 1-392 IS .I3 c u iily : 11.3 pounds pci gallon 14. Vbcosity: A l I0UP|; 137.6^ :). M -92 seconds 17. Mublurc: (Masurium) 33 pptn 2. Chemical llab d ily: Nu generation o f fim HANDLING cliluaidca under nutm iI updating condiiione 3. Culm : iM aaim uuil 100 A M I. 4. Condition: Cleat C A U T IO N Incrlccn b a thin irritant Uuncctvuty con tact with Ihc lh|aid m ib vaput, p a lk u la ly \ W hen ho*. ihnnH be w w drd. Ih r ryr*. non. n i Np a n cIIk H * hn lan tern im r i In cantar* Ih them A ll safely |trrferritene muri he aa n i < he handling I art Ire . ____________________________ Il arrtdenlly ipiUtd no Ihc luridi, Ma tkin leiina IH ocra* il Ihc [viiII aie Ih e o u fU r vhol Ih hmji and v a ici. f ontinurd rspueure >v ceusr rmptenw oa u n m ln U iu h tlu la ^ahnxplion u l la rtlc n i lb iM |k Ihc pacca o l dii. Ilo* appaiali ahnuU no* he opcnctl rpl in a rii-ve aids ted atra l-arge guarnii id la ri Irea ihnuU he h ira lln l in a ctosrd lytlcsn. i n e InriiccM h iptlrd oa onc'a chrlbiiig, Ihc Ihuig ih w ll b tt l ic r* i l n a t i i n i lauadctcd ni' helug wtitN ifiM . ImciIccii ir litica i piovra mhl k ntn ben II h netetuey lo oth m . leva II Inrilccnpcts telo (he cycs, fhish illi it i ami p i epe filli ahi frani e physicbn. Im tal il rccmumcadcd fui Ihc epci. ce lia i oli ' I mi team fai Ihc nate and tipi CLfcANLIs s a m im i: w o h k m in u a n iil in c in e r IN IS A V IP V N ili SA FEU U A R D AfNSI SKIN IRRITA TKW f. N O IE A l*ays te aPcMclcl hn w .or pipe he harrdhnf the inc iter Rubber haaea should IMlf he used. Incile caa rndly hccawe funlamrailed frane Ihc rahhee. and dwnld <1 he eHcwtd la ta n r in cantaci U h il. When il n accettate 1 Hantfei Incilecn la i-arlu i Ihc appaiala! muri he al Icari a i atta iln- Im i Ire AH lu ciIre ihuuhl hr tu m b le d i*ah aa liteilcea cunditwnc ut filld plculo n*r v a lr or im i. \ drum uf o h i la c u n a lira lakrn into a ita HMNa iH "sweat", and Ihc icau llin i -l'iurr un Ihc trrtlarr may mia ilh Ihc ilrrn al il fhmn ftum Ihc dim a. Refute d iv i Ihc mal, Ihc diwm thnuU Ihrtrforc ha rd lo Hand bmp enough lo icach lourn ii)>etalmc, hkh may irqunc r if ili ho uli, i r hmci a n ic i calicm c temperature coudiIM ItRINf wa m ai a dram of Iactken hai been anloaded. hung should he ciam iaed aad lighlcard tf il looir. It h pumMr Iin Iwngi la l>ecumc htuarned hy change ia temperature or lough handling in liaaiil. Be ante a ll ia c ilc c a is tested hefote using. Il is dnitahb Ural Incilcen in diums be tinted indoora Ouldnoe lineage of Incilcen b alnaya haraiduui |o Ihe Im ilten and i IkniU be avoided if al all pnoitik. If il b rccuary la rim e Inctlccn outside, Ihc diuim ihuuhl he placed au that Ihe h ia f i air dovn an they aac paolcclcd float nob lM c. Il b deaiiabk lo cover the drum ilh a latpaulin. TESTIN G S ER V IC E Many uteri of Ia cilcca do not have Ihe necessary facilities frn Iciling il In otdn that (hem a m i may be ahk lo make lie periodic k ilt ictornmended. Wrslinglou Fleeter Corporation haa ctlabfnhrd an Incilcen Id lin g arrvicc to provide a careful let! by eapcrkm xd engineers, and a pioaapl repoal of leal m u lli. T o ipccial 16 o t. tampk botllca pci mailing conlainri (H i S#I6UK62H, a* well at m ccstaiy packing and piinlcd m allei, tm.y be obtained by contacting Ihe neaictl W rtliiighouse O ffice. | The b olllc and Ihc conlainci ill no* he relumed lo Ihc custom er) After d im iig Hie tampk of In cilcen . I k customer should leal Ihc b olllc and mail il lo Ihe W eilinhouse Flee(lie Coepoulm n, Hanl Laboraloay, Sharon, Prana To timpUfy Ihcac dcU ih, an inUructiuu and otdet ilm t and a piinlcd trlu in b hcl have been included in Ihc earloo conlainci. Ih c inriiuctions cocci Ihc taking of Hie sample and its propel preparation for mailing. The order O/fUtsheer m ust he stn! lo ihe w i/ u f Nkifinghuiue When tarnpks nf Incrlern arc icreived for Id lin g , they are sent lo Ihc Plant Laboralm y and Id le d in accwdancc ilh standard A .S.T.H . m clbods. In addition lo dielerliic I r ili. W dlinghuuie b abo prepared lo nuke a physical and chemical caaminalm if to requested. (Ih c customer should plainly indicate Ihe type of K n rkc de sired.) The physical and chemical caarninalion coositIs of an eum m alinn of Ihe Inctlccn by a cumpcten! chemist. Recommendatiuns ill be v.y t made at Id Ihe suitability of Ihc Incrlccn lot continued u k , whether it would be deniable and n o ao m K il lo clean il, and in p iK iil way. Ilie preferred meIbod o f cleaning. In ubniilling Mmpic fui litas service, Ihc history of Ihe Ineilccn rr|>retenled should be given u com(dclcly as |KMiitdc. lo a n factor |n l o f Ineilccn at 60 cycle* can be nude. <l:or details refet to Uk nearest W cillagbouK Office. RECO N DITION IN G Canem of U vlcilacelioo The princqile cause* of klcitoration of laevteen arc: 1. Presence of water. 2. Arcing. Arcing or burning in Incrlccn produce* finely dhrhlcd caibon and gaaea which ate mostly hydrogen chloride. Hydrogen chloride in the presence of m oiituic form* hydiucbiotic acid which may anon damage Ihe insulation in Ihc appatatus and cause lu llin g of ferrous maletiab. Since hydiogen chloride i* formed quickly after the arcing occurs, neither Ihc Incrleen nor Ihc apparatus should be eapoaed lo the atmos phere Iwhich always contain! more or lem motstu icl unld an sllcm pi has been made lo remove Ihc hydiogen chloride. Recandiliarhng Reconditioning w ill be necessary lo remove water, dirt and hydrogen chloride which may he pseacnl and cuntamiruling Ihe Incrleen. D ie blotter Idler press and the Incrleen cmwlilioncr will teittuve water and d al deposit! which may be present. O f Ihc two methods, tlx Inttlcen conditioner is Uk most effective in removing IhcM two conlanrinaling agents. Any equipment used fur filtering Incrleen should first he lburoughly cleaned with benzine or naphtha. Every tiate of any material foreign to Incrleen must he removed. If at all poaubtc aepaialc ct|uipmcnl should be used for filletmg Incrleen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nilrugcn through Ineilccn. The nitrogen should be passed through Ihc drain valve at the bottom of ihc apparatus and allowed to escape Ihruugh a vent at Ihc lop. The nitrogen should be discharged Ihrough a pressure regulator attached lo a stand pipe above Ihe level of Ihc Incrleen in the apparatus lo prevent the Incrleen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen alrould be bubbled through Ihc Incrleen at a rale of one lo three cubic feel pci minute for a period of foot lo ha botua. This wiH require from two lo eight cylinders (220 csi. ft. each) of dry nilrugcn, based on apparatus containing ISO lo 20UU gallons of Incrleen. Jt Wf V i T ,1 Q C: . v* Immediate application o f Ihe bubMiag process will reduce Ihe drtlruclrvc action o f Ihe hydro chloric add on the working parts and insubltoa, thereby making it likely that the maleiials mil damaged by arcing may be used in repairing IIk apparatus. Ahu. im o f (be process will in most cases make il possible to talnfactorily reclaim the arced lacrtccn. After Ihc hydrogen chloride has been removed by the bubbling process. Ihe Incrlccn should be reclaimed by use of aa Incrlccn conditioner. There Is no commercially suitable method foe separating inaafoemer o il from Incrlccn. / 'tP) PartII - InstallationandMaintenance oftnerleenTransformers IN S IA LLA 1K IN I IN ItNKM l'M r io hllklllltf. all iMIttl'MIIKII itr uimpprd wilh luyi in ry v i Iin Itlling im i muving Ihr w ^ lr lr m rinMif fd kil wilh IncilceN hy u k of a nane. Addilimvi lucani atr p iN ik d Iw 11 hratirt pati b a h at tir-, m t ami coto, ta k ilu ti ami Irtminal chamhna. laikw p tu fi a lt ahi* aupidied m rill i ilw tixar in i i k k i i n i ilw tank A |iam|iNmri ibould iw Ij he k ltrJ a H innl hy i* k placrd i p i m l Ihcnr biga ami noi apaintl Ih Ctmltng lubra, la d h lw tabe*, tv Mkl IdlMfi. A n fmhN muIjIUIoa to p i ite* Ihal Un iimnii m * h k k Ihr ItawUiNiiwit ai |>U nl muli he wcN NiMilitnl k * Ihal IIm hralrJ ah an rcadily i-napr ami hr trplacrd hy ktlcr ah fftxn lite uuitidr. If Ihr tuoni b puutly vrnltUlct). Una i H l u i p ili ah lakri pia l u i tlowly ami Ihr Icmpctalwtr ih llw ah in lite tonni a u f become r u r w m h high. A l any g in n Ioad Ihr IrinprialHir ib r ih a nH iia iln l ItaniliNmrt wi|| he a li! Mumbea ni t k | ic t t sh o w Ihr Icmpctalme of llw tmnwmlinp m . I h r lempetaluie o f il ItamfiNmrr b Un Mim o l lltia ih r ami Ihr ah h'mprfatwr: Ihrir li e. atr muti hr lakeu lo ptothlr a lunw tulfk wnlly renldaled lo pom i! oprialiuN of lianiiiNMKl* al a icanmaMr temprialuir. Atra o f Un ah ink i t thouhl bc h k Ii llu l Ihr aNihwid Irmprtaluir nevet accedi fO l' IIIH 'V l wilh an a m a re m et la t n lp fw n houtt mN r i i m l h f .ItfV (W i"l'|; SII lo M ) |u air feri |wt IHW Ita of lijnifiNRwt capacily hai hrrn ulnlarhMy. Ihillrl oiHmnyi nilh Ihr tamr lolal atra ilnw U he (N u o ln l Sri!Nitrii lltmfomrt ahuuU ilw ayt he eli wpjfalrd Irorti ih* anni In i ami Iiinh adjacenl natii, patiilmni. eie . in iMilrt lo potimi lir e ah im iuLilimi ahowl Ihr alea. 1 hit trin i alio OhiM noi he kaa Ihan ?4 lo Jb im hrt ilc|viMuig IIn ir of Ihr nia. IN S T C IIIO N When a Haiiifiunwt ta chipped eiuplrU' ami (ilk'll o d i Io n iin. Ibi* inipnJnin Imitili intluile a clKtk of Ihr In n irea k n l . Ihc llyhltniiy in ailptiliiwiil of any parla Ihal may have hen min Iko n in oui of place, and i k l t t n i i i i the raleitl in N heli m pblotc may have cnlrtcil the liam* Iin n i. U n la tin ran heal he delnittincd Itimi Ihr d ie k iliN d ic ib ili o f Ihr Incflcm . InctleeN irwd fut 11limp liaiuftMmri thouId h n c a dirleeHie alirnplh o f JO h* in halter. When il le tli Irta Ilian lliit Ihc Inri leen ahuuhl be Itlln n l. II the dirkcltic tilingIh h m y low ot if ihetr to any uth n caidracc of w ottlutc. il it eccitai y lu d ty Ihc Itanafotmcr. la n tren IramfiNnwtB tbuuld hr dtied hy Ihr ahiNl chenil mclhotl with IIn iiafnfotHwi miBNiard in Ihr Inrtleen and u h Ihr lank araled Igdilly. butin Ihr iltymg oui oprialio. Ihr Incile afatmld he citculatcill Ihtooglt a Idle pteaa ut ptcfnaM y IhtiNigh an Inctlcrn u m liInmni. A Idler p t m will irm ove diti ami nM>Uof Ihc m obiute, hul Ihc eiNNliliotwt writ icmuae Ihrae and o lh n ciMHjtMinaling m aln iah t i will. I h r dentiti k u J cuitrtil tltookl hr olilainnl hy akiNl citcuiling one winding ami w ip itu k y Ihr ptopn intpcdancc voltage on Ike u lh n winding. I h c lull load hniNilancc may niually he found on the intituclton piale Iin IIn lianafuruNia: if the impedance o f Ihr IranifiNitNt to mil known. il thould he (rtjurtlrd liom Ihr Wcilirwhoule I-ke ltic CutputalioN. Sfiatilo. Penntybania. hy identi fying the ItaMfuamn wilh ilaanial numhn. If ilw tianifiMiucr it al o* kiw it than onnii Icm iNtaluir at IIn alati o f IIn dtyiitg (Nncet*. citculalion o f 1 25 lo I Sin- of full hud eiuirnl will hailcn ihc healing, ami a lughn top Inrilcen lem petaluie cau he ublaincd Mite quickly hy blankliny IIn coi d m wlw tuhuio cook'i* air uni) in hy t h u lliif o il Ihc lailialiu val* when tailMlin i ate titetl TOw co*et ahouhl he lapp'd lit pteacnl comic mallo. AH Imi lem lu m l u n r i i atr ratelully inifwtlcd ami In i il al Ihr Im lm y ami Ibey ai in yood lomlilnm wbcN thipped. boi il ii chinai>V lo kinniI rack lianifiMmrt Ihuaowghly heliNe |>LteHy il in t c o k r 1 hr lo ad in g llMiukl k eateliilly w jlilw d and wlwn Un lop Inetli-en tcachet a lcni|Niahuc ol I f f V , IIn Itiail iImhiVI he tediNed lo ohi am ail ap|Noaimalrly tom i ant h p liH-tlcvu Icmi'Cialmc K iw i on IIn lidhming lahk" 1 Muul t 'ucoil Ain|* iu in IVicenl ol l>ad 51/Jf 75% M5% Mammon 1cin|* |J Inn ol (Ik* 1op Inerecu H 5"r To do Ilio , clean lite d-muged potino by e lit i of a scraper in um lpa|Kr, wipe i Ih hw ii||!i with a solvent dampened ch illi, apply Wei Imuic puinrr paiid ami allow il lo dry for al j s5$(24 Itourr. Ihen apply a coal of Wctli lin iih paint. o <r* p: While Ihc w in d iifi of IIk liam /unncl H cil up, lo no! perutil Ihe li'm teitlw c o f the lop liK itrv ii tu r u m ) IIk value ipet died fot if iv c i | ia u lif ( of Im i. Ih tf ptri'M liiM b KM N N |f hivum ' Ibe v im liiip w ill heal up m m c quickly and o lita le al a higher temperaiure than the InetIren. If Ihc winding! aie allowed In reach loo high a IrM pcralutc. Ihc imolaiion wiM be f a i ag-il. the drying u f a Iram lorwer should he eiK ilioiKil until Ihc d irlrcliic ilirm lh of u in fin uf In cilica taken iim h Ihc Iram fo w ci test al 30 h i m lig la f. Ih c cover ihouhJ be kept ligM Iy aealed during IIk leinpcralurc lu n . and uniti the ItamfotM ci lu s lin k 'd down lo mom lent|<cratMt lo ptcvcnl um Jenulion. 1 bit abo prevent! Ibe rclraic of hoi I netIren rapin i wbieb arc qnile objceliunatde, patlicnlarly if the ventilation h poor. CAU TIO N Il a i m sal* lo anamp* U n Ayireg o n nf bantlorm arl u n ta i acnatant Mtnntian la g M la tha |ohi. A CCESSO R IES AND F IT T IN C S ttudiingi, fillin g !, and acccm m in when boacd ami tfiippeil icpatalriy A tn U he mounted as tbown in Ike outline drawing. Proper inslaNatiun imlruclNHM when ncccmary arc included ha the initiuclinn k a fV li fur eoenponcnl p arli. C u e nanl he eartebrd when Ihcac compowenls arc tilled lo eliminate Ihc acchlenlal htltodatclhw uf itaihiure in any linrn bnidc Ihc I n tfo r m t. Where Wind (lairgcs arc removed before fillings are monied, Ihc level of Ibe Inrvlccn mod he toweled below Ihc opcmngi Ibal w ill he ntaalt. FIN ISH Any poition of I Ik paint Id damapad f p h |t thipim-nl or imtallaln m ini hr t ry b red as quickly as p n a lik '. FILLIN G O f.l Use only aft-mclat hose or pipe when fiMing, u r n Ihc lining u f must other lypes uf bom uu/- be suhrblc in Inctlcen snd wiM conlaminalc it d m l time. AM joints thouhJ he light: where practical, fdl through Ihc drain valve lo keep aeration lo a minimum and vent ihc lop o f Ihc lank lo thru Ihe ah lo escape Ue w i t that vahes and pipe connections between the main lank and any Inetlee a lifted compartments art open for free circulation of gas and liquid. Otherwise, trapped air or gas may cause Ihc Incilora level in some parts o f Ihc Itamttamer lo he hetow the sate operating level. If il is necessary to till a Itamforruer oul-of'doors, particularly-on a damp day, care should be taken to prevent the entrance of moisture. In order to avoid condensation the temperature Inside the unii shook! be kepi several degrees above the outside ah lemperiture. The lank sad compartments, if any, thouhi be titled at ambient temperaIute lo Ihc point on the gauges marked **25-Liquid Level.** If the ambl e si varies greatly from 2 iT f7 ? F ) when filled, the I sericea level tboukl be checked when the average fluid temperature is 25`V ; m fficical lacrlcca should be added lo nr drained from Ihe lank lo hriag Ihc kvet to the proper height. The transformer dm ild never be operated or left standing even out of service without the l sericea Im i being indicated on Ike gangs. Filling Under Vscuam Entrapped air is a potential m m u of Inaihlc in aft liquid filled lianiform cti. 1herein. it is dcshabic lo Id l all Inetteen lu m to fo cii under a fnft vacuum. Thb is tim e for IIk Irarulurmcn * lfp c d from Ihc faclixy and should be done where practicable when Iranitiuiners arc filled in the field, providing Hie Iramfurmct n a s have hern to designed. If Use caws have not been designed for full vacuum and il b imperative lo gel lite maaimim im liiif impube tlirn rlli iinincJ iik lf , (he H sm lm nwit should hr Idled with IiK11re* under full n cu iiw by pLiunf (hem in an uidiary vacuum lin k . V k ttr p a c K iw ik a i mil haw an ctlablnhcd in h n i|w IK w u u ih filling, Ike lottowring pioI liu m may be med w hrllirf vacuum b apidtcd dim itir In tk r transformer of ike complete tiausfotiucr b pieced in a* M idiM y vacuum lank. I. A prir and mainlain cimlinuuudy a vacuum o f at k a il 2S imbr 4 m ruur y lue al leatf m k Iu K hour In unii fated 25 kv and below, o* to* lour boots in unit above 23 kv. Wktk retaining Ike m o m m i, slowly fill with In riln a lu tkr Mmil U 'V In ri w with n T M i i M l d i r W i i l Ike intuited amoual a besa K ImfUNMMf togauge p i^ M ly . .1. Maintain Ike tpreilird vacuum foe al leali oar-half boue alter fiNing. 4 Adjust Ineitec* In normal kH and leal Ike iiam ltifuici tm k. Ho mb in f r unid l he lemp rtalw r al Ike lop uf Ike fluid b equal I of higher Ika* Ike ambimi tcm pcialute i* ordet lo avnid amdcnaalkm ou Ike unlace o f Ike laerIce*. I* ihuM cavea bete Ike transformer ate not liM unit vacuum, lu ll vtdlaae ib n u li uol be m > kd lu Ike winding fut vevetal knots after Ike Iu n io r* kaa beca pul into Ike cam. T k n lime H n rrn w y to ab u * Ike aii bubble lo cape. T L A IIN G IN S ER V IC E frc' m n Tf li*| AN In n lrru liam lium cia a ir r fn a u r lc ilt il at Ihr 1-ulory ami shipped fire nf k a i l A ll m ld iliM i and bcfmc voltage is applied, il i donatile lu p n w e it a rack iM ndM VKi. ripec ly il aay filin e or co rna kave been icm ovnl awl seplacrd,aiming ic s lt lb lt ( t u ip irw il dry niltuyc* tu dry ak may be a n i for Ike putpost. II it Frct****nd<d Ik al Ike apace above lite factIre* kr Mow* oul vritk dry nitrogen. Ike* rktw a l venia and apply |*c*Mc frtl u l five ptNMdt per agnate inch foe a pctbid 4 it lu eight lumia. Ik e leal p t m it can beai be U m ilnl by llw m v uf a ptruurr regulator i IIm M lu Ike M ltiftn cylinder. A cketk for Irak i uf joint! ahuve IIk InetIren level may he made by painting I Item u ilk a auhilhut id map and glycriin and oalching fuv gal buhtdea A l Ike conclurion of the leal Ike inlettut preuure should he if tinned lu nutmal by momentarily venting ike gas *iacc. Itigk A llilndc Where tramfotmera aic to be uted al a high altitude (mute than JU K I feel abuve aca level) a filling abuve the Ingrid level aboukl he opened to equalize Ike internal and cale n u l prcsiurci al a lem pcialuic of approaiasalcly l i t before plac ing Ike in n sfo imcr in ten ice. Grounding Iranafw m rr Tank ftcgardkaa of Ike lype o f foundation or Hoot on hick a Itamfotmet ia to teat, (he tank akuukl he definitely and pcim ancnlly grounded to eliminate Ike poaaibilily of obtaining ita lic ahuefca or being ihjurrd by accidental pounding u f * baling 1 Ike caw. A pound pad w htg it alwaya provided near Ike hid tom of the lank for ike potpuac of connecting tkn pounded lead. CAU TIO N A feed law tvriel--re pound la mtceranry far adequate pvnlecilow-n pnnv p a n ud may bn wavtn (kan mm* at aM. Grounding L a * Vnllage Winding Every rifin ia made in tutufating traniftnmcra tu guard against any chance of breakdown between high voltage and h<* voltage winding; however, in order In be abanlwlety talc, il if advisable Ikal low vnllage circu iti with kick pettons may come in coniaci be gtiaim lrd. The maannum voltage I Hal c m be obtained to pound ia then limited to the normal voltage llu t ca islf between Ihe pintndcd p n i and the line; this ia Hue even though Ike high voltage and low voiIage winding! become connected ckclikaN y. In pmiruling (he winding, Ike neutral point should be used if M is available. When Iran(010*11 operate on tingle phase circuit! with lie middle |Hnt of the ktw voltage. IIk ntaaimum voltage Ikal can cats! between any part of the ktw voltage circuii and ground ia one-half uf Ike ktw voltage. o w ^ * M A RIN I* O W N t C I IO N S A ilu fia w . usually on l l x melai m ilim liun plate Hacked lo IIk tide o f IIk c w , show* Ihe pii|Ki |M K I tcmiilHl CONXCCtitM lo l<C M ille flN various voltage*. I 'm should be liken In ce Ilu i iiU cunncctbsns awl only those shown m c prupnljf nude, fi a wrong con ardioa may cium a m t tlawngr. Any .inciiMM: in f d i liu ( tn n p m lu al rvoAf * muI load ilmuld be investigated and if the caut^ j J cannot be delrrniitvnl, the IrsnsJormcr abuold b^ * taken out o f mrvicc and given a thorough' impeci ion. o Any ayniptoms, auch a* unuaual notan, low Ine Icea kvets. operation o f relief d n e y * . etc., ahouM be Uvealbated al ouca. I* Some inslallalions tequile an auailbry auree o f |Mrt or control lead lo be wired lo Iciroinak I IKe Iramfotwct; u wiring JiariiM , either a separale drawing oc included aa pari o f Ibe natine drawing. bow Ibe connections to be wade. Valin e Applicaiian When voltage b fu ti applied lo Ibe iranaformer. it abould, if poaaiblc. be btuucbl up r im ly lo ila full value ao that any wrimg cnnaeclion other trouble may be disclosed before damage can reutil. After full voltage has been applied aucccaafuMy, ibe Iraaiformer abouhl he operated without bud foe a few houra. It ahouhl be kept under close observation durinp Ihblirae and also during the lir a few huuri while loaded. IN SPECTIO N Il n deliratile that periodic im peciiona of Incrleca apparaiin be made and lhal mmpka of la c11ten be taken from each and from a l co m p irln cn li of any apparatus and letted after a tim i period of aervice fapproaimalcly Ibrca monlba for Irantform crtl. FoMowlng this, when operaliny conditions permit, routine ampliai and testine of Ibe I neiteen al Intervals of a il monlba lo me year ate unggerlcd. Accurate record dtoukl be kept of aucb impeciiuna and (cala and if Ibe Incrleca tbowi a dirfcclric strength of leas than 28 kv, ll abould be conditioned. If facili!ira are noi available fur Icalin i I cricca, am "Wcalinghnuac Inetleea Testing Service," P .L t i l l J When an appreciakle amount of la crlrra h removed from any apparatus, il should be replaced with an equal amount of new Inericce an lhal the liquid level in Ibe appurali b main|aitk J The Incrircn used fur rrplacemenl puipovri should Iu te a diek eltic tlicaglh of nut k u than 30 kv. Transformera whicb bave beco ntbicclcd lo ununiaSy aevcre opetaling condiliona. auch as ovethnds, frequent ahorl circuita, or rpeeial unita tbould he im pKlcd al kart once a year. Thncaa uaually be dune adcqualrly by lowering th Incrlccn leve) and mspccliag wilb a bghl Ibrough Ibe manbok. Bcforc Ihb iaspccfiun b nude, Ibe Incrlccn abould bc atlowed lo cord lo reduce th amoual of Incrlccn fumea ghen off whkb are quii ohjcclioaibk and abould noi be inbakd. During periodic inspection, all accessories abould bc im peded lo tec if Ihey are operating properly- SAMPLINGINERTEEN AM sampling and testing equipment must be Iboroughly dry and ckan. ll h recomtncwkd lhal sampling and testing equipment used for handling Iwcrtecn and jp n k ln g Inctlcen bc umd for no other purpom. Care must be ased in taking ampler of Inctlcen and aeatmg them prior to Irtling. l l b drsiraldc Ibal asmpka of Incrlccn bc removed from any container on dear days only, and when Ibe temperature of Ibe Incrlccn b al kart aa high n Ibe tempaatura of the surroundIrtgak. Um only Iin conlainera with K ic v til mclal cape or glass bm ilct with Incrlccorcsislanl sloppcst to hold Incrlccn sampler. If it becomes a c c c ra y to urc other than factory sampling containers, they should be rinsed with ckan naphtha, washed with strong up ids. awl rbiacd IhotauglUy in hot water, and then dried at approaiwalely I I lf V for Turn hours with neck down in a circulating air oven. If the containers nsu nut used immediately after (In n iiy , they should be scaled lightly awl stored in a dry. ckan P*m. <r H rVwvMM b au<k ail lu rrlm i liandnum rt lit oH m i lup tatnplc td Ihr litriU'en. huwvvct, im a l i i n f M M f tha b in uptulN M , a catuck: M f hr lakcn fruar rithcr Uw Inp w hullum u m c any muM m c ftc n | m il ha m ito l in, duc In tnrtdatnMi id lhe Incileca. In tampling, lUuw a mal jm uM t id Inn lcrn In inn uni lu Ihith Ibc tiw p lia i coaacclinn Iran M w c rtdlrcling Iht u a p k . The la rtlrca dtuulJ h t H hdo *he ample c n a ltw m im mcillrty and Ihr cap K ir v t il un l%Mty. I h r U t l fin cach cualatncr A iw U t r matfccd ckarty a ilh lhe m U nmnhci ni Ihr lia n rfw n ti iw n w f W -- l fiom w kk h tbc InriMcn lakcn. Mrlmc lakiay ( * i fn m a atiuapr tank. Ihr Im-iltrn ilnndJ hr i k t a n ) lu teille fur apfnuai* nulvljf l* t h hiwitt an llu l if Ihcic i* auy mnhttue ptrscrd. il, luir^ a luner sprcilic | u v l | . i l ih r tu lhe lup h t K lhe impie ta In In1 lakra. A Iran utcaklhk-f ihuuhl br u in l lu Main Ihr umplM. Eurnlialty. Ihr urne pic- iju lh w i In l'irw n l nw nluic ami d ill cunlam liulinn ihuuU he u m l a i twlbncd above. Owaalilynf Sample Il is iK w n iw n k iI Ihal unc Ih tu. b o llir of In crin o bc lakcn a i a campir fot In iina. A l tetti one sample ahutdd bc lakcn from a lank car uf Inrtlccn. One enofile may be taken from cach drum, nr if dettred. a computile sample may bc made luna IactIren from live drama, provided aH lite dfumt arc awlh1. When Ibc bony is f a ll h tm a n l, a h ia im w ad ihutiM be heard, which indicale* llu l Ih r dram hat been au liylil. If Ihc In i id Ihc com potilc sample Is m l itlitfa clu ty . s sample from rack of the drama represented should bc tested. When drams have been tim ed ripened In Ihc w ralhct. a sample from cach drum muti bc In led to determine d il (a b le for urn. Westinghouse ElectricCeipoiation fb o ImdwwmBMde^Sharia.PS. MacMUSAIW.r.Oi Ci co <! H O o c- Supplement to I . B . 45- 063- 998, September 1968 Inerteerrand Environmental Contamination Inerteen is a synthetic Insulating flu id made by the chlorination of a relativ ely common chemical, biphenyl. The chlorination is necessary to impart nonflammable properties to the Inerteen. The resulting poly chlorinated biphenyl (PCB's) are relativ e ly Insoluble in water but soluble in f a t , and are extremely p ersisten t in the environment. I t has been indicated by several laboratories chat measurable amounts of the PCB's are present in our general environment and may have some e ffe c t on certain species of w ild life . While ask arcls are generally regarded as being nontoxic to humans, i t is reasonable to assume that very high standards of control w ill be issued by the Government in the overall program against pollution . Therefore, tigh t control on the usage and disposal of Inerteen must be exercised. While the e le c tr ic a l users of ask arel type flu id s provide scaled systems, t^ere s t i l l remains a problem of waste d isp osal when the equipment exceeds i t s useful l if e or undergoes re p a ir. For scrap Inerteen flu id , Monsanto has arranged for return of th is m aterial In sealed drums. Ship prepaid to Monsanto Company W. G. Krummrieh Plant Sauget, Illin o is Attn: Supervisor Dept. 246 A charge w ill be made for a l l returned Inerteen. Inerteen soaked e o lls , insulation scrap, f i l t e r cartrid g es, and other m aterials must be stored u n til appropriate methods can be provided to dispose of them properly. Tbero is considerable work being done a t the present time on this whole problem. Vc w ill continue the use of Inerteen because of i t s out standing performance record and safety featu res. I f modification of the prasent askareIs can be made without sa c rific in g the nonflarmable and other insulating p ro p erties, but which s t i l l make them less harmful to w ild life , they w ill be used in our Inerteen. C 0 0 0 3 /SS 6 Westinghouse Electric Corporation POWER TRANSFORMER DIVISION SHARON PA. MUNCIE.IND. S. BOSTON. VA. t'rinU'J in l"'S \ Instructions for Handling InerteenTInsulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Westinghouse Electric Corporation Westinghouse Exhibit 9 POWER TRANSFORMER DIVISION. SHARON. PENNSYLVANIA MUNCIE'* INDIANA DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER DIVISION. SOUTH BOSTON. VIRGINIA I B. 45 063 99C Effective Aupujt. 1971 Supericdei l.B. 4 S -06 3 -99B. September 3968 750719 CONTENTS PART ONE - INERTEEN INSULATING F L U ID .................................................. Page 3 Characteristics ...................................................................................................... Environmental C onsiderations............................................ Handling .............................. .*................................................................................................. Sampling and ln>pection .................................................................................................. Testing Methods .................................................................................................................... Reconditioning ...................................................................................................................... D isp o sal.................................................................................................................................... 3 3 4 5 b 8 9 PART TWO - INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF INERTEEN TRANSFORMERS ............................................................ Installation ............................................ Inspection .............................................. Accessories and Fittings ..................... Finish ..................................................... Filling ..................................................... Filling Under Vacuum ................ Placing in S e rv ic e .................................. Pressure T e stin g ........................... High Altitude .............................. Grounding Transformer Tank .. Grounding Low Voltage Winding Making Connections ........................... Voltage Application .............. Inspection .............................................. 10 10 10 11 i: i: i: 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 I \ 790720 3 1 Part I - Inerteen Insulating Fluid CHARACTERISTICS Inerteen is a highly pure, synthetic noninflammable and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid. Chemically stable and nearly water white in color, Inerteen is not affected by reaction with other materials regularly used in the manufacture of Inerteen apparatus. It is non oxidizing and non-corrosive at temperature con siderably above those normally obtained in Iner teen apparatus. Inerteen will not sludge under any operating condition. Water is the main enemy of Inerteen and keeping it dry will insure long service life. The dielectric strength of Inerteen will com pare favorably with that o f insulating oil when tested under the same conditions. Quality samples o f Inerteen tested under laboratory conditions may show a dielectnc strength in excess of 40KV. Care must be exercised in handling and testing Inerteen. Inerteen must be kept in clean, sealed containers to prevent loss by evaporation or contamination by moisture or dirt. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on most varnishes, gums, and paints. Such materials are not used in the construction o f Inerteen apparatus. No materials should be used in Iner teen apparatus except those approved by the Westingliouse Electric Corporation. Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the skin. If it is necessary to handle it. see the precautions under "Handling". It should be remembered that nnnerjl oil is completely miscible with Inerteen: in fact, it is impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen. SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS OF INERTEEN As outlined in "Method of Testing Askarels A.S.T.M. D 901 the specific characteristics o f Inerteen are: 1. Burn point: None 2. Chemical stability: No generation of free chlorides under normal operating conditions. 3. Color: (Maximum) I00A.P.H. 4. Condition: Clear 5. Dielectric constant: At 1000 hertz 7 7 F (25C ), 5.7 to 5.9 At 1000 hertz 2 12 F ( 100C), 4.8 to 5.0 6. Dielectric strength: (Minimum) 7 7 F (25C) At point of shipment, 35KV At point o f receipt, 30KV 7. Electrical Resistivity: (Minimum) 500 x 10* ohms/cm3 (2 1 2 F (I0 0 C ) at 500 volts DC) 8. Power factor: At 60 hertz, 7 7 F (2 5 C ) 2% AI 60 hertz, 2 12 F (100 C) 25% 9. Fixed chlorine content: (Minimum) 42 percent 10. Free chlorides: Less than 0.10 ppm 11. Neutralization number: Less than 0.014 me of KOH/gram 12. Pour Point: (Maximum) plus 7e F i minus 14C) 13. Refractive index: At 7 7 *F (25C ). 1.624 to 1.626 14. Specific gravity: At 6 0 F /6 (P F (1 5 .5 *C /15.5C ). 1.381 to 1.392 ] 5. Density: 11.5 pounds per gallon 16. Viscosity: At 100*F (37.8C ). 82-92 seconds 1 Moisture: (MaximumI 35 ppm ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Inerteen is a synthetic insulating fluid made b\ the chlorination o f a relatively common chcmu'j!. biphenyl. The chlorination is necessary to impart nonflannqaj^iproperties to the Inerteen. The resulting polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB'si are relatively insoluble in water but soluble in fat. 700721 n 4 and extremely persistent in the environment. It has been shown by several laboratories that measurable amounts o f the PCB's, particularly those with more than 509? chlorination, are present in our general environment and are a threat to certain species of wildlife. While lnerteen is generally regarded as being non-toxic to humans, very high standards o f control in the overall program against pollution must be exer cised. Electrical apparatus (such as transformers and capacitors) using Inerteen are normally sealed to prevent escape of Inerteen into the environment. However, a carefully planned program o f waste disposal must be followed at every step of the equipment life. This includes manufacture, repair and final disposition o f the fluid and the Inerteen contaminated parts. To date the only acceptable destruction o f the PCB's is by incineration at 2250C or higher under carefully controlled conditions. At this temperature Inerteen will breakdown into HC1, CO2 and water vapor. An alkaline scrubber is necessary to neutralize the HC1 and the final products released to the atmosphere are CC>2 and steam. To be sure that the Inerteen and Inerteen contaminated materials do not contaminate the environment they must be incinerated in approved equipment. HANDLING short duration, it can be absorbed through the skin. Repeated contact over prolonged peri ods may result in severe dermatitis which may persist for many months after removal from * exposure. i Protective Equipment. When necessary, und er emergency conditions, to enter a space containing very high concentrations of Iner teen fumes or vapor, either an approved gas mask or self-contained breathing equipment, should be worn. For lower, but still signifi cant concentrations, cartridge type chemical respirator should be worn. If the odor of Inerteen is noticed while wearing respiratory equipment, the wearer should go immediately into fresh air. Neoprene coated aprons and neoprene coated gloves may be used where necessary to protect the skin. Hand cream designed to protect against oils and petroleum solvents, (such as Ply 9 Gc! made by Milbum Co. of Detroit) may be of some value where the use of gloves is not practical. When handling Inerteen, wash hands often with warm soapy water and in case of spillage onto clothing, remove the clothing as soon as possible; The clothing must then be laundered prior to use. 1. Safety Precautions Breathing. The odor of Inerteen is noticeable at concentrations' below the Maximum Ac ceptable Concentration. Concentrations which exceed this may cause irritation of the eyes. nose, throat and upper respiratory tract. Much higher concentrations could cause in ternal reactions. Swallowing. Inerteen is highly toxic if taken internally. Swallowing of an ounce or two could cause severe irritation o f the digesti\e tract and serious internal reactions. Skin Irritation. Although Inerteen is only a moderate skin irritant when contact is for 790722 2. Storage Inerteen is shipped in tank cars, drums or cans. Inerteen in drums or cans should be stored in a covered area and when stored out-of-doors the bungs should be down to prexent collection of water around the bung. A storage tank should be mounted on piers above the ground and accessible to all points for inspection for leakage. There should be a curb on the ground around the tank to contain any spillage or leakage. It is desirable, if possible, to keep Inerteen in storage at a temperature slightly above ambient to prevent moisture condensation. s SAMPLING AND INSPECTION Sampling. Each container of Inerteen must be sampled and tested prior to being added to a transformer and then should be added only if the dielectric strength is 30KV or above. It is desirable that periodic inspection of Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples o f Inerteen be taken from each compartment and tested. Initially a sample should be taken after about 3 months o f operation and then, where operating conditions permit, at inter vals of 6 months to 1 year. Accurate records should be maintained and if dielectric strength drops below 22KV it should be reconditioned. If facilities are not available for testing Inerteen. see "Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service" below. Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service. Many users of Inerteen do not have the necessary facilities for testing. In order that these users may be able to make the periodic tests recommended, Westinghouse Electric Corp oration has established an Inerteen testing service to provide careful tests by experienced engineer, and provide a prompt report on the test results. Two special 16 oz. sample bottles per mailing container Westinghouse S#24B 1743602. as well as necessary packing and primed matter, may be obtained by con tacting the nearest Westinghouse Office. (The bottle and the container will not be returned to the customer.) After drawing the sample o f Inerteen. the customer should seal the bottle and mail it to the Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Ma terials Engineering Laboratory, Sharon. Pa. 16146. To simplify these details, an instruc tion and order sheet and a printed return label have been included in the carton container. The instructions cover the taking o f the sample and its proper preparation for mailing. The order sheet must be sent to the nearest Westinghouse office. In addition to dielectric tests, Westinghouse is also prepared to make a physical and chemical examination if so requested. (The customer should plainly indicate the type of service desired.) The physical and chemical examination consists o f an examination o f the Inerteen by a competent chemist. Recommendations will be made as to the suitability o f the Inerteen for continued use, whether it would be desirable and economical to clean it. and in a general way, the preferred method of clean ing. In submitting samples for this service, the history o f the Inerteen represented should be given as completely as possible. (For details refer to the nearest Westinghouse Office). SAMPUNG INERTEEN The dielectric strength o f Inerteen is affected by the most minute- traces o f certain impurities, particularly water. It is important that the great est care be taken in obtaining the samples and in handling them to avoid contamination. There have been low dielectric test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have been found to be largely a matter o f poor sampling. All sampling and testing equipment used for handling Inerteen and servicing Inerteen should be used for no other purpose. Care must be used in taking samples of Inerteen and sealing them prior to testing. It is desirable that samples of Inerteen be removed from any container on dear days only, and when the temperature o f the Inerteen is at least as high as the temperature of the su r rounding air. Use only tin containers with screwed metal caps or glass bottles with Inerteen resistant lids to hold Inerteen samples. If it becomes n ece^ jn to u>e other than factory sampling containers. the\ should be rinsed with clean naptha, washed with detergent and water, and rinsed thoroughly in hot water, and then dried at approximately`1 !0 C for four hours with neck down in circulating air oven. If the containers are not used immediately after cleaning, they should be sealed tightly and stored in a dry. clean place. An aluminum foil liner, should be put in the lid. c t Provision is made on all Inerteen transformers to obtain a top sample of the Inerteen. however on a transformer that is in operation, a sample may be taken from either the top or bottom since any moisture present will be mixed in. due to circulation of Inerteen. In sampling, allow at least one quart of Inerteen to run out to flush the sampling connection before collecting the sample. This flush material must be collected in a suitable container for disposition as per the section on " Inerteen Disposal" page 6. The Inerteen should be put into the sample containers immediately and the caps screwed on tightly. The label for each container should be marked clearly with the serial number of the transformer or compartment from which the Inerteen was taken. Before taking samples from a storage tank, the Inerteen should be allowed to settle for approximately twelve hours so that if there is any moisture present, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise to the top where the sample is to be taken. A clean sneak-thief should be used to obtain the samples. Essentially, the same precau tions to prevent moisture and dirt contamination should be used as outlined above. It is recommended that one 16 02. bottle of Inerteen be taken as a sample for testing. At least one sample hould be taken from a tank car of Inerteen. One sample may be taken from each drum, or if desired, a composite sample may be made from Inerteen from five drums, provided all of the drums are airtight. When the bung is first loosened, a hissing sound should be heard, which indicates that the drum has been airtight. When the composite type o f testing is used and a sample is found to be unsatisfactory, a sample from each o i the drums represented must be tested. When drums have been siored exposed io the weather, a sample from each drum must be tested to determine if it is suitable for use. DISPOSITION O F SAMPLE & CON TAINER All samples must be collected in scaled.' labelled containers for disposition as described in section on "Inerteen Disposal" page 6. All sol vent rinses of test containers must be handled in a like manner. All containers, rags, and other solid materials involved in testing must be collected for proper disposition. TESTING METHODS Instruction for all tests listed correspond in general to the recommendations o f the American Society for Testing Materials. 1. Dielectric Strength Test The testing transformer and the source of supply of energy shall not be less than 1/2 KVA, and the frequency shall not exceed 100 Hertz per second. Regulation shall be so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the secondary o f the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either primary or secondary circuit. The rate o f rise shall approximate 3000 volts per second. The voltage may be measured by an approved method which gives root-meansquare values. Some protection is desirable to prevent ex cessive flow of current when breakdown of the Inerteen takes place. This protection preferably should be in the primary or low voltage side of the testing transformer. It is not especially im portant for transformers o f 5 KVA or less, as the current is limited by the impedance of the transformer. The standard test cup for holding the sample of Inerteen shall be made of a material having a suitable dielectric strength. It must be insoluble in and unattacked by Inerteen or benzine and non absorbent as far as moisture. Inerteen, or gasoline are concerned. The electrodes in ihe test cup between which the sample is tested shall be circular discs of polished brass or copper. 1 in. in diameter, with square i9 0 c ) edges. The electrodes shall be mounted in the test cup with their axes hori zontal and coincident, with a gap of 0.100 in. between their adjacent faces, and with tops of electrodes about 1-1/4 in. below the top of the 790724 7 i cup. (A suitable test cup is shown in Fig. 1, and portable testing outfits in Fig. 2.) a. Procedure Voltages shall be applied and increased uniformly at a rate o f approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs as indicated by a continuous discharge across The spacing of electrodes shall be checked with a standard round gauge having a diam eter o f 0.100 in., and the electrodes then locked in position. The electrodes and the test cup shall be wiped clean with dry, calendered tissue paper or with a clean, dry chamois skin and thor oughly rinsed with lnerteen-free, dry benzine until they are entirely free from fibers. The test cup shall be filled with dry benzine, and voltage applied with uniform increase at the rate o f approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown oc curs. If the dielectric strength is not less than 25KV, the cup shall be considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If a lower test value is obtained the cup shall be cleaned with benzine and the test repeated. The temperature o f the test cup and o f the Inerteen when tested shall be the same as that of the room, which should be between 68 F and 86 F. (20 C and 30 C) Testing at lower temperatures is likely to give variable results which may be misleading. The sample in the container shall be agitated with a swirling motion (to avoid introducing air) so as to mix the Inerteen thoroughly before filling the test cup. This is even more important with used Inerteen than with new Inerteen as the impurities may be precipitated and the test may be misleading. The cup shall be filled with Inerteen to a height of no less than 0.79 in. (20 mm) above the top of the electrodes. The Inerteen shall be gently agitated by rocking the cup and allowing it to stand in the cup for three minutes before the first and one minute before each succeeding puncture. This will allow air bubbles to escape. Fit. 2 Portable Off Texting Set, 1(2 K VA, 35,000 Voln L i C 'i *:i`x 730725 B N the pap. (Occasional momentary discharges which do not result in a permanent arc may occur: these should be disregarded). b. Number of Tests I. Except as specified in (II) one break down test shall be made on each o f five fillings o f the test cup. If the average deviation from the mean exceeds 10 percent or if any individual test deviates more than 25 percent from the average, additional tests shall be made. The dielec tric strength shall be determined by aver aging the first five tests that conform to the allowable variations. II. When Inerteen is tested in consider able quantity, so that the time required for testing is excessive and when it is merely desired to determine whether the breakdown safely exceeds the limit speci fied, or in those cases where the amount o f Inerteen available for test may be very limited, one breakdown test shall be made on each of two fillings of the test cup. If neither breakdown is below this value, the Inerteen may be considered satisfactory and no further tests shall be required. If either of the breakdowns is less than the specified value a breakdown shall be made on each of three additional fillings and test results analyzed in accordance with (I). c. Report The report shall include the volts (rms value) at each breakdown and the average o f the two or five breakdowns and the temperature of the Inerteen at the time of the test. 2. Neutralization Test The Neutralization number is the number of milligrams cT potassium h>dro\ide required to^ neutralize the acid in one gram of Inerieen. Solutions Required a. * Standard Potassium Hydroxide Solution (alcoholic. 0.1 N) - add 6 g. of c.p. solid KOH to I liter of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Boil, add 2 g. of c.p. Ba (OH)2 and boil again. Cool, filter and store in a chemically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing soda lime and soda asbestos (Ascarite). Stand ardize against pure potassium acid phthalate using phenolphthalein as an indicator. b. Titration Solvent - Add 500 ml. o f c.p. benzene and 5 ml. of water to 495 ml. o f c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Procedure. Into a 250 ml.Erlenmeyer flask intro duce 40 g. of Inerteen weighed accurately. Add 100 ml. of the titration solvent and 3 ml. o f the indicator solution. Titrate immediately at a temperature below 30C. Consider the end point definite if the color change to green persists for 15 seconds. A blank shall be determined on the solvent. Calculations. The neutralization number or mg. KOH per g. o f Inerteen = (A~B (N )x 5 6 - ! A = mi. KOH solution required for sample. B = ml.KOH solution required for blank. N = normality of KOH solution. W= grams of sample used. RECONDITIONING Reconditioning will be necessary to remove water, foreign material and hydrogen chloride which may be present and contaminating Iner teen. The blotter filter press, cartridge filter and the Inerteen conditioner will remove water and dirt which may be present. Various models of each of these types of apparatus are available. The Inerteen conditioner is the most effective for removing moisture, dirt, and other contaminating materials. It basically consists o f a clay container, a cla> filter, pump, attendant valves, gauges jn J fittings. Water cannot be effectively removed from either clay or filter material once they have become saturated with Inerteen therefore care 730726 9 should be taken to see that these materials are thoroughly dry prior to use. Any equipment used for conditioning Inerteen should first be thor oughly cleaned with benzine or naphtha to remove all traces of material foreign to Inerteen. If at all possible, separate equipment should be used for filtering inerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through Inerteen. This should be done as quickly as possible following the failure to prevent the attack o f HC1 on the cellulose insulation. The nitrogen should be passed in through the drain valve at the bottom and allowed to escape through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to a stand pipe above the level o f the Inerteen in the transformer to prevent the Inerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate o f one to three cubic feet per minute for a period o f 4 to 6 hours. This may require two to eight cylinders (220 cu. ft. each) depending on the size o f the apparatus. This includes all glass, metals, papers, insulation, day rags, filter cartridges, etc. These materials may be incinerated if suitable arrangements can be made for it to be done at a temperature sufficient to breakdown the Iner teen. Or they may be purged by cleaning with a proper fluid and the resultant fluid then may be incinerated using an approved procedure and temperature. The following disposition is recommended for various materials. Material Disposition Absorbing clay, filter paper, cartridges sawdust and rags Incinerate Coils Solvent clean or incinerate Cores Solvent clean Tanks & Frames Solvent clean Copper or Aluminum Solvent clean Insulation Incinerate DISPOSAL Inerteen Liquid. Collect all scrap Inerteen liquid in a suitable metal container which can be satisfactorily sealed. Once the Inerteen is col lected it may be returned in sealed drums or tank cars to Monsanto or other certified disposal company. Ship prepaid to: Monsanto Company W. G. Krummrich Plant Sauget, Illinois Attention: Supervisor Dept., 246 A charge will be made for all returned Inerteen. Solvent-Rinses Contaminated with Inerteen. Sol vent rinses or other liquids contaminated with Inerteen should also be collected in sealed drums or tank cars and sent either to Monsantovor other certified disposal company. Solids Contaminated with Inerteen. All solids materials contaminated with Inerteen must be stored in impervious containers until disposal. Incineration, lndneration, whether of liquids or contaminated solid materials, must be done at a temperature o f at least 2 2 5 0 C and the stack must be equipped with a suitable scrubber to remove HC1. Cleaning Contaminated Drums. The cleaning o f drums which have contained used Inerteen re quires great care in order to insure a thoroughly clean drum. Jt is preferable to return such drums to the supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attempt to clean them. If it is necessary to clean such drums, the following procedure is recommended: Rir.se the drum thorough!:- with g.-'c'.me or petroleum distillate, using about one gallon each time, until the solvent shows no discolor ation after using. Allow it to drain, then pump out the last traces o f solvent with a vacuum pump, using a brass pipe flattened at 790727 . !0 f'' \ the tower end to explore the corners of the drum. Collect all solvent rinse material for disposition as described above. dry air to remove any lingering explosive vapors. Screw the bung on tightly before removing the drum from the oven. Use a new washer with the bung to insure a tight seal. CAUTION: Do not use steel pipe because o f the danger of a spark igniting the gasoline or petroleum distillate vapor. Next, heat the drum with bunghole down in a ventilated oven at a temperature o f at least 88C . (190 F) for sixteen hours. (A simple oven for this purpose may be made from sheet metal and heated with steam or an electric heater.) Blow out the drum with dry nitrogen or CAUTION: Open flames must always be kept away from the oven to prevent igniting inflammable gases which might be remaining in drum when placed in the oven. The practice o f refilling drums with Inerteen is undesirable and should be avoided whenever possible, for unless the utmost precautions are taken, the Inerteen is likely to become con taminated. Part II - Installation and Maintenance <'Inerteen Transformers INSTALLATION For convenience in handling, ail transformers are equipped with lugs or eyes for lifting and mov ing the complete assembly filied with Inerteen by use o f a crane. Additional means are pro vided for the heavier parts such as covers, core and coils, radiators and terminal chambers. Jack ing lugs are also supplied on either the base or comers o f the tank. A transformer should only be lifted or moved by jacks placed against these lugs and not against the cooling tubes, radiator valves, or other fittings. An indoor installation requires that the room in which the transformers are placed must be well wntilated so that the heated air can readily escape and be replaced by cooler air from the outside. If the room is poorly ventilated, this exchange o f air takes place too slowly and the temperature o f the air in the room may become excessively high. At any given load the tempera ture rise of a self-cooled transformer will be a fixed number o f degrees above the temperature of the sumounding air. The temperature of the transformer is the sum o f this rise and the air temperature; therefore, care must be taken to provide a room sufficiently ventilated to permit operation o f transformers at a reasonable temp erature. Area o f the air inlets should be such that the ambient temperature never exceeds 4 0 C (1 0 4 F ) with an average over twenty-four hours not exceeding 30C (8 6 F): 50 to 60 square feet per 1000 kva of transformer capacity has been satisfactory. Outlet openings with the same total area should be provided. Self-cooled transformers should always be well separated from one another and from ad jacent walls, partitions, etc., in order to permit free air circulation about the cases. This separa tion should not be less than 24 to 36 inches 'depending on the >ize oi the ur.ii. INSPECTION All Inerteen transformers are carefully inspected and tested at the facton and they are in good 790728 U condition when shipped; but it is desirable to inspect each transformer thoroughly before plac ing it in service. When a transformer is shipped complete and filled with lnerteen, this inspection should in clude a check o f the lnerteen level, the tightening or adjustment o f any parts that may have become loose or out o f place, and determining the extent to which moisture may have entered the trans former. The latter can best be determined from the dielectric strength of the lnerteen. lnerteen used for filling transformers should have a dielec tric strength of 30KV or higher. When it tests less than this the lnerteen should be filtered. If the dielectric strength is very low or if there is any other evidence o f moisture, it is necessary to dry the transformer. lnerteen transformers should be dried by the short circuit method.with the transformer im mersed in the lnerteen and with the tank sealed tightly. During the drying out operation, the lnerteen should be circulated through a filter press or preferably through an lnerteen condi tioner. A filter press will remove dirt and most of the moisture, but the conditioner will remove these and other contaminating materials as well. The loading should be carefully watched and when the top lnerteen reaches a temperature of 60C . the load should be reduced to obtain an approximately constant top lnerteen temperature based on the following table: Short Circuit Amperes Maximum Temperature in Percent o f Load o f the Top lnerteen 50% 85eC 75% 80C 85% 75C While the windings o f the transformer heat up. do not permit the temperature of the top lnerteen to exceed the value specified for a given percentage o f load. This precaution is necessary because the windings .will,heat up. more quickly and operate at e higher temperature than the lnerteen. If the windings are allowed to reach too high a temperature, the insulation will be dam aged. The drying o f a transformer should be continued until the dielectric strength of samples of lnerteen taken from the transformer test at 30KV or higher. The desired load current should be obtained by short circuiting one winding and impressingthe proper impedance voltage on the other winding. The full load impedance may isually be found on the instruction plate for .ne trans formers; if the impedance o f the transformer is not known, it should be requested from the Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Sharon. Penn sylvania. by identifying the transformer with its serial number. If the transformer is at or lower than room temperature at the start o f the drying process, circulation o f 125 to 150% o f full load current will hasten the heating, and a higher top Lnerteen temperature can be obtained more quickly by blanketing the coolers when tubular coolers are used or by shutting off the radiator valves when radiators are used. The cover should be lagged to prevent condensation. The cover should be kept tightly sealed during the temperature run, and until the transformer has cooled down to room temperature to prevent condensation. This also prevents the release of hot lnerteen vapors which are quite objection able, particularly if the ventilation is poor. CAUTION: It is not safe to attempt the drying out of transformers unless constant attention is given to the job. ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS Bushings, fittings, and accessories when boxed and shipped separately should be mounted as shown on the outline drawing. Proper installation 79^729 j: instructions when necessary arc included in the instruction leaflets for component parts. Care must be exercised when these components are fitted to eliminate the accidental introduction of moisture in any form inside the transformer. Where blind flanges are removed before fittings are mounted, the level o f the Inerteen must be lowered below the openings that will be made. FINISH Any portion o f the paint film damaged during shipment or installation must be repaired as quickly as possible. To do this, dean the damaged portion by means o f a scraper or sandpaper, wipe thoroughly with a solvent dampened cloth, apply Westinghouse primer paint and allow it to dry for at least , 24 hours, then apply a coat o f Westinghouse inish paint. FILLING When putting new apparatus into service, see that the apparatus tank is free from moisture and foreign material. in Inerteen and will contaminate it in a short time. All joints should be tight: where practical. HU through the drain valve to keep aeration to a minimum and vent the top o f the tank to allow the air to escape. Be sure that valves and pipe connections between the main tank and any Inerteen filled compartments are open for free circulation o f gas and liquid. Otherwise, trapped air or gas may cause the Inerteen level in some parts o f the transformer to be below the safe operating level. If it is necessary to fill a transformer out-ofdoors, particularly on a damp day, care should be taken to prevent the entrance of moisture. In order to avoid condensation the temperature inside the unit should be kept several degrees above the outside air temperature. The tank and compartments, if any, should be filled at ambient temperature to the point on the gauges marked " 25 - Liquid Level." If the ambient varies greatly from 2 5 C (7 7 F) when filled, the Inerteen level should be checked when the average fluid temperature is 25C ; sufficient Inerteen should be added to or drained from the tank to bring the level to the proper height. The transformer should never be operated or left standing, even out o f service without the Inerteen level being indicated on the gauge. IMPORTANT: Extreme -precautions must be taken to insure the absolute dryness and cleanliness of the apparatus before filling it with Inerteen, and to prevent the nuance of water and dirt during the transfer of the Inerteen to the apparatus. The preparation and filling o f outdoor appa ratus should preferably be done on a dear, dry day: if this is not possible, protection against moisture must be provided. All vessels used for transferring the Inerteen should be carefully inspected to see that they are absolutely dry and free from contamination. Use only all-metal hose or pipe when filling, since the lining o f most other types of hose may be soluble Filling Under Vacuum. Entrapped air is a po tential source o f trouble in all liquid filled transformers. Therefore, it is desirable to fill all Inerteen transformers under a full vacuum. This is done for the transformers shipped from the factory and should be done where practicable when transformers are filled in the field, provid ing the transformer cases have been so designed. If the cases have not been designed for full vacuum and it is imperative to get the maximum winding impulse strength immediately, the transfornurs should be filled with Inerteen under full vacuum by placing them in an auxiliary vacuum tank. Where purchaser does not have an established technique for vacuum filling, the following pro cedures may be used whether vacuum is applied 7 3 J730 13 i ` b. directly to the transformer or the complete transformer is placed in an auxiliary vacuum tank. 1. Apply and maintain continuously a vac uum of at least 28 inches o f mercury for at least one-half hour to units rated 25KV and below, or for four hours to units above 25KV. 2. While retaining the vacuum, slowly fill with Inerteen to the normal 2 5 C level or with approximately 9 0 ^ o f the required amount where it is impossible to gauge properly. 3. Maintain the specified vacuum for at least one-half hour after filling. 4. Adjust Inerteen to normal level and seal the transformer tank. Do not reopen until the temperature at the top o f the fluid is equal to or higher than the ambient temperature in order to avoid condensation on the surface o f the Inerteen. In those cases where the transformers are not filled under vacuum, full voltage should not be applied to the windings for at least 24 hours after the Inerteen has been put into the case. This time is necessary to allow the air bubbles to escape. PLACING IN SERVICE Pressure Testing. All Inerteen transformers are pressure-tested at the factory and shipped free o f leaks. After installations and before voltage is applied, it is desirable to pressure-test each transformer, especially if any fittings or covers nave been removed and replaced during installa tion. Compressed dry- nitrogen or dry air may be used for the purpose. It is recommended that the >pjv-e above the Inerteen be blown out with drynitrogen. then close all vents and apply a pressuretest of five pounds per square inch for a period of six to eight hours. The test pressure can best be I.pMi J K the use of a pressure regulator attached to the nitrogen cylinder. A check ior\leaks of joints above the Inerteen level may be made by painting them with a solu lion o f soap and glycerin and watching for gas bubbles. At the conclusion o f the test the internal pressure should be returned to normal by momentarily venting the gas space. j High Altitude. Where transformers are to be used at a high altitude (more than 3000 feet above iea level) a fitting above the liquid level should ,be opened to equalize the internal and external pressures at a temperature o f approximately 25? C before placing the transformer in service. Grounding Transformer Tank. Regardless of the type of foundation or floor on which a trans former is to rest, the tank should be definitely and permanently grounded to eliminate the possi bility o f obtaining static shocks or being injured by accidental grounding o f a winding to the case. A ground pad or lug is always provided near the bottom of the tank for the purpose o f connecting the grounded lead. I CAUTION: A good low-resistance ground is! necessary for.adequate protection -- a poor ground may be worse than none at all. I Grounding Low Voltage Winding. Every effort, is made in insulating transformers to guard against any chance o f breakdown between high voltage and low voltage windings: however, in order to be absolutely safe, it is advisable that low voltage circuits with which persons may come in contact be grounded. The maximum voltage that can be obtained to ground is then limited to the normal voltage that exists between the grounded point and the line; this is true even though the high voltage and low voltage windings become con nected electrically. In grounding the winding, the neutral point should be used if it is available. When trans formers operate on single phase circuits with the middle point of the low voltage, the maximum voltage that can exist between any part of the low voltage circuit and ground is one-half of the low voltages. i MAKING CONNECTIONS I A diagram, usually on the metal instruction plate attached to the side o f the case, shows the proper . 790731 [ 14 power terminal connections to be made for various voltages. Care should be taken to see that all connections and only those shown are prop* erly made, for a wrong connection may cause severe damage. Some installations require an auxiliary source o f power or control leads to be wired to terminals at the transformer; a wiring diagram, either a separate drawing or included as part o f the outline drawing, shows the connections to be made. Voltage Application. When voltage is first applied to the transformer, it should, if possi ble, be brought up slowly to its full value so that any wrong connection or other trouble may be disclosed before damage can result. After full voltage has been applied successfully, the transformer should be operated without load for a few hours. It should be kept under close observation during this time and also dur ing the first few hours while loaded. should be taken out of service and given a thorough inspection. Any symptoms, such as unusual noises, high or low Inerteen levels, operation o f re lief device, etc., should be investigated at once. Transformersjvhich have been subjected to unusually severe operating conditions, such as overloads, frequent short circuits, or special units should be inspected at least once a year. This can usually be done adequately by lowering the Inerteen level and inspecting with a light through the manhole. Before this inspection is made, the Inerteen should be allowed to cool to reduce the amount o f Inerteen fumes given o ff which are quite objectionable and should not be inhaled. During periodic inspection, all accessories should be inspected to see if they are operating properly. INSPECTION It is desirable that periodic inspections of In erteen apparatus be made and that samples of Inerteen be taken from each and from all com partments of any apparatus and tested after a short period o f service. See section on Sampling and Inspection. Any increase in operating temperature at normal load should be investigated and if the cause cannot be determined, the transformer CAUTION: Never enter a vault or any other confined area in which a transformer relief device has been known to operate or in which a transformer has failed, until the area has been thoroughly ventilated. Then enter cautiously, with another person in attend ance. The pungent, somewhat irritating fumes of hydrogen chloride are easily de tected and can serve as a guide in entering the enclosure. w \ L 790732 $ Memorandum i 7 3 0 7 3 .3 Westinghouse THE LEADER OF THE TRANSFORMER INDUSTRY \ 700734 Instructions for Handling lnerteenlnsulating Fluid P.D.S. 54201 CM and Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers Westinghouse Electric Corporation Westinghouse Exhibit 10 SMALL POWER TRANSFORMER DIVISION, SOUTH BOSTON, VIRGINIA SHARON TRANSFORMER DIVISION, SHARON, PENNSYLVANIA l.B..45-063-99D Effective February, 1976 Supersedes I. B. 45-063*99C. August, 1971 CONTENTS Page PART ONE - INERTEEN INSULATING F L U I D ................................................... 3 C h a r a c te r is tic s ......................................................................................................... Environmental C onsiderations...................................................................... Handling ......................... Sampling and Inspection ...................................... Testing Methods ..................................................................................................................... Reconditioning ........................................................................................................................ D isp o sal..................................................................................................................................... 3 3 4 5 6 8 9 PART TWO - INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF INERTEEN TRANSFORM ERS.......................................................... Installation ................................................................................................... '..................... Inspection ..................................................................: ....................................................... Accessories and Fittings .................................................................................................... Finish ........................................................................ Filling .................................................................................................................................. Filling Under Vacuum . . . . ; ....................................... Placing in Service........................................................... Pressure T estin g.......................................................................................................... High Altitude ............................................................................................... Grounding Transformer Tank .................................................................................. Grounding Low Voltage Winding ........................................................................... Making Connections .......................................................................................................... Voltage Application ................................................................................................. Inspection .......................................................................................... 10 10 10 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 \ ?V 9 74>V Part I - Inerteen Insulating Fluid See American National Standards Institute Guidelines C107.1-1974 for complete information on handling and disposal of Askarels. Copies are available from: ANSI. 1430 Broadway. New York, N.Y. 10018 CHARACTERISTICS Inerteen is a highly pure, synthetic noninflammable and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid. Chemically stable and nearly water white in color, Inerteen is not affected by reaction with other materials regularly used in the manufacture of Inerteen apparatus. It is non oxidizing and non-corrosive at temperature con siderably above those normally obtained in Iner teen apparatus. Inerteen will not sludge under any operating condition. Water is the main enemy of Inerteen and keeping it dry will insure long service life. The dielectric strength o f Inerteen will com pare favorably with that o f insulating oil when tested under the same conditions. Quality samples of Inerteen tested under laboratory conditions may show a dielectric strength in excess of 40KV. Care must be exercised in handling and testing Inerteen. Inerteen must be kept in clean, sealed containers to prevent loss by evaporation or contamination by moisture or dirt. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on most varnishes, gums, and paints. Such materials are not used in the construction of Inerteen apparatus. No materials should be used in Iner teen apparatus except those approved by the Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the skin. If it is necessary to handle it, see the precautions under " Handling". It should be remembered that mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen; in fact, it is impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen. 3. Color: (Maximum) 100 A.P.H. 4. Condition: Clear 5. Dielectric constant: At 1000 hertz 7 7 F (25eC), 5.7 to 5.9 At 1000 hertz 2 1 2 F (1 0 0 C )t 4 .8 to 5 .0 6. Dielectric strength: (Minimum) 7 7 F (25C) At point of shipment, 35KV At point o f receipt, 30KV 7. Electrical Resistivity: (Minimum) 500 x 10* ohms/cm3 (212F (100C) at 500 volts DC) 8. Power factor: At 60 hertz, 7 7 F (2 5 C) 2% At 60 hertz, 2 12 F (100 C) 25% 9. Fixed chlorine content: (Minimum) 42 percent 10. Free chlorides: Less than 0.10 ppm 11. Neutralization number: Less than 0.014 mg of KOH/gram 12. Pour Point: (Maximum) plus 7 F (minus 1 4 C ) 13. Refractive index: At 7 7 F (25C), 1.624 to 1.626 14. Specific gravity: At 6 0 F/6CP F (15.5C/15.5C), 1.381 to ' 1.392 15. Density: 11.5 pounds per gallon 16. Viscosity: At 100F (37.8C), 82-92 seconds 17. Moisture: (Maximum) 35 ppm SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS OF INERTEEN As outlined in " Method of Testing Askarels A.S.T.M. D901," the specific characteristics of Inerteen are: \ 1. Bum point: None 2. Chemical stability: No generation of free chlorides under normal operating conditions. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Inerteen is a synthetic insulating fluid made by the chlorination o f a relatively common chemical, biphenyl. The chlorination is necessary to impart nonflammable properties to the Inerteen. The resulting polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's) are relatively insoluble in water but soluble in fat, YH9 4 "N I and extremely persistent in the environment. It has been shown by several laboratories that measurable amounts of the PCB's, particularly those with more than 50% chlorination, are present in our general environment and are a threat to certain species of wildlife. While Inerteen is generally regarded as being non-toxic to humans, very high standards of control in the overall program against pollution must be exer cised. Electrical apparatus (such as transformers and capacitors) using Inerteen are normally sealed to prevent escape of Inerteen into the environment. However, a carefully planned program of waste disposal must be followed at every step of the equipment life. This includes manufacture, repair and Pinal disposition of the fluid and the Inerteen contaminated parts. To date the only acceptable destruction o f the PCB's is by incineration at 2250 C or higher under carefully controlled conditions. At this temperature Inerteen will breakdown into HC1, CO2 and water vapor. An alkaline scrubber is necessary to neutralize the HC1 and the Pinal products released to the atmosphere are C02 and steam. To be sure that the Inerteen and Inerteen contaminated materials do not contaminate the environment they must be incinerated in approved equipment. HANDLING short duration, it can be absorbed through the skin. Repeated contact over prolonged peri ods may result in severe dermatitis which may persist for many months after removal from exposure. Protective Equipment. When necessary, und er emergency conditions, to enter a space containing very high concentrations of Iner teen fumes or vapor, either an approved gas mask or self-contained breathing equipment, should be worn. For lower, but still signiPicant concentrations, cartridge type chemical respirator should be worn. If the odor of Inerteen is noticed while wearing respiratory equipment, the wearer should go immediately into fresh air. Neoprene coated aprons and neoprene coated gloves may be used where necessary to protect the skin. Hand cream designed to protect against oils and petroleum solvents, (such as Ply 9 Gel made by Milbum Co. of Detroit) may be o f some value where the use o f gloves is not practical. When handling Inerteen, wash hands often with warm soapy water and in case of spillage onto clothing, remove the clothing as soon as possible. The clothing must then be laundered prior to use. 1. Safety Precautions Breathing. The odor of Inerteen is noticeable at concentrations below the Maximum Ac ceptable Concentration. Concentrations which exceed this may cause irritation o f the eyes, nose, throat and upper respiratory tract. Much higher concentrations could cause in ternal reactions. Swallowing. Inerteen is highly toxic if taken internally. Swallowing of an ounce or two could cause severe irritation o f the digestive tract and serious internal reactions. Skin Irritation. Although Inerteen is only a moderate skin irritant when contact is for 2. Storage Inerteen is shipped in tank cars, drums or cans. Inerteen in drums or cans should be stored in a covered area and when stored out-of-doors the bungs should be down to prevent collection o f water around the bung. A storage tank should be mounted on piers above the ground and accessible to all points for inspection for leakage. There should be a curb on the ground around the tank to contain any spillage or leakage. It is desirable, if possible, to keep Inerteen in storage at a temperature slightly above ambient to prevent moisture condensation. 5 SAMPLING AND INSPECTION Sampling. Each container of Inerteen must be sampled and tested prior to being added to a transformer and then should be added only if the dielectric strength is 30KV or above. It is desirable that periodic inspection o f Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples of Inerteen be taken from each compartment and tested. Initially a sample should be taken after about 3 months of operation and then, where operating conditions permit, at inter vals of 6 months to I year. Accurate records should be maintained and if dielectric strength drops below 22KV it should be reconditioned. In addition to dielectric tests, Westinghouse is also prepared to make a physical and chemical examination if so requested. (The customer should plainly indicate the type of service desired.) The physical and chemical examination consists of an examination of the Inerteen by a competent chemist. Recommendations will be made as to the suitability of the Inerteen for continued use, whether it would be desirable and economical to clean it, and in a general way, the preferred method of clean ing. In submitting samples for this service, the history of the Inerteen represented should be given as completely as possible. (For details refer to the nearest Westinghouse Office). If facilities are not available for testing Inerteen, see "Westinghouse Inerteen Testing SAMPUNG INERTEEN Service" below. The dielectric strength of Inerteen is affected by V/ Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service. Many users of Inerteen do not have the necessary facilities for testing. In order that these users may be able to make the periodic tests recommended, Westinghouse Electric Corp- oration has established an Inerteen testing service to provide careful tests by experienced engineer, and provide a prompt report on the test results. the most minute traces of certain impurities, particularly water. It is important that the great est care be taken in obtaining the samples and in handling them to avoid contamination. There have been low dielectric test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have been found to be largely a matter of poor sampling. All sampling and testing equipment used for handling Inerteen and servicing Inerteen should be used for no other purpose. Care must be used in taking Two special 16 oz. sample bottles per samples of Inerteen and sealing them prior to m a i l i n g c o n t a i n e r W e s t i n g h o u s e testing. It is desirable that samples o f Inerteen be S#24B 1743602, as well as necessary packing removed from any container on clear days only, and printed matter, may be obtained by con and when the temperature of the Inerteen is at tacting the nearest Westinghouse Office. (The least as high as the temperature of the sur bottle and the container will not be returned rounding air. to the customer.) Use only tin containers with screwed metal After drawing the sample of Inerteen, the caps or glass bottles with Inerteen resistant lids to customer should seal the bottle and mail it to hold Inerteen samples. If it becomes necessary to ! the Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Ma use other than factory sampling containers, they terials Engineering Laboratory, Sharon, Pa. should be rinsed with clean naptha, washed with I 16146. To simplify these details, an instruc detergent and water, and rinsed thoroughly in hot X tion and order sheet and a printed return label water, and then dried at approximately 110C for have been included in the carton cofttainer. four hours with neck down in circulating air oven. The instructions cover the taking of the If the containers are not used immediately after sample and its proper preparation for mailing. cleaning, they should be sealed tightly and stored The order sheet must be sent to the nearest in a dry, clean place. An aluminum foil liner Westinghouse office. should be put in the lid. zw xw 6 Provision is made on all Inerteen transformen All containers, rags, and other solid materials to obtain a top sample of the Inerteen, however involved in testing must be collected for proper on a transformer that is in operation, a sample disposition. may be taken from either the top or bottom since I any moisture present will be mixed in, due to circulation of Inerteen. In sampling, allow at least TESTING METHODS one quart of Inerteen to run out to flush the sampling connection before collecting the sample. Instruction for all tests listed correspond in , This flush material must be collected in a suitable general to the recommendations of the American container for disposition as per the section on Society for Testing Materials. " Inerteen Disposal" page 6. The Inerteen should be put into the sample containers immediately 1. Dielectric Strength Test and the caps screwed on tightly. The label for each container should be marked clearly with the The testing transformer and the source o f supply serial number of the transformer or compartment of energy shall not be less than 1/2 KVA, and the from which the Inerteen was taken. frequency shall not exceed 100 Hertz per second. Before taking samples from a storage tank, the Inerteen should be allowed to settle for approximately twelve hours so that if there is any moisture present, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise to the top where the sample is to be taken. A clean sneak-thief should be used to obtain the samples. Essentially, the same precau tions to prevent moisture and dirt contamination Regulation shall be so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the secondary o f the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either primary or secondary circuit. The rate of rise shall approximate 3000 volts per second. The voltage may be measured by an approved method which gives root-meansquare values. should be used as outlined above. Some protection is desirable to prevent ex It is recommended that one 16 oz. bottle of Inerteen be taken as a sample for testing. At least one sample should be taken from a tank car of Inerteen. One sample may be taken from each drum, or if desired, a composite sample may be made from Inerteen from five drums, provided all of the drums are airtight. When the bung is first cessive flow of current when breakdown of the Inerteen takes place. This protection preferably should be in the primary or low voltage side of the testing transformer. It is not especially im portant for transformers of S KVA or less, as the current is limited by the impedance of the transformer. loosened, a hissing sound should be heard, which indicates that the drum has been airtight. When the composite type of testing is used and a sample is found to be unsatisfactory, a sample from each of the drums represented must be tested. The standard test cup for holding the sample of Inerteen shall be made of a material having a suitable dielectric strength. It must be insoluble in and unattacked by Inerteen or benzine and non absorbent as far as moisture, Inerteen, or gasoline When drums have been stored exposed to the are concerned. weather, a sample from each drum must be tested to determine if it is suitable for use. The electrodes in the test cup between which the sample is tested shall be circular discs of DISPOSITION OF SAMPLE & CON polished brass or copper, 1 in. in diameter, with TAINER. All samples must be collected in sealed, square (90) edges. The electrodes shall be labelled containers for disposition as described in section on " Inerteen Disposal" page 9. All sol vent rinses of test containers must be handled in a like manner. mounted in the test cup with their axes hori zontal and coincident, with a gap of 0.100 in. between their adjacent faces, and with tops of electrodes about 1-1/4 in. below the top of the 7 cup. (A suitable test cup is shown in Fig. 1, and portable testing outfits in Fig. 2.) a. Procedure Voltages shall be applied and increased uniformly at a rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs as indicated by a continuous discharge across The spacing of electrodes shall be checked with a standard round gauge having a diam eter of 0.100 in., and the electrodes then locked in position. The electrodes and the test cup shall be wiped clean with drv, calendered tissue paper or with a clean, dry chamois skin and thor oughly rinsed with Inerteen-free, dry benzine until they are entirely free from fibers. The test cup shall be filled with dry benzine, and voltage applied with uniform increase at the rate of approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown oc cur. If the dielectric strength is not less than 25KV, the cup shall be considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If a lower test value is obtained the cup shall be cleaned with benzine and the test repeated. The temperature of the test cup and of the Inerteen when tested shall be the same as that of the room, which should be between 6 8 F and 8 6 F. (20C and 30C ) Testing at lower temperatures is likely to give variable results which may be misleading. Fif. 1. Fluid Test Cup for Dielectric Test The sample in the container shall be agitated with a swirling motion (to avoid introducing air) so as to mix the Inerteen thoroughly before filling the test cup. This is even more important with used Inerteen than with new Inerteen as the impurities may be precipitated and the test may be misleading. The cup shall be filled with Inerteen to a height of no less than 0.79 in. (20 mm) above the top of the electrodes. The Inerteen shall be gently agitated by rocking the cup and allowing it to stand in the cup for three minutes before the first and one minute before each succeeding puncture. This will allow air bubbles to escape. Fig. 2- Portable Oil Testini Set. 1/2 K VA. J5.000 Volts 92 HQ 7(? I <1 / the gap. (Occasional momentary discharges which do not result in a permanent arc may occur; these should be disregarded). b. Number of Tests I. Except as specified in (II) one break down test shall be made on each o f five fillings of the test cup. If the average deviation from the mean exceeds 10 percent or if any individual test deviates more than 25 percent from the average, additional tests shall be made. The dielec tric strength shall be determined by aver aging the first five tests that conform to the allowable variations. II. When Inerteen is tested in consider able quantity, so that the time required for testing is excessive and when it is merely desired to determine whether the breakdown safely exceeds the limit speci fied, or in those cases where the amount of Inerteen available for test may be very limited, one breakdown test shall be made on each of two fillings of the test cup. If neither breakdown is below this value, the Inerteen may be considered satisfactory and no further tests shall be required. If either of the breakdowns is less than the specified value a breakdown shall be made on each of three additional fillings and test results analyzed in accordance with (I). c. Report The report shall include the volts (rms value) at each breakdown and the average of the two or five breakdowns and the temperature of the Inerteen at the time of the test. 2. Neutralization Test The Neutralization number is the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acid in one gram of Inerteen. v Solutions Required a. Standard Potassium Hydroxide Solution (alcoholic, 0.1 N) - add 6 g. o f c.p. solid KOH to 1 liter of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Boil, add 2 g. of c.p. Ba (OH)2 and boil again. Cool, filter and store in a chemically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing soda lime and soda asbestos (Ascarite). Stand ardize against pure potassium acid phthalate using phenolphthalein as an indicator. b. Titration Solvent - Add 500 ml, of c.p. benzene and 5 ml. of water to 495 ml. of c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Procedure. Into a 250 mLErlenmeyer flask intro duce 40 g. of Inerteen weighed accurately. Add 100 ml. o f the titration solvent and 3 ml.of the indicator solution. Titrate immediately at a temperature below 30C. Consider the end point definite if the color change to green persists for 15 seconds. A blank shall be determined on the solvent. Calculations. The neutralization number or mg. KOH per g. of Inerteen = (A'B (f^ x56,1 A = ml.KOH solution required for sample. B = mLKOH solution required for blank. N * normality o f KOH solution. W= grams of sample used. RECONDITIONING Reconditioning will be necessary to remove water, foreign material and hydrogen chloride which may be present and contaminating Iner teen. The blotter filter press, cartridge filter and the Inerteen conditioner will remove water and dirt which may be present. Various models of each of these types of apparatus are available. The Inerteen conditioner is the most effective for removing moisture, dirt, and other contaminating materials. It basically consists of a clay container, a clay filter, pump, attendant valves, gauges and fittings. Water cannot be effectively removed from either clay or filter material once they have become saturated with Inerteen therefore care should be taken to see that these materials are thoroughly dry prior to use. Any equipment used for conditioning Inerteen should first be thor oughly cleaned with benzine or naphtha to remove all traces of material foreign to Inerteen. If at all possible, separate equipment should be used for filtering Inerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused .by arcing, may be - eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through Inerteen. This should be done as quickly as possible following the failure to prevent the attack of HC1 on the cellulose insulation. The nitrogen should be passed in through the drain valve at the bottom and allowed to escape through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to a stand pipe above the level of the Inerteen in the transformer to prevent the Inerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate o f one to three cubic feet per minute for a period of 4 to 6 hour?. This may require two to eight cylinders (220 cu. ft. each) depending on the size of the apparatus. DISPOSAL Inerteen Liquid. Collect all scrap Inerteen liquid in a suitable metal container which can be satisfactorily sealed. Onoe the Inerteen is col lected it may be returned in sealed drums or tank cars to Monsanto or other certified disposal companies as listed below. Ship prepaid to: Honsiflto Company W. G. Knimmrich Plsrtt &iugit. Illinois Attention: Supervisor Dept.. 246 Mucker Engineering Company Disposal Division Sheffield. Illino is Cbem-Trol Pollution Service. Inc. lo llin s-P u rli, Inc. 411S lik e Avenue Box 3349 IlM dell. New Tort 14219 Wilmington, Delaware 19199 A charge will be made for all returned Inerteen. Solvent-Rinses Contaminated with Inerteen. Sol vent rinses or other liquids contaminated with Inerteen should also be collected in sealed drums or tank cars and sent either to Monsanto or other certified disposal company. Solids Contaminated with Inerteen. All solids materials contaminated with Inerteen must be stored in impervious containers until disposal. This includes all glass, metals, papers, insulation, clay rags, filter cartridges,1etc. These materials may be incinerated if suitable arrangements can be made for it to be done at a temperature sufficient to breakdown the Iner*. teen. Or they may be purged by cleaning with a proper fluid and the resultant fluid then may be incinerated using an approved procedure and. temperature. The following disposition is recommended for various materials. Material ' Disposition Absorbing clay, filter paper, cartridges sawdust and rags - Incinerate Coils Solvent clean or incinerate Cores Solvent clean Tanks & Frames Solvent clean Copper or Aluminum Solvent clean Insulation Incinerate Incineration. Incineration, whether of liquids or contaminated solid materials, must be done at a temperature of at least 2250C and the stack must be equipped with a suitable scrubber to remove HC1. Cleaning Contaminated Drums. The cleaning of drums which have contained used Inerteen re quires great care in order to insure a thoroughly clean drum. It is preferable to return such drums to the supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attempt to clean them. If it is necessary to clean such drums, the following procedure is recommended: Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or petroleum distillate, using about one gallon each time, until the solvent shows no discolor ation after using. Allow it to drain, then pump out the last traces of solvent with a vacuum pump, using a brass pipe flattened at 10 the lower end to explore the comers of the drum. Collect all solvent rinse material for disposition as described above. dry air to remove any lingering explosive vapors. Screw the bung on tightly before removing the drum from the oven. Use a new washer with the bung to insure a tight seal. CAUTION: Do not use a steel pipe because of the danger of a spark igniting the gasoline or petroleum distillate vapor. Next, heat the drum with bunghole down in a ventilated oven at a temperature of at least 88 C. (190F) for sixteen hours. (A simple oven for this purpose may be made from sheet metal and heated with steam or an electric heater.) Blow out the drum with dry nitrogen or CAUTION: Open flames must always be kept away from the oven to prevent igniting inflammable gases which might be remaining in drum when placed in the oven. The practice of refilling drums with Inerteen is undesirable and should be avoided whenever possible, for unless the utmost precautions are taken, the Inerteen is likely to become con taminated. Part II - Installation and M aintenance of Inerteen Transformers INSTALLATION For convenience in handling, all transformers are equipped with lugs or eyes for lifting and mov ing the complete assembly filled with Inerteen by use of a crane. Additional means are pro vided for the heavier parts such as covers, core and coils, radiators and terminal chambers. Jack ing lugs are also supplied on either the base or comers of the tank. A transformer should only be lifted or moved by jacks placed against these lugs and not against the cooling tubes, radiator valves, or other fittings. An indoor installation requires that the room in which the transformers are placed must be well ventilated so that the heated air can readily escape and be replaced by cooler air from the outside. If the room is poorly ventilated, this exchange of air takes place too slowly and the temperature of the air in the room may become excessively high. At any given load the tempera ture rise of a self-cooled transformer will be a fixed number of degrees above the temperature of the surrounding air. The temperature of the transformer is the sum of this rise and the air temperature; therefore, care must be taken to provide a room sufficiently ventilated to permit operation of transformers at a reasonable temp erature. Area of the air inlets should be such that the ambient temperature never exceeds 40C (104F) with an average over twenty-four hours not exceeding 30C (8 6 F); SO to 60 square feet per 1000 kva of transformer capacity has been satisfactory. Outlet openings with the same total area should be provided. Self-cooled transformers should always be well separated from one another and from ad jacent walls, partitions, etc., in order to permit free air circulation about the cases. This separa tion should not be less than 24 to 36 inches depending on the size of the units. INSPECTION All Inerteen transformers are carefully inspected and tested at the factory and they are in good ! 'W l7 A 11 condition when shipped; but it is desirable to inspect each transformer thoroughly before plac ing it in service. When a transformer is shipped complete and Tilled with Inerteen, this inspection should in clude a check of the Inerteen level, the tightening or adjustment of any parts that may have become loose or out of place, and determining the extent to which moisture may have entered the trans former. The latter can best be determined from the dielectric strength of the Inerteen. Inerteen used for Tilling transformers should have a dielec tric strength of 30KV or higher. When it tests less than this the Inerteen should be filtered. If the dielectric strength is very low or if there is any other evidence of moisture, it is necessary to dry the transformer. Inerteen transformers should be dried by the short circuit method with the transformer im mersed in the Inerteen and with the tank sealed tightly. During the drying out operation, the Inerteen should be circulated through a filterpress or preferably through an Inerteen condi tioner. A Tilter press will remove dirt and most of the moisture, but the conditioner will remove these and other contaminating materials as well. The loading should be carefully watched and when the top Inerteen reaches a temperature of 6 0 C, the load should be reduced to obtain an approximately constant top Inerteen temperature based on the following table: Short Circuit Amperes Maximum Temperature in Percent of Load of the Top Inerteen 50% 85C 75% 80 C 85% 75C While the windings of the transformer heat up, do not permit the temperature of the top Inerteen to exceed the value specified for a given percentage of load. This precaution is necessary because the windings will heat up more quickly and operate a t . a higher temperature than the Inerteen. If the windings are allowed to reach too high a temperature, the insulation will be dam aged. The drying of a transformer should be continued until the dielectric strength of samples of Inerteen taken from the transformer test at 30KV or higher. The desired load current should be obtained by short circuiting one winding and impressing the proper impedance voltage on the other winding. The full load impedance may usually be found on the instruction plate for the trans formers; if the impedance o f the transformer is not known, it should be requested from the Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Sharon, Penn sylvania, by identifying the transformer with its serial number. If the transformer is it or lower than room temperature at the start of the drying process, circulation of 125 to 150% of full load cunent will hasten the heating, and a higher top Inerteen temperature can be obtained more qihckly by blanketing the coolers when tubular coolers are used or by shutting off the radiator valves when radiators are used. The cover should be lagged to prevent condensation. The cover should be kept tightly sealed during the temperature run, and until the transformer has cooled down to room temperature to prevent condensation. This also prevents the release of hot Inerteen vapors which are quite objection able, particularly if the ventilation is poor. CAUTION; It is not safe to attempt the drying out of transformers unless constant attention is given to the job. ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS Bushings, fittings, and accessories when boxed and shipped separately should be mounted as shown on the outline drawing. Proper installation fV 9775 instructions when necessary are included in the instruction leaflets for component parts. Care must be exercised when these components are fitted to eliminate the accidental introduction of moisture in any form inside the transformer. Where blind flanges are removed before fittings are mounted, the level of the Inerteen must be lowered below the openings that will be made. FINISH Any portion of the paint film damaged during shipment or installation must be repaired as quickly as possible. To do this, clean the damaged portion by means of a scraper or sandpaper, wipe thoroughly with a solvent dampened cloth, apply Westing* house primer paint and allow it to dry for at least 24 hours, then apply a coat of Westinghouse finish paint. FILLING When putting new apparatus into service, see that the apparatus tank is free from moisture and foreign material. in Inerteen and will contaminate it in a short time. All joints should be tight; where practical, fill through the drain valve to keep aeration to a minimum and vent the top o f the tank to allow the air to escape. Be sure that valves and pipe connections between the main tank and any Inerteen filled compartments are open for free circulation of gas and liquid. Otherwise, trapped air or gas may cause the Inerteen level in some parts of the transformer to be below the safe operating level. If it is necessary to fill a transformer out-ofdoors, particularly on a damp day, care should be taken to prevent the entrance of moisture. In order to avoid condensation the temperature inside the unit should be kept several degrees above the outside air temperature. The tank and compartments, if any, should be filled at ambient temperature to the point on the gauges marked '*25 ~ Liquid Level.'* If the ambient varies greatly from 25 C (77 F) when filled, the Inerteen level should be checked when the average fluid temperature is 25C; sufficient Inerteen should be added to or drained from the tank to bring the level to the proper height. The transformer should never be operated or left standing, even out of service without the Inerteen level being indicated on the gauge. IMPORTANT: Extreme precautions must be taken to insure the absolute dryness and cleanliness of the apparatus before filling it with Inerteen, and to prevent the entrance of water and dirt during the transfer of the Inerteen to the apparatus. The preparation and filling o f outdoor appa ratus should pieferably be done on a clear, dry day; if this is not possible, protection against moisture must be provided. All vessels used for transferring the Inerteen should be carefully inspected to see that they are absolutely dry and free from contamination. Use only all-metal hose or pipe when filling, since the lining of most other types of hose may be soluble Filling Under Vacuum. Entrapped air is a po tential source of trouble in all liquid filled transformers. Therefore, it is desirable to fill all Inerteen transformers under a full vacuum. This is done for the transformers shipped from the factory and should be done where practicable when transformers are filled in the field, provid ing the transformer cases have been so designed. If the cases have not been designed for full vacuum and it is imperative to get the maximum winding impulse strength immediately, the trans formers should be filled with Inerteen under full vacuum by placing them in an auxiliary vacuum tank. Where purchaser does not have an established technique for vacuum filling, the following pro cedures may be used whether vacuum is applied 13 9 directly to the transformer or the complete be returned to normal by momentarily venting transformer is placed in an auxiliary vacuum tank. the gas space. 1. Apply and maintain continuously a vac uum of at least 28 inches of mercury for at least one-half hour to units rated 25KV and below, or for four hours to units above 25KV. High Altitude. Where transformers are to be used at a high altitude (more than 3000 feet above sea level) a fitting above the liquid level should be opened to equalize the internal and external pressures at a temperature of approximately 2SC 2. While retaining the vacuum, slowly fill before placing the transformer in service. with Inerteen to the normal 25 C level or with approximately 90% o f the required amount where it is impossible to gauge Grounding Transformer Tank. Regardless of the type of foundation or floor on which a trans former is to rest, the tank should be definitely properly. and permanently grounded to eliminate the possi 3. Maintain the specified vacuum for at least one-half hour after filling. bility of obtaining static shocks or being injured by accidental grounding of a winding to the case. A ground pad or lug is always provided near the 4. Adjust Inerteen to normal level and seal bottom of the tank for the purpose of connecting the transformer tank. Do not reopen until the the grounded lead. temperature at the top of the fluid is equal to or higher than the ambient temperature in order to avoid condensation oh the surface o f CAUTION: A good low-resistance ground is 9 the Inerteen. necessary for .adequate protection -- a poor ground may be worse then none at all. In those cases where the transformers are not * filled under vacuum, full voltage should not be applied to the windings for at least 24 hours after the Inerteen has been put into the case. This time is necessary to allow the air bubbles to escape. Grounding Low Voltage Winding. Every effort is made in insulating transformers to guard against any chance o f breakdown between high voltage and low voltage windings; however, in order to be PLACING IN SERVICE absolutely safe, it is advisable that low voltage circuits with which persons may come in contact Pressure Testing. All Inerteen transformers are pressure-tested at the factory and shipped free o f leaks. After installations and before voltage is applied, it is desirable to pressure-test each transformer, especially if any fittings or coven have been removed and replaced during installa be grounded. The maximum voltage that can be obtained to ground is then limited to the normal voltage that exists between the grounded point and the line; this is true even though the high voltage and low voltage windings become con nected electrically. tion. Compressed dry nitrogen or dry air may be In grounding the winding, the neutral point used for the purpose. It is recommended that the should be used if it is available. When trans space above the Inerteen be blown out with dry formers operate on single phase circuits with the nitrogen, then close all vents and apply a pressure- middle point o f the low voltage, the maximum test of five pounds per square inch for a period o f voltage that can exist between any part of the low six to eight hours. The test pressure can best be voltage circuit and ground is one-half of the low limited by the use of a pressure regulator attached voltages. ' to the nitrogen cylinder. A check for^eaks o f joints above the Inerteen level may be made by painting them with a solution of soap and MAKING CONNECTIONS glycerin and watching for gas bubbles. At the A diagram, usually on the metal instruction plate conclusion of the test the internal pressure should attached to the side of the case, shows the proper ,? '4 9 7 7 & 14 power terminal connections to be made for various voltages. Care should be taken to see that all connections and only those shown are prop erly made, for a wrong connection may cause severe damage. Some installations require an auxiliary source of power or control leads to be wired to terminals at the transformer; a wiring diagram, either a separate drawing or included as part of the outline drawing, shows the connections to be made. Voltage Application. When voltage is first applied to the transformer, it should, if possi ble, be brought up slowly to its full value so that any wrong connection or other trouble may be disclosed before damage can result. After full voltage has been applied successfully, the transformer should be operated without load for a few hours. It should be kept under close observation during this time and also dur ing the first few hours while loaded. should be taken out of service and given a thorough inspection. Any symptoms, such as unusual noises, high or low Inerteen levels, operation of re lief device, etc., should be investigated at once. Transformers which have been subjected to unusually severe operating conditions, such as overloads, frequent short circuits, or special units should be inspected at least once a year. This can usually be done adequately by lowering the Inerteen level and inspecting with a light through the manhole. Before this inspection is made, the Inerteen should be allowed to cool to reduce the amount of Inerteen fumes given off which are quite objectionable and should not be inhaled. During periodic inspection, all accessories should be inspected to see if they are operating properly. INSPECTION It is desirable that periodic inspections of Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples of Inerteen be taken from each and from all com partments of any apparatus and tested after a short period of service. See section on Sampling and Inspection. Any increase in operating temperature at normal load should be investigated and if the cause cannot be determined, the transformer CAUTION: Never enter a vault or any other confined area in which a transformer relief device has been known to operate or in which a transformer has failed, until the area has been thoroughly ventilated. Then enter cautiously, with another person in attend ance. The pungent, somewhat irritating fumes of hydrogen chloride are easily de tected and can serve as a guide in entering the enclosure. \ Memorandum \ 8H 977 I Westinghouse THE LEADER OF THE TRANSFORM ER INDUSTRY 'i Sfrilndlths P.D.S.54201 CM V` t `' an d 7 > .;- Installation and Maintenance of Inerteen Transformers I t Westinghouse Electric Corporation Westinghouse Exhibit 11 SMALL POWER TRANSFORMER DIVISION, SOUTH BOSTON, VIRGINIA SHARON TRANSFORMER DIVISION, SHARON, PENNSYLVANIAI I II Elicerne June. 1976 Supersede! !,B. 45^)63-99D. February. 1976 CONTENTS Page PA R T O N E - IN ER T E EN IN SU L A T IN G F L U ID ........................................................ 3 C h a ra c te r istic s............................................................................................. . .................................... Environmental C o n sid e ra tio n s....................................................... Handling ................................................................................................................................................ Sam pling and Inspection .............................................................. Testing M ethods ............................................... R econditioning .............. D is p o s a l.......... ....................................................................................................................................... 3 3 4 5 6 8 9 PART TWO - IN STALLATIO N AND M AINTENANCE O F IN ER T E EN T R A N S F O R M E R S .................................................................. Installation ...............................................................................................................'........................... Inspection ...................... A ccessories and Fittings ................................................................................................................. Finish .......................................................................................................................... Filling ............................................................ Filling U nder V a c u u m .............................................................. Placing in Service ................................................................................................................................ Pressure T e s t i n g ............................. High A ltitude ........................................................................................................ ; ............... G rounding Transform er T ank .............................................................................................. G rounding L ow Voltage Winding ................................................................................ Making C onnections .............................................................. V oltage A pplication ............................................................................................................... Inspection ............................................ 10 10 10 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 163^16 \ Part I - Inerteen Insulating Fluid See American National Standards Institute Guidelines C107.1-1974 for complete information on handling and disposal of Askarels. Copies are available from; ANSI. 1430 Broadway. New York, N.Y. 10018 .. 3 CHARACTERISTICS Inerteen is a highly pure, synthetic noninflammable and non-explosive insulating and cooling liquid. Chemically stable and nearly water white in color, Inerteen is not affected by reaction with other materials regularly used in the manufacture o f Inerteen apparatus. It is non oxidizing and non-corrosive at temperature con siderably above those normally obtained in Inertggp apparatus. Inerteen will.not sludge under anjf operating condition. Water is the main enemy o f Inerteen and keeping it dry will insure long service life. The dielectric strengtDhof Inerteen will com pare favorably with that of insulating oil when tested under the same conditions. Quality samples o f Inerteen tested under laboratory conditions may show a dielectric strength in excess o f 40KV. Care must be exercised in handling and testing Inerteen. Inerteen must be kept in clean, sealed containers to prevent loss by evaporation or contamination by moisture or dirt. Inerteen exerts a strong solvent action on most varnishes, gums, and paints. Such materials are not used in the construction oY Inerteen apparatus. No materials should be used in Iner teen apparatus except those approved by the Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Inerteen has an irritating effect upon the skin. If it is necessary to handle it, see the precautions under " Handling**. It should be remembered that mineral oil is completely miscible with Inerteen; in fact,* it is impossible to separate mineral oil and Inerteen. 3. Color: (Maximum) 100 A.P.H. 4. Condition: Clear 5. Dielectric constant: At 1000 hertz 7 7 F (2 5 C), 5.7 to 5.9 At 1000 hertz 2 1 2 F (100C ), 4.8 to 5.0 6. Dielectric strength: (Minimum) 77 F (2 5 C) At point of shipment, 35KV At point of receipt, 30KV 7. Electrical Resistivity: (Minimum) *5 0 0 x 10* ohms/cmJ (212F (100C) at 500 volts DC) 8. fow er factor: At 60 hertz, 7 7 F (25 C) 2% At 60 hertz, 212 F (100C) 25% 9. Fyted chlorine content: (Minimum) 42 percenj 10. Free chlorides: Less than 0.10 ppm 11. Neutralization number: Less than 0.014 mg of KOH/gram 12. Pour Point: (Maximum) plus 7 F (minus 14C) 13. Refractive index: At 7 7 F (25#C), 1.624 to 1.626 14. Specific gravity: At 60F /6C rF (15 .5 C /15.5C ), 1.381 to 1.392 15. Density: 11.5 pounds per gallon 16. Viscosity: At 100F (37.8*C ), 82-92 seconds 17. Moisture: (Maximum) 35 ppm SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS OF INERTEEN As outlined in " Method of Testing Askarels A.S.T.M. D901," the specific characteristics o f Inerteen are: 1. Bum point: None 2. Chemical stability: No generation o f free chlorides under normal operating conditions. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS Inerteen is a synthetic insulating fluid made by the chlorination o f a relatively common chemical, biphenyl. The chlorination is necessary to impart nonflammable properties to the Inerteen. The resulting polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's) are relatively insoluble in water but soluble in fat, 162417 i 4 and extrem ely persistent in the environment. It has been shown by several laboratories that measurable am ounts o f the PCB's, particularly those with more than 50% chlorination, are present in our general environment and are .a threat to certain species o f wildlife. While Inerteen is generally regarded as being non-toxic to humans, very high standards o f control in the overall program against pollution must be exer cised. Electrical apparatus (such as transformers and capacitors) using Inerteen are normally sealed to prevent escape o f Inerteen into the environment However, a carefully planned program o f waste disposal m ust be followed at every step o f the equipment life. This includes manufacture, repair and final disposition o f the fluid and the Inerteen contam inated parts. T o date the only acceptable destruction o f the PCB's is by incineration at 225O0C or higher under carefully controlled conditions. A t this' temperature Inerteen will breakdown into HC1, COj and water vapor. An alkaline scrubber is necessary to neutralize the HC1 and the final products released to the atmosphere are CO2 and steam. To be sure that the Inerteen and Inerteen contaminated materials do not contaminate the environment they m ust be incinerated in approved equipment. H A N D LIN G short duration, it can be absorbed through the skin. Repeated contact over prolonged peri ods m ay result in severe derm atitis which m ay persist for many months after removal from exposure. frotective Equipm ent When necessary, und er emergency conditions, to enter a space containing very high concentrations o f Iner teen fumes or vapor, either an approved gas mask or self-contained breathing equipment, should be worn. For lower, but still signifi cant concentrations, cartridge type chemical respirator should be worn. If the odor o f Inerteen is noticed while wearing respiratory equipment, the wearer should go immediately into fresh air. Neoprene coated aprons and neoprene coated gloves may be used where necessary to protect the skin. Hand cream designed to protect against oils and petroleum solvents, (such as Ply 9 Gel m ade by M ilbum Co. o f Detroit) may be o f some value where the use o f gloves is not practical. When handling Inerteen, w ash hands often with warm soapy water and in case o f spillage onto clothing, remove the clothing as soon as possible. The clothing m ust then be laundered prior to use. < 1. Safety Precautions 2. Storage Breathing. The odor o f Inerteen is noticeable at concentrations below the Maximum A c ceptable Concentration. Concentrations which exceed this m ay cause irritation o f the eyes, nose, throat and upper respiratory tract Much higher concentrations could cause in ternal reactions. Inerteen is shipped in tank cars, drums or cans. Inerteen in drum s o r cans should be stored in a covered area and when stored out-of-doors the bungs should be down to prevent collection o f water around the bung. A storage tank should be mounted on piers above the ground and accessible to all points Swallowing, inerteen is highly toxic if taken for inspection for leakage. There should be a internally. Swallowing o f an ounce or two curb on the ground around the tank to could cause severe irritation o f the digestive contain any spillage or leakage. ` tract and serious internal reactions. Skin Irritation. Although Inerteen is only a It is desirable, if possible, to keep Inerteen in storage at a temperature slightly above m oderate skin irritant when contact is for ambient to prevent moisture condensation. r }62.418 s SAMPLING AND INSPECTION Sampling. Each container o f Inerteen must be sampled and tested prior to being added to a transformer and then should be added only if the dielectric strength is 30K V or above. It is desirable that periodic inspection o f Inerteen apparatus be made and that samples o f Inerteen be taken from each compartment and tested. Initially a sample should be taken after about 3 months o f operation and then, where operating conditions permit, at inter vals o f 6 months to 1 year. Accurate records should be maintained and if dielectric strength drops below 22KV it should be reconditioned. In addition to dielectric tests, Westinghouse is also prepared to make a physical and chemical examination if so requested. (The customer should plainly indicate the type o f service desired.) The physical and chemical examination consists o f an exam ination o f the Inerteen by a com petent chemist. Recom m endations will be made as to the suitability o f the Inerteen fo r continued use, whether it would be desirable and econom ical to clean it, and in a general way, the preferred method o f clean ing. In subm itting samples for this service, the history o f the Inerteen represented should be given as com pletely as possible. (F o r details refer to the nearest Westinghouse Office). I f facilities are not available for testing Inerteen, see " Westinghouse Inerteen Testing SAM PLING IN ER TEEN Service" below. The dielectric strength o f Inerteen is affected by Westinghouse Inerteen Testing Service. Many users o f Inerteen do not have the necessary facilities for testing. In order that these users may be able to make the periodic tests recommended, Westinghouse Electric C orp oration has established an Inerteen testing service to provide careful tests by experienced engineer, and provide a prom pt report on the test results. the m ost minute traces o f certain impurities, particularly water. It is important that the great est care be taken in obtaining the sam ples and in handling them to avoid contamination. There have been low dielectric test results reported from the field which, upon investigation, have been found to be largely a m atter o f poor sampling. All sampling and testing equipment used for handling Inerteen and servicing Inerteen should be used for no other purpose. Care m ust be used in taking Tw o special 16 oz. sample bottles per samples o f Inerteen and sealing them prior to m a i l i n g c o n t a i n e r W e s t i n g h o u s e testing. It is desirable that samples o f Inerteen be S # 2 4 B 1743602, as well as necessary packing removed from any container on d ear days only, and printed m atter, m ay be obtained by con* and when the tem perature o f the Inerteen is at tacting the nearest W estinghouse O ffice. (The least as high as the tem perature o f the s u r bottle and the container will n ot be returned rounding air. to the custom er.) Use only tin containers with screwed metal A fter drawing the sample o f Inerteen, the caps or glass bottles with Inerteen resistant lids to customer should seal the bottle and mail it to hold Inerteen samples. I f it becom es necessary to the Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Ma use other than factory sampling containers, they terials Engineering Laboratory, Sharon, Pa. should be rinsed with clean naptha, washed with 16146. T o sim plify these details, an instruc detergent and water, and rinsed thoroughly in hot tion and order sheet and a printed return label water, and then dried at approximately U 0 C for have been included in the carton container. fou r hours with neck down in circulating air oven. The instructions cover the taking o f the If the containers are not used immediately after sample and its proper preparation for mailing. cleaning, they should be sealed tightly and stored The order sheet m ust be sent to the nearest in a dry, clean p L c e. An aluminum foil liner Westinghouse office. should be put in the lid. r~' 1 6 2 4 9 6 Provision is made on all Inerteen transform en to obtain a top sample o f the Inerteen, however on a transform er that is in operation, a sample may be taken from either the top or bottom since any moisture present will be mixed in, due to circulation o f Inerteen. In sampling, allow at least one quart o f Inerteen to run out to flush the sampling connection before collecting the sample. This flush m aterial m ust be collected in a suitable container for disposition as per the section on " Inerteen Disposal" page 6. The Inerteen should be put into the sample containers immediately and the caps screwed on tightly. The label for each container should be marked clearly with the serial number o f the transformer or compartment from which the Inerteen was taken. Before taking samples from a storage tank, the Inerteen should be allowed to settle for approxim ately twelve hours so that if there is any moisture present, it, having a lower specific gravity, will rise to the top where the sample is to be taken. A clean sneak-thief should be used to obtain the samples. Essentially, the same precau tions to prevent moisture and dirt contamination should be used as outlined above. It is recommended that one 16 oz. bottle o f Inerteen be taken as a sample for testing. A t least one sample should be taken from a tank car o f Inerteen. One sample may be taken from each drum, or if desired, a com posite sample may be made from Inerteen from five drums, provided all o f the drum s are airtight. When the bung is first loosened, a hissing sound should be heard, which indicates that the drum has been airtigh t When the com posite type o f testing is used and a sample is found to be unsatisfactory, a sample from each o f the drums represented m ust be tested. . When drum s have been stored exposed to the weather, a sample from each drum must be tested to determine if it is suitable for use. \ DISPOSITION O F SAM PLE A CON T A IN E R . All sam ples m ust be collected in sealed, labelled containers for disposition as described in section on " Inerteen Disposal" page 9. All sol vent rinses o f test containers m ust be handled in a like manner. All containers, rags, and other solid materials involved in testing must be collected for proper disposition. TESTING METHODS Instruction for all tests listed correspond in general to the recommendations o f the American Society for Testing Materials. 1. Dielectric Strength T est The testing transformer and the source o f supply o f energy shall not be less than 1/2 KV A , and the frequency shall not exceed 100 Hertz per second. Regulation shall be so controlled that the high tension testing voltage taken from the. secondary o f the testing transformer can be raised gradually without opening either prim ary or secondary circuit. The rate o f rise shall approxim ate 3000 volts per second. The voltage may be measured by an approved method which gives root-meansquare values. Some protection is desirable to prevent ex cessive flow o f current when breakdown o f the Inerteen takes place. This protection preferably should be in the primary o r low voltage side o f the testing transformer. It is not especially im portant for transformers o f 5 KV A or less, as the current is limited by the impedance o f the transform er. The standard test cup for holding the sample o f Inerteen shall be made o f a m aterial having a suitable dielectric strength. It m ust be insoluble in and unattacked by Inerteen or benzine and non absorbent as far as moisture, Inerteen, or gasoline are concerned. The electrodes in the test cup between which the sample is tested shall be circular discs o f polished brass or copper, 1 in. in diameter, with square ( 9 0 ) edges. The electrodes shall be mounted in the test cup with their axes hori zontal and coincident, with a gap o f 0 .1 0 0 in. between their adjacent faces, and with tops of electrodes about 1-1/4 in. below the to p o f the 162421 7 cup. (A suitable test cup is shown in Fig. 1, and portable testing outfits in Fig. 2.) a. Procedure Voltages shall be applied and increased uniformly at a rate o f approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown occurs as indicated by a continuous discharge across The spacing o f electrodes shall be checked with a standard round gauge having a diam eter o f 0 .100 in., and the electrodes then locked in position. The electrodes and the test cup shall be wiped clean with dry, calendered tissue paper or with a clean, dry chamois skin and thor oughly rinsed with Inerteen-free, dry benzine until they are entirely free from fibers. The test cup shall be filled with dry benzine, and voltage applied with uniform increase at the rate of. approximately 3000 volts (rms) per second until breakdown oc curs. If the dielectric strength is not less than 25K V , the cup shall be considered in suitable condition for testing the Inerteen. If a lower test value is obtained the cup shall be cleaned with benzine and the test repeated. The temperature o f the test cup and o f the Inerteen when tested shall be the same as that o f the room, which should be between 6 8 F and 8 6 F . (2 0 C and 3 0C )T estin g at lower temperatures is likely to give variable results which may be misleading. Fig. 1. Fluid Test Cupfor Dielectric T at The sample in the container shall be ' agitated with a swirling motion (to avoid introducing air) so as to mix the Inerteen thoroughly before filling the test cup. This is even more im portant with used Inerteen than with new Inerteen as the impurities may be precipitated and the test may be misleading. The cup shall be filled with Inerteen to a height o f no less than 0 .7 9 in. (2 0 m m ) above the top o f the electrodes. V The Inerteen shall be gently agitated by rocking the cup and allowing it to stand in the cup for three minutes before the first and one minute before each succeeding puncture. This will allow air bubbles to escape. Fig. Z Portable Oil Testing Set, (2 KVA, 35,000 Volts the gap. (OccasionaJ momentary discharges which do not result in a permanent arc may occur; these should be disregarded). b. Number o f Tests I. E xcep t as specified in (II) one break down test shall be made on each o f five fillin g o f the test cup. If the average ' deviation from the mean exceeds 10 percent or if any individual test deviates more than 25 percent from the average additional tests shall be made. The dielec tric strength shall be determined by aver aging the first five tests that conform to the allowable variations. II. When Inerteen is tested in consider able quantity, so that the time required for testing is excessive and when it is merely desired to determine whether the breakdown safely exceeds the limit speci fied, or in those cases where the am ount o f Inerteen available for test may be very limited, one breakdown test shall be made on each o f tw o fillings o f the test cup. I f neither breakdown is below this value, the Inerteen may be considered satisfactory and no further tests shall be required. I f either o f the breakdowns is less than the specified value a breakdown shall be made on each o f three additional fillings and test results analyzed in accordance with (I). to 1 liter o f c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcohol. Boil, add 2 g. o f c.p. Ba (OH )2 and boil again. Cool, filter and store in a chemically resistant bottle protected by a guard tube containing soda lime and soda asbestos (Ascarite). Stand ardize against pure potassium acid phthalate using phenolphthalein as an indicator. b. Titration Solvent - A dd 500 ml. o f c.p. benzene and 5 m l o f water to 495 m l o f c.p. anhydrous isopropyl alcoh ol Procedure. Into a 250 m lErlenm eyer flask intro duce 40 g. o f Inerteen weighed accurately. Add 100 ml. o f the titration solvent and 3 ml. o f the indicator solution. Titrate immediately at a temperature below 3(PC. Consider the end point definite if the color change to green persists for 15 seconds. A blank shall be determined on the solvent Calculation. The neutralization number or mg. KO H per g. o f Inerteen - i f c g .S $ .x ! A * ml.KOH solution required for sample. B * m l KOH solution required for blank. N * normality o f KOH solution. W * grams o f sample used. RECONDITIONING c. Report The report shall include the volts (rms value) at each breakdown and the average o f the two or five breakdowns and the temperature o f the Inerteen at the time o f the test. *2. Neutralization Test The Neutralization number is the number o f milligrams o f potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acid in one gram o f Inerteen. Reconditioning will be necessary to remove water, foreign material and hydrogen chloride which m ay be present and contaminating Iner teen. The blotter filter press, cartridge filter arid the Inerteen conditioner will remove water and dirt which may be present. V arious m odels o f each o f these types o f apparatus are available. The Inerteen conditioner is the m ost effective for removing moisture, dirt, and other contaminating materials. It basically consists o f a clay container, a clay filter, pum p, attendant valves, gauges and fittings. Solutions Required w. Standard Potassium H ydroxide Solution (alcoholic, 0.1 N) - add 6 g. o f c.p. solid KOH Water cannot be effectively removed from either clay or filter material once they have becom e saturated with Inerteen therefore care 162422 9 should be taken to see that these materials are thoroughly dry prior to use. Any equipment used for conditioning Inerteen should first be thor oughly cleaned with benzine or naphtha to remove all traces o f material foreign to Inerteen. If at all possible, separate equipment should be used for filtering Inerteen only. Hydrogen chloride, caused by arcing, may be eliminated by vigorously bubbling dry nitrogen through Inerteen. This should be done as quickly as possible following the failure to prevent the attack o f HC1 on the cellulose insulation. The nitrogen should be passed in through the drain valve at the bottom and allowed to escape through a vent at the top. The nitrogen should be discharged through a pressure regulator attached to a stand pipe above the level o f the Inerteen in the transform er to prevent the Inerteen from flowing into the regulator. The nitrogen should be bubbled through the Inerteen at a rate o f one to three cubic feet per minute for a period o f 4 to 6 hours. This may require two to eight cylinders (220 cu. f t each) depending on the size o f the apparatus. DISPOSAL Inerteen Liquid. Collect all scrap Inerteen liquid in a suitable m etal container which can be satisfactorily sealed. Once the Inerteen is col lected it may be returned in sealed drums or tank cars to Monsanto or other certified disposal companies as listed below. Ship prepaid to: Monsanto Industrial Ck m teats CoBpany luctaar Eflgiflttrift* Company tOO Sorth Undbarpi t a il ward Disposal Division SL leuis. Missoari 431S4 Sheffield. Illinois 11341 Chaa-Tral Pollution Sarrieta, toe. 1550lalfflar lead ModilCitj.MowTwt 14107 Vas Con. toe. 405 Shoshone Stmt. Sooth P. 0. Boa 544 Twin Falls. Idaho 13301 ollias Emrvtamatol Sarrios. Ik . P.0. In 271 Ifidfiport. J . 01014 P.0. BntOS Door Part Tusa 77531 11351 Seanie Highway lateo loan- U* 70S07 A charge will be m ade for all returned Inerteen. Solvent-Rinses Contaminated with Inerteen. Sol vent rinses or other liquids contaminated with Inerteen should also be collected in sealed drums or tank cars and sent either to Monsanto or other r certified disposal company. Solids Contaminated with Inerteen. All solids materials contam inated with Inerteen m ust be stored in impervious containers until disposal This includes all glass, metals, papers, insulation, clay ra p , filter cartridges, etc. These materials may be incinerated if suitable arrangements can be made for it to be done at a temperature sufficient to breakdown the Iner teen. Or they may be purged by cleaning with a proper fluid and the resultant fluid then may be incinerated using an approved procedure and tem perature. The following disposition is recommended for various materials. Material Disposition Absorbing clay, filter paper, cartridges sawdust and rags Incinerate Coils Solvent clean or incinerate Cores Solvent clean Tanks A Frames Solvent clean Copper or Aluminum Solvent clean Insulation Incinerate Incinention. Incineration, whether o f liquids or contaminated solid materials, must be done at a temperature o f at least 2 2 5 0 C and the su c k must be equipped with a suitable scrubber to remove HC1. A Cleaning Contaminated Drums. The cleaning o f drums which have contained used Inerteen re quires great care in order to insure a thoroughly dean drum; It is preferable to return such drums to the supplier where adequate cleaning facilities are available, rather than to attem pt to clean them. I f it is necessary to dean such drums, the following procedure is recommended: Rinse the drum thoroughly with gasoline or petroleum distillate, using about one gallon each time, until the solvent shows no discolor ation after using. Allow it to drain, then pump out the last traces o f solvent with a vacuum pum p, using a brass pipe flattened at 1G Z 423 10 ( y V the lower end to explore the com ers o f the drum. Collect all solvent' rinse material for disposition as described above. dry air to remove any lingering explosive vapors. Screw the bung on tightly before removing the drum from the oven. Use a new washer with the bung to insure a tight seal. CAUTION: Do not use a steal pipa becautt of the danger of a spark igniting the gasolina or petroleum distillate vapor. Next, heat the drum with bunghole down in a ventilated oven at a temperature o f at least 88 C. (1 9 0 F) for sixteen hours. (A simple oven for this purpose may be made from sheet metal and heated with steam or an electric heater.) Blow out the drum with dry nitrogen or CAUTION: Open flames must always be kept away from the oven to prevent igniting inflammable gases which might be remaining in drum whan placed in the oven. The practice o f refilling drums with Inerteen is undesirable and should be avoided whenever possible, for unless the utm ost precautions are taken, the Inerteen is likely to become con tam inated. P art II - Installation and M ain ten an ce of Inerteen Transformers IN ST A LLA T IO N the surrounding air. The temperature o f the 1 transformer is the sum o f this rise and the air For convenience in handling, all transformers are tem perature; therefore, care m ust be taken to equipped with lugs or eyes for lifting and mov ing the com plete assembly filled with Inerteen provide a room sufficiently ventilated to permit operation o f transformen at a reasonable temp i by use o f a crane. Additional means are pro- erature. Area o f the air inlets should be such that ! vided for the heavier parts such as covers, core the ambient temperature never exceeds 4 0 C and coils, radiators and terminal chambers. Jack (1 0 4 F ) with an average over twenty-four hours ing lugs are also supplied on either the base or not exceeding 3 0 * C (86* F ); 5 0 to 60 square feet com ers o f the tank. A transformer should only per 1000 kva o f transformer capacity has been be lifted or moved by jacks placed against these satisfactory. Outlet openings with the same total lugs and not against the cooling tubes, radiator area should be provided. valves, or other fittings. Self-cooled transformers should always be ' An indoor installation requires that the room well separated from one another and from ad in which the transform ers are placed m ust be well jacen t walls, partitions, etc., in order to permit ventilated so that the heated air can readily free air circulation about the cases. This separa escape and be replaced by cooler air from the tion should not be less than 2 4 to 36 inches outside. I f the room is poorly ventilated, th& depending on the size o f the units. exchange o f air takes place too slowly and the temperature o f the air in the room may become excessively high. A t any given load the tempera INSPECTION ture rise o f a self-cooled transformer will be a All Inerteen transformers are carefully inspected fixed num ber o f degrees above the tem perature o f and tested at the factory and they are in good 162424 I 11 condition when shipped; but it is desirable to inspect each transformer thoroughly before plac ing it in service. When a transform er is shipped com plete and filled with Inerteen, this inspection should in clude a check o f the Inerteen level, the tightening or adjustment o f any parts that may have become loose or out o f place, and determining the extent to which moisture may have entered the trans former. The latter can best be determined from the dielectric strength o f the Inerteen. Inerteen used for filling transformers should have a dielec tric strength o f 30K V or higher. When it tests less than this the Inerteen should be filtered. I f the dielectric strength is very low or if there is any other evidence o f moisture, it is necessary to dry the transformer. Inerteen transformers should be dried by the short circuit method with the transformer im mersed in the Inerteen and with the tank sealed tightly. During the drying out operation, the Inerteen should be circulated through a filter press or preferably through an Inerteen condi tioner. A filter press will remove dirt and m ost o f the m oisture, b u t the conditioner will remove these and other contaminating materials as well. The loading should be carefully watched and when the top Inerteen reaches a temperature of 6 0 C, the load should be reduced to obtain an approxim ately constant top Inerteen temperature based on the following table: Short "Circuit Amperes Maximum Temperature in Percent o f Load o f the Top Inerteen 50% 75% 85% 85C 80 C 75C While the windings o f the transform er heat up, do not permit the temperature o f the top Inerteen to exceed the value specified for a given percentage o f load. This precaution is necessary because the windings will heat up more quickly and operate at a higher temperature than the Inerteen. I f the windings are allowed to reach too high a tem perature, the insulation will be dam aged. The drying o f a transformer should be continued until the dielectric strength o f samples o f Inerteen taken from the transform er test at 30K V or higher. The desired load current should be obtained by short circuiting one winding and impressing the proper impedance voltage on the other winding. The full load impedance m ay usually be found on the instruction plate for the trans formers; if the impedance o f the transform er is not known, it should be requested from the Westinghouae Electric Corporation, Sharon, Penn sylvania, by identifying the transformer with its serial number. I f the transformer is at or lower than room temperature at the start o f the drying process, circulation o f 125 to 150% o f full load turrent will hasten the heating, and a higher top Inerteen temperature can be obtained more quickly by blanketing the coolers when tubular coolers are used or by shutting o ff the radiator valves when radiators are used. The cover should be lagged to prevent condensation. The cover should be kept tightly sealed during the temperature run, and until the transform er has cooled down to room temperature to prevent condensation. This also prevents the release o f hot Inerteen vapors which are quite objection able, particularly if the ventilation is poor. C A U TIO N : It is not safe to attem pt the drying out o f transformers unless constant attention is given to the job. ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS B ushinp, fittings, and accessories when boxed and shipped separately should be mounted as shown on the outline drawing. Proper installation 162425 12 f < instructions when necessary are included in the instruction leaflets for component parts. Care must be exercised when these components are fitted to eliminate the accidental introduction o f moisture in any form inside the transformer. Where blind flanges are removed before fittings are mounted, the level o f the Inerteen m ust be lowered below the openings that will be made. FINISH Any portion o f the paint film damaged during shipment or installation must be repaired as quickly as possible. To do this, clean the damaged portion by means o f a scraper or sandpaper, wipe thoroughly with a solvent dam pened cloth, apply Westing* house primer paint and allow it to dry for at least 24 hours, then apply a coat o f Westinghouse finish p ain t FILL IN G When putting new apparatu s into service, see that the apparatus tank is free from moisture and foreign material. in Inerteen and will contam inate it in a short time. All joints should be tight; where practical, fill through the drain valve to keep aeration to a minimum and vent the top o f the tank to allow the air to escape. Be sure that valves and pipe connections between the main tank and any Inerteen filled com partments are open for free circulation o f gas and liquid. Otherwise, trapped air or gas m ay cause the Inerteen level in some parts o f the transformer to be below the safe operating level. I f it is necessary to fill a transformer out-ofdoors, particularly on a damp day, care should be taken to prevent the entrance o f moisture. In order to avoid condensation the temperature inside the unit should be kept several degrees above the outside air temperature. The tank and compartments, if any, should be filled at ambient temperature to the point on the gauges marked " 2 5 - Liquid Level." If the am bient varies greatly from 2 5 C (7 7 F ) when filled, the Inerteen level should be checked when the average fluid temperature is 2 5 C; sufficient Inerteen should be added to or drained from the tank to bring the level to the proper height. The transformer should never be operated or left standing, even out o f service without the Inerteen level being indicated on the gauge. IMPORTANT: Extrem a precautions must be taken to insure the absolute dryness and cleanliness o f the apparatus before filling it with Inerteen, end to prevent the entrance of water end dirt during the transfer o f the Inerteen to the apparatus. The preparation and filling o f outdoor appa ratus should preferably be done on a clear, dry day; if this is not possible, protection against moisture must be provided. \ All vessels used for transferring the Inerteen should be carefully inspected to see that they are absolutely dry and free from contamination, lise only all-metal hose or pipe when ruling, since the lining o f m ost other types o f hose may be soluble Filling Under Vacuum. Entrapped air is a po tential source o f trouble in all liquid filled transform ers. Therefore, it is desirable to fill all Inerteen transformers under a full vacuum. This is done for the transform en shipped from the factory and should be done where practicable when transform en are filled in the field, provid ing the transformer cases have been so designed. I f the cases have not been designed for full vacuum and it is imperative to get the maximum winding impulse strength immediately, the trans form en should be filled with Inerteen under full vacuum by placing them in an auxiliary vacuum tank. Where purchaser does n ot have an established technique for vacuum filling, the following pro cedures m ay be used whether vacuum is applied ..Ut-V 1 6 4b < n directly to the transformer or the complete transform er is placed in an auxiliary vacuum tank. 1. A pply and maintain continuously a vac uum o f at least 28 inches o f mercury for at least one-half hour to units rated 25KV and below, or for four hours to units above 25KV. 2. While retaining the vacuum, slowly nil with Inerteen to the normal 2 5 C level or with approximately 90% o f the required amount where it is impossible to gauge properly. 3. Maintain the specified vacuum for at least one-half hour after filling. 4. Adjust Inerteen to norm al level and seal the transformer tank. Do not reopen until the temperature at the top o f the fluid is equal to or higher than the am bient tem perature in order to avoid condensation on the surface o f the Inerteen. In those cases where the transformers are not filled under vacuum, full voltage should not be applied to the windings for at least 24 hours after the Inerteen has been put into the case. This time is necessary to allow the air bubbles to escape. PLACING IN SE R V IC E Pressure Testing. All Inerteen transformers ^are pressure-tested at the factory and shipped free o f leaks. A fter installations and before voltage is applied, it is desirable to pressure-test each transformer, especially if any fittings or coven have been removed and replaced during installa tion. Compressed dry nitrogen or dry air may be used for the purpose. It is recommended that the space above the Inerteen be blown out with dry nitrogen, then close all vents and apply a pressuretest o f five pounds per square inch for a period o f six to eight houn. The test pressure can best be limited by the use o f a pressure regulator attached to the nitrogen cylinder. A check for leaks o f join ts above the Inerteen level may be made by painting them with a solution o f soap and glycerin and watching for gas bubbles. At the conclusion o f the test the internal pressure should be returned to normal by momentarily yenting the gas space. High A ltitude. Where transformers are to be used at a high altitude (more than 3000 feet above sea level) a fitting above the liquid level should be opened to equalize the internal and external pressures at a temperature o f approximately 2 5 C before placing the transform er in service. Grounding Transform er Tank. Regardless o f the type o f foundation or floor on which a trans former is to rest, the tank should be definitely and permanently grounded to eliminate the possi bility o f obtaining static shocks or being injured by accidental grounding o f a winding to the case. A ground pad o r lug is always provided near the bottom o f the tank for the purpose o f connecting the grounded lead. CAUTION: A good low-resistance ground is necessary for adequate protection -- a poor ground may be w orn than none at all. G rounding Low V oltage Winding. Every effo rt is made in insulating transformers to guard against any chance o f breakdown between high voltage and low voltage windings; however, in order to be absolutely safe, it is advisable that low voltage circuits with which persons may come in contact be grounded. The maximum voltage that can be obtained to ground is then limited to the normal voltage that exists between the grounded point and the line; this is true even though the high voltage and low voltage windings become con nected electrically. In grounding the winding, the neutral point should be used i f it is available. When trans formers operate on single phase circints with the middle point o f the low voltage, the maximum voltage that can exist between any part o f the low voltage circuit and ground is one-half o f the low voltages. MAKING CONNECTIONS A diagram, usually on the metal instruction plate attached to the side o f the case, shows the proper 162427 14 n power terminal connections to be made for various voltages. Care should be taken to see that all connections and only those shown tie prop erly made, for a wrong connection may cause severe damage. Some installations require an auxiliary source o f power or control leads to be wired to terminals at the transform er; a wiring diagram, either a separate drawing or included as part o f the outline drawing, shows the connections to be made. Voltage A pplication. When voltage is first applied to the transform er, it should, if possi ble, be brought up slowly to its full value so that any wrong connection or other trouble may be disclosed before damage can result. A fter full voltage has been applied successfully, the transformer should be operated without load for a few hours. It should be kept under dose observation during this time and also dur ing the first few hours while loaded. should be taken out o f service and given a thorough inspection. Any sym ptom s, such as unusual noises, high or low Inerteen levels, operation o f re lief device, etc., should be investigated at once. Transform en which have been subjected to unusually severe operating conditions, such as overloads, frequent short circuits, or special units should be inspected at least once a year. This can usually be done adequately by lowering the Inerteen level and inspecting with a light through the manhole. Before this inspection is made, the Inerteen should be allowed to cool to reduce the amount o f Inerteen fum es given o ff which are quite objectionable and should not be inhaled. During periodic inspection, all accessories should be inspected to cee if they are operating properly. INSPECTION It is desirable that periodic inspections o f In erteen apparatus be m ade and that samples o f Inerteen be taken from each and from all com partments o f any apparatus and tested after a short period o f service. See section on Sampling and Inspection. A ny increase In operating tem perature at normal load should be investigated and if the cause cannot be determ ined, the transformer CAUTION: Never enter a vault or any other confined area In which a transformer relief device has bean known to operate or in which e transformer has failed, until the area has been thoroughly ventilated. Then enter cautiously, with another person in attend ance. The pungent somewhat irritating fumes of hydrogen chloride are easily de tected end cm serva as a guide in entering the enclosure. . * * \ 1 6 2 4 >8 Memorandum 162429 I Westinghouse THE LEAD ER OF THE TRANSFORM ER INDUSTRY < 63430 \ A * -- *\lanufactwra by S L . .umbar /as* Sanala it *** il 19 4M 400- 4)5 239 4 $ 900- 114 457 014 450- 12 174 t2f 171- 048 108 0 040 170- 004 799 T 04 100- 1 083 22 31 4- 74 000 23 74 001- 774 799 24 1040 043-1113 030 .25 1113 031-1232 330 IS20 13 931-1345 312 1*27 1340 313-1404 TOO Itt 1404 709-1172 334 1*2 9C72 335-1727 709 ISSO 1737 704-1081 040 101 1001 041-1831 100 t3 7 1831 01-183 000 9 0 1138 001-1870 875 104 >020 231-2062 298 I I 3003 900-2103 KO 19 >109 01-2210 799 1*37 10 00-2303 09 13* 2304 000-2448 000 1939 944 001-2547 500 i40 47 01-2984 50 1*41 9184 51-3188 000 3 1 * 001-3324 00 9324 01-3500 11 9500 19-3055 400 3059 401-9009 130 145 9409 131-41 772 1847 4122 773-4740 745 1846 4740 746-5153 189 1*49 103 190-5342 915 I960 5342 915-5808 897 1*51 580 858-8201 89 1 f*62 0201 900-5709 42 1853 705 43-7,153 016 1954 7153 14-72SS 515 1963 56A00001 and Up 1650 6A0000V nOUp 1*57 7A00001 and Up 11 B8AD0001 and Up 1939 9A00001 and Up I960 OA00001 and Up 1941 1A00001 and Up 1162 82A00001 and Up 1863 S3A0OOO1 and Up 1864 4A01 and Up es 5400001 and Up Waitinghou Elaetrue Corporation MadumPowar Transformar Division . Sharon, PA 15148 USA Matarand IVTf Oivition sfoiQh, N.C. 27611 USA Yatr Sarials 1846 1867 186 1 1870 A00001 and Up 7A00001 and Up AOOOOltndUp 9A00001 and Up 70A00001 and Up 1871 1 19 74 1875 . 71A00001 and Up 7711 * and Up 7311*a--tndUp 9411and Up 7$11**-*andUp 187 1977 78 '187 1575 7811pnd Up 7711and Up 711and Up I 7911...and Up I 17900001 and Up (Pinasopa I Production) O osoea ofPiffchaaera Dm CMsaovnt chodula U sar , Covammont: Stata, county and municipal govammanta, all Podara) Cevammant aganciaa 44401 IfPdrfc Utility and industrial Customars Contractors ` And all undaaaMtd buyara purchaalno forthatrown uaa 84anufacarrara liactrlcal aquipmammanufac* turara purchasing forrasala with or aa a pari ofOialrprod* getwho hsw Htadquartara approval and for whom Perm 7119 baa baan axacutad. 44*004 0 4 H 4 W) |I W w n w fc li Tn -- VVWIVWOTcammy'* 'U-tatAf* * * - W ria U M * M | ( N H U 'U t WESTINGHOUSE EXHIBIT 12 .noe TMcy +* l * Identification; Shoren Sunnyvolo. Athono ^OwmOes Vaaf Manufactura ictflO DIO OIMI OI OH O1M0 m Cat H M OS Ym itw IMS 10 *afalctura Mlacaram limi toaran t StaunnraMO A Atana din casa Manto A C D 1 9 OHJ 0 L M Jan. hfe. Mv. Ad. May Juna Jtrty Auf- Saat. Od. Hau. Dac. jrfliTTunfiSand I IManmmal la aOM) MASO ta: HAI. SUMIO, SIA010 s Latatian Mandi A SM A0 Manufactiafng Sartal NuniOar 1 10 10 i !! Dtacripcton MdImvTMurWaTnmdiaIInrMMmAVr ManufacaaWat Sfi*aa M In OaoMtOd. 10H Tand Tmufemv MaauMctufal Admnsin Aara.iou >doIdonttffcollon; Jaffarson City (Cffoctlvo 1/1P Z through 12/31/77) Ma Yaw Carta Man* coati M s Dna d m 7J 7J 1972 197)________________________________________________ A Jan. 0 Fart. C Md. 0 Aar. 19 0 May Juna Jrfy M J IL Auf. Saat Oo. SSO 211 MO Rafarta Salsa Dapartnrnnt,Jaffanen City 1 la OM M Naa. Dac. ada: 73UI0001 Manta Data Sartal L MO 001 -*----J ra *-**-- 1 prartucaanaas 300inNainttiT i S i?ufi?immmjr Nf* ><*** lumpte 77JAM0001 Yad Mandl mOara Sartal 77J A SSO 001 JMraanOtvfindurtfntoma i irtinJa) * havs rnumtamandmnamraMinifeiamm JaffarasnCity Mandl SshartMa Saoaanaa Manufactura Oaia N, J A 030 Ml datanIda in1SS4. tvt&uuentransformai manufacturara .1004. inghousa Bactrie Corporation itionTrinaiormar Division s ^ round Distribution Transformar Dapt. I " City. Missouri USA 65101 VSnpmuMd s The Epidemiology of PCBs by William R. Gaffey f Monsanto Company September 15, 1981 I. Summary Twenty four published and unpublished reports covering .21 epidemiologic studies of human exposure to PCBs were reviewed and evaluated. The studies showed that high occupational exposures to PCBs have resulted in chloracne and dermatitis. Alterations in liver and fat metabolism were found in most studies that examined these functions, but there was no clinical illness associated with these alterations or with level and duration of exposure to PCBs. Studies of mortality rates in exposed populations have shown no pattern of cancer deaths related to FCB exposure. \ 1 P L A IN T IF F 'S C V U ID IT > ( II. Introduction J This is a review and evaluation of the epidemiologic evidence concerning the health effects of exposure to FCBs, particularly at levels that do not cause acute toxic effects. A study is considered "epidemiologic evidence1' if it measures, directly or indirectly, the differences in the risk of ill health among populations with different exposures to FCBs. In the past several decades there have been many clinical studies of the effects of heavy exposures to FCBs (e.g. Von Wedel et al [1}, Schwartz [2]). Such studies are extremely useful in identifying the kinds of effects that should be investigated. However, they do not address the question of the risk of incurring such effects, and are therefore not included in this review. The studies reviewed here fall into- three categories. First, there are studies of accidental heavy exposures and the resulting acute and chronic effects. In each case the study was prompted by an outbreak of illness_or the occurrence of a death in an exposed population, after which the population was studied. Second, there are studies of the relationship between exposure to FCBs and the resulting body burden of FCBs in serum or adipose tissue. Strictly speaking these are not epidemiologic studies since they do not deal with health effects. However, if a relationship between level of exposure and body burden cannot be '\ verified, the interpretsti6n of epidemiologic studies becomes difficult if not impossible. 2 AOM 0 0 0 0 0 2 The third category is studies that were done because the populations in question were known or suspected to be exposed to PCBs,' feather than because some untoward health outcome had been observed first. . Many published reports combine some or all of these types of t investigations. In the sections that follow, we consider first the studies of accidental overexposure, second the studies of PCB exposure versus body burden, and third the epidemiologic studies of exposed populations. In the latter section the discussion will be organized with respect to the health effects that were investigated. These are (a) dermatologic symptoms, (b) biochemical alterations, (c) other symptoms and illnesses, (d) carcinogenicity. 3 A0K CCOCOJ III. Accidental H eavy Exposures j Two epidemiologic studies of accidental' exposure have been reported. The first, by Meigs et al [3] in 1954, described an outbreak of chloracne in a plant in which a process change had introduced an unspecified PCB compound into the work environment. Breathing zone levels of PCB were stated to be 0.1 mg/cum. Seven of 14 exposed workers developed chloracne, but liver function tests were normal in six of these, with some borderline abnormalities in the seventh. The chloracne disappeared after treatment, and the single borderline liver function abnormality improved, but did not disappear after 13 months. Improved process control prevented any recurrence. Although the estimated PCB level must be accepted with reservation because of the state of the art at that time, it- is clear that the chloracne resulted from the PCB exposure. Given the lack of controls and the small rate of abnormal liver function, it is unlikely that the PCB exposure had any connection with the liver function findings. The second incident is the now famous Yusho incident in 1968 which has been documented in many reports (Kuratsune et al [4], Urabe et al [5]), in which some thousand Japanese became ill after eating cooking oil which had been contaminated with Kanechlor 400, a PCB compound of Japanese manufacture. The most common acute symptoms observed were hyperpigmentation and acne-like lesions, discharge from the eyes, central nervous system symptoms, and vomiting and diarrhea. There was a 4 a d * c q o o o <* dose-response relationship between the amount of oil. ingested and the proportion of persons reporting symptoms. Three years later about half the patients had improved, but still had symptoms. Six years later many patients still reported such symptoms as headache, stomach pain, numbness of the extremities, joint pain and" respiratory symptoms [5]. Out of ten live births to women affected by Yusho, nine showed hyperpigmentation and most had increased eye discharges. These symptoms later disappeared. Although there have been reports of premature eruption of teeth (two children out of a series of 13) and unusually wide fontanelles and sagittal sutures (three out of 13) it is not at all clear that these findings represent any more than the normal variation to be expected, since no control observations were made (Funatsu et al [6]). In general, laboratory tests of the Yusho victims showed elevated serum triglyceride levels, low serum chlolesterol in serious cases, and elevated SGOT and SGFT levels in serious cases (Higuchi [7]). As of the end of 1977, 51 deaths among Yusho patients had been identified [5]. The percentage of cancer deaths (35.4) exceeded that of the prefecture in which the deaths occurred (21.1). However, the figures do not appear to be very useful for several reasons. First, after the original incident, the criteria for diagnosis of Yusho had been changed, so that it is impossible to determine the denominator which produced this number. The completeness of ascertainment of the deaths is unknown. In addition, no adjustment for age appeared to have been made in the 5 ADH CC0C05 above comparison. Finally, the average elapsed time from exposure to death was less than ten years, and cannot be calculated precisely because the dates of death are not provided. This may well be too short a period for cancers resulting from the exposure to show up. I Although the Tusho incident represented a massive ingestion r of PCBs, recent reanalysis of the cooking oil and of the estimated intake by the patients shows that the exposure to polychlorinated dibenzofurans (FCDFs) and polychlorinated guater-phenyls (PCQs) was about equal to the exposure to PCBs, and current determinations of PCQs in blood and other tissues of Yusho patients have shown levels similar to that of PCBs [8]. It is therefore doubtful whether any generalization can be made from this incident to lower level environmental or occupational exposures to PCBs. V 6 i ADM 00OC06 IV. E n v i r o n m e n t a l Levels a n d B o d y Burdens Two studies of the relationship between ingestion of PCBs and blood levels of PCBs have been reported (Michigan Dept, of Public Health [9] and Krei6S et al [10]). In each case the study was concerned with ingestion of fish known to contain relatively high levels of PCBs. In the first, an association was found between blood PCBs and exposure level as estimated b y the amount of Lake Michigan sport fish consumed. In the second the relationship between blood PCBs and a complex of factors was examined in a population in an area with high levels of environmental contamination. Age, sex and fish consumption, in that order of importance, were associated with blood levels of PCBs. To the extent that fish consumption measures ingestion of PCBs, these studies confirm that blood PCBs are a function of ingestion of PCBs as well as of age and sex. Other associated variables were examined in [10] but will be discussed in the following section. A number of studies of blood PCBs and exposure to atmospheric PCBs have been made, most of them in conjunction with studies of health effects. The portions of the studies relevant to this section are reviewed here. There are three types of studies. The first compares groups which have had different exposure levels as estimated from process considerations or environmental measurements. For convenience such a study design will be called Type A. The second, which we will designate Type B; measures the change over time in a single group after PCBs have been removed from the environment (or after 7 ACM CC0007 the group has left the environment). The third, Type c, compares.. i groups that have had different durations of exposure. Often the same report will contain more than one type of study. For example, ah exposed group may be compared with an unexposed group (Type A) and within the exposed group long term exposed workers I mayibe compared with short term workers (Type C). The measure of body burden has in most cases been a single number representing, depending on the study, blood PCBs, plasma FCBs, serum PCBs (all of which are called ubloodu PCBs in this review), or level of PCBs in adipose tissue. Analytic methods have varied over time and among investigators. More recently measures of body burden have sought to determine separately the levels of higher chlorinated biphenyls (5 or more chlorine atoms per molecule) and lower chlorinated biphenyls. Table 1 lists the studies considered in this section, with the type of design and whether or not separate determinations of higher and lower chlorinated biphenyls were made. All of the studies except Baker et al are occupational. All of the Type A studies agree in showing a higher body burden of PCBs in populations with higher environmental exposure, except for one anomaly in Baker et al. There, persons exposed to sludge containing PCBs had slightly lower blood levels than the controls, on the average. However, the sludge exposed persons and the controls were not matched for age, which Kreiss et al showed to be the most important factor associated with blood FCB level. It therefore appears unequivocal that higher exposure to PCBs means a higher body burden, all other things being equal. e A O * COCCOti The Type B studies, appear at first glance to be more equivocal (Table 2). Two studies show a decrease when exposure ceased or decreased and two do not However, the studies showing no decrease remeasured their study groups within a month or two aftfer exposure changed. The ones showing a decrease remeasured after three months and one year. The fact that Ouw et al found no decrease after two months while Kitamura et al found over a 50 percent decrease after three months gives rise to some uneasiness. However, in the former study exposure w^s decreased but still present, while in the latter study PCB use had ceased. Ouw et al also suggest that after exposures in their study plant had decreased, workers did not wear gloves as recommended, so that the blood PCB levels may have resulted from skin contact. Table 3 shows the findings for the Type C studies other than Maroni et al and Smith et al that is, for those that compared duration of exposure with a single measurement of blood PCB level. The results are not consistent. The study of B a u m g a m e r et al found very low levels (average 4 ppb) in exposed workers, which may have accounted for their failure to find a relationship with duration. On the other hand the exposed workers in Hasegawa et al had an average level of 370 ppb and still showed no relationship with duration. The studies of Maroni et al and Smith et h i suggest a possible explanation. Maroni et al made separate comparisons of high chlorinated PCBs and low chlorinated FCBs between workers with present and past exposures. They found differences in the 9 AOm 000009 low chlorinated PCBs but not in the high chlorinated compounds. " Even though their analysis did not adjust for age, it suggests that the relationship between blood PCB levels and duration and recency of exposure may be a function of the level of chlorination of the PCBs. Smith et al however, in an elaborate analysis of %r* I high and low chlorinated blood PCBs versus present and jpast exposure, found no "evidence either to support or refute different accumulation kinetics in humans for the lower and higher chlorinated biphenyls". Nevertheless, they found a significant correlation between current personal air PCB levels and low chlorinated blood PCBs, but no significant correlation with high chlorinated blood.PCBs. i In summary, body .burdens of PCBs are clearly related! to the i Tevel of exposure to environmental PCBs. Observations, of a i decrease in the burden of PCBs after exposure is eliminated or I decreased are not consistent. The lack of consistency may be due to the short periods of observation of some of the studies, or ii possibly to differences in the average chlorination of the PCBs involved. Studies of the relationship of PCB burden to duration of exposure again are not consistent. There is a suggestion that this may be due to the confounding effects of age and sex; or to differences in the metabolism of high and low chlorinated PCBs, with the higher PCBs being more likely to accumulate in adipose tissue. 10 A O a 0. c V. Epidemiologic Studies of PCBs and' Health Ex c l u d i n g .mortality studies, there are 17 epidemiologic studies of health effects related to PCB exposure. The accident repprt of Meigs et al is included since it did not differ in aw design from many of the studies that were not motivated by accident reports. These studies are listed in Table 4 with a summary of the findings by major category. Five of the reports are in Japanese [13,14,15,16,18]. The details of those studies are taken from the HIOSH criteria document for PCBs [34]. Two of the studies, Kappanen and Kolhol and South Carolina Deparbnent of Health and Environmental Control are not specific as to health effects. The first of these is a comparison of groups with different work exposures and different blood PCB levels (74-1900 ppb in the 12 persons with the greatest exposure) in which the authors simply state that all persons studied were in good health. The second is a study of 32 workers in a capacitor plant, 10 of whom were exposed regularly to PCBs. The authors state that there is "no evidence of physical harm resulting from working with PCBsu. The remaining 15 studies in Table 4 are reviewed below with respect to their findings in each major category of health effects. The studies are considered in the order of their publication. % Dermatologic effects. There are 11 studies of dermatologic effects associated with PCB exposure. The first is Meigs et al OQQCli described in Section II above, who found that 7 of 14 exposed worker got chloracne where the PCB concentration in their breathing 2ones averaged 0.1 mg/cum. Hasegawa et al reported an unstated number of cases of hyperpigmentation of the hands, and acnp-like lesions of the jaw, back and thighs in exposed workers. i w The''average blood PCBs in the workers was 370 ppb. However, the authors state that skin complaints were unrelated to blood PCB levels and appeared to be due to skin contact. Kitamura et al reported a range of skin disorders in 10 of 13 exposed workers with an average blood level of 820 ppb. The disorders occurred on parts of the body not normally in direct contact with PCBs. Hara et al reported that about 45 percent of 118 capacitor workers complained of blackheads and other acne-like symptoms while working with PCBs. The complaints were not related to. blood levels of PCBs, and virtually disappeared within a year after exposure had ceased. Inoue et al reported one case of chloracne in an exposed worker whose blood PCBs were in the 190-210 ppb range, but no symptoms in the rest of a small work force whose blood PCBs ranged from 130 to 520 ppb. The Michigan Department of Public Health reported no relationship of any Yusho symptoms to consumption of fish with high levels of PCBs. Ouw et al reported 14 cases of dermatitis, eye irritation or burning sensations on the skin out of 34 exposed workers, where air levels of PCBs ranged from 0.32 to 2.22 mg/cum. The complaints appeared to occur more often in \ those with higher blood PCB levels. Fischbein et al reported that about 50 percent of 326 capacitor manufacturing workers reported a 12 ACM C G C O U history of dermatological symptoms, the most common symptom being" a rash. Those with symptoms had higher blood levels of high chlorinated PCBs. Baker et al reported no chloracne in 18 exposed workers (average blood PCBs 75.1 ppb) or 19 members of their families (average blood PCBs 33.6 ppb). Maroni et al reported 10 cases of dermatitis (5 diagnosed as active or past chloracne) out of 80 exposed workers. The average blood PCB level in the study was 342 ppb. Smith et al found no chloracne in a study population of 324 exposed workers in capacitor manufacturing and transformer repair, whose average blood PCBs ranged from 38 to 546 ppb. However, there was a significant association of skin rash or dermatitis with blood levels of high chlorinated PCBs. t% Interpretation of this mass of data is complicated by the difficulty of diagnosing chloracne, the uncertainties of blood PCB determinations, and the changing technology for making such determinations. Nevertheless, the data suggest strongly that when PCB blood levels exceed about 150-200 ppb chloracne can occur. However, most studies have shown that the occurrence of chloracne is not further associated with blood PCB levels. This suggests that (a) personal idiosyncratic factors may be involved and/or (b) that the high blood levels are an indicator of the existence of environmental contamination which actually produces chloracne by kin contact. The reports of dermatitis other than chloracne suffer from an additional complication. According to the National Health Survey, \ about one-third of all Americans of working age have at least one current skin condition serious enough to warrant evaluation by a - 13 ADM 0Q0C13 physician [25]. Clearly, substantially more than one-third must have either a current condition or a history of such a condition in the past. The prevalence figures reported by Maroni et al and Fischbein et al are therefore not in themselves remarkable, but the agreement of Fischbein et al and Smith et al on the a relationship between dermatitis and high chlorinated blood FCBs suggests that this association may be real. Liver Function. Nine studies examined liver function. Meigs et al found one borderline abnormal liver function in 14 exposed workers. Hasegawa et al found mild disturbances in exposed workers (increased SGOT, SGFT, SAP, decreased serum cholinester ase) which they did not consider to be clinically significant. Ouw et al, Kitamura et al, Fischbein et al and Baker et al (a non-occupational study) found no abnormalities associated with exposure, except that Ouw et al found a high BSP retention in 4 out of 7 workers with blood levels above 500 ppb. Maroni et al found IS out of 80 workers with abnormalities in GGT, OCT and transaminases. Their blood PCB levels were higher than those in the workers with normal liver function. Kreiss et al (non-occupational study) found no relation between liver function and blood PCBs when age and alcohol consumption were taken into account. Smith et al found elevated SGOT and GGT levels in persons with higher blood PCB levels. In summary, 5 studies of the 9 found some mild liver function abnormalities, none of which were associated with any measurable \ adverse health effects. The two non-occupational studies. Baker et al and Kreiss et al, found no abnormalities associated with 14 ADM OOOGl't blood FCB level, Fischbein et al, in their study of capacitor manufacturing workers, noted that "there was a paucity of abnormal results in the biochemical studies". Fat Metabolism. Six studies considered fat metabolism. One, Buiijgarner et alr found no relationship between blood cholesterol 1# andf blood PCBs. One of the remaining 5, Hasegawa et alr found a decrease in cholesterol, glycerides, phospholipids and beta-lipoprotein in exposed workers. Of the remaining 4, Hara et al, Baker et al (non-occupational study), and Smith et al found increased triglyeride levels with increased blood PCBs. Kreiss et al found no association of triglycerides and blood. PCBs when cholesterol level was taken into account. Smith et al and Kreiss et al also present contradictory findings with respect to HDL cholesterol levels; the former found an inverse relationship of ^ % HDL to blood PCBs; the latter found no relationship, but found a positive association between total cholesterol and blood PCBs. Most studies, including one non-occupational study (Baker et al) have associated increased tryglyeerides with PCB exposure. The data on cholesterol are not consistent; an increase, a decrease and no change were found (one study each). HDL cholesterol either decreased or was unchanged (one study each). Even if PCB exposure has some effect on fat metabolism, it appears .to b e without any apparent clinical significance. Blood and Blood Pressure. There are five studies of blood chemistry; Bumgarner et al^ Kitamura et al, Fischbein et al. Baker * , et al, and Maroni et al'. Hone of them report any relationship of blood chemistry to PCB levels. r ' i . 15 ADM C C0015 Bumgarner et al and Kreiss et 'al measured blood pressure in exposed persons. Bumgarner et al found no association with PCBs, but Kreiss et al found a statistically significant association between diastolic blood pressure and blood PCBs. Since there was no control group and since Kreiss et al are the only investigators i to Report this finding, its significance is not clear at this time. Symptoms, Illness and Other Conditions. Six studies investi- ^. gated reported symptoms in persons exposed to PCBs Two of them reported allegedly increased symptoms of various kinds. Fischbein et al reported a history of gastrointestinal symptoms in 18 percent of 326 capacitor manufacturing workers, a prevalence of from 3.0 to 15.2 percent of various musculoskeletal symptoms, and i a prevalence of from 4.8 to 27.8 of various neurological symptoms. These were, however, unrelated to duration of employment or to level of blood PCBs. Maroni et al reported 8 cases of gastrointestinal complaints in 80 exposed workers, with no indication of whether there was a relationship to duration of employment. They also reported two bleeding haemangiomas and one case of chronic myelocytic leukemia. These findings do not appear to have any significance, since they apparently are unrelated to the circumstances of exposure, and since the following 4 studies reported no symptoms related to PCBs. The Michigan Department of Public Health compared a group of persons who consumed sport fish contaminated with PCBs to a group ,\ of unexposed controls. The incidence of 18 conditions, many of them the ones reported for Yusho disease, was measured in the two 16 ACM C C C C i e groups. There were no health conditions that could be correlated* with blood PCB levels or fish consumption. Baker et al reported that none of the following conditions were associated with blood PCB levels in a community study; fever, weight loss, anorexia, fatigue, headache, eye irritation, cough, shortness of breath, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, abdominal pain, arthralgia, and persistent skin rash. The community study of Kreiss et al reported the same thing for prevalence of illness or weight loss in the preceding year, use of medication, use of medical care, history of heart disease, and percentage of pregnancies ending in miscarriage, stillbirth or infant death. Finally, Smith et al reported an increased prevalence of general malaise and possibly altered peripheral sensation with increased blood PCB levels among occupationally exposed workers, but found no clinical abnormalities on physical examination. The weight of evidence, as Smith et al conclude, is that no studies to date ,rhave shown that occupational exposure to PCBs is associated with any adverse health outcome, to be distinguished from demonstrable subclinical biochemical alterations". Two studies considered other conditions in persons exposed to PCBs. Warshaw et al reported decreased vital capacity in capacitor manufacturing workers. However, the pulmonary function values in the study population, most of whom were current or ex-smokers, were evaluated in comparison with a standard population of non-smokers, so that the effect of smoking as a \ confounder was not allowed for. 17 ADM 0 0 C 0 1 7 Alvares ct al reported that in 5 workers occupationally exposed to PCBs, the rate of drug metabolism was significantly higher than in a group of controls matched for age, sex, and smoking and drinking habits. . There appear to be no significant clinical effects associated witti the. occupational or environmental exposures studied in these reports. Carcinogenicity. It is generally agreed that epidemiologic evidence for carcinogenicity should fulfill certain requirements in order to be acceptable. These requirements deal with the study design, the logic of the observed pattern, and the repeatibility of the results. Table 5 lists these requirements as given by Doll [28]. There are four studies directed solely or primarily to the question of the carcinogenicity of PCBs. Table 6 lists the n* studies and their findings. They are reviewed here keeping in mind Doll's requirements. \ The most obvious feature- of Table 6 is that no study agrees with any other. That is, the requirement of repeatibility is not met. The first study, by Bahn et al, observed three melanomas in a group of 92 research and development and refinery workers. These workers had an unknown exposure to other possible carcinogens, so that there could have been confounding. In any case the study was withdrawn for revision in the definition of the exposed \ population, and has not yet been released [34]. r 18 ADM 0 0 0 0 1 6 Zack and Husch studied 69 workers exposed for -at least six months between 1945 and 1965 inclusive. There were no deaths from cancer of the liver or cirrhosis. The excess in respiratory cancer was based on four deaths and was not statistically sigpificant. As with Bahn et al there was confounding because of * otter chemical exposure at the plant and, in this case, possibly cigarette smoking. Brown and Jones studied 2,567 workers in a capacitor plant. About half the cohort had a latency period of 20 years or more. Although there was an excess of liver cancer deaths, it was inversely related to duration and latency of exposure,, which does not support an occupational explanation. There was also an excess of rectal cancer. However, the two plants studied are located in an area whose mortality from rectal cancer is greater than the U.S. average [35]. Since U.S. population rates were used as a basis for comparison, the rectal cancer excess is at least partly an artifact. Bertazzi et al studied 1,310 workers with at least six months employment in capacitor manufacturing between 1946 and 1970. Although excess digestive cancer was observed, there were no liver cancer deaths. The total number of deaths was small (27) and the excess cancer observed was based on two or three deaths for each of the two major sites involved. There is no indication of the duration or latency of exposure for the cancer deaths. The i authors state that there yere no other major exposures at- the plant, and propose to continue the study with a larger cohort. In spite of the statistical significance of the excesses from all V 19 * Oh 0 Ql '* _yl cancers, this study must be considered a preliminary report, particularly since.it shares with the other studies a failure to agree on any particular pattern of mortality.* The existing mortality studies of occupational exposure do not^ show the agreement that would lead one to infer an excess risk i of dancer. Much of the conflicting findings can be attributed to the possible effect of confounding exposures, and to the unoise level11 of sporadic excesses which would be expected in the absence of any occupational hazard. \ 20 *0* COO q 2.G vJ VI* Summary and Conclusions The epidemiologic studies of exposure to PCBs show that the body burden in exposed persons, whether the exposure is by ingestion, inhalation or skin contact, is related to the w environmental levels and distribution of PCB. The relation of body burden to duration of. exposure is less clear, and appears to differ depending' on the degree of chlorination of the PCBs. Nevertheless, the evidence is clear that higher exposures mean higher blood PCB levels, and that persons with occupational exposures have blood PCB levels that may be an order of magnitude greater than that of environmentally (that is, non-occupationally) exposed persons. Occupational exposure to PCBs at high levels has been associated with the occurrence of chloracne, but the relationship is not straightforward, suggesting that the actual risk of chloracne is also a function of individual susceptibility and personal work habits, as well as possible exposure to other contaminants. Dermatologic problems other than chloracne are associated with occupational exposure, and may be related to exposure to high chlorinated PCBs. Alterations of liver function and fat metabolism associated with PCB exposure have been observed in several studies, but are characterized by investigators as mild and of no clinical significance. ADM 0Q0C21 21 The one fact on which all occupational studies of health effects agree is that there has been no clinical illness associated with PCB exposure other than dermatitis. Studies of non-occupationally exposed populations have fohnd neither dejgnatitis nor other clinical evidence of exposure-related ft effects, with the exception of a single study which suggests that diastolic blood pressure may be related to blood level of PCBs. Mortality studies concerned primarily with cancer present problems of interpretation due to the small sample size of some of the studies, and to the confounding effect of other exposures. However, they do exhibit a pattern, which is that none of the studies agree on the cancer sites at which an excess mortality was found, and the excesses that were found are in general not statistically significant. One must conclude that the findings of the mortality studies reflect a sporadic pattern of excess mortality at different sites which is not consistent with a carcinogenic effect of PCBS. In addition, where an examination of duration and latency of exposure was possible, no association with these variables was'found [32]. Taken as a whole, the epidemiologic studies find that high occupational exposures to PCBs may cause dermatitis of various kinds, but that there are no other clinically observable effects, including the occurrence of cancer. 22 ADM 0 0 0 0 2 2 References 1. Von Wedel, H et al. Observations on the toxic effects resulting from exposures to chlorinated naphthalene and chlorinated phenyls with suggestions for prevention. . Rubber Age 54:419, 1943 2. Schwartz,- I>. Dermatitis from synthetic resins and waxes. AJPH 26:586, 1936 f 3fc. Meigs, JW et al. Chloracne from an unusual exposure to Arachlor. JAMA 154:1417, 1954 4. Kuratsune, M et al. Epidemiology study on Yusho. Environ Health Fersp 1:119, 1972 5. Urabe, H et al. Present State of Yusho Patients. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 320; 273, 1979 6 . Funatso, I et al. Folychlorobiphenyls (FCB) induced feto pathy I. Clinical observation (abstract Ho. 72-2360) Kurume M.J. 19:43, 1972 7. Higchi, K (ed.) PCB Poisoning and Pollution. Academic Press, HY 1976 8 . Kimbrough, R. (ed) Halogenated biphenyls, terphenyls, naphthalenes, dibenzodioxins and related products, Chapter 9 Bl, Elsevier/North Holland Biomedical Press, Amsterdam, 1980. 9. Michigan Department of Public Health. Final Report on FDA Contract 223-73-2209. Evaluation of Changes in the Level of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (FCBs) in Human Tissue, 1975 10. Kreiss, K et al. Association of Blood Pressure and Poly chlorinated Biphenyl Levels. JAMA 245, 2505, 1981 11. Baker, E et al. Metabolic consequences of exposure to poly chlorinated biphenyls (PCB) in sewage sludge. Amer. J. Epid. 112:553, 1980 12. Bumgarner, JE et al. Polychlorinated biphenyl residues in refuse workers. Research Triangle Park, NC, USDHEW, PHS, HXEHS, June 1973, 10 pp. (as reported in HIOSH criteria document) 13. Hara, X et al. Follow-up study of condenser factory after use of PCB discontinued. Part X. Jap. J. Xnd. Health 16:365, 1974 14. Hara, X et al. Follow-up study of condenser factory after use of PCB discontinued. Part XXX. Jap. J. Ind. Health 17:371, 1975 ACH CCCQ23 15. Hasegawa, H et al. Report on survey of work area environ ment where FOB is handled and of the health of workers handling PCB- Special report on prevention of environmental pollution by PCB-like substances. Japan, Research Coordin ation Bureau, Science and Technology Agency, 1972, pp. 141- 16. I. \ e 17. Inoue, Y et al. Discovery of PCB pollution in a textile factory I. PCB in blood serum of laborers and results of physical examination. Jap. J. Pub. Health 22:461, 1975 Karppanen', E et al. The concentration of PCB in human blood and adipose tissue in three different research groups: PCB Conference II. Stockholm, 1972 National Swedish Environmental Protection Board (Pub. 1973; 4E) pp. 124-128 18. Kitamura, M et al. PCB in blood of workers employed in an electrical parts manufacturing plant. Jap. J. Ind. Health 15:539, 1973 19. Maroni, H et al. Occupational exposure to polychlorinated biphenyls in electrical workers. I. Environmental and blood polychlorinated biphenyls concentrations. Brit. J. Ind. Med. 36:49, 1961 20. Ouw, HK et al. Use and health effects of arochlor 1242, a polychlorinated biphenyl, in an electrical industry. Arch. Environ. Health 31:189, 1976 21. Smith, AB et al. Metabolic and health consequences of occupational exposure to polychlorinated biphenyls (FCBs) Submitted for publication 22. S.C. DHEC Study of Fickins SC plant of Sangamo Capacitor Division (news report) Jan. 1978 23. Fischbein, et al. Clinical findings among PCB exposed capacitor manufacturing workers. Ann. NYAS 320:203,. 1979 24. Maroni, M et al. Occupational exposure to polychlorinated biphenyls II. Health effects Brit. J. Ind. Med. 38:55, 1981 25. National Center for Health Statistics. Skin Conditions and Related Need for Medical Care Among Persons 1-74 years, U.S. 1971-1974. DHEW Pub. No. (FHS) 79-1660 26. Warshaw et al. . Decrease in vital capacity in PCB-exposed workers in a capacitor manufacturing facility. Ann.. NYAS 320:277, 1979 27. Alvares, AP et al. Alterations in drug metabolism in K 24 ADM C0CQ2<t workers exposed to polychlorinated biphenyls. Clin. Pharm.~ and Ther. 22:140, 1977 28 Doll, Richard. Relevance of epidemiology to policies for the prevention of cancer, Gehrman Lecture Annual Meeting, AOMA and AXHA, San Francisco, CA Oct. 16, 1980 29 Bahn, AK et al. Melanoma after exposure to PCBs. Mew Engl. J. Med. 295:450, 1976 .f 30t Bahn, AK et al. PCB? and melanoma, Mew Engl. J. Med. : 296:108, 1977 31. Zack, JA et al. Mortality of PCB Workers at the Monsanto Plant in Sauget, Illinois. In preparation 32. Brown, DP et al. Mortality and Industrial Hygiene Study of Workers Exposed to Polychlorinated Biphenyls. Arch. Envir. Health 36:120, 1981 33. Bertazzi, PA et al. Mortality Study of Male and Female Workers Exposed to PCBs. Int. Symposium on Prev; of Occup. Cancer, Helsinki, Finland April 21-24, 1981 34. N10SH Criteria for a recommended standard - occupational exposure to polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) USDHEW, MIOSH Pub. No. 77-225, September 1977 * 35. Mason, TJ et al. Atlas of Cancer Mortality for U.S. Counties, 1950-1969 DHEW Pub. No. (NIH) 75-760 \ 25 ADM 0 0 0 C 2 5 y Table 1 Studies of Environmental Levels and Body Burden of PCBs by Type of Body Burden Measur f Study r r Study Type* Baker, E et al [11] Bumgarner, JE et al [12] Hara, I et al [13,14] Basegava, H et al [15] Inoue, Y et al [16] Karppanen, E-, Kolho, L [17] Kitamura, H et al [18] Maroni, M et al [19] Ouw, HK et al [20] Smith, AB et al [21] A C B,C A,B,C A,C A B A,C A,B A,C High & Low Chlorinated PCBs NO NO No No No NO No Ys Yes Yes Adipose PCBs No No No No No Yes No No No No * A = comparisons of groups with different exposure levels B = evaluation of results of decreasing or removing exposure C = comparisons of groups vith different durations of exposure. ad* o o o o *6 Table 2 Studies of Blood PCB Levels Before and After Exposure Levels Changed and Interval from Exposure Change to Remeasurement i% ' Study Exposure Change Interval to Decrease in Blo< Remeasurement PCB Level Bara et al [13,14] Ceased Hasegava et al [15] Ceased Kitamura et al [18] Ceased Ouv et al [20] Decreased 1 year 1 month 3 months 2 months -75% None >50% None \ ADM CC0027 Table 3 Studies 'of PCB Levels by Duration of Exposure Study Relationship of Blood PCB to Duration of Exposure Age Race Bumgarner et al [12] No No No Hara et al [13,14] Yes Hasegawa et al [15] No Inoue et al [16] r Yes L ACM C0CC26 Table 4 . PCD Epidemiology Studies (other than mortality) and Summary-"Findings* * Dermatologic Physiological Symptoms Other Findings Parameters and Illness Alvares et al [27] Baker et al [11] Bumgarner et al [12] Fischbein et al [23] Hara et al [13#14] Hasegawa et al [15] Inoue et al [16] Karppanen, Kolho [17] Kitamura et al [18] Kreiss et al [10] Maroni et al [24] Meigs et al [3] Michigan Dept of Public Health [9] Ouw et al [20] Smith et al [21] South Carolina Dept, of Health and Environmental Control [22] Warshaw et al [26] H Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y N Y Y N Y Y Y N Y Y Y M Y * Y HY * N NH Y N Y N Y ADM 00002 * Y = Findings associated with exposure N = No findings associated with exposure *v * Table 5 REQUIREMENTS FOR ESTABLISHING CARCINOGENICITY FROM EPIDEMIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE Positive associations in groups of individuals with known exposure (case-control or cohort studies). That are not explained by bias in recording or detection. That are not explained by confounding. That are not explained by chance. That vary appropriately with dose. That vary appropriately with period of exposure. That are observed repeatedly in different circumstances. ADM 0 0 0 0 3 0 Table 6 Inconsistencies in Studies of Cancer in PCB Exposed Populations, with Findings Study Ho. Studied Findings Bahn et al [29,30] Zach, Husch [31] Brown, Jones [32] Bertazzi et al [33] 92 89 2,567 1,310 Melanoma** Lung Liver Rectum Digestive* Lymphatic and hematopoietic * Significant at 5 percent level ** Significant at 1 percent level ADM 0COC31 APPENDIX D Occurrence, Transfer, and Cycling of PCBs in the Environment Table of Contents I. Occurrence in the Environnent II. Behavior in the Environment A. Air B. Water and Sediment in. Exposure and Biological Accumulation IV. Discussion V. Research Needs and Opportunities Tables 1 . PCB Manufacturing and Sales Data From Monsanto Industrial Chemicals Co. 2. Concentration of PCBs in Municipal Sewage Treatment Plant Outfalls 3- PCB Concentrations in Industrial Effluents h. Total Estimated Contribution of PCBs to the Aquatic Environment 5* Concentration of PCBs in Sewage Sludges 6. A Sampling of Measured Occurrences of PCBs in the Environment 7. Accumulation of PCBs by Various Aquatic Organisms Page 52 99 99 102 103 85-86 88 89 90 91 93-98 100 v 83 t- AOM 000122 rJ TOTAL PRODUCTION (For Domestic Sales)^' DOMESTIC SALES DOMESTIC SALES BY CATEGORY Heat Transfer Hydraulics/Lubricants Hisc. Industrial Transformer Capacitor Plasticizer Applications^/ Petroleum Additives Total DOMESTIC SALES BY P1B GRADE Aroclor 1221 Aroclor 1232 Aroclor 32h2 Aroclor 12h0 Aroclor 125b Aroclor'1260 Aroclor 1262 Arcolor 1260 Total TABLE 1 PCB MANUFACTURING AND SALES DATA FROM MONSANTO INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS CO. 1957 THROUGH 1971 (Thousands of Pounds) 1957 1958 1959 I960 37919 32299 26o6l 31310 35211: 1612 70U 12955 17020 - 32299 23 196 10222 1779 hb6l 7587 31 - 322 9 9 1569 755 5719 IL099 3939 - 26061 16 113 lOhbh 2559 6691 5962 10b 72 26061 2685 1569 5986 16699 6573 - 31310 256 260 13598 3386 6756 6619 359 102 31310 2523 1559 7921 16967 62U 4 - 352 103 155 10196 2027 6000 7330 326 109 3521b NOTE: (1) Production amounts prior to I960 are not available. (2) Amounts for plasticizer applications prior to 1950 are not available. 1961 1962 36515 38353 37538 . . 38063 hi 10 211b 6201 15935 9098 - 37555 157 3915 1601 7986 1532 8926 - 35513 9b 2bl . 19027 b023 629b 65bO 361 150 37530 160 226 20656 3663 6325 6595 632 210 38063 *7?X 000 'HQV estimated that one-third of the PCBs released to the air and one-half of those released to water have now been degraded. The PCBs in dumps probably have undergone less degradation. Given the diversity of uses of PCBs and their chemical stability (greater stability in the higher chlorine species), it is not surprising that residues are now widespread. While satisfying quantitative estimates of the contribution of various pathways into the environment are not possible with existing data, there are enough data to be certain that they do reach the environment at least from the following sources: -- Open burning or incomplete incineration (at usual temperatures) 0 of solid wastes, municipal and industrial. Incineration at 2000 F or above for two seconds will destroy PCBs, but poorly operated incinerators or open burning may result in PCBs being released to the atmosphere unchanged. -- Vaporization from paints, coatings, plastics, etc. (Nisbet and Sarofim, 3) estimate that as much as 20 percent may be vaporized. -- Municipal and some industrial sewers (present in treated as well as untreated wastes). Tables 2 and 3. -- Accidental spills or improper waste disposal practices. -- Formerly, direct application to the environment as ingredients of pesticides or as carriers for pesticides (such uses are now prohibited). -- Dumping of sewage sludge, municipal and industrial solid waste, and dredge spoil at sea. -- Sewage sludges disposed of on land. -- Migration from surface coatings (paints, etc.) and packaging materials into foods and feeds. Probably the largest amounts of PCBs circulating in the environment reach it through industrial and municipal discharges to inland and coastal waters. Tables 2, 3 r and k present data on such discharges. Based on Table lj, we can estimate 6,000 tons per year may reach these environments. In addition, PCB residues occur in sludge from municipal sewage systems. Table 5 presents results of analyses from several such sludges. Sewage sludge is disposed of by incineration, landfill, spreading on the land, and dumping at sea. Four million tons per year reach the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico, which would include only 10 or so tons of PCBs (L). Analysis of the waste water from the effluent scrubbers of three sludge incinerators showed no detectable residues of PCBs (level of sensitivity 0.1 part per billion), suggesting that most PCBs had been destroyed by incineration. The total amount of PCBs con tained in the sludges would not be'more than ^ 7 0 tons per year. 07 ADM 000126 h-- \ r ' .\ - J TABLE 3. PCB CONCENTRATIONS IN INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS Location Kind of Industry Date Aroc lor Compound Detected Concentrai ion in Effluent (ppb) Saukville, Wise. Ohio- Great Chemical Plant Paper Coating Co. 3/70 1/71 1242 1242 & 124B 2.50 27 Miami River Florida- Escambia River Paper Treatment Appliance it Chemical Plant 1/7! 1/71 1/71 4/69-10/69 1242 1254 1254 1254 430, 470* 5 18 2.5-275 Source of Data Vieth and Lee, 1970 EPA data- Analytlcal Quality Control Lab ii tl ii Duke, et al., 1970 Samples from treatment lagoon ADM CCC12S ri J Collcctlon Site Ca 1ifoni la llyporion (Los Angeles) ILii'sLuw TAIII.E 5. c o ;:c e n t k a t i o :j o k pc is in s d m c e s l u d g e s Date A roc lor Detected Concentration (ppb) Sludge per day tons/day Esc. PCD Coni'OilL Oay (lbs.) Source 12/70 7/21/71 12 55 1255 85 (78. 5-92.1) 20,000^ 1500 1.5 3.2 .005 SchmidL, el. al. , (13) EPA Unpub1ished date. Ohio Uaytor. (Miami River) 1.ili le Miami (Cincinnati) Nili Creila (Cincinnati) Lei).non (Turtle Creoli) Slmy 1vi* liuti 1255 12.55 1255 1255 1255 105,000 32,000 12,700 2,500 3,200 57.9 20.2 83.3 1.0 - 10.1 1.3 2.2 .005 EPA Unpublished data II II II II tl II It I 11 II M 1 Vi rp inia Lnrtou 12 55 l,200 - - 11 M H Imi iana Ind nnapo 1ir 1255 3,500 126.1 1.03 H II VI 1/ This nui'iber Is based on outfall discharge and repi'o m ViiL a relatively dilute sludge. The estimated PCD couLeut in lbs./day is the important figure here. Assumptions: Each million gallons of sewage contains about 1 ton of sludge. The da ily output of sludge, then is 150,000,000 sewered population x 130 pal. sewage per day = 19,500,000,U00 gallons oer day and 19,50J Lan*; of sludge per day. At 10 pptn of PCDs (highest level found), the daily output would be 19,500 tons x 2000 lbs. = 3(* million lbs. x . i ppm 390 lbs. per day, at 1 ppm, 39 lbs./day. These wruld be respect ive ly 70 and 7 tons/yuar. ADM 00013 Air Prec ipltation Suspended Pardiluiate Water TABLE 6 . A SAMPLING OF.MEASURED OCCURRENCES OF PCBS IN THE ENVIRONMENT Location No. Samples Date A roc lor Compound Detected Concentration (ppb) Source of Data Remarks United Kingdom Florida Sweden A U. S. cities 1968 N.S. 1971 N.S. 1970 N.S. 1968-1970 N.S. Detected but not quantified Below level of quantification Present in snow 27-230 ppm on suspended solids Tarrant and Tatton, 1968 USGS- Unpbl. - Smithsonian Inst. CFSLP- 1970 EPA- Unpbl. Quantification quest ionable Great Hiaini River, Ohio 19 11/70 12A2 Ohio River Big Suamico River, Wise. PesLigo River, Wise. 2 OconLo River W isc. MilIwaukee River 1U 11/70 - 11/70 125A A/71 >1 Summer *71 1 11/70 1254 A/ 71 Sunnier *71 H 1970 1242 1260 ND to 15.8 - = 5.7 x. EPA- Unpbl. ND <0.01 u Velth, 1972 0.31 0.38 <0.01 1 II M 0.A5 0.16 <0.01 M M It 0.03-2.07, x 0.29 Veitli and Lee 0.02-0.13, 5 0.08 19/0 3 samples above Dayton below level of detec tion. Mean of 16 samples 5.7 7^ Hot a Marine Plankton Location No. Samples North Atlantic TABLE 6 (Continued) Date A roc lo r Compound Detected Concentration (ppb) 1971 N.S. x 200 Zooplankton Irish Sea 7 10/69 N.S. 10-30 Invertebrates Mussels ft If * Oysters If II Irish Sea Baltic Sea Stockholm Archipelago (about 200) 10/69 AO 1965-1968 IS II N.S. N.S. Escambia Bay, Fla. If H Florida Georgia S. C. 18 1971 2 1970 2 1969 B 1964-1970 12 1967-1970 3 1965-1969 1254 If If It 11 Blue Crab Florida Crabs 11 Shrimp Norway Lobster S. C. 'Escambia Bay, Fla. ft Irish Sea 10 33 2-3/70 1969 1969 1969 N.S. 1254 1254 50-500 4300 (1900-8600) 5200 (3400-7000) 650 (100-1400) 840 (710-970) 1050 (1000-1100) 1400-2700 2000 Present but not quantified fl *100 1000-7000 1500-2500 10-100 3 Source of Data____ Remarks Harvey _in Nesbit & Sarofim, 1972 lloldgate _ln Nesbit & Sarofim, 1972 II Jenson, et al., *6 If EPA- Gulf Breeze, Unpb1. . fl ff t> If fl If Duke, et al., '70 If" If HoldgaLe 1970 hi Nesbit & Sarofim, 1972 u> ADM 000 Loc.it ion Piota (continued) No. Samples Pi rds - Land Starlings Continental 124 U. S. Woodcock N.S. - Nothern U. S. Paid Hagle 25 states irds - Water Cull lemot Eggs Baltic Sea 69 9 Wlii te- tai led 1^3le Stockholm 4 Archipelago Heron II 4 Double-crested 3ay of Fundy ('ornorant (egg s) Abdominal fat Herring Cull Day of Fundy Tat ACH CCC136 y TABLE 6 (Continued) Date A roc lor Compound Detected Concentration (ppb) Source of Data Rc-narks 11-12/70 N.S. Fall 1971 N.S. 1966-63 N.S. 5/68 3/65-6/66 A/G7 1971? II II 1254 1254 1254 660 (50-24,300) Bureau of Sport ' Fisheries A l.1iId 1., L'npub 1. 4000-9000 II Not quantified II 250,000 14.000. 000, 3,400,00017.000. 000 9,400,000 17,200 52,000 75,000 Jensen, et al., 1970 (22) II Jensen, et hi,, ivti9 (19) Z iLl.u , ct a 1. , 1972 (20) N ri million in some fish and birds near the top of the food chain (l/S of ar. inch is about one trillionth of the distance to the moon; and a part per million is about 5 steps on a walk from Washington to San Francisco). Mar., who is also at the top of a food chain, carries residues ranging up to 2 parts per million or occasionally more. II. BEHAVIOR IN THE ENVIRONMENT A. Air - Uie relative importance of the atmosphere as a transport mechanism is not known. Wiile PCBs have been identified in air, the residence time, transformations, and movement from air to land or water surfaces through fall out or rainout, or return to the atmosphere are virtually unknown. Ihere are at least two observations that suggest substantial aerial transport; data on residues in fish in Lake Minto in a remote part of northern Quebec (7), and residues in woodcock which feed almost exclusively on earthworms, which in turn pick up residues from the soil. Only by invoking aerial transport can we account for residues in arctic lakes or in more or leas wilderness areas of the North where woodcock summer. Nisbet and Sarofim (3) suggest airborne PCBs will have been adsorbed on particles and have a relatively short residence time_ thus most will have been redeposited on the U. S. continent, but some will have reached the oceans. B. Water ar.d Sediment - The water environment is probably the principal sink and transport mechanism for PCBs. Calculations based on measured occurrences in municipal ar.d industrial outfalls, ir. the receiving waters, and the down stream reaches of the waterways demonstrate transport through the aquatic sys tem. Measured residues in fishes from various envirorments suggest accumulations at the downstream ends of the drainageways. There are few data on removal, disappearance, and sequestering of the sub stances in soils or bottom sediments of rivers, lakes, estuaries, or the ocean. Table 6 includes some data that indicate presence in bottom sediments,' and sug gest that sediments may be a major reservoir of PCB residues. Work by Ninmo and his colleagues at Gulf Breeze (8) has shown that at least pink shrimp and fiddler crabs are able to take up PCB residues from this source. Fiddler crabs and pink shrimp exposed to clean flowing sea water in aquaria containing sandy silt with initial residues of 6l parts per million (dry weight basis) of Aroclor 1251 accumulated an average of 80 * 25 parts per million in the whole crab and 2 h 0 parts per million (one pooled sample) in the hepatopancreas of the shrimp. Accumulation was much less, 1 7 + 9 parts per million and 6.1 parts per million, respectively, with silt initially containing 30 parts per million. Some accumu lation took place 3.2 + 0.9 parts per million (in crabs) and 1.1 parts per mil lion (shrimp hepatopancreas) from silt initially containing 2.5 parts per mil lion. The same investigators have shown transfer of residues from sediments to overlying water. Effluent water from the aquarium with 6l parts per million Aroclor in sandy silt contained 3.5 parts per billion; from the aquarium with 30.0 parts per million in silt, effluent water contained 0.5 parts per billion.I. III. EXPOSURE AND BIOLOGICAL ACCUMULATION \ Experimental Work on biological accumulation by individual species of vertebrates and invertebrates has beer, conducted by a number of laboratories in the United States ar.d elsewhere. Table 7 presents selected data that demon strate accumulation factors of up to 75*000 ir. whole organisms, ar.d ir. the 99 ADM 0 0 0 1 3 8 hepatopancreas of pink shrimp. The data reported in the preceding section demonstrate that pink shrimp are able to accumulate PCB residues- from environ mental levels as low as 0.5 parts per billion; and Table 7 shows accumulation by fish from levels as low as 1 part per billion. Evidence from environmental samples (Table 6) suggests uptake of PCB residues from exceedingly low environmental concentrations. Thus the plankton samples from the North Atlantic contain something like 200 parts per billion, yet PCB levels in marine waters are believed to be exceedingly low-- certainly less than 0.01 parts per billion. PCBs, like many of the organic insecticides, are fat soluble, and are stored in the lipids of animals. Like the insecticides, they resist metabolic changes, and tend to be concentrated (at least to some extent) at succeedir.gly higher levels as they pass through various steps in the food chain. The data presented in Table 6 suggest that there are two components of movement through the biota. One is the familiar pattern of food chain accumu lations. The other involves direct uptake from the environment by various trophic levels; e.g., soil to earthworms; water to phytoplankton, zooplankton, larger invertebrates, and fish. The fish and plankton data from the North Atlantic reported by Nisbet and Sarofim (3) are consistent with the hypothesis, in that plankton residue levels are higher than fish levels, suggesting direct accumulation rather than food chain transfers. So, too, is the evidence from feeding studies -reported by Stalling and Mayer (9) that suggest accumulations of no more than a factor `of 2 over dietary intake levels in fish. It seems reasonable that food chain transfers are the principal route of accumulation in warm blooded vertebrates, and possibly in the highest levels of carnivorous fish. Conversely, direct enviromental uptake is probably the most important for aquatic invertebrates and fish. That humans are exposed to PCBs is evident from the data in Table 6. There are a number of possible routes: air, water, food. Fish and shellfish through uptake from water would be expected to provide the principal continuing source in the diet. Sampling of fish to keep those containing more than the FDA interim action level from the market is carried out by FDA and the various States where fish are known to have substantial PCB contamination. Other foods have been found to contain PCB residues, but these residues are for the most part traceable to accidents; e.g., residues in eggs and poultry whose diet in cluded fishmeal contaminated by leakage of PCBs from processing equipment (Monsanto reports they no longer sell PCBs for this purpose); residues in milk traceable to silage stored in silos painted with PCB-containing paints; residues in dry food packaged in PCB-contaminated packaging materials. Aside from the occurrences traceable to incidents such as the above, residues have been found in only 1:79 of 15,000 food samples by FDA during November 1969-June 1971 (200 of the ii79 were followups on samples found to contain PCBs). In the FDA diet studies during FT 70 and 71, only 22 of 720 composite samples contained PCB residues. It is clear that only a small fraction of the U. S. food supply contains detect able levels of PCBs. 101 ACM CCC1AC The effluents from such installations should be regulated and closely moni tored to assure that no more than 0.01 parts per billion results .in the re ceiving water. (So, too, should the manufacturing and disposal facilities of Monsanto.) Good housekeeping should.permit this level to be achieved. An educational campaign*aimed at users to assure proper disposal will also be necessary-- so long as the materials are referred to as transformer oils, cutting oils hydraulic oils or fluids, etc., care in disposal will be hard to assure. After all, oils in moderate quantities aren't regarded as trouble some substances. V. RESEARCH NEEDS AMD OPPORTUNITIES 1. Data provided by Kuratsur.e and Masuda (ll) suggest that PCB-cor.tainir.g carbonless copy paper may have been an important source of PCS residues in man. An epidemiological study, involving a group of regular users of such copy paper (airline ticket salesmen; clerical workers; etc.), would shed much light on this question. 2. The detection of high levels of PCBs in house dust by Price (10) suggests that inhalation may be an important source of PCB levels in man. Both the question of occurrence in dust and of respiratory uptake from such dust should be explored. 3. Residues of PCBs have not been determined in soils, though by infer ence they must be present. A set of samples from the program of pesticides monitoring in soils should be analyzed for PCBs; the set should be drawn with care to illuminate distribution patterns in, near, and remote from industrial areas. li. Data on pesticides in air are unsatisfactory. A few samples, in cluding both vapor and particulates, should be collected from industrial areas and analyzed. If the methodology proves satisfactory, a small-scale survey should be undertaken to determine the importance of the atmosphere as a trans port mechanism. 5- The presumption that PCBs do not move to ground water should be tested. Ihe volume of water in this reservoir, coupled with its relatively long residence time, suggests that even very low levels of contamination may be significant. 6. Dumps And landfills are thought to be the principal reservoir of PCBs, but there are virtually no data on behavior of PCBs in these locations. Smalll scale sampling should be undertaken to determine the concentrations brought to dumps, the fate of PCBs from open burning, and into leachate and gases from sanitary landfills. Degradation in place should also be investigated. 7. The presumption that submerged sediments contain a large amount of PCBs should be examined. Such questions as vertical distribution, degradation, movement, transfer of water, should be explored as well as the current distri bution of residues beneath inland and inshore marine waters. 8. The reported finding of PCB residues on the order of 0.2 parts per million in marine plankton of the mid-North Atlantic requires elaboration. 103 ADM 0 0 0 1 4 2 FOOTNOTES 1 . Jensen, Soren. 1966. Report of a-new chemical hazard. New Scientist, 32:612. 2. Isono, N, 1970. Jishu Koza, 1 (l):60, 1 (li):58 (in Japanese). 3 . Nisbet, Ian and Adel Sarofim. 1972. Rates and routes of transport of PCBs in the Environment. Environmental Health in Perspective. 1, (in press). h . C.E.Q. (Council on Envirormental Quality). 1970. Ocean dumping: A national policy. Washington, D. C. 5. Lidgett, R. A. and H. A. Vodden. 1970. PCB -- the* envirormental problem pp 88-96 in PCB Conference, Wenner-Gren Center, September 29, 1970. Stockholm: National Swedish Envirorment Protection Board. 6 . Acker, L. and E. Schulte. 1971. Vorkommen von chlorieten biphenylen und hexachlorobenzol neben chlorierten insektiziden in human milch and menschlichen fettgewebe. Naturwiss, 57:1:97. 7. Risebrough, Robert W., and Brock de Lappe. 1972. Accumulation of poly chlorinated biphenyls in ecosystems. Environmental Health in Perspective. 1 , (in press). 8 . Nimmo, D. R., P. D. Wilson, R. R. Blalonan, andA.'J. Edison. 1971. Polychlorinated biphenyl absorbed from sediments by fiddler crabs and pink shrimp. Nature, 231:50-52. 9. Stalling, David and Foster L. Mayer, Jr. 1972. Toxicities of PCBs to fish and environmental residues in fish. Envirormental Health in Perspective. 1 , (in press). 10. Price, Harold A. 1972. Occurrence of polychlorinated biphenyls in humans. Envirormental Health in Perspective. 1, (in press). 11. Kuratsune, Masanori and Yoshito Masuda. 1972. Polychlorinated biphenyls in non-carbon copying papers. Environmental Health in Perspective. 1, (in press). 12. Veith, G. D. and G. F. Lee. 1970. A review of chlorinated biphenyl con tamination in natural waters. Water Research, h:265-269. 13. Schmidt, T. T., R. W. Risebrough, and F. Gress. 1971. Input of poly chlorinated biphenyls into California coastal waters from urban sewage outfalls. Bull, Erivir. Contam. & To:dcol., 6 (3 )235-21:3 lli. Duke, T. W., J . I . Lowe, and A. J . T`llson, J r . 1970. A polychlorinated' biphenyl (Aroclor 1251:) in the water, sediment, and biota of Escambia Bay, Florida. Bull. Environ. Contamin. Toxicol., 5:171-180. 15. Tarrant, K, R. and J. O'G. Tatton. 1968. Organochlorine pesticides in rainwater in the British Isles. Nature, 219*725-727. r- 105 ADM C O C 14 4 . APPENDIX B Use and Rsplaceability of PCBa Table of Contenta I . Dielectric Fluids Page .3 A. Capacitors 1. Advantages and D isadvantages of PCB in Capacitors. 2. Replaceability of PCB in C a p ac ito rs. 3. Extent of Capacitor Use. B. Transformers 1. Advantages and Disadvantages of PCS in Transformers. 2. Replaceability of PCB Transformers. 3* Extent of Transformer Use. ^ 51 II. Industrial Fluids For Hydraulic, Gas Thrbine, and Vacuum Pump Uses. 53 A. Hydraulic B. Gas Turbines o C. Vacuum Pump Applications III. Heat Transfer Applications 58 A. Advantages and Disadvantages of PCBs as Heat Transfer Fluids. B. Replaceability of PCBs as Heat Transfer Fluids. Plasticizer and Miscellaneous Uses. 59 A. Adhesives B. Textile Coatings C. Surface Coatings D. Sealants E. Printing y \ F. Fire Retardant ana Flame-Proofing Compositions. G. Miscellaneous Applications. lil APPEN DII B Use and 3eplaceability of PCBs I. DIELECTRIC FLUIDS Dielectric (electrically insulating) liquids are important to the electrical industry for filling agents or imprgnants in transformers, capacitors, and other devices. Besides their electrical functions, the liquids may also be used for cooling and arc quenching functions. De tailed discussions of dielectric fluid applications are available (l-h). A. CAPACITORS Generally, industrially important capacitors use liquid impregnated cellulose paper as a dielectric. The required properties of the liquid are: 1. Non-flammability (important for preventing fires, particularly in indoor use). 2. Dielectric constant matching that of paper. A good match reduces electric field inhosnogeneities, increases dielectric strength and lifetime,, and allows decrease in capacitor size. " ' J* ' Ltion factor (reduces energy loss and destructive heat- li. Higi dielectric strength (prevents breakdown and allows decrease in capacitor size). 5. High chemical stability (increases capacitor lifetime and stabili zes its performance). 6. Low vapor pressure (increases physical stability). 7. Inert decposition products in an electric arc (prevents e:plosion or corrosion following breakdown). 8. Low toxicity of.the material and its decomposition products. 9. Low cost. 1. Advantages and Disadvantages of PCB in Capacitors ThePCB capacitor liquids, commonly called askarels, are mixtures of chlorinated biphenyls and chlorinated benzenes. Several standard mixtures are specified by A S M (5). The askarel capacitor liquids and their de composition products are non-flammable. Thus their use in capacitors greatly reduces fire and explosion hazards. This characteristic permits economies where safety codes require fireproof enclosures for capacitors containing flammable liquids. E m dielectric constant of the askarels is high compared to other common dielectric liquids. Doubling the dielectric constant of the dielec tric allows a reduction by half in the area of the capacitor electrodes, and a significant saving in the cost of construction and installation.' The dielectric constant of askarels closely matches that of the capacitor paper. 4 0 m OOfli r \ } TABLE 1 TFPICAL PflOPlRTIES OF LIQUIDS ------------ ------- Mirerai Oil ------ Uninhib- Cdpac* Pipe ittd Iranif. nr cable Oil Oil oil Heavy cable Oil .-- Pipe cable liquid Polybulene* Paper imprri'ii.mt - - -- - - Ci.piil tor liquid - - --- - --*- - e.:r*-*ly. SUj *5'C uac se 2" 103* 38" 763* 60" 2365* 101" 1,203* 63* 8,000 ` 176* JCO.OuG* 2,200" 40*1? 30-31 41 51 31 ;2 Lk- >2 3' 3i W 5 240 1r.r.:t-/y,r- 36-2/ -;i- Viitrily, n, 2 5 C 37 B'C 9 9 1 P0 X 9.19 * 21 35 10 . n 46 <1 S 69 <1 B 17 2 la 45 3 32 46 4 h ! ' Fl.iihoo.iti erin cup. *L A' *1iS** <r<p\ K0 *l/5'ii flour pomi. C Spec.l't qrjrity, t 6 6 *C 25 c Corf o f c i M . ((/ / ` C hcrnMl cam!.. Iq ii-r.il/iecilcivlfC/crT:) id lU /l-rllilK T I Mb1" C' - 4? 6* 9 898' 0 0006 3 CC0 0 J1" 0 076" 54 O" 6 -15 f 0 907* 0 03031" 0 07b* 196 1* - 2 6 ;* 0 928* 0 00030" 0 072* 243.3* 0* --17 B' 0 .926* 0 00030" 0072* 154' oor - 14' U.Mr?" C.OOO70 160' 0 0I` - 23' 0 870" 0 00076 0 .062' 252* 001* 1.7 0 905* 0 062' 14b 1* 0 010 rra* 11 1 10 0 00071 fl 067 1*3 r :C2 v 152 8` 0 O'.O m.* 0 OlO m - ;i o i 9 ; <C:oi -3 5 6 -19 0 - 70 10 0 . 1 20 1 3B 1 15 1 64 0 00073 0 00065 0 000 70~ " 0 0006b' 0 063 0 05B 9 U57 0.954 Dj . !-'] pomi di ILL mm, ' C Vu'llil'iy, C qlil Ictl D.cieti'ic Mrengin k v /l" (0 25a rm) 3 2 .5' > 30* > 30- > 30* >JV > 35" > 15" 2 7 5 . >35 290 0 >15 325 0 >35 " J-iOO --35 -u6 9_ ii r ilb lr t (O 'illnt, h.1 ill 13' III. 25*C 10` Hi 4.5 5.7 SB 5 6 5 0 7 14*' 2 .16*' 2 22" o P-*wpi;*9n |j*clor 60 Hr 0 PC1*- 'T c o l i ~ 0 001*" o.oo r* 0.0005" 0 .0005" 0 .0005" :o' hi. ao'c 0 001 0 001 OOU1 0 L01 0 001 1C Hi oo Vn.i.-ie re*i*l `I ly, Oil** nti > I 10, , *,"` > U 1C "~ > 1*10" ** ' Sill)1 -** >n `` '.'5*10'" r N J Tab1e 2 Physical and Other Properties of Lubricating Oils, Engine Oils, and Hydraulic Fluids riuM C h m lc a l C l m o r Compound MIL-2190 llamony 44 (C b lf) HLO-3731 HLO-7277 ' MLO-40-$94 - Kj Ij I I DTE-103 HIL-H-60B3I M1L-1I-3606A HI L - 0 - 3606(B a te U a la le J - 4 3 ) M infetral on M " - N aphthenic n Il II m " - P araffin ic, deep devanad M ineral 0 01ft1 M ft > ft Ethylena G lycol Propylene Glycol Ethylene Glycol H ough to-Sefe 271 " 320 - 620 Nyvac JO(Hj WII) true 902. (S h e ll) Ucon SOU-260 Uron 50llB-2B0.il (Icon LB-40 * Peon LB-400-X SOI Water H on|hta-Safe 1010 " " 1051 M " 1115 " "1120 " " 11)0 G lyftc o l V aftte r-C lyftc o l m ft ft ft V ater;C lycol a a l a lllt lv a a W ater-Oil Beulelon Polyalkylene G lycol ft ft M ft m ft # T r l eMr y l PhoeHphate E aftte r I ft N M ft ft H ft ft V lacoaltv. ci 100*P 210"F Sp ecific G ravity (W ater-1) 32.2 8 7 .4 -- -- 14 M ineral P ila 5.B 9 .9 -- -- 3.15 0.86 0.88 -- -- 0.88 124 I . 74 to 10.2 0 .9 2 - -- -- -- -- -- -- G lycola and V acar C irco la B .7 19.6 2.2 <u4) 4 3 .2 4 3 .2 41 9 7 .4 34 -- 10.7 -- -- --~ i ( i ) 0 ` r> 23.1(130*7) 29.I(150*P ) -- 31 -- --- -- -- - 1.043 1.073 1.053 1.07 0 .9 3 -- --- -- ia .2 13.0 32.2 49.9 4 2 .8 Phoeahate E aters 3.9 e.o 4.1 3 .0 4 .0 1.20 1.143 1.163 1.15 1.143 flu h Point *P P ira Point *r ~450 ~ 4 to --383 390 233 195 ----430 -- - -223 240 -- 230 233 ---- -- -- --- -- -- ----- 433 300 300 600 310 323 -- -- 303 670 303 680 -- 680 493 690 490 680 A u colgn lrlor^ Decom position Tem peratura Tem perature *r ____ *r 663(3) 680(3) -464(30) 700(27) 702, 625(30) 470(50) 437(4) 437(2) --640(28) 725(30) 620(30) --- --- 936(30) 035(36) 903(38) 767(5) -- -- 730(31) 7 0 9 (5 0 743(30) 743(20) 633(38) 732(20) -- -- --- ---- --- >1200(31) io?o.sio(so> >1200(31) 1020(3) >1200(51) -- -- --- ADM QOOCfi Tibi 2(Co*t) H u ld ChenItaI l m or Cwpound - N LO -lt'Sfll H L 0-lt-610 KLO-S6-61I H ID -iM O ctidfcyl trld ecy l Sitane Dodtcyl trld e c y l S itin e Dldpdccyl d lo cty l S itin e Tatra undecyl S ilin T itra (2 -th y lh esy l)9 1 1 icate Ethyl h esyl S i l i c a t i O rili B .F .l (2-th ylh cayl) S ilic a t i Orimi ta 0200 tirimi te O Sli S ilic a te Ester tfl M H LO -U -M * flit O ron lti A U t Ploxol HLO-14-140 (Hbneento 0S-4S) S i l i c i c i E ste r HLO-14-816 (Ito llln g ah e ed . 720730 T V e n i lube r -50 V iril lob* r -44 Silicon I bou Corning 190 Polynethyl SIIosan a Don C orning 400 Polyaethyl SIInsane Dou C orning 100 folycthyi Silosan i Duu C orning 110 S itic e n e I)nw C orning 700 Poly (a e th y li phenyl) 81tosane Duu C o rn in g. 710 Hcthyl Fhenyl S ilico n e HL0>19-VB 101 Hethyl fhenyl S ilic o n e (DC 210) p lu e SOI TKP A d ip ate Tetracoproate M i)-17-446 (CE 81406) Chlorinated Silico n e 100-19-287 (CE r-3 0 ) Chtorophenyl Methyl S ilic o n Tluorolubi P-S fo ly trlflu o ro c h lo ro e th y len e Fydraut A -700 C hlorinated Hydrocatbon A ro ch lu r-1 2 4 8 Vet re c h lo ro d lp lien y l A io c filo r-1242, fe O A ro c h lo r- 1214 X T rich lo ro d iphenyl C lilorln atid Hydrocarbon COCC / V laeoaltv. t * ioo*r________2 io*r Sp ecific, G ravity (U ittfi) Flash' Point "p F i r * Autolgutclo<vi/ D eco m p o sitio n xmP o in t Tem perature Tam peraCure *p_________ ___________ 1?_____ 33.9 26. 23.1 29.26 Sllan ea (Cont) 6 .8 3.6 3 .0 6.11 -- -- -- -- 33 393 333 373 320 553 363 600 730(17) 730(17) 730(17) 760(17) -.. . -- S ilic a te s 31.23 2 .3 11.1 S .U -- --- -- -- 383 440 390 430 -- 360 433 323 430 313 ' 440 -- -- 370(12) 716(2) 710(30) 716(2) 703(2) 716(2) 630(26) -- ---- -- 32 33 22.6 10.9 6 ,9 63 to 67 2.0 220 61.fi 16 17 .. -- *-- 13.3 1.063 1.063 mm .. 1.063 -- 1.112 -- 330 660 350 640 240 -- 233 280 470 -- 600 -- 303 323 320 -- . -- -- 900(31) 900(31) 860(38) 610(38) 900(38) -- 960(38) -- -- >600(31) >600(31) " -- --740(23) -- 383(13) 623(30) R alaaen atcfi fllllc o n e a anfi Hvdr ** 3 1.86 9 .6 3 .0 1.62 3 .0 3 .2 1.41 17.7 ;; 380 710 - - -- -- -- 130 680 300 Pone 330 631 -- 766(2) -- 1 2 0 3 (1 2 ) 1200(31) M 103(l2) 1230(30) -- 1083(12) 314(13) 6 J0 ( 30) >623(31) ~-- -- ' -- exercized through conpanies which insure against fire, utilities which supply electrical power, and building codes. 3 . Extent of Capacitor Use Almost all industrial capacitors contain PCBs. In. 1968 95 percent of the U, S. production of capacitor liquids (2.b6 million gallons) were PCBs (9). Two important types of capacitors are phase correction capaci tors on power lines and ballast capacitors for fluorescent lighting. Non ballast industrial capacitors produced in 1967 had a value of $112 million (10), and fluorescent lamp ballast capacitors produced that year numbered 21.7 million units with a value of $15*5 million (10). In 1970 there were 50.9 million ballast units produced with a value of $163 million (ll). These ballast units are in extensive use inside buildings where non flammability is important. Phase correction capacitors are necessary on power circuits to correct for the inductive loading of much electrical power equipment. The amount of phase correction capacitance is ordinarily specified in kilovolt amperes of reactive current or kvars. Most power capacitors are rated at from 1/2 to 25 kvars so that the number of capacitors is very roughly the kvar value divided by 10 (12). As examples of the extent of power capacitor use, TVA has 2-1/b million kvars (13), and a power company serving suburban New Jer sey has 36 million kvars on their power lines with 1/2 million kvars on order (lb). The value of these capacitors is roughly $5 per kvar (lb). More than 20 million kvars of power capacitors were produced in 1970 (16). The procurement lag for these capacitors is 1-1/2 to 3 years, and esti mates for redesigning new systans range from 3 to 10 years, according to power company representatives to A S M Committee D-27 (lb,15). Extensive re-designing is anticipated if distribution capacitors were required to use presently available non-PCB liquids. Askarel capacitors have been developed to the point that failures are considered negligible (13, 15) Several private sources reported extensive efforts to find replacements for PCB capacitor fluids, but none reported having a good substitute. B. TRANSFORMERS Most power transformers contain a liquid to electrically insulate and remove heat from the core and windings. The properties required of these liquids are:1 1. Non-flammability (required for indoor use and desirable in remote location use). 2. High dielectric strength (prevents breakdown and allows transformer size reduction). 3. Low viscosity (promotes convective heat transfer). b. High chemical stability (allows higher temperature operation and reduces degradation of the transformer). 51 A0M 0 00 0 9 0 flammable liquid. An annual report on such failures is compiled by the Edison Electric Institute (19). II. INDUSTRIAL FLUIDS FOR HYDRAULIC, GAS TURBINE, AND VACUUM PUMP USES' A. HYDRAULIC Hydraulic fluids are liquids used as force transmitters (20, 21). The characteristics of a good hydraulic fluid are (20): 1. High lubricity (lowers heating and increases lifetime of moving components). 2. Stability (increases lifetime of use). 3. Appropriate viscosity and high viscosity index (2li). L. Low pour point (necessary for material to flow at low temperatures (25). 5* Compatibility (prevents interactions with other conponents, for example, rubber seals). 6. Good heat transfer (reduces local heating and large temperature gradients). 7. High bulk-modulus (important for extreme pressure applications). 8. Low volatility (necessary to prevent malfunctioning due to "vapor lock"). 9. Low foaming. 10. Low thermal expansion. Aside from the implication of a more con stant volume over a wide temperature range, a low thermal expansion implies a high viscosity index and the constancy of certain other properties with respect to`temperature. 11. Good demulsibility. 12. Inhibitor (necessary to prevent oxidation of metals or rusting). 13* Good fire resistance (very important in high temperature environments). 1L. Low density (desirable in transportation, particularly airborne, applications). 15. Good dielectric properties (reduces arcing or short circuiting should the fluids come in direct contact with electrical components). 1 6 . Non-toxicity (reduces the danger to human beings from rupture of hydraulic equipment or Improper disposal and to maintenance personnel during transfer of these fluids). Since most commercial hydraulic fluid mixtures are proprietary, it is difficult to obtain information with respect to their conposition. The results from inquiries with respect to PCB content have been somewhat contradictory. No definite knowledge is available that PCBs are present in commercial hydrau lic fluids. Since corposition specifications of these fluids are usually no.t available to the public, PCB content should be established by chemical analysis. PCBs are useful in hydraulic fluids as lubricating additives in extreme pressure applications (26) and as pour point depressants. Although it is true that the pour point of oils may be lowered by extensive dewajring, the use of additives is much cheaper. There are other inexpensive additives which are often used for these applications and which anpear to be adequate. For 53 Ac* CC C C 9 i viscosity index, low pour point, and oxidation and foaming resistance. Sample U. S. and U. K. military specifications are given in Table 3 (36). Usually, dibasic acid esters containing appropriate additives meet the above requirements. In the case of the turboprops, the same lubricant is usually used for both the turbine and .prop-drive gear. PCBs would seem to be useful as additives in gas turbine lubricants, but there is no evidence that PCBs are currently used for this purpose. Research along these lines has been done, and there is some indication that some PCBs have on occasion been added to gas turbine lubricants. The objection to PCBs and other chlorinated hydrocarbons is that they tend to be corrosive at the high temperatures reached in gas turbines. This corrosion is accelerated by decomposition of the PCBs and the forma tion of hydrochloric acid at high tenperatures. The corrosiveness of PCBs is a major deterrent against their use in these lubricants. TCP also has the desirable property of reacting with metallic surfaces at high tempera tures to form a protective coating. Jet engines are run for approximately 18,000 hours (37) between over hauls. The lubricants are not usually changed during this period; however, the appropriate "oil level" is maintained at frequent intervals. Immediately before engine overhaul the lubricant is drained and discarded. Unlike the situation with respect to hydraulic fluids used in commercial aircraft, there appears to be no general recycling facility for gas turbine lubricants (37). As a result of their increase in acidity and viscosity during use, recycling of gas turbine fluids would demand expensive redistillation and reblending. C. VACUUM PUMP APPLICATIONS (22, 23) Both mechanical and diffusion pump applications require fluids of one highly fractionated conponent. Accordingly, additives generally are not used. However, PCBs are used in pure form as a diffusion pump oil in commercial applications. The characteristics (38) of a good diffusion pump fluid are: 1. Relatively high vapor pressure at operating tenperatures. 2. Low vapor pressure at room and lower temperatures. (The vapor pres sure imposes a lower limit on the ultimate vacuum). 3. Heat resistance (prevents cracking or molecular degradation at operating tenperatures). L. Narrow vapor pressure range and freedom from contaminants such as absorbed gases and liquids with higher vapor pressures. (This requirement often implies the necessity of a narrow fraction). 5. Oxidation resistance (important because air may enter a diffusion pump during operation either accidentally or through slow leakage). 6. Nonhydroscopic (absorbed water increases pump maintenance and may contaminate the vacuum system). 7. Compatibility (must be compatible with pump and vacuum system components). 8. Stability in the.presence of the vapor being pumped. Seme of the pertinent properties of many diffusion pump fluids are given in Table h (39). The stability, oxidation resistance, appropriate vapor pres sures, and, in particular, the rd^atively low cost of PCBs make them a desirable choice for many industrial aunlications. Although the ultimate vacuum using 55 ADM 00009<t Some Properties of Pumping Fluids ' fluid Proprietary uamet Atiicioit A A;>ic/ju 0 Apicron UW Apiciun C ApicJon G ApivMon l:W Convoli 10 Convoi] 2 0 ' Di-fi-bniyl phthalate f>i-2 tjlfiyl Ik \vI pliiliaUtc Di-2-cihyl IwAjrl ubicate Di-iionj'I plnhalale Tri-crcsyl phosphate Tri-.vylcnyl phosphate Oiyccml Mixed chlorinated diphenyls Mixed chlorinated diphcnyli Silicone D .C. or M.S.702 .-ijliconc F>,C. 703 Silicone IX C . or M.S. 704 Silicone D .C . or M.S. 70S A t under ' fluid* Octoil Octoil-S Narcoil-20 Viacoil-20 Narcoil-40 Viacoil-40 Aroclor 1243 Coavaclor I Cloplicn A-40 Aroctor 1254 Edwards Oooiicr fluid A Narcoil-IO Viacoil-10 Convaclor>12 Clophcn A-SO As under ' fluid* Con u le x 10 or V .R .T . fluid E Mercury Chemical nature Paraffinic hydrocarbons Ctll,(C O O C ,ll,)i C e ll.iC O O C .il,,), C .II.^ C O O C .II,,), C .II.(C O O C JI,,). ( C II,C ll.) JPOa U C llA .C JI.M 'O , ( C I I 2O l).CH (O M ) Approx. C ijH .C l. Approx. C i,II.C Ia Specific Fiorii tf/reutar gravity point (iroom temp) {open * Q Patity (ctntiitokei) at 20' C Appiox. p o u r point (or fier ting point) *C Aprro e. boiling point at 1 torr "C 4M 0 872 218 463 0877 235 412 514 0 880 265 415 0 872 232 ISO 250 091 191 400 2 046 ion 218 159 391 09S3 196 427 0912 209 69 - 1 2 100 - 1 2 295 - 9 5 <6 - 1 2 147 - 2 3 120 - 8 9 19 - 7 1 75 - 5 2 24 --J6 190 220 225 255 210 165 150 195 102 204 213 t'itinuiU'ii truc v*tpo:ir priD M f (irrr) 10-M 2IVC) 5 K 10 * (?<> ( ) - 1 0 - ' lti'O 4 x 10' (20' C ) 2 x lO -M M 'O 5 x 1 0 '" (2't ) 6-7 x 1 0 's |2<'C ) 2-3 x 10 ' (2 0 * 0 1-5 v 10-* 20 C ) II)-1 (20V) 1 0 '* (2 u 'C ) 419 0-977 215 363 117 414 1-14 92 1-26 292 145 240 243 193 105 160 UEO 400 -7 215 10 -* (2C C ) 219 J x 10"" (25*C) 245 123 5 6 x 1 0 *<IS*C 137 1 5 x 1 0 (2U*C) 226 1-54 none 6000 10 150 x | 0 - * (20'C ) Methyl polysiloA.'.net 5)0 1071 194 33 - 4 0 IC 11j >jSiO l(C ! I ,),S iO ].,{C l li)jS i Tcltaphcnyl tclruioclliyl insilo.xan 510 454 1039 1066 227 216 40 - 3 6 47 - 3 8 rci;l.iplicnyl Irimcthyl irisiloxaoe 546 1095 243 170 - 1 5 (2 5 * 0 Mixed 5-rio; polypheny! ethers 447 1-191 288 2500 (2 5 * 0 45 1(3 2006 136 -- 1 15 -3 8 9 X Ote s*J 173 206 223 1 0 '* 1 2 0 - 0 254 5 x | 0 ' ( 2 5 V ) 285 127 1-1 x 10*1 (2d'C ) toxicity, a tendency to decompose to form highly corrosive HC1, a lower decomposition temperature than some alternate liquids (1*3) and relatively poor radiation,resistance (bb) B. REPIACEABHITr OF 'PCBs AS HEAT TRANSFER FLUIDS Increased risk from fire and explosion is a major disadvantage with most PCB replacement fluids* Other non-flammable fluids are: 1. fluoro carbons, which have low tojdcity, high thermal stability, and in spite of high cost are used as convective or evaporative coolants (l), 2* water, which is quite corrosive, has a high temperature limit of 37LC and requires extremely expensive high pressure systsns for its use above the atmospheric boiling temperatures and 3* molten salts and metals which, because of their resistance to radiation damage, are useful in reactor applications* Several liquids are more stable at high temperatures than the PCBs. Table $ (L2) shows the decomposition point range of liquids in a variety of chemical classes* Few of these liquids are non-flammable, however, as can be seen from Table 2* The phosphate esters, silanes, and aromatic ethers have high lire points (around 600F), but they are flammable and it is not clear how high the fire point must be for a fluid to be safe in a high tem perature system, especially is the event of leakage into a furnace* The details of specific heat transfer applications are necessary to evaluate the suitability of FOB replacement fluids. IV. PLASTICIZER AND MISCELLANEOUS USES * A plasticizer is a material incorporated in a plastic to increase its workability and flexibility (L5>k6). The addition of a plasticizer may lower the melt viscosity and flow temperature (increasing the ease with which the plastic can be made to flow),or lower the elastic modulus (making the plastic softer) (li). Plasticizers are generally non-volatile liquids or low-melting solids. A major requirement of a plasticizer is that it hav high compatibility* (mixes will to form a homogenous composition with useful properties) (L2) with the material being plasticized. Figures are given in Table 6 for the compatibility of some common plasticizers with some common synthetic thermosetting or thermoplastic resins (L5)* Other properties which are important when considering plasticizers are specific gravity, refractive index, color, odor, moisture sensitivity, vapor pressure (volatility), boiling range, stability (to light and heat) toxicity and cost (L7). Of course, the properties of the final plasticized material are of prime importance. Certain plasticizers provide formulations with specific properties such as: 1. phthalate esters - general purpose. 2. adipates and ozelates - low temperature flexibility. 3. highly aromatic esters - fast processing, strain and extraction resistance. L-. epoxies - heat stabilization during processing. 5 phosphate esters and PCBs - fire retardant materials. + The information in this section about specific uses was obtained from Chemical Abstracts (1920-1969) and patent claims. The Task Force has no knowledge whether or not specific applications are in current production or use. * Note that the term "compatibility", used here, has a meaning very different from its use earlier in this append^. In the earlier case, compatibility meant that two materials could coexist without either being affected by the other. The present meaning is quite the opposite. 59 AOM OOCQ90 Table 6. Approximate Maximum Compatibility phi, of Plasticizers with Various Resins t i l t uli-j | i.i1) ( v i l . j l . rliili- '. |ml> ( vin ,, lu ll tic t lili iil<-1 IHily^lyiviUt r llij liH liiliw e Cl llill.- 'f Iiilllillct-IJtiln-w! u r e l.ilr ci lluliiMi u ii lu iu In ti) tunO ' rlil>>iiii.<li>l riti l i r liig lt hlyti-iu; l>i: l.i' ln n c rii|M l)'iiir:' |it< iV iii-li:w il jj.i-.lii> In lin e rtylir ri-ili' pnly nmiUir. c|m x) n -iiii' |tlit'li lir ti .-iin I k j i l lib ili'. liirlitlu tile /-ini il. M i)li- lo in |uilt iirtlli:iii itiltilu aiu l iitijin-in- n .lil.t r " T f * i lr in :ii L .M>>-ix:i i i I<i ( v * Y iu ilt - iiiiiL U n iiin (V .il.i.l.- ' Tikdnuiil Itdlmi itij IlnihOt, I'liI I 1 'lJli.Jv i - l*lur.|Ji:tli-. i ; l \ i iti u li1' r i . l v c i lN. K |i- SiiUun( I t illH Illilll-S M i .. I I .. llC.-ll 1 i 4lc* r V7 E 5 KO* vi' -- ' j* T - Cj` i. .2 ir. o * y Tf* icV* t*," *5 E - a 7 G G s = t H s*\ * li u i,` *X: C*l k' JC $ ('-u4 J5 ' V -rjl f I I ;*l y C>K 'r.ii 5 '* ir 3 *c r'. " XX H G X S C Xrs ci u -O M i Vt* r" * t* a Ai I ."2 j y 3 h - 5H 1 * s C T l i t <T 6 *,, V Ti ? -* -- J*' b x- v z^ 1 V ^; DM IM I IM I IM I :m 111*1 IM I MI 20 IMI IM I I l o 00 20 IM I IM I UNI IM I H it IM I UNI 40 i 37 411 IM I IMJ IM I 1 1 MI IM I 1 1 N I 40 MI l 40 IM I IM I 7*" IM I I I I I I I IM I MI .70 I . 23 li 7.'. 2.7 III 20 7.7 17 IO 20 77 77 50 7. 77 IO 2 7 ' MI 20 MI 20 IM I u h : MI IM I 20 IM t 117.1 2. 20 17 MI IM I MI 30 1 MI 20 III IM I UHI 103 IM I IM I IM I .70 IM I IM I I0U :to so IM I IM I MI 7 7.* IO : n 1 I ' . I l IM I no 77 77 UHI IM I GO IM I IM I IM I .70 IM I 33 37 7.i Ilio IM I IM I IM I IM I IM I IM I IM I l(Hl IM I IM I IMO so Mi UNI IO u n Ml i:. 1 1 1 IO | 1 7 17 20 <11 I II U ni Mi 1 1 1 I I I MI 30 1 1 I 100 IM I MI Mi 2(1 IM I 2.7 MI 70 30 HO 1,27 27 |(NI MI IM I IM I 1 I IM I I MI 27 MI 3o 23 IM I :u IM I 20 MI IM I IM I MI IM I IM I IM I u n N i Mi MI IM I un i IO0 MI 27 IM I u h i 91 fili MI MI 20 MI 20 20 20 MI MI .70 MI MI 1 1 1 120 20 1 IO IO ;to 27 IO 20 40 1 1& 1 1 | 1 1i 1 1 1 IO :jo too 170 2.i 2*i 2.7 77 IO 27 27 IM I UNI 2."* U i 7 0 1 27 27 20 IO 27 2.7 27 IO 27 27 17 1 2 0 17 2 7 11 11 I1 11 1 27 27 MI MI 4II 1 1 40 (ITI 1 1 27 27 IO 20 23 MI 27 27 1 1 1 1 20 20 1.7 20 20 1 1 IO 20 20 III 27 | 1 IO 27 27 20 >J 20 27 27 27 i) IO 11 III h 27 MI Mi .70 1 1 23 .MI 2.7 27 2 7 .'Il 27 27 MI MI VI MI MI Mi 17 27 MI MI 27 27 1 1 1 1.2-1 :u I 27 2.7 2.i Mi MI 27 MI 70 O 1 11111 MI 70 70 20 :* . 1111I 27 27 27 1.7 MI SO 1 1 ' 2 ;. 2 1 ` 2*i 2.7 III 27 * 1-7 17 IO 27 27 27 27 27 1*1 17 20 IO 23 1.7 UHI IM I Mi Mi IM I 20 :u MI 77 40 MI MI MI 27 MI MI MI MI MI parts per `lundred ADM CCC o  -r vr Table 7 Material Form and culor Specific gravity Arurlur 1221* Aruclur 12:12 Aruclur 1242 Aro-tur 1218 Aruclur 1254 Arni'!'>f 1200 Aruclur 12C2 Arorlor I2i*-S Aruclur 1270 Aruclur 4105 Aruclur 5112 Aruclur 5lli0 Aruclur 2505 colnrless, iMuhi'e oil I.1 S 2 -1.102 filinosi i'tilurli-SH, (2 5 /1 5 .5 *0 1.270-1 2S0 mobile oil (2 5 /1 5 .5 *0 elmusl culorlcss, i :i s i - i .502 mollile oil (25/13.5*0 ydloM-grccn tinteti, 1 105-1 415 mollile nil (05/15.5*0 ligbl yi-llnw, vluuns 1 105 -1.505 oil (05/15.5*01 liglit yelluw. Soft, 1.555-1.500 oti'-ki, resiti ( 0 /1 5 .5 *0 l'glit ydl.nv, tslii-ky, l 572 -1 .vw dear redin (00/15 5 * 0 nlili: tu olT-ivliitc l.M ll-l SII puniler (25/25rC j wItili: i r*, s'.illitiu I `JM-1 lUill pouder (25.'2`i"C) lrau-i|(:iri`i:l, y**lluw. 1 070 bri ile resili (25/25*0 yclluw, .iraiispitivnl. 1 ITO eticky risili (25/25*0 elvar, yi'l!uii`-tit-:im- 1 G70 ber, tirili le m in (2 3 /2 5 *0 Iliaci;, u|'M;i|i:, 1 731 brilli* roin (25/25**0 * ASTM 11-20 ' CI*`Vilaft'l tjw'ii * ASTA! K-.N. ' i> Itali l 'ilivci^al, A ST \I I>-IS. k lluld puiul un solidiliralion. ADM 000102 )J General Properties of Some Aroclors (PCB) DutUblion r.mRe,* C (corr) 75 320 2X>;125 Pl;i9h point/ c Fire point,* c 111 150 170 152-131 IMS Four point/ c crystal: at rc - 3 3 .5 Softening point,* c Amd 1 . 0 1 7 - 1 . OH 1.G20-I.022 Viseuyitv/sc :!7.S*C 94;irC 3 i-|i 3`> 2 ! 14-51 3I-J2 32.>-:or> 310*375 170-IS0 193-l'Jo non nune -19 -7 1027-1.029 l.aio-i.on 82-92 1S5-2J0 34-^ 30-37 3ii-:i!Kl nune none 10 1.030-1.011 1590-2300 4 4- IS 3S3--120 none none 31 1.017-1,019 72-7S .TP5-125 nnne none 35-3*1 1 . 0 3 0 1 - 1 . C5I7 50-100 13 -150 nono none 150-170* 50-IOU none none 249-300* 230 -32*1 none none 00-OC 1 004-1.007 *1 mm 11|) 2(.'-3<Kl 247 >350 40 4G-32 (4 mill Hr) 'o ;i none none 93-105.5 1.000-1.005 (5 I l l ' l l ll-,) none none 00-72 90-130 (l:uC; :UH>-4tH) ' cii|>. * Cleveland open nip: mmc indiiMtej no lire point up l>* b<til'll); Icaij-ratlire. *A:ST.\i * Lartt lidi di;ila indicate nppnjvincite clilorine rmi'eiit, ie, Arnc.'nr 1221 'in'.(ins lie'll 21 '- .i/ . -:( D. SEALANTS Sealing and caullti.ng compositions include a wide range of compounds which can be used to seal joints or voids against water and water vapor, air and other gases, dust, sound, vermin, heat and cold (Q8) Specialized applications require resistance to certain chemicals or atmospheric environ ments. PCBs can be used as..plasticizers in the formulation of putties from copolymers or ethylene-vinyl acetate or styTene (89). The products are non hardening, and resistant to moisture *nri frost and show good weatherability A non-sticky, non-hardening putty was also prepared from polysulfide mix tures which employs PCB as the plasticizer. This putty gave good bonding 1to building materials and had good extrudability and shape retention (90). Elastic pavement or concrete sealing conpositions, used for traffic markings, were prepared from coal-tar-polysulfide mixtures which are plasticized with PCB (91). A sealant, effective for concrete and asphalt applications, can be formulated from a mixture of polysulfide, chlorinated rubber, andpolyisocyanate, and plasticized with PCB (92). E. PRINTING Chlorinated biphenyls have been employed as part f the formulations used to prepare pressure-sensitive record (93* 9k) and colored copying papers (95, 96, 102, 103) They have been used to coat papers used in thermographic duplicating processes (97-101) as well as in xerographic transfer processes (lOii, 105). Solvent-free printing on polyolefin plastics can be accomplished by heating a mixture of low molecular weight material, chlorinated biphenyl or terpene resin, and suitable pigments and cfyes. Durable prints can be made on the surface of the polyolefin at the time of their thermoplastic shaping (106) Printing plates, hard enough for higi quality letterpress printing, and suf ficiently flexible for use as flexographic plates, can be prepared from com positions containing a liquid resin such as epoaqr, polyester, urethan, acrylic or vinyl with an excess of curing agent and PCB as the plasticizer (107). The extent, if any, of current uses of PCBs in printing application is unknown. F. FIRE RETARDANT AND FLAME-PROOFING COMPOSITIONS When PCBs ar used as plasticizers, they inpart a certain degree of non flammability to the objects as described previously. However, for increased effectiveness in flame retardant `applications, the PCBs can be admixed with various metal oxides. Seme flame retardant conpositions based upon these mixtures ares polyolefin yarns (108); organopolysiloxane sealants (109); .thermoplastic poly (hydroxylethers) (110); fireproof panels made from starch which can be used for doors, floors, ceilings, and partitions (ill); poly amides (112); and in fireproof fiberboards (H3) Rigid polyurethane foams (llk-116) and hardboard compositions (117), when treated only with PCBs do not show any significant increase in flame retardance. G MISCEILANEOUS APPLICATIONS The wide range of chemical and physical properties exhibited by the PCBs (see Tables 6 and 7) make them desirable for an assortment of miscellaneous uses. Some of the more interestingvand non-conventional uses are as follows: 65 ACM CGCIQA transformers would require considerable time and money for reengineering, manufacture, and application of substitute equipment. PCBs are useful in hydraulic systems where leakage onto hot metal sur faces could cause a dangerous fire. Hydraulic fluids can also be made with phosphate esters which are toric and which will burn at high temperatures. Replacement of PCBs in some hydraulic systems could increase loss of life . due to fire. Gas turbines require lubrication at high temperatures. PCBs can be used but tend to be corrosive. Phosphate ester lubricants seem better in this respect. Chemical stability is more important for high temperature lubricants than is non-flammability. PCB fluids are useful in jV diffusion booster punps to produce moderately high`vacuums with relatively poor fore vacuums. Non-flammability is hot especially important for diffus ion puup liquids, and with a few possible exceptions alternative liquids are available Flammable heat transfer fluids present a fire hazard if they leak into a fhrnace or onto hot surfaces. The use of PCBs can prevent this danger. In some cases water is a suitable substitute at moderately high temperatures. Other heat transfer fluids are commercially available and in use. Replace ment of- PCBs is satisfactory in seme, but may be dangerous in other heat transfer uses. The PCBs are good plasticizers for use with adhesives, textiles, surface coatings, sealants, and copy paper. In some cases the PCBs act as fire retar dants. There are no particularly unique properties of PCBs for plasticizer uses, and equally effective alternatives are generally available (e.g. phos phate esters are often used as fire retardants). The extent of current use, if any, in such applications has not been determined. i K 67 V ADM 0001C6 18. Private communication. E. L. Raab, Manager, Insulation Systems Section, Power Distribution Div., General Electric Go., Pittsfield, Mass. 19. Report on Power Transformer Troubles, 1969, Edison Electric Institute Publication No. 71-20, (1971). 20. "Introduction to Hydraulic Fluids", R. E. Hatton, Rheinhold Publishing Co. (1962). 21. "Synthetic Lubricants", R. C. Gunderson and A, W. Hart, Rheinhold Publishing Co. (1962). 22. W. Espe, Materials of High Vacuum Technology, Vol. 3, Pergamon Press. (1968). 23. "High Vacuum Purging Equipment", B, D. Power, Rheinhold Publishing Co. (1966). 2 k * Viscosity index. A high V, I. means a low viscosity-temperature coefficient. 25. The pour point is related to the lowest temperature a liquid can be poured from a container. ASIM D 97-66 Standard Method of Test for Pour Point, American Society for Testing and Materials, Riila., Pa. 26. Boundary lubricant additives cling to metal surfaces facilitating good lubrication at high pressures. See ref. 21, pp lh-21. 27. "Fire Resistance of Hydraulic Fluids" ASTM Special Technical Publication No. L06 (1966). 28. "Review of Ignition and Flammability Properties of Lubricants", J. M. Kuchta and R. J. Kato, Bureau of Mines Technical Report AFAPL-TR-67-126 (1968). 29. ASTM D901-70 Standard Methods of Testing Askarels. Secs. 18, 19. 30. National Bureau of Standards Report of Tests No. TG 10210-2158: FR 3695. 31. See for example: Ref. 21, p 133. 32. Reference 21, Chapter k * 33. Phosphate ester type tydraulic fluids are being recycled by: Eppi Pre cision Products, 227 Burlington Ave., Clarendon Hill, HI. 3h. See for example: A. M. Dobry, E. A. Glass, and A. Zletz, "Improved Non-flammable Hydraulic Fluid", Bureau of Ships Report M67-1L (1967). 35 Ref 21, Chapter 5. 36. Ref. 21, P 235. \ 37. Private caraminlcation, R. K. Crothers Maintenance Division, Federal Aviation Administration. 69 ADM CCC108 58. Harry Smith, U. S. Patent 3*395,132, (Dow Chemical Co.) (1968), 59. David A, Frey, U. S. Patent 3*380,951 (Dow Chemical Co.) (1968), 60. T. P. Flanagan, U, S, Patent 3,220,966 (National Starch and Chemical Co.) (1965). 61. R. P. Cox, J. L. Warner, and R. J. Sere, U. S. Patent 3,117,000 (S. I. Dupont de Nemours) (1969). 62. P. Ruckstuhl, Ger. (East) Patent 1*0,927 (1965). 63. P. Prumier and J. Duthu, Fr. Patent 1,1*82,172 (1967). 61*. P. Ruckstuhl, Ger. (East) Patent 37,967 (1965). 65. H. J. Eichel, U. S, Patent 2,988,1*61 (National Cash Register Co.) (1961). 66. H. G. J. Velthoven and H. J. Wienjes, Neth. Patent 109,025 (1961*). 67. Qnil Kline, U. S. Patent 2,077,699 (E. I. DuPont de Nemours) (1937). 68. ibid, U. S. Patent 2,077,700. 69. G. Listner, U. S, Patent 3,1458,1*71 (Johnson and Johnson Co.) (1969). 70. ibid, U. S. Patent 3,277,01*6 (1966). 71* Erit. Patent 1,133,050 (E. I. DuPont de Nanours) (1968). 72. R. J. Jenkins and R. N, Foster, Xnd, Eng. Chem. 2, 1362-1365 (1931). 73. N. V. Maiorova, M. I. Karyakina, V, A. Kargin, Z, Ya. Berestneva, L. P. Malysheva, Lakokrasoch. Mater. IKh Primen, 3, 17-19 (1969). (Cf. C.A. 71, 62325j 1969). 7li. S. V, Yakubouich, N. Ya. Gicbkova, V. A. Zubchuk, and P. V. Kozlov Lako krasoch. Mater. IKh Primen Ij, 1*6 (1966). (C.A, 6, 18820, 1966). 75. D. P. Spalding, Fr. Patent 1,353,506 (Compagnie Franaise ThomsonHouston) (1961*). 76. Brit. Patent 1,020,053 (General Electric Co.) (1966). 77. D. P. Spalding, U. S. Patent 3,288,71*3 (General Electric Co.) (1966). 78. E. Kamp and Karl Jahn, U. S. Patent 3,393,087 (Monsanto Co.) (1968). 79. H. Wells (Atomic Energy Res. Establishment, Harwell, England) J. OijJ. Color Chemists Assoc, 1*8, (l) 28 (1965). . 80. Ref. 1*9, p 293. \ 81. Francis J. Whilby, Brit. Patent 1,138,976 (Standard Telephone and Cables, Ltd) January 1966. 71 AOM 000110 105. B. B. Jacknow, J, H. Moricord, and F. M. Palermiti, S. African Patent 6,803,560 (Rank Xerox, Ltd.) January 1969. 106. Hans J. Lenz, Ger. Patent 1,199,290 (Hoechst Fabveke) August 1965, 107. Daniel L, Goffredo, U. S, Patent 3,269,308, August 1966, 108. Brit. Patent l,126,k78 (Johnson and Johnson Co.) September 1968. 109. Charles A. Berridge, U. ,S. Patent 3,15k,51? (General Electric Co.) October 196k. H O . R. H. Snedeker, U. S. Patent 3>k05,199 (Union Carbide Co.) October 1968, 111. D. Lurie, Fr. Patent 1,529506,* June 1968. 111926.8. W. F. Busse, U. S. Patent 3,kl8,267 (E. I, DuPont de Nemours) December 113. R. G. Quinn, U. S. Patent 2,030,653 (International Paper Co.) February 1936. 11k. H. Picchota, Kunstoff-Rundschau, H (k), 191 (1965). 115. Paul E. Burgess, Jr., Carlos J. Hilado, and William R. Proops, Space Mil, Appl. Cell. Plast. Syst. Annu. Conf. Cell. Plast. Div., Soc. Plast. Ind., I2th, 1967, 3-C-1-3-C-10. 116. Carlos J. Hilado. Paul E, Burgess, Jr., and William R. Proops, J. Cell. Plast, k (2), 67 (1968). 117. T. Hirata, H. Abe, and Y. FUkui. Ringyo Shikenjo Kenkyu Hokoku, 1967, No. 200 155. Cf C. A. 70 12779u (1969). 118. H. W. Coover, Jr., and N. H. Shearer, Belg. Patent 652,653 (Eastman Kodak Co.) December 196k. 119. Hans Schumann, Ger. Patent l,298,k58 (Deutsche Solvay-Werke) June 1969. 120. Rene Michael, Fr. Patent 1,532,115, July 1968. 121. H. T. Ken, Jr.. T, L. Statler, and S. E. Muellar, Mitt. Ver. Deut. Emailfachleute 1k (5)* k5 (1966). 122. Rolf Bremer, Eberhard Rheinhold, and Hermann Fiebig, Ger, (East) Patent 66,712, May 1969. 123. Belg. Patent 696,820 (Establishment Marchal) October 1967. 12k. Brlt. Patent 1,159,220 (Sigri Elektrograpit) December 1967. 125. R. B. Trask, and Mark J, Sn&th, Fr. Patent 1,520,177 (Air Reduction Co.) April 1968. 73 |\ AD* COC112 -I APPENDIX C I The Need For Continued Use of PCBs As Electrical insulating Licuid3 I. II. m. IV* 1. 2. 3- Table of Contents How are PCBs Used by the Electrical Industry? The Need for PCBs in Transformers A. Mineral oil-insulated transformers Pase 76] 76 1 B. Dry-type transformers The Need for PCBs in Capacitors A. Mineral Oil 79, 1. Size 2. Reliability and life 3. Safety B. Other Liquids 1. Castor Oil 2. Dibutyl sebacate 3* Silicone Fluids Environmental Protection Tables Composition of Different LiquidChlorinated Biphenyls Underwriters' Laboratories FlammabilityRatings Alternate Insulating Fluids 8 1 !I .j i t 76- ;! 77 j 80 1 P L A IN T IF F 'S fcE X H IB IT ai p- I S ADM 0 0 0 1 U TABLE 2 Composition of Different liquid Chlorinated Biphenyls Components - given as % - 1221 . 1232 Monsanto Aroclors MCS 101]3 121]2 MCS 1016 121I 125L 1260 Chlorine Biphenyl Mono-chlorobiphenyl Di-chlorobiphenyl Tri-chlorobiphenyl Tetra-chlorobiphenyl Penta-chlorobiphenyl Hexa-chlorobiphenyl 21 32 lit.8 56.5 2 6 .9 r J 1.1,2 .06 32 .01] 22.2 7l].l] 3.3 - 1]2 .02 .72 15.6 51i.5 22.5 6.7* 1]2 b8 .02 -93, 19.ii 61,.5 15.0 ^ 55 .16 5b 60' 60 70 Includes higher than penta-chlorinated isomers. in. THE NEED FOR PCBs HI CAPACITORS PCBs are used in more than 90 percent of the electric utility (large power) type and smaller industrial type capacitors made today. ' They are needed for safety, reliability and long life, and to achieve sizes compatible with equipment and installation requirements. | \ i The principal types of PCB-impregnated capacitors and their I applications are high voltage power capacitors used primarily for power| factor correction in the distribution of electric power; low voltage ' power capacitors installed in industrial plants at the load (typically large motors); ballast capacitors to improve the efficiency of lighting systems; and small industrial capacitors for power factor improvement in such equipment as air conditioning units, pumps, fans, etc. Almost 80 million such capacitors are manufactured annually, most of them for first-time use. Capacitors used in lighting and air conditioning applications ! contain 0.00 to 0.09 gallons of PCB per unit. The largest power ! capacitors contain about 6.7 gallons of askarel. The most popular size contains about 3.1 gallons. The National Electrical Code requires that any installation of capacitors in which any single unit contains more than 3 gallons of combustible liquid shall be in a vault like that re quired for transformers. During 1968, the last cenplete "normal year for the electrical industry, the total amount of PCBs used in capacitors was approximately lL.h thousand tons. Possible alternatives to PCB-impregnated capacitors are capacitors impregnated with mineral oil, or certain other liquids. j A. MINERAL OIL ! 1. Size The single most important property of a liquid to be used in a capacitor is its dielectric constant (the ratio of its ability to store electrostatic energy relative to air). The dielectric constant of the capacitor-grade PCB (Aroclor 12L2) is 5.85 while that of mineral oil is 2.25* (See Table 3) Reverting to an oil-paper dielectric system would increase the average capacitor voluan(size) by approximately 600 percent{ the weight by 500 percent, and the cost by approximately LOO percent. At | the present levels of demand for capacitor KVAR, there would be a shortage of electrical grade paper and a shortage of capacitor factory facilities further tending to increase the cost to the utility, and ultimately to the consumer. 2. Reliability and Life PCBs are thermally and oxidatively more stable than mineral oils/ and discharges, which can occur in capacitors, are less likely to i generate gases from askarels than from mineral oils. The chemical stability of PCBs in the presence of capacitor tissue and plastic films and the favorable stress distributions between solid and liquid have made it i possible to design low-cost capacitors with a life expectancy of more than 10 years life in lighting applications and more than 20 years in electric utility applications. In each application the first-year failure rates are less than 0.2 percent. This level of life and reliability had not been achieved prior to the introduction of PCBs. 79 i ADM 0001X16 3. Safety The relative non-flammability of PCBs significantly reduces the fire hazard that might otherwise accompany those failures that result in rupture of the case* B. OTHER LIQUIDS 1. Castor Oil* The dielectric constant of castor oil is h ,5 , and this material is useful as an impregnant in D.C. energy storage capacitors. However, A.C* capacitors filled with this liquid have relatively short lives and are not very stable under A.C. discharges and in the presence of water derivable from the cellulosic paper. 2. Dibutyl sebacate. This ester is especially useful in high frequency parallel plate capacitors because of its low, flat loss charac teristics over a broad frequency range. In this type of construction the 1 liquid is the sole dielectric material. When used in conjunction with paper,this ester is also unstable* 3* Silicone Fluids. These materials have a dielectric constant of 2.7 and would generally be subject to the same disadvantages as mineral oil* In the interest of achieving a higher degree of environmental compatibility the capacitor industry switched during 1971 from Aroclor 121:2 to Aroclor MCS 1016, frcm which the higher-chlorinated persistent fractions have been substantially removed. IV. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION The advantages to the public in terms of safe, reliable, and efficient electrical equipment made possible by the use of PCBs have been documented in the body of, and especially Appendix B to, this report. It is also clear that there are no present or prospective substitutes for these materials, and that the functions they perform are essential. Thus the continuing need for PCBs in closed electrical system applications is con clusive. The electrical industry well understands, however, that continued' use of these materials requires unusual protective measures. These measures were the subject of recommendations made by a previous NIFCC SubCouncil report (The Use and Disposal of Electrical Insulating Liquids, June 1971) and are judged to be well on their way toward implementation: witness the introduction of the new capacitor dielectric, the provision of facilities for the incineration of liquid and solid wastes,,and the instructions to operating personnel and users regarding the need for care in waste disposal, an activity now being further formalized and strengthened by ANSI's committee C107* The annual residual leakage to the environment from the continued use in transformers and capacitors has been estimated between one part in a thousand and one in ten thousand of the existing environmental PCB burden. 1. Ihe above paper was prepared by the Electric and Nuclear Sub-Council, National Industrial Pollution Control Council: Chairman, D. C. Burnham, Westinghouse Electric Corporation,^-Vice Chairman, Fred J.Borch, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, General Electric Company; Members: A. P. Fontaine, President and Chairman, The Bendix Corporation; Raymond H. Giesecke, 81 AOM 0 C 1 2 0 APPENDIX H Regulatory Action on PC3s Table of Contents Page I. Existing Regulatory Authority 17li' A. Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act B. Federal Water Pollution Control Act C. The Refuse Act of 1899 (33 U.S.C. It07) D. The Clean Air Act (U2.U.S.C. 1857 et seq) E. The Egg, Meat, and Poultry Acts F. The Occupational, etc... G. Act to Regulate Transportation of Explosives and .Other Dangerous Articles (18 U.S.C. 831-835) n. Standards, Tolerances, or Guidelines Established 177 m , Application of Regulatory Authorities 179 IV. Future Actions and Needs 180 Tables 1. FDA Proposed Tanporary Tolerances for PCB Residues 178 \ 173 C0C213 21. Nimmo, D. R., P. D. Wilson, R. R. Blackman, and A. J. Wilson, Jr. 1971. Polychlorinated biphenyl absorbed from sediments by fiddler crabs and pink shrimp. Nature 23150-52. 22. Keil, Julian E.`, Lamar E. Priester, and Samuel H. Sandifer. 1971. Polychlorinated biphenyl (Aroclor 1212): effects of uptake on growth, nucleic acids, and chlorophyll of a marine diatom. Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 6(2)156-159. 23. Mosser, Jerry L., Nicholas S. Fisher, Tzu-Chiu Teng, and Charles F. Wurster. 1972. Polychlorinated biphenyls: toxicity to certain phytoplankters, Science 175(1x018) 191-192. 21. Wildish, D. J., and V. Zitko. 1971. Uptake of polychlorinated biphenyls from sea water by Gammarus oceanicus. Marine Biology 9(3)213-218. | 1 25. lap, H. H., D. Desaiah, L. K. Cutkomp, and R. B. Koch. 1971. The sensitivity of fish ATPases to polychlorinated biphenyls. Nature (In press). 26. Koeman, J. H., M. C. ten Noever de Brauw, and R. H. de Vos. i 1969'. Chlorinated biphenyls in fish, mussels and birds from the River Rhine and the Netherlands coastal area. Nature 221: 1126-1128. j- 27. Lincer, Jeffrey L., and David B. Peakall. 1970. Metabolic effects of polychlorinated biphenyls in the American kestrel. Nature 228:783-781. 28. Friend, Milton, and Daniel 0. Trainer. 1970. Polychlorinated biphenyl: interaction with duck hepatitis virus. Science 170:1311-1316. 29. Ulf strand, S., and A. Sodergren*.' 1971. Effect of PCB on nocturnal activity in caged robins, Erithacus rubecula L. Nature 231167-168. 1 ' 30. Dahlgren, Robert B., Yvonne A. Greichus, and Raymond L. Linder. 1971. Storage and excretion of polychlorinated biphenyls in the pheasant. Journal of Wildlife Management 35(1)823-828. 31. -Fries, G. F., G. S. Marrow, Jr., and C. H. Gordon. 1971. Similarity in behavior of DDE and polychlorinated biphenyl (Aroclor 1251) residues in an environmentally contaminated herd of dairy cows. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service Paper 1 3 C .Presented at the | Annual Meeting of the American Dairy Science Association,1 East Lansing, Michigan, June 1971. 11 171 1 L, ADM 000211 V FOOTNOTES 1. Heath, R. G., J. W. Spann, J. F. Kreitzer, and C. Vance. 1970. Effects of polychlorinated biphenyls on birds. Presented at and to be published in proceedings of 15th International Ornithological Congress. The Hague, 1970. 2. Dustman, E. H., L. F. Stickel, L. J. Blus, V. L. Reichel, and S. N. Wiemeyer. 1971. The occurrence and significance of polychlorinated biphenyls in the environment. Transactions of the 36th North American Wildlife and Natural Resources Conference: 118-131. 3. Prestt, Ian, D. J. Jefferies, and N. W. Moore. 1970. Polychlorinated biphenyls in wild birds in Britain and' their avian'toxicity. Environmental Pollution 1:3-26. b. MeCune, E. L., J. E. Savage, and B. L. O'Dell. 1962. Hydropericardium and ascites in chicks fed a chlorinated hydrocarbon. Poultry Science bl:295-299. 5. McLaughlin, Joseph, Jr., Jean-Pierre Marliac, M. Jacqueline Verrett, Mary K. Mutchler, and 0. Garth Fitzhugh. 1963. The injection of chemicals into the yolk sac. of fertile| eggs prior to incubation as a toxicity test. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 5 760-771. 6. Rehfeld, Betty M . , R. L. Bradley, Jr., and M. L. Sunde. 1971. Toxicity studies on polychlorinated biphenyls in the chick. Poultry Science 50(b):1090-1096. 7. Platonow, N. S., and H. S. Funnell. 1971. Anti-androgenic-like effect' of polychlorinated biphenyls in cockerels. Veterinary Record 88(b)109-110. 8. Vos, J. G., and J. H. Koeman. 1970. Comparative toxicologic study with polychlorinated biphenyls in chickens with special reference to porphyria, edema formation, liver necrosis, and tissue residues. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 17:656-668. 9. Vos, J. G., J. H. ICoemanj H. L. van der Maas, M. C. ten Noever de Brauw, and R. H. de Vos. 1970. Identification and taxicological evaluation of chlorinated dibenzofuran and chlorinated naphthalene in two commercial polychlorinated biphenyls. Food and Coanetic Toxicology, 8:625-633. \ 169 ADM O0C209 Shrimp are very sensitive to PCBs ar.d most will die as a result of 20-day exposure to a concentration of $ parts per billion, PC3s also inhibit" shell growth of oysters. Crabs are less sensitive; all accumulate residues to many times the concentrations in the water, and a test with crabs showed that they lost the residues very slowly. Growth of certain species of marine diatoms wa experimentally inhibited by PCBs, but algae were not affected. The small marine crustacean, Gammarus, is sensitive to PCBs in concentra tions of thousandths to tenths of a part per billion. Exposure to $ parts per billion of Aroclor 12?k caused mortality of two species of fish in lh~hS days. Onset of death was delayed and was accompanied by fungus-like lesions. Rainbow trout were quickly killed by polychlorinated terpheryls at 10 parts per billion under normal oxygen conditions and at 2 parts per billion with reduced oxygen. Metabolic changes of PCBs have been suggested by environmental observa tions of different isomeric patterns in animals of different trophic levels. Quantitative differences also are pronounced, with magnifications of hundreds to thousands of times. Laboratory studies have shown no metabolic changes of PCBs by crabs and shrimps, minimal changes by fish, and pronounced changes by birds. i PCBs induce microsomal enzyme activity in birds. Exposure to PCBs in creased the susceptibility of mallard ducklings to duck hepatitis virus. Offspring of pheasants whose parents received high dosages of PCBs made poor choices in visual cliff tests. Egg production and hatching after pipping also were affected. Migratory restlessness was increased in English robins ex posed to PCBs. Long-term studies of the reproductive effects of Aroclor 125U on mallards and bobwhite quail and of Aroclor 125k plus DDE on quail showed no significant differences from controls. In studies of chickens, however, egg production and hatchability were impaired by high doses of Aroclor 125k and by low doses of Aroclor 12k2. Statistical evaluations of the role that different chemicals may play in thinning eggshells of brown pelicans showed that DDE residues correlate better with shell thinning than do residues of dieldrin or PCBs, confirming observa tions with cormorants and white pelicans. IV. CONCLUSIONS PCBs are man-made biologically active substances that are dispersed throughout the environment and stored in the tissues of animals. They are lethally toxic to fish and aquatic invertebrates in concentrations measured ' 1*7 ACM CCC207 Mallard ducklings demonstrated the possibility of interacting effects between PCBs and disease organisms (Friend and Trainer, 28), Thirty-five to kk percent of the 10-day-old ducklings exposed for 10 days to'a dietary dosage o r 25* 50, or 100 parts per million of Aroclor 125k died upon sub sequent exposure to duc,k hepatitis virus in contrast to only lk percent of the birds exposed only to the virus. Swedish robins (Erithacus rubecula) given 5 micrograms of Clopher. A50, for 11-13 days showed a greater migratory restlessness than controls (Ulfstrand and Sfidergren, 29). Pheasant hens absorbed 9k percent of the Aroclor. 125k given as a single capsule dose, a very efficient entry of this chemical into the system (Dahlgrer., et al., 30). Residues in muscle declined 82 percent in 28 days after dosage. Residue were excreted in both eggs and feces. Residues in the milk of cattle inadvertently exposed to PCBs declined at the rate of 1.3 percent per day when uncontaminated feed was restored (Fries, et al., 31), The rate of loss of IDE residues was identical. PCBs in milk fat decreased from 12.6 parts per million to 5.8 parts per million in about 3 weeks and to 2.1 parts per million in about k months. A cow given 10 mg/kg of Aroclor 125k in a single dose released an average of 3-9 parts per million into the whole milk during the next k days1 milking. A dosage of 100 mg/kg produced 36 parts per million in the milk of another cow (Platonov, et al., 32). The gas chromatographic pattern of the Aroclors in the milk was very similar to that of the fed compound. B. REPRODUCTION Pheasants given a capsule dose of 50 mg of Aroclor 125k weekly for 17 weeks produced fewer eggs than controls, and a higher percentage of chicks pipped the shell but did not hatch (Dahlgrer. and Linder, 33). Chicks that hatched weighed less and survived more poorly than controls. Eggshell thick ness was not affected. In behavioral tests of the offspring on a visual cliff, more of the chicks from the dosed parents made the undesirable choice of jumping to the deep side, or made no choice, in the 5-minute test period. None of these effects occurred among the groups whose female parents were dosed with 12.5 mg. Mallards fed a dietary dosage of 25 parts per million of PCBs from about 11 weeks before their first breeding season and through their second year laid eggs with shells of normal thickness (Heath, et al,, 1 ). The number of eggs laid, hatchability, and survival of young did not differ significantly from the untreated controls. In another test, mallard ducks fed 10 or|500 parts p e r 1 million of Aroclor 125k in the diet for about 5 weeks laid eggs with normally thick shells. Bobwhite quail fed diets containing 50 parts per million of PCBs, or 30 parts per million of DDE, or a combination of 25 parts per million of PCBs plus 15 parts per million of DDE for about 11 weeks before their first breeding s e a s o n reproduced as well as controls* Ring doves (Streptopelia riseria) fed 10 parts per million of Aroclor 12k for 6 months laid eggs no lighter than those laid by control birds. (Peakall, 3k). Fourteen birds fed 10 parts per million of PCBs before ar.d after dosage and nine birds injected intraperitoneally with 160 mg/kg 1-k days before egg laying confirmed the lack of effect of PCBs on shell weight. 165 ADM QGG205 faster than those with more chlorines, so that the latter were subject to greater increase in the food chain (Jensen, et al.f 19). In two simple food chains, fish to- eagles (Haliaeetus albicilia) ar.d fish and mussels (Mytilus edulis) to seals (Phoca vitulir.a and Pusa hispida). concentrations increased hundreds to thousands of times, from prey to predator (Jensen, et al., 1$), Fish contained hundredths to tenths of parts per million; fresh mussels contained hundredths of parts per million; seal blubber contained 5- 21 parts per million; and the muscle of the white-tailed eagle contained 150- 2h0 parts per million. In Great Britain, birds that feed on birds or mammals contained the highest concentrations of PCBs, those that have a mixed diet contained the next highest, and those that feed on insects had the lowest (Prestt, et al., 3). The fish eating herons from the southeast of England contained higher residues of PCBs than birds of ary other area. Mary species of California birds contained hundredths to tenths of parts per million of PCBs; peregrines (Falco peregrinus) contained greater amounts, one as high as 98 parts per million in muscle (Risebrough, et alM 20), while fish in the same area contained only thousandths of parts per million. Residues of PCBs in the industrially polluted Escambia Bay increased in the expected order. Water contained a maximum of 275 parts per billion, and sediment a maximum of k86 parts per million. Oysters (Crassostrea virginica) contained 2-3 parts per million, shrimp (Penaeus duorarum) 1.5-2.'? parts per million, blue crabs (Callinectes sapidus) 1-7 parts per million, and pinfish 6- 12 parts per million (Duke, et al., 15). Subsequent samplings from three stations in the Bay showed little change in concentrations of PCBs in sediments even after 9 months (Nimmo, et al,, 21). Experiments were then undertaken that showed that shrimps (Penaeus duorarum) and fiddler crabs (Uca minax) could accumulate Aroclor 125b from the sediments. Relationships between concentration of PCBs in sediment and concentration in crabs and-shrimps were variable. The maximum accumulation was from sandy silt containing 61 parts per million (dry weight) of Aroclor 125k; fiddler crabs accumulated 80 parts per million (wet weight) in their bodies; shrimp accumula ted 2k0 parts per million (wet weight) in the hepatopancreas. Some PCBs were present in the water and a portion of the accumulation could have been from that source.. The ratio of individual PCB isomers maintained integrity in the sediments and tissues of test animals throughout the investigation, indica ting no pronounced metabolic changes of the PCBs. Spot (Leiostomus xanthurus)exposed to 1 part per billion of Aroclor 125k for 56 days attained maximum concentrations in lk-28 days, although absolute amounts continued to increase as the fish grew (Hansen, et a l ., 17). Maximum concentration in whole spot was 37,000 times that in the test water. These results were very similar to those for DDT reported earlier from the same laboratory. The PCBs were lost slowly from the tissues of spot after they were placed in clean flowing water. After 8k days of flushing, the concentration had dropped 73 percent and the absolute amount had dropped 6l percent. Isomers of Aroclor 125k, with the exception of one peak, maintained their integrity in spot.I 163 I ACM 0C 0 2 03 1 . Residues in Birds Killed by PCBs. Chickens killed by PCB dosage in the studies oft Vos and Koeman, 8) generally contained from 120 to li20 parts per million in the brains, but the overall range was from IaO to 700 parts per million. Residues in livers were 120 to 2,900 parts per million. Coturnix quail poisoned by PCBs (Phenoclor DP6). contained residues of 3ii2-1710 (av. 1158) parts per million in the brain and 1079-8350 (av. 325C). parts per million in the liver (Koeman, 11).. Bangales finches killed by PCBs had residues of 70 to 697 parts per million in the livers; those sacrificed at the end of the ejqjeriment contained 3 to 63I1 parts per million (Prestt,et al., 8), Residues in brains were somewhat lower; the proportional amount in the brain in comparison with the amount in the liver averaged higher in the birds that died than in those that were sacrificed. A bald eagle found sick in the field contained high residues of both DDE and PCBs in its brain, suggesting that PCBs may have contributed to its death. Residues of DDE in the brain were 385 narts per million, which is with in the lethal range for DDE (Stickel et al., 12). However, the brain also con tained 230 parts per million of PCBs, 6 parts per million of DDD, 2.2 parts per million of dieldrin, and 0.1a parts per million of heptachlor epoxide. B. INSECTS The toxicity of PCBs to insects also is related to the chlorine content, but in the reverse order to the result with birds. PCBs with lower amounts of chlorine were more toxic to flies than PCBs with higher chlorine content, and the toxicity of mixtures with more than I18 percent chlorine was very low (Lichtenstein et al;,'ll). Toxicity of dieldrin and DDT was enhanced beyond an additive effect by the addition of the lower chlorinated PCBs. Topical applications of Aroclor 1251a to a grasshopper (Clorthippus brunneus) produced delayed mortality that occurred at the time of molt (Moriarty, xii). C. FISH AND AQUATIC INVERTEBRATES Shrimp (Panaeus duorarum) are sensitive to low concentrations of PCBs (Duke,et al., 157. All individuals died as a result of a !i8-hour exposure to flowing seawater containing 100 parts per billion of Aroclor 1251a; 80 percent died in 21a hours. These shrimp accumulated 3*9 parts per million in their tis sues. Shrimp exposed to 10 parts per billion did not die, but accumulated 1.3 parts per million of PCBs in their tissues. Seventy-two percent of the juvenile shrimp died from a 20-day exposure to 5 parts per billion of Aroclor 12$U and the tissues accumulated 16 parts per million. Crabs (Callinectes sapidus) were less sensitive, but accumulated an average of 23 parts per million in a li-week exposure at 5 parts per billion and still contained 22 parts per million after a week in clean water and 11 parts per million after L weeks in clean water. i1 The small crustacean, (Gammarus oceardcus) had a lethal threshold in $0-day tests between 0.001 and 0.01 partssper billion in colloidal solution and between 161 ADM. C 0 0 2 0 1 v/ 1 APPEN D IX G Biological Data On PCBs In Animals Other Than Man Polychlorinated biphenyls have become ubiquitous in the world ecosystem in quantities similar to those of DDE. iheir presence has caused concern and stimulated research to evaluate their role in the biosphere. The significance of PCBs to wild animals depends upon both their lethal toxicity and their sublethal physiological effects. These are the subjects of the present paper. Coordinate knowledge of level of ejqposure, as shown by frequency and levels of occurrence of PCBs in the environment, is essential to complete the understanding. These are summarized elsewhere in this report. I. TOXICITY Outright mortality of wild animals can affect populations, particularly those of long-lived species. Measurements of direct toxicity are therefore important first steps in evaluation of a chemical. Other laboratory studies also are needed for proper interpretation of field observations. These in clude studies to diagnose cause of death by behavior of poisoned animals, tissue changes, and concentrations of chemical in critical tissues. A. BIRDS The toxicities of different PCBs to pheasants (Phasianus colchicus), mallards (Anas platyrhynchos)`> bobwhite quail (Colinus vir giniams J, and coturnix quail (Coturnix coturnix) were compared with the toxicities of DDT, dieldrir., and other insecticides (Heath, et al., l). Tests of six PCB mix tures, containing 32 to 62 percent chlorine, showed that the toxicity in creased with the percentage of chlorine. In general, toxicities were similar to those of DDE. There were some differences in sensitivity of the species. Bobwhite were most sensitive, followed in turn by pheasants, mallards, and coturnix quail. Bobwhite were 3-k times as sensitive as coturnix. Special tests with coturnix quail showed that the toxic effects of DDE and Aroclor 125k were additive but not synergistic. In other studies, Aroclor 125k was approximately as toxic as DDE to four species of blackbirds: grackles (Quiscalus quiscula) , cowbirds (Molothrus ater), starlings (Sturnus vulgaris), and redwings (Agelaius phoeniceus) (Dustman, et al., 2). Redwings were somewhat more susceptible to DDE than to PCBs. Signs of poisoning were sluggishness with slight tre mors of moderate amplitude, much as with chemicals of the DDT group. Inter nally, livers frequently had hemorrhagic streaks or spots, and the gastro intestinal tract commonly contained blackish fluid, but these signs were not sufficiently consistent for distinctive diagnosis. Aroclor 125k was approximately 1/13 as toxic as DDT to Bengalese finches (Lonchura striata) (Prestt, et al., 3). Tremoring and other signs were simi lar to those observed among blackbirds; the finches had enlarged kidneys and some had hydropericardium. 159 ADm 0 0 ls s 62. Aulerich, R. J . , R. K. Ringer, H. L. Seagran and W. G. Youatt, Car., o Zoology L? (1971) 611. 6 3 . Wilson, W. Z. ar.d C. Sharp, NIZHS (1971); Studies in prog res s. 61. Spalding, J . W., NIZHS (1971), Studies in p r o g r e s s . 6 5 . Courtney, D. C. and Chernoff, N., Personal Comuni cat ion, Mov. 15 (1971). 66. F u j i t a , S . , H. T s u ji , K. Kato, S. Saeki and H. .sukamoto, Fukuoka A^^a Medica 62 (1971) 30; C. A. 75 (1971) 3797. 157-A ACM 000197 Dr. G. J. Love (61) of SPA has reported that 72 jets of specimens (blood, u; and hair) collected from J6 workers occupationally exposed to burning autonobi or refuse dumps and from an equal number of controls are to be collected and analyzed for PCB levels. re, It is of interest to note the analysis of PCB in human adipose tissue. Hires and co-workers (18) examined two human adipose tissue samples by combined OLC-nass spectrometry and found substantial quantities of PCBs ranging from per.tachlorobiphenyl to decachlorobiphenyl and including at least ll isomers and chlorine hone- logs. The samples'were estimated to contain 200 parts per million and 600 parts per million total PCB, respectively, as determined by electron-capture gas chroma tography. IV. STUDIES IN PROGRESS Curley and co-workers (3?) have described results ir. a study with Aroclcr 1251 to determine placental transfer,* rates of excretion in milk and consequent tissue distribution and storage levels in fetuses and weanling rats following oral dosage to the mother daily on the 7th through the 15th day of gestation at 10 mg/Kg, respectively, by stomach tube. Table 11 lists the experimental protocol for the above studies. This is summarized as follows: Fetus Analysis: Samples were taken by Caesarian section or. the 20th day of pregnancy. *The mean concentrations of Aroclor are given for the respective dosages as parts per million. Controls 10 mg/Kg 50 mg/Kg Mother 1 Mother 2 Mother 3 0 1.12 2.12 0 1.21 2.90 0 1.11 2.93 10 mg/Kg Mother 1 Mother 2 Mother 3 Vt. at onset (ams) 251 265 258 Age (days) . 90 90 90 Mother 1 Mother 2 Mother 3 50 mg/Kg 212 211 261 \ 116 on 90 90 ACM .000165 TABLE h - OBJECTIVE SAMPLES - CY 1971 forPCB's SUMMARY PPM - fat Basis ANIMAL AND POULTRY TISSUE CY 1971 Class N.D. Animals 2379 .01- .1 .11-.50 .1 9 .51-1.5 11 1.51-3.0 3.01-5 .0 5.01-7 .01 7.01-15 Over L5 4 Poultry 1664 4 25 53 23 4 5 15 U PCB RESIDUES IN ANIMAL AND POULTRY TISSUES COLLECTED IN OBJECTIVE PHASE DURING CY 1971 Animal Number of or Samples Poultry Analyzed Number of Samples with A Residue Percent of Samples with A Residue Number of Samples Exceed ing Guidelines Percent of Samples Exceed ing Guidelines Cattle 722 9 L.2 0 Calves 66 4 6.1 0 Swine 1436 7 0.5 0 Sheep 180 5 2.8 0 Young Chickens 1637 127 7.8 2 Mature Chickens 69 5 7.2 0 Turkeys 88 8 9.0 0 Ducks 10 0 0.0 0 4208 165 3.9 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.04 * \ ACM 0 0 0 1 5 9 packaging material was identified as the source of PCB in the food. The manufacturer of the packaging material used about 95 percent recycled caoer to manufacture paperboard containers. FDA analysis of different types'of" the firm's paperboard showed PCB levels ranging from about 2 to ii33*parts, per million. Various types of packaged food products, some of which*used this firm's paperboard, were also analyzed as part of FDA's investigation. Nine samples of the 28 packaged foods examined contained PCBs in the food portion. " As a result of this limited investigation, FDA initiated a nationwide survey in September 1971, to determine the extent of the PCB food packaging problem. The survey included analysis for PCBs in all paper packaging components and the packaged food portions of 15 different representative food categories. This survey was completed in late December 1971. A detailed statistical analysis of the results of the survey is currently being compiled. Sixty-seven percent of the packaging portion of the samples contained PCB residues as high as 338 parts per millioh; 19 percent of the food portions of the samples contained PCB residues, with an average PCB concentration of 0.1 parts per million. The maximum PCB level found in food was 5 parts per million. The FDA survey, as well as other studies by the paper and food industries, show a significant correlation between the presence of PCB residues in the food component and the packaging component. The mechanism of PCB migration fran the packaging to the food probably occurs through both the vapor phase and abrasion or physical contact. The level of PCB contamination is dependent upon many factors -- levels of PCBs in the packaging materials, type of food, length- and conditions of storage, and others. The extent of migration of PCB from paperboard packaging to the food contents is being investigated (Trout. 5)* There is also significant correlation between the presence of PCB residues in packaging and the presence of recycled paper components in the packaging. The occurrence of PC3s in recycled paper materials is attributed primarily to the recycling of the so-called "carbonless" carbon paper (contains 3-5 percent PCB use of PCBs for this purpose has been discontinued) and to a lesser degree, the use of certain printing inks. PCB residues also were found in some packaging components that appeared to be composed entirely of virgin paper material. This source of PCBs probably occurs in the packaging manufacturing processes. Industry has taken steps to reduce the levels of PCBs in food packaging materials by avoiding the recycling of carbonless carbon paper. Although it is not know if this practice has been instituted industry wide, data provided by the Grocery Manufacturers of America, Inc., does reflect a change. For example; recycled board manufactured during the period June 1970 January 1972 shows that only 18 percent of the samples contained less than 5 parts per million PCB; the same type of recycled board manufactured from November 1971 through January 1972 shows that 95 percent of the samples to be below 5 parts per million PCB. U . SPECIAL SURVEYS FDA is currently conducting a national survey to determine the extant and levels to which complete animal feeds are contaminated with PCBs. 118 000 tS>* million* Approximately 1 million turkeys approaching market weight were withheld from market until residue levels were reduced to less than 5 parts per million* 5* Oklahoma Incident. On August 20, 1971, USI1A informed FDA of excessive PCB findings in chickens in Mississippi during routine s a i l i n g . Investigation revealed that the birds came from a grower in Oklahoma and the feed from a mill also in Oklahoma. FDA analysis of eggs and feeds from these firms showed no FCBs. 6* California Incident. USDA examined turkeys after slaughter in warehouse storage in California. PCBs were found in the amount of l.hl to 28*0 parts per million in the fat tissue* There were 100,000 pounds of turkeys detained until testing was completed. The turkeys had originated from flocks raised in four counties, in California. The source of the PCBs could not be determined* B. MEAT BY-PRODUCTS National By-Products, Inc., Mason City, Illinois Incident - On July 28, 1971, FDA inspection of this firm revealed that PCBs were used in heat treatment equipment. Sampling showed the pasteurized meat meal to contain PCBs. The firm initiated recall of the contaminated product. C. MILK 1. West Virginia Incident. In July 1969, FDA's Baltimore District found PCBs in milk samples collected in the routine food surveillance program. Baltimore District investigated possible routes of contamination, and by February 1970, the investigation pointed to spent transformer fluid used as a vehicle for herbicide sprayed along power right-of-ways in the Martinsburg, West Virginia area. Through this route, PCBs contaminated dairy cattle grazing areas. The dairy farms involved were taken off production by State officials. 2. Ohio Incident* In April 1970, the State of Ohio notified FDA's Cincinnati District of unidentifiable residues in milk. FDA identified the residues as PCBs and advised the State of a guideline of 0.2 parts per million (whole milk). The State of Ohio and FDA investigated the problem and determined that the dairy farms were using a PCB-containing sealant in silos that migrated to the silage* The State of Ohio banned milk from some producers and destroyed an undetermined amount of milk* 3. Florida-Georeia Incidents. The States of Florida and Georgia reported findings of PCBs in milk to FDA's Atlanta District in August 1970. A PCB-containing sealant in silos was found to be the source of contamination in this incident. FDA found approximately 11 percent PCB in the silo coating. VIII.PAPER FOOD PACKAGING FDA first learned of the PCB food packaging problem in July 1971. The total diet market basket samples showed low level PCB residue in a grain and cereal composite (Table 3)* The PCB was traced to the Shredded Wheat P H 116 -v. ADM 0CC 1 55 yi distribution of poultry containing less than 5 parts per million. This level was applicable to the edible tissue on a whole tissue basis or to the separate fat removed during slaughter or processing and intended for use as a food or feed ingredient. The regulatory control action extended from December 1970 until August 1971i when all sauries submitted for testing prior to slaughter were found to be below the 5 parts per million guideline*. To support this control activity and determine disposition of the fowl scheduled for slaughter the following samples were analyzed for PCBs: 1,566 dozen eggs, 196 feed, and 5,790 chicken samples. Most of the analytical work was done in the New York State chemical laboratory. On the results of these samples, 11*0,1*50 chickens were killed on `the farm and buried, 75,71*0 chickens were passed for restricted slaughter, and 1*09,000 chickens were released for normal slaughter. ifce alleged source of the -PCBs in this incident is believed by State officials to be plastic bakery wrappers. Bakery goods were used as a feed ingredient for the poultry and the plastic wrappers which may have contained high FCB levels were ground with the bakery goods. 2. East Coast Terminal Incident (FDA Actions). The Monsanto Chemical Company informed FDA in July 1971 that large amounts of fish meal might have been contaminated with Aroclor 121*2 leaking from a heating system during pasteurization of fish meal at East Coast Terminal, Wilmington, North Carolina. Aroclor 12i*2 was used as the heat exchange fluid. FDA inspection revealed PCB contamination of processed fish meal on hand at the firm. Investigation indicated the leak began in April 1971 and continued through July. The fish meal on the premises was embargoed and the firm initiated a voluntary recall of fish meal processed since April 1971. An estimated 12,000 tons were distributed. Over 2,000 tons were recalled. Individual fish meal samples examined contained from ll* to 30 parts per million PCB. FDA also initiated follow-up sampling of fish feeds, catfish from fish farms, and eggs when the contaminated fish meal was implicated. USDA was informed when investigation indicated eggs were being distributed to commercial egg breakers. As of September 1971, 221* samples of eggs had been analyzed with 71 containing residues in excess of 0.5 parts per million. FDA seized 3 lots of eggs. The samples representing these lots contained from 0.7 to 1;9 parts per million PCB. FDA. seized 5 shipments of fish feeds that were manufactured from contaminated fish meal. These seizures were in the States of Louisiana, Georgia, and Mississippi, and were on feeds that contained from 0,6 to 1*.5 parts per million PCB. In addition, a shipment of the contaminated fish meal from East Coast Terminal that had not been recalled was seized. The analysis of this seized product showed levels in excess of 350 parts per million PCB. Catfish sampled from conmercial fish farms contained less than 3.0 parts per million PCB. \ 111* ADM GC0153 ADM C0CC65 Based on available monitor ins -'is swu reports, one rcuL of human exposure to PCBs currently in the environment is through food. The PCS contribution made by other routes of exposure has not been sufficiently measured. The FDA has issued a proposal which will prohibit the use of PC3s in and around food'processing plants and will establish limitations on the use of salvaged paper containing industrial chemicals for feed packag ing. These proposed actions should prevent occurrences such as the Wilming ton incident and the problem of PCBs in food packaging materials. However, there will still be problems, as evidenced by the Coho Salmon contamination, the mysterious Minnesota turkeys, and the discovery of high levels of PCBs in cardboard food containers. The solution to these problems seems to lie in a better understanding of the path which PCBs follow through the environment and on full use of existing regulatory authorities. Even with better understanding we can probably expect future isolated incidents of PCB contamination. Existing regulatory authority is generally inadequate to prevent more PCBs from entering the environment. The Monsanto Company has reported volun tarily limiting che distribution of PCBs to "closed systems" but this limit has no force of law behind it. The government has no power to restrict imports of PCBs by foreign manufacturers, and if it disagreed with Monsanto's judgment on allowable uses it couiu not impose more stringent limitations on Monsanto or on any other potential manufacturer. This regulatory gap would be filled by the Administration's proposed Toxic Substances Control Act. The proposed Act, sent to the Congress in February 1971, would authorize the Administrator of EPA to restrict or prohibit the use or distribution of a chemical substance if such restriction were necessary to protect health and the environment, and it would also authorise him to issue standards for tests to be performed and for results to be achieved from such tests for various classes and uses of new substances. Thus, in addition to providing the regulatory authority needed to deal with the PCB problem, it would also establish a system for preventing new chemicals from becoming similar problems. Action by the Congress to approve the Toxic Substances Control Act is the most important step which can be taken to deal with PCBs and similar problems. \ 181 * L\ S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE * * .* -- : . m :- : ADM 000221 materials be established permitting unavoidable PCB residues in such materials for a period of one year. This will provide an opportunity for the orderly elimination of PCB-containing raw materials used-in the manufacture of food packaging materials. EPA recently has proposed regulations which would prohibit all intentional discharges of PCB into the water, and would limit PCB levels in the water to .01 parts per billion. These regulations probably would be enforced through use of the Refuse Act. III. APPLICATION OF REGULATORY AUTHORITIES Within the past two years there have been several incidents involving PCB contamination. These include the following: In September 1969 FLA detected PCBs in West Virginia milk. The source of PCBs was suspected to be the use of spent transformer fluid as a solvent for herbicide spray. Grade A milk shippers involved were taken off production by the State. In April 1970 FDA identified the presence of PCB residues in milk sampled by the Ohio State Department of Agriculture. The Department removed a large quantity of milk from the market. The chemical was traced to a material used as a sealant in the silos where dairy feed was stored. Similar occurrences of PCB contamination of dairy herds have been reported in several Southeastern States. Since June 1971, the Meat and Poultry Inspection Program (MPIP) and the Poultry Division, Consumer and Marketing Service, USDA, have been survey ing specifically for PCBs. Prior to that time, the MPIF's ongoing survey of chlorinated hydrocarbons should have detected any PCBs present in animal or poultry fat at a level of 1 parts per million or above. None was detected in the fat of poultry, swine, cattle, or sheep pricr to December 1970. Since that time, there have been five separate incidents of contamination of poultry with PCBs. Each appears to be a single-source, one-time occurrence. The Poultry Division's egg sampling program in the Southeastern U.S. and in Minnesota has not detected levels of PCBs which are significant-- most values falling below the sensitivity of the method. Contamination of hens slaughtered on December 2, 1970, led to placing all laying hens in Orange, Sullivan, and Ulster Counties, New York, under quarantine through August 30) 1971, requiring pretesting for PCBs prior to slaughter. Levels up to 26.8 parts per million PCBs were found in the fat. Approximately 137,100 hens were condemned and buried on the farms. Flocks containing less than 5 parts per million PCBs were sold in commercial channels, frequently at drastically reduced prices. Eggs from contaminated flocks were destroyed. The source of contamination was feed containing returned bakery product wrappings. Frozen turkeys produced on farms from Modesto, Fresno, Stockton, and Santa Rosa, California, were found to contain up to 28 parts .per million of of PCBs in the fat. The soured,of contamination is unknown. All turkeys 179 4C* C02x 9 II. STANDARDS, TOLERANCES, OR GUIDEIIN55 ESTABLISHED The most important limits which have been established for PCBs have been those established by DA to deal with particular instances of food or feed contamination Standards or, more accurately, tolerances for products such as for PCBs may be established under Section I1O6 or Section h09 of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, which require a finding that the substance is required in the production of the food or cannot be avoided by good manufacturing practices or a showing of safety and a need for use. No permanent tolerances for PCBs have been established, since all the safety data necessary and the need for use to support such tolerances are not available at this time In the absence of tolerances, the Food and Drug Administration, in order to respond to accidental contamination, has set interim guidelines for levels of PCB in some foods at which it will take action under the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. It is now proposing to establish temporary tolerances for permitting unavoidable PCBs in several categories of food. FDA has taken action to remove frcn the market shell eggs containing mare than 0.05 jarts per million PCBs and feeds containing more than 0.5 parts per million PCB where the PCBs present appears to be from accidental contamination of feed. The U.S. Department of Agriculture has also tUcen action to remove poultry from the market containing 5*0 parts per million PCBs where such contamination was the result of accidental contamination of feed fed to poultry. The action level of 5 parts per million (whole tissue basis) was established in 1971 by FDA This level wan reduced t.o % parts per million on a fat basi3 in 1972. The Food and Drug Administration has taken no action against any other predicts for ?C3 contamination but has inforned the Statss and others that it would consider action on milk if PC3a exceed U2 parts per million (whole basis) and on fish if PCBs exceeds 5 parts per million. Sene Spates have taky.i action to remove milk from the market that contained more than 0.2 parts p.^r-million PCBs. The temporary tolerances recently proposed by FDA are listed in Table 1. The guidelines and the tsnporary tolerances taken into account avail able toxicological data, the estimated amount and type of intake of PCB from food, and also the sensitivity of the methods used for detecting PCB. Thus more PCB is allowed in poultry than in eggs because children are fed egg yolk, and children are not considered to have as efficient detoxication mechanism for handling PCBs as adults. It should be noted that these limits were established to deal with particular incidents, and thus may be changed as new knowledge develops or as circumstances change. Some food has been discovered to be contaminated because of migration from food packaging materials containing PCBs. Thus FDA also has proposed that a temporary tolerance of 5 parts per million in paper packaging ; 177 shipped in interstate commerce must be registered with the EPA E?A can refuse to register a product if it will cause .injury to man or the environment if used according to the label* The registration-of a pro-duct can be suspended or cancelled if it is found to no longer meet the criteria for registration* On October 29, 1970, the Pesticides Regulation Division (then in the Department of Agriculture; now in EPA) issued a notice (PR Notice 70-25) to all pesticide manufacturers, formulators, and distributors. The notice stated that, "Formulators and manufacturers of economic poisons containing polychlorinated biphenyls and polychlorinated terphenyls should change their formulations to eliminate such chemicals either as active or inactive ingredients. It is believed that a period of six months is a reasonable period of time within which to affect such formula changes*" Assuming that the notice has been canplied with, there should be no pesticides which currently contain PCBs* B. FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT (33 U.S.C* U66 et.seq.) The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (PWPC Act) authorizes the Administrator of EPA to enforce State water quality standards established by the States and approved by the Federal Government if the State is not adequately enforcing the standards* No States have established water quality standards relating specifically to PCBs* Thus the water quality standards part of the FWPC Act is not a useful tool for dealing with the PCB problem* Section 12 of the FWPC Act applies primarily to accidential discharges of hazardous polluting substances. It requires the immediate reporting to EPA or the Coast Guard of any discharge of a hazardous substance from a vessel or an onshore or off-shore facility. The discharger is responsible for making the report and for clean-up, but EPA is authorized to remove or arrange for the removal of the hazardous substance if the discharger is unable or unwilling to do so. PCBs are being designated as hazardous sub stances under section 12, and the authority contained in the section could be used if an accidental spill of PCBs into water should occur. C. THE REFUSE ACT OF 1699 (33 U.S.C. U07) Another legal authority for controlling water pollution is section 13 of the 1399 Refuse Act which forbids discharge of any wastes (other than municipal wastes) into navigable waters without a permit, issued by the Army Corps of Engineers, which can limit the discharge of substances into water. EPA and the Justice Department are prepared to use the Refuse Act to prevent PCB discharges* D. THE CLEAN AIR ACT (U2 U.S.C. 1857 et. seq.) The general authorities contained in the Clean Air Act are not, for the most part, applicable to PCBs because PCBs are not generally emitted into the air in the normal operations of a municipal or industrial facility. PCBs may become air contaminants^through the burning of refuse, but such emissions usually could be controlled only by preventing the substance from initially getting into the refuse. 175 ADM GC021 II. Problems in Analytical Chemistry - Comparison of Methods H . 1 Separation One of the primary-and early problems in the identification of the polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) was that of possible interference in the GLC determination of organochlorine pesticides, where the PCB occurred along with the pesticide residue# During 1969 and 1970, various investigators worked on methods for separating PCB from pesticides (7-lb). An excellent treatment of the subject of PCB as a contaminant in the environment, as related to its detection in the presence of other compounds, is covered by Jensen (15). Jensen (15), in his review, has shown that seme of the earlier studies of DDT and DDE in human fat by GLC must have been inordinately high. He first identified some GLC peaks in wildlife in 1961i-66 that were not recon cilable but later identified chromatograph peaks from human fat that were not attributable to DDT or metabolites of DDT, which were more nearly com parable to peaks ascribed to PCB. The possibility that these peaks could be attributed to naturally occurring constituents in fish eaten by man was dis carded when it was suggested that these same peaks could come from environ mental pollutants. To further establish the then uncertain composition of the chemicals causing the false DDT peaks, Jensen (15) separated out one of the chemicals by GLC and subjected this fraction to mass spectrometry. The mass spectro metry data showed compounds with molecular weights of 32b, 358, 392, and b26. The molecular weight differences or differences of 3b mass units suggested one less chlorine atom'per position on a carbon atom. In essence, through calcula tion, he deduced that these unknown chemicals could only be polychlorinated hydrocarbons, in this case having 5 6, 7, and 8 chlorine atoms in the molecule. He verified his conclusion by introducing a synthetic or known PCB into the mass spectrometer. He also found that PCB standard chromatogram matched those with the same retention times as observed in various samples he analyzed, i. e., eagles, fish, or other wildlife. It is interesting to point out that failure to recognize such inter ferences led to spurious results and data and obviously led to the overestimation of E0T in our environment, in man, in wildlife, and aquatic organisms. Jensen (15) referred to PCB as a new pollutant, but, as stated earlier, PCB was with us in the environment since 1930 and thus it would be an old pollutant only recently correctly identified by appropriate analytical chemistry. In earlier work in the identification of some organochlorine pesticides such as pjp'-DDT; o,p-TDE (DDD), lindane, dieldrin, aldrin, heptachlor, and lindane, seme unidentified spots and peaks in TLC and GLC interfered with the detection of these pesticidal chemicals. Jensen (15) in his work extracted the compounds from biological samples and, by appropriate cleanup of some con taminants, identified the pesticides and PCBs by thin l^rer and .gas liquid chromatography followed by mass spectrometry. In 196b, Jensen used TLC to separate the fat soluble chlorinate^ hydrocarbons frqm the rest of the sample. 27 AO 000066 Some biological samples require more extensive pretreatmer.t than for water or effluents from industrial plants. The measurement of PCB concen tration of effluents is a simple procedure involving chromatogram of sample and then chromatograms of standard samples developed from known PCBs. For more accurate analysis, calibration graphs can be developed from known speci fic peaks in the standard samples (15) In the following charts (Figures 1-6) some chromatograms of the various representative chlorobiphenyl Aroclors are presented according to Armour (19), Some additional points might be made relevant to separation and quantita tion of PCBs. First of all, in separation, the methods used prior to quanti tation of residues in samples containing PCBs and chlorinated hydrocarbons fall essentially into two categories: (a) those which necessitate destruction or alteration of one or more of the compounds and (b) those which do not. Peakall and Lincer (19) have described in detail the procedures used for separation. o Briefly, the first group requires nitration (HNOj *ISCk) treatment at 0 C for 5 minutes, which destroys or alters many of the organochlorlne pesti cides; thus PCB is left unaffected along with lindana and BHC. Some workers such as Armour and Itorke (l) reported that complex chromatograms resulted after nitration, which could not be related to the unreacted DDT-PCB mixture. Thus, nitration was not pursued as a practical means of separating DDT and PCB for further analyses. Saponification with alcoholic NaOH or KOH will dehydrochlorinate some pesticides such as Perthane, Toxaphene, DDD and DDT to their respective olefinic compounds (20). Perhaps the more desirable technique allows for special separation of many chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides from PCB. This involves using various columns and solvents. Another procedure is to use a series of differing polarity columns in the gas chromatograph at the time of determination (21). II.2 Quantitation Koeman, et al (2) measured residues in Japanese quail'by using one of the peaks in a phenachlor DP6 mixture as standard. Risebrough (22) quanti tated relative levels of PCBs by assuming that each PCB compound produced the same peak height with the electron capture detector as the same amount of weight by p,p'-DDE. After adding the heights of the individual peaks, the total was multiplied by a factor derived from measurements of standard solutions with EC and MC detectors. Jensen and co-workers (23) reported concentrations of PCB as the sum of all PCB components and based the esti mation on.several detection systems such as mass spectrometry and EC and MC detectors. In spite of all these techniques, these investigators consider the method approximate and correct only within a factor of 2. There are other modifications of techniques, but with all the quantita tion methodology available, relative estimates of concentrations of PCB are 29 ADH C00068 ? ACM 0OC070 i " "i-- r --i-- r n A5 Aldrin O Figure 1. Aroclor 1221 10% DC-200 1---- 1---- I----1 I " 1 1 10 i p p ' DDT r r n - T T T - r H - T T T - T T T - l - l I I T H I I I I I I T I I i I I I T | " l I I I I l~ l I I I I I I I I | TTTTTTI 0 S i 10 IS 1 20 25 30 33 40 45 SO SB ?000D 71ME(MNUIES| 3? ADH 00007A only approximate. At such time, when one is able to synthesize the individual PCS components commonly found in the enviroizsent and identify them in terms of individual peaks, then the estimation remains, as stated, a relative concentration. However, foi* most biological assessment work, the correct order of magnitude and accurate relative amounts of PCS provide the requisite in formation for tnis purpose. HI. Contaminants. Impurities, or Other Chemical Moieties in PCBs In the analysis of the polychlorinated biphenyls, one encounters a problem similar to that of the polychlorphenols ana 2,ii,5-T in that certain contaminants or impurities prevail. These impurities arise from the basic starting materials or ccepounds used in the synthesis and also firan the pro cessing conditions used in the chlorination procedures. In this respect, the series of compounds identified through GLC and mass spectrometry are somewhat similar in nature to the spectrum of diojd.ns found in working with chlorinated phenols, hexachlorophene, 2,1j,5-T and related synthetic, organic chemicals. It has been noted in the bioassay of variois Aroclors for toid.city, usually testing on chickens, that there was a variance in toricity of cer tain PCB preparations. Since the occurrence of lesions resen&led those of chick edema in birds fed PCB, this pranpted a comparative study between three canpounds, Fhenoclor DP6, Clophen A60, and Aroclor 1260 by Vos et al in 1970 (2h). In this study, the specific PCBs were fractionated, analyzed, and bioassayed using the chick embryo assay. These studies revealed the presence of certain polar COTpounas which are present as impurities in the various PCBs and thus explain ths variance In toxicity of certain cornercial PCB preparations. In Table 2 some of the retentions and mass spectrasatric data of some of the peaks identifying the presence of some dibenzofurans, chlorinated napthalenes, and associated s chlorinated biphenyls are Indicated, proving the presence of impurities. Table 2 Relative Retanti ins, Hass Spectrematrie Data on PCB Fractionated Sairrle Peak No. Relative Retention Mass Nos. and No. of Cl atoms per mol Identity of Ccnpouna 1 l.iiO 30b U Cl) Tetrachlorodibenzofuran 2 1.58 332 (6 Cl) Hexachloronapthalene 3 1.7a 353 (6 Cl) 392 (7 Cl) Hexachlorobipheiyl Heptachlorobiphenyl k 2 .1 2 S 3.La 338 (5 O.) 392 (7 01) 366 (7 a ) Pentachlorodibenzofuran Heptachlor obipheiyl Heptachlor onapthalene \ 37 C0CC76 ad* FOOTNOTES 1. Widmark, G. 1968 - OECD Report - Sweden. 2. Eoeman, J. J., Ten Noeverde Brauv, M. C. and de Vos, R. H. (1969) Nature 221 1126-28. 3. Bagleyi G. E., Reichel, W. I. and Cromartie E. '(1970) J. Assoc, Office, Analytical Chemistry 3, 251-261. 1*. Schmidt, H. and Schultz, G. (1881). Anh Chem. 207, 338-31*1*. 5 . Sullivan, W. N. and Hornstein, I. (1953) J . Econ. Entomol 6 , 158-159. 6. Tsao Ching Hsi, Sullivan, W. N. and Hornstein, I (1953) J. Econ. Entomol 6, 882-881*. 7. Laboratory Information Bulletin, FDA FSCS/ACFC No. 918, July 1, 1969, Armour, J. and Burke, J. 8. Laboratory Information Bulletin, FDA FSCS/ACFC No. 918A, July 23, 1969, Armour, J. and Burke, J. 9. Laboratory Information Bulletin, FDA FSCS/ACFC No. 918B, Sept. 30, 1969, Davenport, J. E. 10. Laboratory Information Bulletin, FDA FSCS/ACFC No. 918C, Oct. 13, 1969, Armour, J. and Burke, J. 11. Laboratory Information Bulletin, FDA FSCS/ACFC No. 918D, Jan. 11*, 1970, Armour, J. and Burke, J. 12. Laboratory Information Bulletin, FDA FSCS/ACFC No. 9185, Mar. 11, 1970, Armour, J. and Burke, J. 13- Laboratory Information Bulletin, FDA FSCS/ACFC 1157, June 17, 1970, * Westfall, J. E. and Fehringer, N. V. 11*. Armour, J. and Burke, J. JAOAC 3 , 761-768 (1970). 15- Jenaen S. (1970) PCB Conference, Nat'l. Swedish Environment Protection Board, Research Secretariat, Dec. 1970, Solna, Sweden. 16. Armour, J. and Burke, J. (1970), IAOAC, July Edition. 17. Widmark, G. (1967), JAOAC JO, 1069. 18. Armour, J. (1970) FDA Laboratory Information Bulletin No. 918F FSCS/ACFC, pp. 1-17. On 39 ad* 000078 APPENDIX A 1 Chemical and Physical Properties of FCBs Table of Contents I. Chemical and Physical Characteristics II. Problems in Analytical Chemistry Comparison of Methods II.1 Separation II.2 Quantitation ICI. Contaminants, Inpurities, or Other Chemical Moieties in PCBs Page 23 27 27 29 37 Tables 1 - General Physical Properties of the Aroclor Chlorinated Compounds 2 - Relative Retentions, Mass Spectrametric Data on PCB"Fractionated Sample 26 37 Figure 1-6. Chromatograms of variais representative PCBs, according to Armour 31-36 22 ADH CCC06C APPENDIX E Occurrence And Sources Of PCBs In Food Table of Contents I. n. HI. 17. 7. 71. VII. Till. IX. FDA Pesticide Surveillance Program FDA Total Diet Studies USDA Sampling Programs Other Regulatory Programs Sources of Contamination Results of Surveillance Sampling Programs Industrial Accidents A- Poultry B. Meat By-Products C. Milk Paper Food Packaging Special Surveys Tables 1. Positive Analyses of Random Food Samples 2. Positive Follow-Up Investigational Samples 3. Summary of PCB Findings in FDA Total DietSamples It. Objective Samples - CY 1971 for PCBs Page 108 109 109 109 no 110 113 118 m 112 117 120 \ 107 ADM 0 0 0 1 ^ 6 H . FDA. TOTAL DIET STUDIES The total diet program is designed to determine the levels of pesticides, > PCBs, and trace heavy metals in the dietary intake on a geographical and * A seasonal basis. Market basket samples, representing the two-week diet of a 15-20 year old male -- which is approximately twice that of the normal diet -- are collected at retail stores, bimonthly, in five regions of the United States. Food items are cooked or prepared for table-ready use by dieticians and are divided into 12 food class composites, such as dairy products; meat, fish and poultry; and leafy vegetables. Each composite is analyzed for a variety of chemical contaminants, including PCBs. The limit of detectability as applied to total diet composites is approximately 0.05 parts per million PCBs. When abnormally high residues are detected in any composite, follow-up analysis is made of the individual food com modities of the composite to determine which food is contributing the ex cessive residues and to determine whether compliance action is warranted. i n . USDA SAMPLING PROGRAMS The Consumer and Marketing Service, USDA, has primary responsibility for sampling and analyzing meats, poultry, and broken egg products for pesticide, environmental (PCB), and other chemical or biological con taminants. The USDA program Involves all federally inspected slaughtering plants (about 1,200) and' egg breaking establishments (about 1L0). The instructions for sampling request that the agricultural producer of . the animal, bird, or eggs, be named so that the State of origin will be known. This facilitates follow-up If a violative sample is found and identifies those samples which originate from the same farm. Inspectors are instructed to collect objective samples from different agricultural producers. The time of sampling and the plant location are determined on a random basis, by computer, for this program. 17. OTHER REGULATOR? PROGRAMS In addition to these routine sampling activities, DA and USDA learn f PCB contamination of foods in other ways. As part of their enforcement responsibilities, they conduct in-plant establishment inspections; con duct special investigations and surveys to determine the cause and extent of specific PCB problems; and maintain close contact with State officials and industry who also monitor the occurrence of chemical contaminants in food. When required, there is also a selective phase to these sampling programs and investigations. Selective sampling is used to determine the extent of violations when a violative sample is encountered or a report of possible harmful residues is received by the responsible agency. An increased number of samples is taken in the suspected area to determine 109 /N ACh C00l4g TABLEI 1 ( w r o ln T l'Hi' Ilivi'ii'li .Km- l `) 7 1 (15,000 Saplrs AnaIyicJ - - a l l prior to m AOM 'm * Cat baala * I * T r a l a ; w t l o c i, l a ava. " a a r la a ap actaa 000150 FINDINGS, CONCLUSIONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) have been used in the United States and elsewhere over the past liO years, for many industrial and consumer applications. During the past three years evidence has accumulated to indicate that PCBs are widely dispersed throughout the environnent and that they can have adverse ecological and toxicological effects. The principal uses for PCB fluids are in the electrical industry. PCBs have superior cooling, insulating, and dielectric properties and hence are widely used in various electrical devices. Transformers and capacitors filled with PCBs can be used in inside locations where fail ures of oil-Insulated equipment would present a potential danger to life and property. Because PCBs are relatively nonflammable, apparatus con taining than is essentially free from the fire and explosion hazards associated with oil-insulated and oil-cooled electric devices. Stability at high temperatures is another major factor in the attractiveness of these compounds. The principal advantage of PCBs over substitutes is the relative freedom from flammability in seme applications that previously had been plagued by serious fires. PCBs also give electrical equipment the critical advantages of reliability^ long life, and caopactness. PCB Impregnated capacitors, for example, are markedly more reliable and long- lived, and 1/6 .the size, 1/5 the weight, and 1/U the cost of canparable oil impregnated capacitors. Small capacitors with PCBs have a use-life expectancy of 10 to 15 years, and large capacitors 20 to 25 years. PCBs in transformers are replaced only every 25 to 30 years. PCBs have been discovered to have a widespread distribution in the environnent, and sane environmental occurrences have been associated with adverse effects on certain forms of animal life. Beginning in 1971, the Monsanto Company, the sole U. S. producer, has reported taking volun tary actions to reduce the volume of PCB production and to limit its distribution to industries concerned with the manufacture of electrical apparatus. Similar restrictions have been put into effect by statute in Sweden and voluntarily in Great Britain. A large use of PCBs had been in carbonless duplicating paper. This use has been discontinued. The Food and Drug Administration and the food industry have increased their surveillance to assure that PCBs are not used in food plants, products, or packaging. The task force has reviewed all of the available scientific informa tion on various aspects of the PCB problem. It has found much data that it regards as inadequate and many questions that remain unanswered. But on the basis of available information, the task force concurs on the following findings, conclusions, and recanmendationss \ 2 ADM CGCG40 5. Housekeeping is particularly important in the manufacture, use. and disposal of PCBs. Under a program of limitation on the sale of PCSs the electrical industry will continue to be the principal user'of PCBs; ' it, as well as industries now holding inventories of PCBs, have a special responsibility for monitoring and controlling their wastes. In this con nection, the Environmental Protection Agency will restrict industrial liquid discharges of PCBs from PCB users. To keep levels in fish as""low as possible, and in any case below FDA's interim action level of 5 parts per million, concentrations in rivers or lakes from all sources should not exceed 0.01 parts per billion. 6. The use of PCBs should not be banned entirely. Their continued use for transformers and capacitors in the near future is considered necessary because of the significantly increased risk of fire and explos ion and the disruption of electrical service which would result from* a ban on PCB use. Also, continued use of PCBs in transformers and capaci tors presents a minimal risk of enviroimental contamination. The Monsanto Comparer, the sole domestic producer, has reported voluntarily eliminating its distribution of PCBs to all except manufacturers of electrical trans formers and capacitors. Pending passage of the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Federal Government does not have the legal authority to impose restrictions corresponding to the actions reported by Monsanto. Although some Federal enforcement authority is available, the Federal Government does not have the authority to control PCBs at their source. 7. Most capacitors presumably have been disposed of in landfills. PCB containing material buried in soil is not expected to migrate but should remain in place. In the past, many fluids containing PCBs have been disposed of in sewers. More appropriate means of disposal such as high-temperature (at least 970C) incineration must be used instead. 8. PCBs are manufactured in countries other than the United States. Importation of PCBs as a chemical or as a component in products remains legally possible because the Toxic Substances Control Act has not yet become law. Electrical products imported from abroad may contain PCBs. The task force looks to international agreements to bring about some multi-national understanding on the sale and use of PCBs globally. Im portation of PCBs for uses other than those singled out in the present pattern of voluntary limitations should be avoided by users. As an additional measure, the United States has asked the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) through its Environment Com mittee to make a special review of member states' national policies concern ing PCBs and also to identify products moving in international trade which containPCBs. OECD, whose membership includes all major Western industrial! zed states plus Japan and Australia, has been giving priority attention to the problem of PCBs over the past year. 9. More scientific information about PCBs is needed, and several Goverrment agencies are seeking it through research. The task force recognizes that the scientific basis of much of our knowledge must be h ADM 000C*2 production and sales figures for 1971 were roughly half of those for 1970 when these volumes were at their peak (Table 1 and Figures 1 and 2). ? P0I jections for 1972 indicate an even lower volume. Prior to 1971, about liO percent of the PCB material in the United States was used in applications where containment was difficult and losses into the environment were probable. These uses included plasticizers, hy draulic fluids and lubricants, surface coatings, inks, adhesives, pesticide extenders, and microencapsulation of dyes for carbonless duplicating paper. The remaining 60 percent of domestic sales was used mainly in electrical applications (transformers and capacitors). In 1971, this fraction is ex- 1 pected to have reached approximately 90 percent .of the total use, only about half of the total use in 1970 In terms of the grade or family of PCB manufactured, the lower chlori nated species have generally made up the majority of the products produced. From the figures in Table 1 it can be seen that Aroclor 12U2 and grades with lower percentages of chloriiation characteristically composed one half or more of the total production between 1963 and 1970. The largest categories of use of PCBs have been in capacitors and transformers and in certain "plasticizer" applications including carbonless duplicating paper. A large percentage of the production of Aroclor 12h2 went into these three categories of products. (2) The major uses for PCBs prior to 1970 (in the order of importance as a reflection of the volume of material used) were: Capacitors Plasticizer applications Transformer fluids Hydraulic fluids and lubricants Heat transfer fluids II. CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES AND IMPURITIES Chemical and Physical Properties of PCBs Theoretically, there are 210 possible PCB compounds, but only about100 are likely to occur in commercial products. The degree of chlorination determines the chemical and physical properties of the Aroclors; the first two digits of the numbered Aroclor represent the molecular type, the last two digits the average weight percent of chlorine. Their physical state thus varies from colorless, oily liquids to more viscous and .increasingly darker liquids to, in the higher series, yellow and then black resins. The PCBs are not readily biodegradable. They resist breakdown by water, acids, and aiv-aii and have boiling points ranging from 278 to li75C. Analytical Techniques Whereas in the past it was difficult to identify PCBs in the presence of other organochlorine canpounds such as DDT and DDE, they can now be separated from interfering canpounds and identified and measured by means of thin layer and gas liquid chrbpiatography at levels less than 1 part 10 adm cocche i Electrical Uses PCBs are used in fluids(known as askarels) for electrically insulating and cooling transformers when the transformers are used in or near buildings. Being virtually free of fire and explosion hazards, PCBs can be used where failures of oil-insulated transformers would present a potential danger to life and property. PCBs also are superior to oils in reliability, in'making small equipment possible, and in assuring long life and reliability to equip ment.' Table 1 shows the flammability ratings of two PCBs compared to five * other common materials. Table 1 Underwriters1 Laboratories Flammability Ratings Fluid Flammability Rating Ether Gasoline Ethyl AlcoholQ Kerosene (100 F.P.) Mineral Oil Aroclor 12L2 and MCS 1016 100 90-100 60-70 30- 1,0 10-20 2-3 PCBs are. used in transformers wherever fire protection is particularly important-- for about 5 percent of all transformers. Most of these transformers are located inside public, commercial, or industrial buildings-- or on the roof tops of, or in close proximity to, such buildings-- and require no special enclosures other than those necessary to prevent accidental hazardous mechanical or electrical contact of persons with the equipment. Ihe amount of Aroclor used in various types of transformers ranges from 1:0 to 500 gallons (516 to 6,1,50 pounds) with an average of about 235 gallons (3,032 pounds). During 1968, the last complete "normal" year for the electri- 'cal industry, the total amount of PCBs used in new transformers or as replace ment fluid was approximately 1.3 million gallons (8.1, thousand tons). The only present alternatives to Aroclor-insulated transformers are mineral oil-insulated transformers or dry-type transformers (either those open to the ahnosphsre or those that are gas-filled and sealed). .Mineral oils are the preferred fluids when fire does not create a hazard. Dry transformers also can be used when space is available to install them. Fluorocarbon liquids require a special transformer design. PCBs are used in more than 90 percent of the electric utility (large power) type aixi smaller industrial type capacitors made today. They are needed for safety, reliability, and long life, and to achieve sizes compati ble with equipment and installation requirements. \ 12 ADM 000050 IV. OCCURRENCE, TRANSFER, AND CYCLING IN THE ENVIRONMENT Given the diversity of uses of PCBs and their chemical characteristics (greater stability in the higher chlorine species), it is not surprising that the residues are widespread. While satisfactory quantitative estimates of the contribution of various pathways into the environment are not possible with existing data, there are enough data to be certain that PCBs do reach the environnent at least from the following sources: -- Open burning or incomplete incineration (at usual temperatures) of solid wastes, municipal and industrial. Incineration at 2000F or above for two seconds will destroy PCBs, but poorly operated incinerators or open burning may result in PCBs being released to the atmosphere unchanged. -- Vaporization frcm paints, coatings, plastics, etc. (Nisbet and Sarofim, 1) estimate that as much as 20 percent may be vaporized. -- Municipal and some industrial sswers (PCBs present in treated as well as untreated wastes). Accidental spills or improper wastes disposal practices. -- Formerly, direct application to the environnent as Ingredients of pesticides or as carriers for pesticides (such uses of PCBs are now prohibited). -- Dumping of sewage sludge, municipal and industrial solid waste, and dredge spoil at sea. -- Sewage sludges disposed of on land. -- Migration from surface coatings (paints, etc.) and packaging materials into foods and feeds. Probably the largest amounts of PCBs circulating in the envirorroent reach it through industrial and municipal discharges to inland and coastal waters. The recommendation by the task force that "more scientific information about PCBs is needed" is illustrated by the sparsity of knowledge about PCEs in the environment. Only general statements can be made about how PCBs reach the environment, how they reach target organisms, and how much is present. Nisbet and Sarofim (l) estimate that the total loss of PCBs into the U. S. environment over the last LO years would approach 30,000 tons to the atmosphere, 60,000 tons to water and 300,000 tons to dumps. Of this total, remaining resi dues might be 20,000 tons from the air (which would be distributed on land or water), 30,000 tons in water, and perhaps 250,000 tons in dumps. U ACM 000052 -- PCB residues in milk have resulted from the use of PCB in certain coatings on the inside walls of silos, which, in turn, contaminated the dairy feed silage. -- The use of spent PCB transformer fluid as a herbicide spray vehicle allegedly contaminated dairy cattle grazing areas thereby causin? residues in milk. -- The grinding of bakery products along with their PCB-containing wrappers for use as poultry feed is suspected to have caused contamination of fowl. These incidents, as well as others during the past several years, represent localized sources of contamination. _ Federal, State, and industry actions pre vented most of the contaminated foods from being marketed. Food Packaging A significant percentage of food paper packaging materials contains PCBs and has resulted in the migration of low levels to the packaged food. This source of food contamination was identified in 1971. The origin of PCBs in packaging materials is not fully understood. Recycled waste paper containing PCB carbonless "carbon" papes. is the prime source of PCB in paperboard pro duct. Virgin paper proaucts, however, have also been shown to contain PCB residues, probably as a result of the paper manufacturing processes. Data on current production of food packaging materials indicate that the levels are decreasing and are controllable so that the potential for PCB contamination of packaged foods can be minimized. Dietary Intake National monitoring data, and in particular FDA's total diet studies, indicate that the human dietary intake of PCBs is of a low order. Fbr example: the dietary intake expressed as mg/kg body weight/day, and based on food consumption approximately twice as high as the normal diet, was less than 0.0001 in FY 1971 and 0.0001 in the first-half of FY 1972. As a point of reference, from 1965 to 1970 dietary intake of DDT was 0.0007 mg/kg body weight/day. Other investigations further disclose that except for unavoid able background levels in certain foods, the PCB contamination of food can be significantly reduced or eliminated through appropriate controls. Man and the Ecosystem In air and water away from immediate sources of waste discharge, levels of PCBs are low -- a few micrograms per cubic meter (parts per trillion; ppt) in air and less than a part per billion (ppb) in fresh water; soil or bottom sediments contain a few parts per billion, up to several hundred parts per million (ppm) near some industrial outfalls; from tenths of a ppm to tens of ppm in fish and up to hundreds of ppm in some fish and birds near the top of the food chain,. To illustrate these relationships, 1/8 of an inch is about v \ 16 ACM 00005* Tables (continued) Pagp APPENDIX F 1. Subjective Siymptcms Complained by Tusho Patients.............................................. 126 2. Oral Toxicity of Chlorinated Bipheryls............... 127 3. Dermal Toxicity of Chlorinated Biphenyls............. 128 k. Vapor Exposure Toxicity of Chlorinated Biphenyls............................................. 129 5. Toxicity of Aroclors.................................. 131 6. Pathologic Changes Induced h y PCBs...................132-133 7- Residues in Tissues of Rats Orally Dosed With Aroclor 12Six (500 mg/kg).............................. 13k 8. Storage of Aroclors (In PPM) 2k-Hours After Oral Ingestion by Stomach TUbe............................. 138 9. Distribution of PCB-Derived Material Following 98-Day Exposure to a Dietary Level of 1000 PPM Aroclor 125k.......................................... 139 10. Distribution of PCB Levels in Adipose of General Population as Shown in Analysis of Human Monitoring Survey Samples Since April 15, 1971....... Ik5 11. Experiments to Date Not Included in the Manuscript "Polychlorinated Biphenyls: Distribution and Storage in Body Fluids and Tissues of Sherman Rats"A. Curley, V. W. Burse, M. E. Grim, R. W. Jennings and R. E. Linder............ 150 12. Some Biological and Toxicological Effects in the P C B s ........ 153 13. Possible FUture Studies Involving PCBs, Their Individual Isomers and Contaminants................ 15k vi P L A IN T IF F 'S EXH IBIT 000C Tables ! (continued) Page APPENDIX A 1. General Physical Properties of the Aroclor Clorinated Ccmpounds............................... 26 2. Relative Retentions, Mass Spectrometric Data on PCB Fractionated Sample................... 30 APPENDIX B 1. E p i c a l Properties of Liquids...................... Ii5-2j6 2.. Physical and Other Properties of Lubricating Oils, Engine Oils, and Hydraulic Fluids...... . 7-50 3. High-Temperature Lubricant Specifications......... 56 li. Some Properties of Pimping Fluids............ 57 5. Decomposition Temperature Ranges of Several Chemical Classes................................... 3 6. Approximate Maximum Compatibility, phr, of Plasticizers With Various Resins.................. 7. General Properties of Some Arodors (PCB)......... ^3 APPENDIX C 1. Composition of Different Liquid Chlorinated Biphenyls.......................................... 77 2. Underwriters1 Laboratories Flammability Ratings 76 3. Alternate Insulating Fluids....................... v 83* j i iv ADM 000036.01 AROCLOR SEHI-COMTINU0U5 ACTIVATED SLUDGE PRIMARY OEGRAOATIOM STUDIES ! \ 3 PLA IN T IFF'S 3 EXH IBIT 3 i AOH 0002*1 TYPICAL % COMPOSITION OF ' POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL PRODUCTS HOMOLOG f Cl/BIPHENYL 0 1 2 3 4 5 ** 6 7 8 AROCLOR 1221 11 51 32 4 2 <0.5 NO NO NO AROCLOR 1016 <0.1 1 20 57 21 1 <0.1 NO NO AROCLOR 1242 <0.1 1 16 49 25 8 1 <0.1 NO AROCLOR 1254 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1 21 48 23 6 NO PER CENT (W/W) BY GC/HASS USTHG AREA CORRECTION FACTORS BY HOMOLOG RESPONSE NONE DETECTED. <0.01X - NO Electron Capture Gas Chromatograms Aroclor 1221 Aroclor 1242 ADM C0C236 ADM D G 0 2 3 7 Electron Coptore Gas Chromatogram Low Resolution - 61Packed Column L 0 8 IO Flame Ionization Gas Chromatogram I High Resolution -IOO' Support Coated Open Tubular Column 15 20 Elution Time (minutes) 25 O PCB PRODUCTS ARE NOT A SINGLE ENTITY, BUT COMPLEX MULTICOMPONENT MIXTURES O PCB RESIDUES FOUND IN HILO LIFE ARE DOMINANTLY PENTAHEXA-, HEPTA-, AND OCTACHLORO BIPHENYLS O PCB RESIDUE ARE MOST SIMILAR TO AROCLOR 1254 AND AROCLOR 1260 PRODUCTS I i 1' V. 1 1 1 ADH 0002V PRIMARY BACTERIAL DEGRADATION STUDIES O SEMI-CONTINUOUS ACTIVATED SLUDGE DEGRADATION RESIDUE ACCUMULATION STUDIES .FISH - CATFISH AND BLUEGILLS O BIRDS - WHITE LEGHORN CHICKENS O MAMMALS - ALBINO RATS AND BEAGLE DOGS CCC33S n C0C24C Semi-Continuous Activated Sludge Test Unit M Oa g n e t i c Stirrer MECHANICAL CYCLE SYNTHETIC SEWAGE AND AROCLOR (Img) ADDED ACM 0C02A3 Semi-Continuous Activated Sludge Degradation of Polychlorinated Biphenyls 1 Ad.ditionI rotst 1 ilmg/48hrs t i l i l 0 10 20 30 40 50 % Chlorine (% ) Aroclor 1254 V ACM CQC24A 0 2 4 6 8 10 12' _____________ !_______________ I------------- 1-------------- L ------------ -L-------- \ t Elution Time (minutes) II AOM 0002^5 ; ! DEGRADATION STUDIES" CONCLUSIONS o RATE OF PRIMARY DEGRADATION INCREASES AS THE DEGREE OF CHLORINATION OF THE AROCLOR PRODUCT DECREASES BIPHENYL>AROCLOR I221>MCS 1043 >AR0CL0R 1016>AR0CL0R 1242>AR0CL0R 1254 0 BIPHENYL, MONO-, DI-, TRI-, AND TETRACHLORO BIPHENYL HOMOLOGS UNDERGO PRIMARY BACTERIAL DEGRADATION 1 AOM 000246 I i AROCLOR RESIDUE STUDIES ACM GCQ2*7 WHITE LEGHORN CHICKEN STUDIES PRODUCTS STUDIED NUMBER ) OF ) CHICKENS) FEMALE MALE NUMBER) OF ) SAMPLES) MUSCLE LIVER FAT EGGS CHICKS NUMBER) OF ) SAMPLES) ANALYZED) MUSCLE LIVER FAT EGGS CHICKS .90 DAY ORAL AROCLOR 1242 AROCLOR 1254 AROCLOR 1260 AROCLOR 200 80 40 16 40 40 . 40 *250 30 8 8 8 *60 10 14 5 12 4 18 5 25 8 -11 10 TOTAL SAMPLES COLLECTED ' TOTAL ANALYZED 400 80 121 32 ORAL EXPOSURE CARRIEO OUT BY INDUSTRIAL BIO-TEST LABORATORIES, INC. NORTHBROOK, ILLINOIS / '`''N ADh CGC2<t8 J RESIDUE STUDY OF AROCLOR 12A2 IN WHITE LEGHORN CHICKENS 90 DAY ORAL HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION ORAL EXPOSURE LEVEL PPM PCBs 1 10 100 1234 56 789 10 tTHEORETICAL RESIDUE 126 1260 12602 - (2) (3) (4) (5) 6 - RESJDUE, 12 WEEK EXPOSURE 14 136 1312 - (3) (4) (5) 6 - ` RESIDUE, 30 DAY RECOVERY 9 77 749 - . (3) (4) (5) (6) - tIF TOTAL PCB CONSUMED MERE RETAINED AVERAGE PPM IN LIPID - ALL TISSUES ( ELECTRON CAPTURE PEAKS GREATER THAN 5 OF TOTAL ADM 000 2*9 A DM 00025C y- RESIDUE STUDY OF AROCLOR I25A IN WHITE LEGHORN CHICKENS 90 DAY ORAL HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION ORAL EXPOSURE LEVEL PPM PCs 1 10 100 12345678 9 10 tTHEORETICAL RESIDUE 126 1260 12602 3 (4) (S) (6) 7 `RESIDUE, 12 WEEK 38 362 3506 - 4 (5) (6) 7 - EXPOSURE RESIDUE, 30 DAY RECOVERY 17 164 15S0 5 (6) 7 tIF TOTAL PCB CONSUMED MERE RETAINED AVERAGE PPM IN LIPID - ALL TISSUES ( )ELECTRON CAPTURE PEAKS GREATER THAN 5% OF TOtAL I' i RESIDUE STUDY OF AROCLOR 1260 IN WHITE LEGHORN CHICKENS 90 DAY ORAL HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION PPM PCBs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ORAL EXPOSURE LEVEL 1 10 100 tTHEORETICAL RESIDUE 126 1260 12602 - - - - (5) (6) (7) 8 ` RESIDUE, 12 UEEK EXPOSURE 65 607 5909 - . . . 5 (6) (7) 8 - * RESIDUE, 30 DAY RECOVERY 26 232 2363 - . . . 5 (6) (7) 8 tIF TOTAL PCB CONSUMED HERE RETAINED AVERAGE PPM IN LIPID - ALL TISSUES' ( )ELECTRON CAPTURE PEAKS GREATER THAN 5* OF TOTAL ACM OC0251 RESIDUE STUDY OF AROCLOR 1242 IN ALBINO RATS TWO YEAR CHRONIC ORAL EXPOSURE ORAL EXPOSURE LEVEL PPM PCBs n r 10 100 HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION 1 2 3. 4 5 6 7 8 tTHEORETICAL RESIDUE 803 8037 80373 - (2) (3) (4) (5) 6 RESIDUE, 3 MONTH EXPOSURE 6 23' 90 - (3) (4) (5) 6 RESIDUE, 12 MONTH 9 37 155 EXPOSURE (3) (4) (5) 6 RESIDUE, 24 MONTH 12 53 240 - . (3) (4) (5) 6 EXPOSURE 9 10 - - m tIF TOTAL PCB CONSUMED HERE RETAINED `AVERAGE PPM IN LIPID - ALL TISSUES ( )ELECTRON CAPTURE PEAKS GREATER THAN 5X OF TOTAL ADM 000253 000i5^ RESIDUE STUDY OF AKUULUK l.DtK IN A L D IIN U K A I O ORAL EXPOSURE LEVEL TWO YEAR CHRONIC ORAL EXPOSURE HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION PPM PCBs I 10 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 tTHEORETICAL RESIDUE 803 8037 80373 - 3 (4) (5) (6) 7 - RESIDUE, 3 MONTH 13 94 679 EXPOSURE - 4 (5) (6) 7 - RESIDUE, 12 MONTH 24 189 1471 EXPOSURE - - 4 (5) (6) 7 - RESIDUE, 24 MONTH 42 355 3038 EXPOSURE - - 4 (5) (6) 7 tIF TOTAL PCB CONSUMED WERE RETAINED AVERAGE PPM IN LIPID - ALL TISSUES ( JELECTRON CAPTURE PEAKS GREATER THAN 5* OF TOTAL K O I /l ) RESIDUE STUDY OF AROCLOR 12,60 IN ALBINO RATS TWO YEAR CHRONIC ORAL EXPOSURE ORAL EXPOSURE LEVEL PPM PCBs 1 10 100 HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 tTHEORETICAL RESIDUE 803 8037 80373 - - - (5) (6) (7) 8 - tft `RESIDUE, 3 MONTH 18 134 970 EXPOSURE - - (5) (6) (7) 8 7 - `RESIDUE, 12 MONTH 35 270 2099 EXPOSURE - - (5) (6) (7) 8 - - `RESIDUE, 24 MONTH 59 507 4338 EXPOSURE - - (5) (6) (7) 8 - - tIF TOTAL PCB CONSUMED WERE RETAINED `AVERAGE PPM IN LIPID - ALL TISSUES ( )ELECTRON CAPTUREPEAKS GREATER THAN 5X OF TOTAL ADH 0C0255 90 Day Subacute Ora! Exposure 1000 Study of Aroclor 1221, Aroclor 1242, Aroclor 1254, and Aroclor 1260 in Albino Rats at the 100ppm Exposure Level Average ppm 500 3 3 100- I - -- / 'V/ } 40* 0C5, BEAGLE DOG STUDIES I 2 YEAR CHRONIC ORAL 90 DAY SUBACUTE ORAL AROCLOR 1242 I PRODUCTS STUDIED AROCLOR 1254 AROCLOR 1260 . AROCLOR 1221 NUMBER ) FEMALE OF DOGS) MALE 40 40 14 14 NUMBER ) MUSCLE OF ) LIVER SAMPLES) FAT TOTAL SAMPLES COLLECTED 54 54 . 54 " =* 242 7 7 :7 ' 21 NUM3ER ) HUSCLE SAMPLES) tiZER ANALYZED) r* ` 42 40 43 7 7 7 TOTAL ANALYZED i 125 21 li ORAL EXPOSURE CARRIED OUT BY| INDUSTRIAL BIO-TEST LABORATORIES, INC. I NORTHBROOK, ILLINOIS } I i II `! t j ADM 0C0257 i RESIDUE STUDY OF AROCLOR 1242 IN BEAGLE DOGS TWO YEAR CHRONIC ORAL EXPOSURE ORAL EXPOSURE LEVEL tTHEORETICAL RESIDUE RESIDUE, 2 YEAR EXPOSURE PPM PCBs 1 10 100 519 5186 51865 2 6 12 HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION 1234 5678 9 10 * - (2) (3) (4) (5) 6 - - - (3) (4) 5 6 (7) (8) - "RESIDUE, 30 DAY 1 4 10 - - 5 (6) (7) (B) - - RECOVERY "RESIDUE, 60 DAY 0.8 3 6 RECOVERY 5 6 (7) (8) - tIF TOTAL PCB CONSUMED MERE RETAINED AVERAGE PPM IN LIPID - ALL TISSUES ( )ELECTRON CAPTURE PEAKS GREATER THAN 5X OF TOTAL ADM 00025 J RESIDUE STUDY OF AROCLOR 12,54 IN BEAGLE DOGS ORAL EXPOSURE LEVEL TV/O YEAR CHRONIC ORAL EXPOSURE PPM PCBs 1 10 100 HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION 1 2 3 4 5 . 6 7 8 9 10 tTHEORETICAL RESIDUE 519 5106 51865 3 (4) (5) (6) 7 - RESIDUE. 2 YEAR 7 30 132 - - (5) (6) (7) 8 EXPOSURE RESIDUE, 30 DAY 5 24 109 - - 5 (6) (7) 8 RECOVERY RESIDUE, 60 DAY 4 20 88 - - 5 (6) (7) (8) - RECOVERY tIF TOTAL PCB CONSUMED WERE RETAINED AVERAGE PPM IN LIPID - ALL TISSUES ( )ELECTR0N CAPTURE PEAKS GREATER THAN 5X OF TOTAL WO? 6 ?0 0 0 /) .. O: RESIDUE STUDY OF AROCLOR 1260 IN BEAGLE DOGS ~~ TWO YEAR CHRONIC OftAl EXPOSURE ORAL EXPOSURE LEVEL PPM PCBs 1 10 100 HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 +THEORETICAL RESIDUE 519 5186 51865 - (S) (6) (7) 8 - - `RESIDUE, 2 YEAR EXPOSURE 8 63 38B - - (6) 7 (8) - - `RESIDUE, 30 DAY RECOVERY 7 60 363 - - (6) (7) (8) - - `RESIDUE, 60 DAY RECOVERY 7 55 337 - - 6 (7) (8) - - tIF TOTAL PCB CONSUMED HERE RETAINED `AVERAGE PPM IN LIPID - ALL TISSUES ( )ELECTRON CAPTURE PEAKS GREATER THAN 5X OF TOTAL ADM C0C26C Two Year Chronic Orol Exposure in Beagle Cogs (a t The I ppm Feeding Leye!) Average ppm PCB in Lipid (Muscle,Fat,Liver) ADM 000261 WHITE LEGHORN CHICKENS ALBINO RATS BEAGLE DOGS EXPOSURE LEVEL (PPM) EXPOSURE PERIOO CONCENTRATION FACTOR* 1.0 (FEED) 1.0 (FEED) 1.0 (FEED) 12 HEEKS 2 YEARS 2 YEARS ` 20 9 2 *CONCEMTRATIOfi FACTORS DO NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT EXPOSURE PERIODS ) r ! (f L 3i i i i !i t *I ADM 0 0 0 2 6 2 :Vg-_, CONCLUSIONS RESIDUE BUILDUP STUDIES O 1 FOR ALL PRODUCTS THE PCB RESIDUE LEVEL IN CREASED AS THE EXPOSURE LEVEL AND PERIOD INCREASED O RELATIVE TO AROCLOR 1260, THE HIGHEST CHLORINATED PRODUCT STUDIED, THE PC3 . RESIDUE LEVEL DECREASED EXPONENTIALLY AS AS THE HEIGHT % CHLORINE OF THE PRODUCT DECREASED O RELATIVE LEVELS OF PCB RESIDUES FOUND WERE FISH>CHICKENS>RATS>DOGS O RELATIVE PCB RESIDUE LEVELS IN TISSUES WERE - CHICKENS RATS DOGS FAT = MUSCLE>LIVER LIVER>FAT MUSCLE>KIDNEY LIVER>FAT = MUSCLE O FOR ALL PRODUCTS THE DOGS AND RATS EXCRETED AND/CR METABOLIZED 93 TO 99S OF THE TOTAL AROCLOR ORALLY INGESTED O CHICKENS EXCRETED AND/OR META30LIZED PRODUCTS INUESTED ORALLY AS FOLLOWS - 90* OF AROCLOR 1242 70S OF AROCLOR 1254 50S OF AROCLOR 1260 \ < ADM 0C O2 6 3 'I i. i CONCLUSIONS RESIDUE FALL-OFF O DOGS AND CHICKENS CONTINUED TO EXCRETE AND/OR METABOLIZE PCB RESIDUES, INCLUDING PENTA AND HEXA HOMOLOGS, RETAINED WHEN PLACED ON PCB FREE RECOVERY DIETS DOGS> CHICKENS O RELATIVE RESIDUE FALL-OFF RATES SHOWED DOGS: AROCLOR 1242>AR0CL0R 1254 >AR0CL0R 1260 CHICKENS: AROCLOR 1242>AR0CL0R 1254>AR0CL0R 1260 ACM C0C264 CONCLUSIONS RESIDUE STUDIES .. ALTERATIONS OF AROCLOR HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION O ALTERATION OF THE HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION OF ALL PRODUCTS HAS OBSERVED IN ALL STUDIES EXCEPT .FISH O LOWER CHLORINATED HOMOLOGS PRESENT IN ALL PRODUCTS WERE PREFERENTIALLY EXCRETED AND/OR METABOLIZED 0 ALTERATION OF THE HOMOLOG DISTRIBUTION INCREASED AS THE WEIGHT X CHLORINE OF THE PRODUCTS DECREASED (INCLUDING PENTA AND HEXA HOMOLOGS) AROCLOR 1221>>AR0CL0R 1242>AR0CL0R 1254 AROCLOR 1260 DOGSRATS>CHICKENS>>FISH \I II t I ACH C0C265 WHAT HAPPENS TO PC3s IK THE zliVTRONHSHT? By Dr. R. K. Munch () Because they can be detected by the same analytical methods, and because some suspect that they may have similar biological effects to DDT, polychlorinated biphenyls in the environment (PCBs) ' have become a cause of concern. It is, therefore, important to present data to show that FCBs do disappear from the environment. i Probably the most effective way to do this is to compare what has1 been put into 'the environment with what is found there now. This! can be done in the following way: i, The commercial PC3 products are mixture of chlorinated biphenyl homologs containing from one to ten atoms of chlorine per biphenyl* molecule. If there were no degradation in the environment, or i f 1 all homoiogs degraded at the same rate, the ratio of homologs in "aged environmental samples" (samples taken at a distance from a known source) should be the same as that in the products intro- - duced into the environment. On the other hand, if the homolog | ratio in "aged environment samples" differs from that of material 1 produced, some process must be operating in the environment to remove different homologs at different rates. Monsanto, the sole U. S. producer, recently released data on its sales of the various commercial grades of PCB for the years 1957-72. Rest- ! of-world sales by other producers and production before 1957 ! probably represent a similar product mix. Using the Monsanto data and known homolog analyses of each of the commercial grades, the percentage of each hcmolog in the total U. S. production can be calculated. ' j The other required datum is an estimate of the homolog distribution in "environmentally aged samples." Analysts experienced in this field generally agree that material recovered from such samples _is similar to Aroclor 125^ or 12oO, the Monsanto trade name for 'mixtures of PCBs with chlorine contents corresponding to an average of five and six chlorine atoms per biphenyl molecule respectively (1 -8). In order to present a conservative comparison and because most analysts cite Aroclor 125**, we shall use the homolog content of that material In our comparison. ADM 0 0 0 2 6 6 The homolog contents of the material produced in the U. S. from 1957 to 1971 and that of Aroclor 1254 are tabulated below: Ho mol Oja; 0 1 23 4. 5 6 7 8 U. S. Sales 1957 - 1971 .0.1 1.3 14.8 Aroclor 1254 29.9 21-9 .1 6 .1 10.5 4.2 * .'1 . 1 1 . 1 <.1 .5 1 21 48 23 6 ND It is apparent that the homolog ratio of the material sold is quite different from that of Aroclor 1254. There must, therefore, be one or more processes in the environment which remove the lower homoiogs at much greater rates than the higher ones. The 1 precision of the data is too low to permit accurate calculations of the relative rates of loss. However, it would appear that the homologs containing less than four chlorine aterns may be degraded at rates approximately thirty times those for the five and six chlorine homologs. Laboratory data which we hope to publish later; show that the rate of bacterial degradation is an Inverse function of the chlorine content for PCHs and might, therefore, be one of the degradatlve processes responsible for the relative decrease in the lower homologs. ACM 0 C 0 2 6 7 1) L. M. Reynolds, Pesticide Residue Analysis in the Presence of Polychlorinated Eiphenyls Residue Reviews 2, 27, 32, 41, 42, 44 (1971). 2) R. W. Risebrough, P. Reiche and H. S. Scott - Current Progress in the Determination of the Polychlorinated Biphenyls - Bulletin of Environmental Contamination & Toxicology 4, 192, 199 (197 ). 3) G. E. Bagley, W. L. Reichel and E. Cromartie - Identifi cation of Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Two Bald Eagles by Combined Gas-Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry Journal of the AOAC 53* 251, 252, 257 (1970). 4) Albert C. Tas and Rudolf H. deVos - Characterization of Four Major Components in a Technical Polychlorinated Biphenyl Mixture - Environmental Science & Technology 5, 1216 (1971). 5) Judith A. Armour and Jerry A. Burke - Method for Separating Polychlorinated Biphenyls from DDT and Its Analogs - Journal of the AOAC 763, 765 (1970). 6) Ian Prestt, D. J . Jeffreries and N. W. Moore - Polychiorinated Biphenyls in Wild Birds in Britain and Their Arian Toxicity*- Environmental Pollution 1_, 3* .15 (1970). 7) V. Zitko - Polychlorinated Biphenyls andOrganochlorine Pesticides in Some Freshwater and Marine Fishes - Bulletin of Environmental Contamination & Toxicology 6, 464, 467 (1971). " 3) FCEs & The Environment - Interdepartmental Task Force on PCBs - Washington May, 1972 - C0K-72-10419 - Table 6, P. 93- WHAT HAPPENS TO PCCs IN THE ENVIRONMENT? 1. PCBs ARE HAN MADE. 2. WE CANNOT DETERMINE IF THEY DEGRADE IN THE ENVIRONMENT FROM THE TOTAL CONCENTRA TIONS FOUND THERE. I 3. THE PCBS ARE MIXTURES OF HOMOLOGS.. 4. THEREFORE, COMPARISON OF HOMOLOG RATIOS IN "ENVIRONMENTALLY AGED SAMPLES" WITH HOMOLOG RATIOS IK MATERIAL PRODUCED CAN BE USED TO GAIN INSIGHT AS TO WHAT IS HAPPENING IN THE ENVIRONMENT. I \ \ ADM 00C269 i tit : HOU DO UE GET THE DATA NEEDED? 1. PRODUCTION FIGURES FOR ALL MONSANTO PCB PRODUCTS AND HOMOLOG CONTENT OF EACH PRODUCT ARE AVAILABLE FOR 195771. HE USE THESE DATA TO CALCULATE HOMOLOG RATIOS FOR 1957-71 PRODUCTION. 2. EUROPEAN PRODUCERS MAKE SIMILAR PRODUCTS IN ABOUT THE SAME RATIOS AS MONSANTO. 3. PRODUCTION BEFORE '57 WOULD NOT AFFECT THE FIGURES GREATLY SINCE PRODUCT RATIOS WERE SIMILAR AND PRODUCTION SMALLER. 4. ANALYSTS GENERALLY AGREE THAT MATERIAL FOUND IN "AGED ENVIRONMENT AL SAMPLES" IS SIMILAR TO AROCLOR 1254 OR IN RARE CASES EVEN TO AROCLOR 1260. \ I ADM 0 0 0 2 7 0 I ADM CC0271 A COMPARISON OF THE HOMOLOG RATIOS FOR PCBs SOLD WITH THOSE FOUND IK AGED ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLES HOMOLOG 01234 56 U.S. SALES n , 57 - '71 U-1 1.3 14.8 29.9 21.9 16.1 10.5 S' AROCLOR 1Z54 <' <.l <.5 1 21 48 23 lv o '^ ? 0 0 o CONCLUSIONS T. THERE ARE MARKED DIFFERENCES- BETWEEN THE RATIOS OF HOMOLOGS . IN PCBs FOUND IN "AGED ENVIRON MENTAL SAMPLES" AND THE RATIO OF HOMOLOGS FOR MATERIAL PRODUCED. 2. THESE DIFFERENCES CAN BEST BE EXPLAINED BY ASSUMING THAT THE PCBs WITH 3 OR LESS CHLORINE ATOMS PER MOLECULE DEGRADE MUCH MORE RAPIDLY THAN THE HIGHER HOMOLOGS. 3. THE HOMOLOG RATIO DATA DO NOT GIVE INFORMATION ON THE RATE OF DEGRADATION OF HIGHER HOMOLOGS. HOWEVER, SEMI-CONTINUOUS ACTIVATED SLUDGE TEST DATA SHOW THAT THESE TOO DEGRAOE BUT AT A SLOWER RATE. ADH C G C Z 7 3 In this section I would like to present the voluntary changes that Monsanto, has made in FCB sales with particular emphasis on the FCB product chanses made in dielectrics. I also wish to show the significance of the data presented by Drs. Tucker and Munch. Monsanto's sales actions can be divided into two categories (Slide 1 : Monsanto's PC3 Actions). The first category is further described in: Slide 2 : Monsanto's PC3 sales in U. S. A. and Slide 3: Effect of phase-out policy I respectfully submit we have achieved a significant reduction in FCB output by our actions. Turning to the second phase of our actions, viz, the product changes in FCBs for dielectric use. I will first take a moment to explain the variation in blodegradability of FCBs. Slide Degre of Biodegradation of FCBs. The product changes made dielectrics are shown on Slide FCB Product Changes in Dielectrics. Dealing first with capacitors: Slide 6 : PCBs used in Capacitors Kote: (a) Fenta-chlorobiphenyl percentages include hexaand higher homologs. Do not add both percentages together. (b) This slide chows a substantial decrease in pro duction of hom^logs of penta-chloro and higher over the years.' ADM , 0 0 0 2 7 4 - -V ... - 2 - Slide 7: Why Convert to Aroclor 1016? Reasons were: (a) 9-fold reduction in penta-chloro and higher homologs, (b) 10-fold reduction in hexa-chloro and higher homologs. (c) Aroclor 10l6 was the PC3 product that could be intro duced into the capacitor industry while still meeting Underwriter's Laboratory requirement on flammability, (d) Aroclor 1016 was selected because its electrical properties and in-plant processing performance most closely met the capacitor industry's requirements. Note: Our choice of Aroclor 1016 has since been borne-out by industry experience which to date has shown no problems. !. | 1 Slide 8: Capacitor Fluids: What is Effect of Aroclor 1016? We have tried to show amounts of penta-chloro and higher and he/.a-chloro and higher homologs which* would have been produced (Not entering the environment) for each of three possible capacitor fluids in 1972 Aroclor 10l6 (used at 97/S level in U.S.A. in 1972) is obviously the PCB involving least penta and higher chloro biphenyl production. Of obvious interest is the possible amount of PCBs entering the environment from capacitor failures. Slide 9: Using the worst case (0.2 per year failure) we see that no more than JiO pounds of hexa-chloro and higher homologs of FC3 are likely to enter the environment if Aroclor*1016 is used at a rate of 2OH lb./year. | < Turning now to Transformers. j ; i i .i !| ; i i ! ( ADM 0 C 0275 [ o w ,,-i - 3 - Slide 11: Note: Higher chlorinated PCBs are needed in transformers than in capacitors because the correct Hydrogen/Chlorine ratio is vital in preventing formation of flammable, explosive arc-form gases. Slide 12: Slide 13: In summary, Slide 14: ' We will continue our voluntary policy of no more sales world-wide except to dielectric users. This means a 45$ reduction in total PC3 sales in the U.S.A. We will restrict over 975S capacitor fluid sales to Aroclor 1016 only. This means penta-chloro and higher production itfill be no more than l.lfa or 220 M lbs. in 1972. Hexachloro biphenyl and higher will be even lower 0.155 or 20,000 lbs. in 1972- We will eliminate Aroclor 1260 from transformer fluids and continue incineration facilities for scrap PCBs. We will encourage the dielectric industry through ANSI C-107, which represents both capacitor and transformer manufacturers and users, to enforce strict environmental control over PCBs. This is a committee on which several of the agencies represented here today are members. ADM C 0C276 S i'I'I. ivi' si'! inf!j y y 'i 11 ; I MONSANTO PCB ACTIONS PHASE-OUT OF PCB SALES WORLDWIDE IN ALL APPLICATIONS EXCEPT DIELECTRICS CONVERSION OF DIELECTRIC FLUIDS TO MORE BIODEGRADABLE PCB'S . n -V ACM 00027a I MONSANTO PCB SALES tN U.S.A. ( m illio n pounds) DIELECTRICS ALL OTHERS TOTAL ' 1969 37.0 30.0 67.0 1970 AO.5 33.5 7A.0 1972 ( e s t ) 32.0 -- 32.0 t! ' tP isrrrft n u r j razrcjiC i ADM 000275 1'! i.iv-1 ! E F F E C T OF PHASE-OUT POLICY PCB SALES REDUCED IN U.S.A. BY 30.TO 33 MILLION POUNDS. OR H5% IVCSKUtCU "- ru k - ir = ijtt W i T: Y u w ! j J V I . PCB PRODUCT CHANGES IN D IELEC T R IC S CAPACITORS 97% CONVERSION TO AROCLOR 1016 TRANSFORMERS ELIMINATION OF AROCLOR 1260 u u .ia a t f r L 'i! S tii- DEGREE OF BIODEGRADATION OF P C B 'S BASED ON DATA PRESENTED TRANSITION IN BIODEGRADATION OCCURS AROUND PENTA-/HEXA-CIILOROBIPHENYL DISAPPEARANCE OF ALL HOMOLOGS BELOW HEXA-CHLOROBIPHENYL OBSERVED PENTA- AND HIGHER PCB DETERMINED BY SPECIFIC GLC/MS TEST METHOD <* o f ilfcJlV. t s ?o o o wav I IM JjlF * [1j&|jr. . 'd- IP*1 mm *t rtWCfi!' m- U i i Ki PCB'S USED IN PCB AROCLOR 125A AROCLOR 12A2 AROCLOR 1016 MAJOR USE PERIOD 1930-1952 1952-SEPT. 1971 OCT. 1971 x~c r AOM 000282 CAPACITORS %PCB (PENTACHLORO- AND HIGHER 77.0 9.0 1.1 % PCB (HEXACHLORO- AND HIGHER 29.0 1.0 0.1 1*1- -- * CAPACITOR FLUIDS . WHY CONVERT ?TO AROCLOR 1016 9-FOLD REDUCTION IN PCB'S OF PENTACHLORO- AND HIGHER 10-FOLD REDUCTION IN PCB'S OF HEXACHLORO- AND HIGHER MINIMUM INDUSTRY TESTING REQUIRED If *S, ADM 0 C 0 2 8 3 I j CAPACITOR FLU|DS ?WHAT IS THE E F F E C T OF AROCLOR 1016 U .S . CAPACITOR FLUID SALES (1972):-- 20 M LBS. IF AROCLOR HAS % PENTACHLORGAND HIGHER PCBs WOULD BE* % HEXA CHLOROAND HIGHER PCBs WOULD BE* 1259 15.400.000 p o u n d s 5,800,000 p o u n d s 1292 1,800.000 200,000 1016 220.000 20,000 *THIS DOES NOT MEAN AMOUNTS OF P G ENTERING THE ENVIRONMENT <707300 WOV 597000 v) WHAT IS CAPACITOR 1FA ILU R E RA TE INDUSTRY SOURCES CITE : 0 .0 2 -0 .2% per year ( J IF CAPACITOR FA ILU R E RA TE IS 0.2% PER YEA R (WORST CA SE) *I PCB ESCAPE TO THE ENVIRONMENT* IS -- ALL PCB HOMOLOGS PENTA CHL0R0- AND HIGHER HEXA CHLORO- AND HIGHER AROCLOR 1242 40.000 p o u n d s 3.600 400 AROCLOR 1016 40.000 p o u n d s 440 40 ASSUMES U.S. FLUID SALES OF 20 M LB./YEAR r- * dr! K% '.Hv * * .11..f| IS 907000 J> O 3 nr V PCB CHAM3ES T ! TRANSFORMER FLUID APPLICATIONS O AROCLOR 1260 BEING PHASED-OUT NOW O INCINERATION OF SCRAP PCB'S - 1971 NOTE: ASKAREL (PCB) TRANSFORMERS .ARE . HERMETICALLY SEALED UNITS X D 2 O o o rii Q) WHAT IS FA ILU R E R A T E IN LIQUID TRANSFORM ERS ? INDUSTRY SOURCES CITE: UNDER 0.2% PER YEAR* *ALL LIQUID TYPES - MINERAL OIL AND PCB. r ADH 000286 IF ASKAREL (PCD) I ..... FAIL. ! . ; \ : r ; i *;> H \ * %l AT 0.2^/YFAR ^ * % } I t `-V r * > i i% -- .-- . v * ' vm v ^ / i;uw -LLi lo -ri:.C s D a i l c A LL PCB HOiiOLOGS 24,000 l b s . (ESTIMATED PCB TRANSFORMR FLU ID SALES IN U. S. 12 H LBS./YEAR) "`.llffl ICl HERAT IOil FA C ILIT IE S AV AILAB LE. NOT A LL THESE AMOUNTS '..'ILL ETHER ENVIRONMENT. J MONSANTO'S 'PRESENT PROGRAM TO PREVENT !ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION BY PC B'S O NO MORE SALES WORLD-WIDE EXCEPT D IELEC TR IC USERS O RESTRICT OVER 97% CAPACITOR F L U ID SALES TO AROCLOR 1016 ONLY O ` ELIM IN A T E AROCLOR 1266 FROM TRANSFORMER FLUIDS I O CONTINUE INCINERATION F A C IL IT IE S FOR SCRAP PCB'S O ENCOURAGE D IELEC T R IC INDUSTRY THROUGH ANSI C -107 TO ENFORCE STRICT ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL OVER PCB'S o % fc?000 o ~r-~- -r-- 't **Ui*.~ UuJ- SUMMARY By W. B. Papageorge In summary, our observations^ admittedly limited, both from our laboratory data and from reports of other investigators lead us to believe with considerable confidence that PCBs do degrade in the environment. The complexity of the commercial mixtures has, however, hampered the determination of the varying rates of de gradation of all the possible isomers. Monsanto's sales actions have definitely reduced the amount of PC3s that could be introduced into the environment. In those applications In which the use of PCBs Is considered essential, namely transformers and capacitors, further actions will assure strict environmental control on PCBs. In transformers the use of the lower chlorinated biphenyls along with proper handling during manufacture, use and repair and proper disposal of waste fluid by high temperature incineration should result in acceptable control. For the capacitor application the development of Aroclor 1016, which satisfied all of the industry's requirements relating to dielectric characteristics and handling properties as well as having Underwriter Laboratory fire-resistance approval, permits the continued use of PCBs in this important hermetically sealed application but. with a fluid that has a significantly lower content of the slower degrading isomers. The use of this material accompanied by proper handling and disposal of the scrap fluid by high temperature incineration represents in our considered opinion a significant step forward in our efforts to control the Impact of PC3s on the environment. ADM 0C0291